• WHAT'S NEW
    • PERSONAL LIFE
    • THE PARKS
    • THE STUDIOS
    • COLLECTIONS and ARTIFACTS
    • DISNEYLAND
    • HISTORIC LANDMARKS
    • INSPIRATIONAL LOCATIONS
    • MONUMENTS
    • MUSEUMS
    • RESIDENCES
    • STUDIOS
    • THEATERS
  • DISNEYLAND (A - J)
  • DISNEYLAND (E - I)
  • DISNEYLAND (J - Z)
  • WDW (A-Q)
  • WDW (R -Z)
  • FAIRS, SHOWS, and PARADES
Menu

Disney History 101

Street Address
City, State, Zip
Phone Number
Walt Disney's DISNEYLAND is EVERYWHERE!

Your Custom Text Here

Disney History 101

  • WHAT'S NEW
  • PEOPLE
    • PERSONAL LIFE
    • THE PARKS
    • THE STUDIOS
  • PLACES
    • COLLECTIONS and ARTIFACTS
    • DISNEYLAND
    • HISTORIC LANDMARKS
    • INSPIRATIONAL LOCATIONS
    • MONUMENTS
    • MUSEUMS
    • RESIDENCES
    • STUDIOS
    • THEATERS
  • DISNEYLAND (A - J)
  • DISNEYLAND (E - I)
  • DISNEYLAND (J - Z)
  • WDW (A-Q)
  • WDW (R -Z)
  • FAIRS, SHOWS, and PARADES
160194C2-66E8-4925-AA3B-5F1E3F69F0ED.jpeg

DISNEYLAND (J - Z)

KING ARTHUR CARROUSEL

 One can easily slip into the jargon of “ride,” but at Disneyland there are attractions and adventures, each one a living experience for the guest. Disneyland ride-through attractions or adventures have officially been defined as an  “individual show

One can easily slip into the jargon of “ride,” but at Disneyland there are attractions and adventures, each one a living experience for the guest. Disneyland ride-through attractions or adventures have officially been defined as an “individual show, ride, or exhibit designed to produce an entertaining Guest experience. Disney attractions stir the imagination, enliven the senses, and provide the participants with positive, innovative entertainment, which is the essence of the DISNEYLAND Show.” It is important to review the story of the attraction, tell the story, explain it, and create interest.

As there are stories behind each attraction, there is also a "story behind the story" of every attraction. This is the story of King Arthur Carrousel.

Carousels (which originated in Europe) had been a popular attraction around the world for about 250 years. They had reached their “golden age in the United States between 1870 and 1930, during the days of prospering and popular country fairs and amusement parks,” according to Disneyland LINE Magazine (Vol. 20, No. 31 ; published August 5, 1988). Soon, the year 1937 came, and the country was slowly gaining its composure from the Great Economic Depression which devastated the American landscape. Many individuals, families, and businesses (including those of the carrousel manufacturing industry) were destroyed, and those that managed to survive this period were changed forever. People needed to laugh again and experience an inexpensive thrill of amusement centers, parks and rides.

According to the same publication, “the American carrousel manufacturing industry, at the time, was supported by only a dozen or more master craftsmen, such as Gustav Dentzel, Charles Looff and C.W. Parker. Because of the quality and craftsmanship, their carrousel animals, in particular, have been elevated to the level of folk art.” Owing to this, by the mid-1950s, there were more than 4,000 carousels operating in the United States.

“If I had the Wings of an Angel” (produced by Barse Miller, 1937) captures the Lincoln Park Spillman Engineering carousel during a post-depression era.
“If I had the Wings of an Angel” (produced by Barse Miller, 1937) captures the Lincoln Park Spillman Engineering carousel during a post-depression era.


”Blue Sky for Walt’s Caroussel”

In the growing city of Los Angeles… entrepreneur Ross Davis would bring a bigger and better carousel to Griffith Park (not far from Walt and Lillian’s home). Meanwhile, plans for Walt's Park, first appeared on paper as far back as 1932. Amidst dreaming and planning various projects (including a Park of his own), you may remember hearing that Walt and his daughters regularly visited the carousel. Walt once recalled, “I’d sit while they rode the merry-go-round and… sit on a bench, you know, eating peanuts.” Diane Disney also recollected riding the carousel with her younger sister Sharon, and attempting to reach for the brass ring. It was a common game that a brass ring was suspended, and as riders passed around they would attempt to grab hold of the ring. Usually prizes were awarded to those with the skill to grasp the ring.

These family outings influenced Walt, who stated, “I felt that there should be something built where the parents and the children could have fun together.” More than a decade after the family outings at Griffith Carousel began, the earliest concept drawings of a Mickey Mouse Park (created for a proposal near Griffith Park in Burbank, California) featured a carousel ride. One of Harper Goff’s c.1951 drawings of “Mickey Mouse Mark” (to be constructed on a 11-acre plot along Riverside Drive in Burbank), featured a “Carrousel” ride.

Bruce Bushman was employed by Dave Bradley’s Bradley & Kaye (founded 1946; then located at 1524 West 15th Street, Long Beach, Ca 90813) who had purchased Beverly Park in 1945. Walt and his daughters were frequent visitors of Beverly Park.

Some of the original designs of a carrousel (with its peaked canopy) were created by Bruce Bushman who would also help develop many Disneyland attractions. One of his designs was of a circus merry-go-round and was never built. There is more. As a sidelight, “Bushman whom Disney assigned to develop many of the… rides for Fantasyland, was a bug husky man. Walt took one look at him and decided that his proportions would guide the pattern for all the seats at the Park. ‘If it fits you, Bruce, it’ll fit anybody,’ said Walt, eyeing the broad Bushman beam,” according to “Disneyland - Inside Story” by Randy Bright.

Then in 1952, Walt Disney founded a company called WED Enterprises, Inc. in order to master-plan and design his his dreams of a Park. The company was staffed by Animators, Art Directors, Artists, Artisans, Architects, Set Designers, and Planners from the Studio. Early thumbnail sketches and other concept artwork seemed to be unencumbered by restrictions of budget, schedule or the laws of nature and physics. Though guided by Walt, his artists appeared to engage in “free-thinking,” as if implementing the modern “Blue Sky” Imagineering process.

Soon, an early form of (what would come go be known as) the “Disneyland Prospectus” [prepared in 1953 for Disneyland Inc. by WED Enterprises], mentioned “within the walls and grounds of a great medieval castle whose towers loom seventy feet in the air. In the middle of the castle grounds a magnificent carousel in the theme of King Arthur and his Knights.” This became the basis for one dynamic concept created under the direction of Walt Disney.

While many artists contributed, the talented Herbert Ryman is of note. Herb had joined the Disney Studio in 1938, after Walt saw a public show of his work in New York. (Herb's paintings were being exhibited with those of another up and coming artist, Andrew Wyeth.) Herb Ryman acted as art director for such films as Fantasia and Dumbo, but had left Walt Disney Studios in 1946 and (by 1953) was employed by 20th Century Fox. However, Walt reached out to Herb and during one weekend (September 26 & 27, 1953) a historic “Aerial Schematic View” over Disneyland drawing was produced.

Like some advanced “High Concept,” final designs were quickly generated and approved. According to Disneyland LINE Magazine (Vol. 20, No. 31 ; published August 5, 1988), “‘In the middle (of Fantasyland) will be King Arthur Carrousel with leaping horses, not just trotting, but all of them leaping.’ Even while he planned his ‘Magic Kingdom,’ he envisioned the carrousel would grace the courtyard of Sleeping Beauty Castle.” This and a portfolio of colored sketches by Herb Ryman, Bruce Bushman, Harper Goff, and others was prepared for Dick Irvine and Nat Winecoff to take back East to sell the Disneyland concept to prospective licensees.

By July 1, 1954, George Whitney of Disneyland, Inc. directed Amusements, with Ron Miller overseeing analysis, philosophy, capacities, planning, operator training, and amusement procurement.

“Disneyland Preliminary Scheme #1” featured a carousel in the fairground.
“Disneyland Preliminary Scheme #1” featured a carousel in the fairground.
“Draw Concept” - Herb Ryman's "Aerial View Over Disneyland" Excerpt, originally produced September 26 & 27, 1953; © Walt Disney Company.
“Draw Concept” - Herb Ryman's "Aerial View Over Disneyland" Excerpt, originally produced September 26 & 27, 1953; © Walt Disney Company.

Some of these viable project Concepts (as above), were supported by a well-developed business case and built expectation.

“‘When Knighthood Was in Flower’ at Disneyland”

Young knights would be summoned to King Arthur’s Carrousel, decorated with knight’s banners and ten unique shields on the spears supporting the 70-foot all-aluminum tournament-style tent covering canopy. These ten shields represent 10 founding knights of the Round Table. Among those represented : Sir Launcelot, Galahad, Perceval, Tristan, Gawain and Gareth, Bedevere, Lionel, and Bors. For a final touch, the carousel is surmounted by Arthur’s gold crown! “At least that was the original intent. According to Bruce, his research uncovered fewer designs than shields that needed to be decorated. As a result, the family coats-of-arms of Mary Bushman and a Disney artist or two have a place of honor among shields of the Knights of the Round Table. Even on the days of Yore, puns were fun, and examples of visual puns were are emblazoned on a couple of the shields. For instance, the crest for Sir Kay is represented by a key, and Sir Lionel is symbolized by a lion,” according to Disneyland LINE Magazine (Vol. 20, No. 31 ; published August 5, 1988). The “design combines the austere tones of the 6th century with the heavy baroque common to the 12th and 13th,” according to “The Disneyland News” (August 1955 ; Vol. 1, No. 2).

An Arrow Development Co. business card.
An Arrow Development Co. business card.

“Construction”

A little company called Arrow Development (run by Angus Anderson, Karl Bacon, Ed Morgan, and Bill Hardiman) was a manufacturer of the scaled-down Arrow Kiddie Merry-go-round (featuring twenty jumping horses and 2 chariots to accommodate 24 children). These featured hoses cast in two halves from aluminum and solidly welded into one virtually indestructible unit, and this had no joints to crack and peel the enamels. Colors were protected with a tough coat of wear-resistant varnish, and frequent repainting, a common source of expense to the operator, was virtually eliminated. Owning to such beautiful and durable craftsmanship, Arrow won the contract to create what would be Fantasyland’s centerpiece. Working (construction) drawings were prepared and were the final plans from which the facilities were built. Soon, an architectural model of the carousel was unveiled by Arrow Development, at a 1955 convention of the National Association of Amusement Parks, Pools, and Beaches.

During the construction phase, Walt had an idea of the size and vintage of carrousel that would become one of the centerpieces of Fantasyland - an 1875 Dentzel merry-go-round (of Gustav Dentzel’s American manufacturing company)! In 1954, scouts found the particular Dentzel model at a location in Toronto, Canada. The Dentzel had operated from 1922 to the mid-1950s, until a newly constructed highway was soon to be laid through Sunnyside Park. Walt salvaged the carousel from Sunnyside Beach Park at a cost of $22,500. Now, what was reckoned to be one of the largest man-made merry-go-rounds (along with some of its 95-to-115-year-old, hand-carved and hand-painted German horses) would be dismantled along with its turntable. These would be shipped to California.

The “50’ Carrousel for Fantasyland” © Walt Disney Company.
The “50’ Carrousel for Fantasyland” © Walt Disney Company.

Custom rides were created that would be subordinate to story and setting. This concept was prepared by Bradley & Kaye Amusement Company of 8506 Beverly Blvd. Los Angeles 48, Calif; Oleander 5-8029.

The “Fantasyland 50’ Dentzel Carrousel” © Walt Disney Company.
The “Fantasyland 50’ Dentzel Carrousel” © Walt Disney Company.
“Elevation for the Carrousel Roof” © Walt Disney Company.
“Elevation for the Carrousel Roof” © Walt Disney Company.
Elevations for Shields, Swords, Lances, and Crown Finial.
Elevations for Shields, Swords, Lances, and Crown Finial.
Sword and Shied Detail.
Sword and Shied Detail.
One of King Arthur Caroussel’s original horses with nostrils flaring; somewhere there is a horse without a head.
One of King Arthur Caroussel’s original horses with nostrils flaring; somewhere there is a horse without a head.


“The Miracle of the White Stallions”

Meanwhile, engineers of the Arrow Developement plant (of Mountain View) were constructing six rides for Disneyland - Casey Jr. Trains, Mad Tea Cup Ride, Snow White’s Adventures Dark Cars, and Mr. Toad’s Wild Ride Hot Rods, Dumbo The Flying Elephant, and King Arthur Carousel.“Typical of merry-go-rounds, it originally had several moving horses, a menagerie of giraffes, lions, tigers and elephants, plus a few sleighs (which were stationary),” according to Disneyland LINE Magazine (Vol. 20, No. 31 ; published August 5, 1988) as well as “Walt Disney Disneyland,” first edition, published 1964. As King Arthur only ever rode a steed, the giraffes, deer, and other animals were removed, “leaving 55 colorful Dentzel mounts.” In place of the other animals, more antique wooden hand-carved merry-go-round horses were “rounded up” to fill the carrousel and run “four abreast,” according to the televised Disneyland episode “Pre-Opening Report From Disneyland.” These colorful Dentzel mounts were maintained from several from several sources and all had different faces - each was a distinct individual (with no two exactly alike). “Walt Disney Disneyland” described how “a few were located on abandoned merry-go-round equipment in the eastern United States,” in addition to the following which I shall now mention. Four horses were added from the 1906 Looff carousel of Playland at the Beach (in San Francisco), and an undisclosed number came from the 1890 carousel of Ward’s Kiddieland at Luna Park (on the Coney Island Pier). According to “Disneyland” the latter were “found under a pier at Coney Island. Though neglected for years, they were works of fine craftsmen.” Further, these may have been brought to Walt’s attention on a trip to Coney Island during a period in which Walt researched and visited “county fairs, circuses, carnivals, national parks and zoos.” Apparently, “his most depressing visit was a deteriorated Coney Island, filled with tawdry rides and hostile employees.” [“The Spirit of Disneyland”] So, perhaps discovering those horses was the silver lining of that research trip. Anyhow, after his return home, he received a visit from writer Bob Thomas (in one Pre-Opening article) soon mentioned, “in a far corner of Disneyland,… in a huge warehouse,…there were also rows of brightly painted carrousel horses, purchased in Coney Island and Toronto. You can’t get them new anymore.”

Horse #55.
Horse #55.

Because of their age, “renovating the horses involved the painstaking removal of 60 to 80 years of paint,” according to Disneyland LINE Magazine (Vol. 20, No. 31 ; published August 5, 1988) and “Walt Disney Disneyland,” first published 1964. Scenes of these processes can be seen briefly in A Pre-Opening Report from Disneyland. Next, “ancient trappings were added from abandoned merry-go-round equipment,” according to “Historic Caroussel in Fantasyland,” published in the Orange County Register Supplement (July 15, 1955).

Walt had his Imagineers change the mechanics of the merry-go-round so that every horse would trot up and down ensuring that no one was stuck with the horse that didn't move. Walt even had the horses’ legs remodeled to resemble a jumping motion. At Walt Disney Studios, thehorses were reconditioned and the legs of the immobile “standing horses” were broken and reshaped by skilled artisans, to make them all “jumpers” in keeping with the King Arthur design. The horses were painted brown, brown-red, gray, and tan, with no two alike. Then, these were mounted on the carrousel, and a moment of this process is briefly preserved on film, in “Disneyland - The Park,” a Disneyland anthology television series short film (originally aired in 1957). The final product was a finished carrousel design complete with six-dozen mounts, with no two alike, and all of them trotters and jumpers (which combined styles of “the 6th century and the heavy baroque common to the 12th and 13th” centuries). According to one account, artist Collin Campbell performed one of the finishing touches, hand gluing the jewels to the horses. All together (according to c.1955 documents), the carousel featured 72 horses with 12 additional spares.

Walt had his Imagineers change the mechanics of the merry-go-round so that it would turn counter-clockwise (as a carrousel should).“European logic dictated a clockwise rotation of their carrousels because, after all, every self-respecting horseman mounted his steed from the left side, so that side of the horse should receive proper display. The Americans, on the other hand, theorized that the noble horseman always held his lance in his right hand. Therefore, the dominant side was on the right, making it necessary for the carrousel to rotate counter-clockwise. True to its origins, the King Arthur Carrousel revolves counter-clockwise, with all of its horses moving up and down, displaying the more elaborately carved and painted ‘romance’ side, on the right, which faces the spectator. By design and space limitations, the horses on the outer row are larger and more decorative than the smaller, less fanciful ones closest to the center of the turntable,” according to Disneyland LINE Magazine (Vol. 20, No. 31 ; published August 5, 1988).

Speaking of the turntable, “a fluid drive” came “into play, this one an 8.5 Hydro-Sheave mounted [vertically] on a 5-hp motor,” according to “Twin-Disc Production Road” magazine (published for September, 1957). Other documents described the “5 H.P. Electric Motor coupled to a [sic] Dodge fluid clutch, driving reduction gear to final drive of pinion and ball-gear.” These were constructed by Arrow Developement Co. To compare the drives of other attractions, King Arthur Carrousel had one Hydro-Sheave Drive, Dumbo Flying Elephants had two Hydro-Sheave Drives, and the Mad Tea Party (or “Tea Cup Ride”) had four Hydro-Sheave Drives.

“The original carousel had a beautifully carved frieze, which was saved from removal by covering it with the peaked canopy, designed by Bruce Bushman, an early Park planner,” according to Disneyland LINE Magazine (Vol. 20, No. 31 ; published August 5, 1988). The peaked 70-foot canopy was created from lightweight, durable aluminum, which had been fashioned and painted “to simulate the gay, colored fabrics of the time.” According to a newspaper insert published July 15, 1955: “Ten spears, bearing the shields of ten of the founding Knights of the Round Table, support the covering canopy.” The top of the carrousel was surmounted by Arthur's gold crown.

“Carousel Music for Park” Cutting Record Sheet, recorded July 1955; former collection of Walt Disney Productions composer Frederick Stark.
“Carousel Music for Park” Cutting Record Sheet, recorded July 1955; former collection of Walt Disney Productions composer Frederick Stark.

“Carousel Music”

It appears that some Walt Disney Productions Cutting Records were recorded during July of 1955, containing “Carousel Music for the Park.” Some Walt Disney Productions Cutting Record documents credit musician Ed Plumb (who composed and conducted music for Walt Disney Studio Productions short films and the “Disneyland” television program) and an “18 piece reed band” with the “Carousel Music For [the] Park.” Punches were recorded on July 1, 1955, and include (4) “Pinocchio Medley” arrangements, an “Ichabod and Mr. Toad Medley,” (3) “Dumbo Medley” arrangements, (6) Snow White Medley” arrangements.

It is unclear if these recordings were used for the carousel. According to Dave Smith (the late, former Chief Archivist Emeritus of the Walt Disney Archives), who had expressed that it wasn’t for many years, that “Disney music was added.” [Disney Facts Revealed by Dave Smith, 2016]

For now, the horses pranced to gay calliope tunes (e.g. perhaps “The Skater’s Waltz”), which were piped through whistles, a part of one of America’s largest (and most elegant) carrousels! The carousel had a Wurlitzer #157 band organ from Toronto, playing Wurlitzer #165 rolls.

The King Arthur Carrousel at “Disneyland” in this Excerpt, (July 15, 1955)
The King Arthur Carrousel at “Disneyland” in this Excerpt, (July 15, 1955)

“Grand Opening”

As of June 2, 1955, C.V. Wood Jr. sent an Inter-Office Memorandum to Walt Disney regarding the best estimates that could be obtained at the time regarding the completion status of individual sections of the Park and Opening Day. C.V. wrote: “Carrousel: Will be complete but the top is going to be very tight.” In the end, “Fantasyland Carrousel’s finished design combines the austere tones of the 6th century and the heavy baroque common to the 12th and 13th.” Soon, one authorized “Disneyland Information & Nomenclature List” (prepared by Bill Cottrell of Disneyland Inc., May 25, 1955) announced the working title as the “King Arthur Carrousel,” describing an experience “where you will ride the magnificent horses of the Knights of Old.” The same document adding notation about the “number of horses : 72.”

Bob Penfield was originally trained to operate the Peter Pan galleons during 1955. According to his account preserved with the Walt Disney Hometown Museum: “On Opening day, Sunday July 17th, Bob was assigned to the Peter Pan ride... but when the attraction was deemed 'not ready for operation' he was quickly shuffled over to the Fantasyland Carousel.” During the Press Preview Day, “There will be 17 knights at the invitational press preview Sunday. Sixteen of them will be in shining armor and on horseback, and one will be the governor of California.” “The carousel had been positioned so close to the castle, the entrance became an instant bottleneck. Some people decided to just climb over the carousel's chain fencing instead of waiting in line, and it, too, had to be shut down. But not before actors James Mason and Jeff Chandler got into a fight over a horse to see whose child would be one of the first riders.” [“Mouse Tales: A Behind-The-Ears Look at Disneyland” by David Koenig]

The opening of Disneyland on July 18, 1955, marked the pinnacle of a life-long dream for its creator. Bob Penfield (who served as Supervisor of Construction Services) remembered “On Opening Day I remember standing on the Carrousel when they lowered the drawbridge for the first time.” (Disneyland LINE, Vol.25, No.28, published July 16th, 1993). His account is preserved with the Walt Disney Hometown Museum: “He was on hand to witness the castle drawbridge lowering, allowing the tv cameras to capture hundreds of local school children and church groups pouring through the gates towards his position at the carousel.”

After the Sleeping Beauty Castle Drawbridge was lowered for the first time on the televised Press Preview Day Broadcast, a host of children (lead by Disney Characters) ran toward the carousel. These would “ride to the land of fantasy” on one of King Aurthur Carrousel’s 72 noble hand-carved knight’s steeds (all in 18 rows, with 4 abreast). As Disney Characters and children mounted noble the steeds before televised audiences on July 17th, 1955, the chorus heralded : “Welcome, to King Arthur’s Court! Welcome Ye Knights and Ye Ladies, fair! Welcome, to King Arthur’s Court!”

Still, by 1958 the King Aurthur Carrousel was appraised and valued between $97,900 and $108,700.

King Arthur Carrousel Admission sign, c.1950s.
King Arthur Carrousel Admission sign, c.1950s.

At Disneyland, signs were themed to support the stories with respectful graphics, colors, fonts, terminology, the overall design of sign, materials (wood, metal, banners, etc.), and verbiage used on the signage. This shield-shaped sign heralded the admission information. Admission during 1958 was one Jumbo “A” coupon (the price of 10 cents, for one adult), the same as the Fire Wagon, the Omnibus, or the Satellite View of America. By the summer of 1969, the price of admission was one “A” coupon. King Aurthur Caroussel opened as 1 of 22 initial major attractions at Disneyland.

The following four statistics are based on the results of Disneyland Attractions Time Studies gathered in 1968:

Theoretical Hourly Capacity (What the attraction should yield under ideal conditions) : 900

Instantaneous Capacity : 72

Audience Control Capacity : 139

Capacity Per Trip (# of horses) : 72

Cycle Time (From the time a unit passes a given point and returns to the same point) : 4:48

Load-Unload Time : 2:18

Trip Time : 2:30

Dispatch Interval : 4:48

Trips Per Hour : 12.5

Distance Travelled : 115 feet per revolution

Speed in Miles Per Hour : Approximately 4.4

Boyd Diaz was the first Fantasyland Carrousel Foreman by July 13, 1955. A number of notable Disneylanders were Hosts and Hostesses to guests of King Arthur Carousel, like Al Keipans (c.1965) and Al Vail (c.1966). Bob Penfield began his Disneyland career operating the galleons of Peter Pan, but was soon assigned to King Arthur Carousel.

King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel
F9452A0C-2E6F-4A29-829B-72253E67B902.jpeg
King Arthur Carousel, (August, 1980)
King Arthur Carousel, (August, 1980)
Banners of knights wave from the spears of King Arthur Carousel in the Castle Courtyard.
Banners of knights wave from the spears of King Arthur Carousel in the Castle Courtyard.

By October of 1959, there were no flags in Fantasyland, only pennants and banners.

King Arthur Carousel in Castle Courtyard.
King Arthur Carousel in Castle Courtyard.
Sleeping Beauty Castle Complex and King Arthur Carousel rising high in the center
Sleeping Beauty Castle Complex and King Arthur Carousel rising high in the center
Jayne Mansfield and Mickey Hargitay aboard King Arthur Carousel as it spins gaily.
Jayne Mansfield and Mickey Hargitay aboard King Arthur Carousel as it spins gaily.

Soon, “high state, local and national government officials” as well as “luminaries from motion pictures, television and the theater” turned out to “pay tribute to this happy land” including the Casey Junior Circus Engine. [“Disneyland 1st Anniversary Souvenir Pictorial”, 1956, page 9] Among the first four million visitors to step though the Main Entrance Gate turnstiles and step aboard were Jayne Mansfield and Mickey Hargitay.

The carousel was soon occasionally seen in media, as when actress Spring Byington (of “December Bride) and child actor Bobby Diamond (of “Fury”) were photographed fining a horse that reminds them of “Fury” for their 1956 “TV Radio Mirror” photoshoot at Disneyland! In August of 1962, Lloyd Richardson, Larry Clemmons, Joe Marquette, and Jack Leppert (of the Walt Disney Studio) filmed and shot scenery of the “carrousel” for Studio Production #3185.

Rosemary Clooney goes for a spin aboard King Arthur Carousel.
Rosemary Clooney goes for a spin aboard King Arthur Carousel.
42CF03C7-1858-427E-B39B-CB244140A8A8.jpeg
 By 1959,  Joe Fowler  was Vice President of Disneyland Operations Committee and  Doc Lemmon  of Disneyland Operations was overseeing Operators of Rides & Amusements (like the  King Arthur Carrousel ), Livestock, Parking Lot, and Ticket Sellers.

By 1959, Joe Fowler was Vice President of Disneyland Operations Committee and Doc Lemmon of Disneyland Operations was overseeing Operators of Rides & Amusements (like the King Arthur Carrousel), Livestock, Parking Lot, and Ticket Sellers.

Disneyland "A" Coupon (December 1961 - September 1963)
Disneyland "A" Coupon (December 1961 - September 1963)
5D57193E-7B6C-494A-9A24-CAE6A0FD7608.jpeg
C6193183-5043-481E-9512-3646D4173D33.jpeg
81832B6B-037B-4BF4-9303-BD85767B6719.jpeg
King Arthur Carousel, (c. 1975 - 1976)
King Arthur Carousel, (c. 1975 - 1976)
D790926B-14AA-4098-A00D-25AC1EEC1848.jpeg
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel

Shiny orange, black, and vanilla colored mounts move astride each other in formation! Each horse jumps (some with a “flying tail”) like the famous Pelo de Oro.

King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel
Guests ride astride 1 of 72 horses on King Arthur Carousel.
Guests ride astride 1 of 72 horses on King Arthur Carousel.
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel, (September, 1955)
King Arthur Carousel, (September, 1955)
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel

All of that shiny brass is polished by crews who work at Disneyland after midnight. Speaking of maintenance, the King Arthur Carrousel horses are also painted by nighttime crews. As for the carrousel’s 1,363 lights - any burnt out ones were changed once a week, during the late 1980s. We’re sure that SQS has heightened the show “bar” since then!

King Arthur Carousel, (1958)
King Arthur Carousel, (1958)

In the background, you’ll notice the Mad Hatter before moving to its current location in Town Square during June of 1958.

King Arthur Carousel, (1958)
King Arthur Carousel, (1958)
King Arthur Carousel, (November, 1959)
King Arthur Carousel, (November, 1959)
King Arthur Carousel, (1972)
King Arthur Carousel, (1972)
70BC5561-092A-44C9-9DB7-2BC028CC3728.jpeg
King Arthur Carousel, (1972)
King Arthur Carousel, (1972)

As you looked through the opening of the Castle, King Arthur's Carrousel drew the Guests in.

King Arthur Carousel during a period of “Delayed Opening” or “101,” 1972.
King Arthur Carousel during a period of “Delayed Opening” or “101,” 1972.
King Arthur Carousel, (1967)
King Arthur Carousel, (1967)
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel, (1962)
King Arthur Carousel, (1962)
King Arthur Carousel, (1962)
King Arthur Carousel, (1962)
King Arthur Carousel, (1967)
King Arthur Carousel, (1967)
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel, (September, 1967)
King Arthur Carousel, (September, 1967)
King Arthur Carousel, (1960)
King Arthur Carousel, (1960)
King Arthur Carousel, (September, 1965)
King Arthur Carousel, (September, 1965)
King Arthur Carousel, (August, 1966)
King Arthur Carousel, (August, 1966)
Pluto and Guest near the periphery of King Arthur Carousel, 1967.
Pluto and Guest near the periphery of King Arthur Carousel, 1967.
A Guest hangs out near the periphery of King Arthur Carousel.
A Guest hangs out near the periphery of King Arthur Carousel.
4E236272-C9B0-4C51-8326-E1E5A56D8CC7.jpeg
Disneyland Map by Sam McKim
Disneyland Map by Sam McKim
On Main Street, true-life knights on steeds celebrate Fantasyland and represent the spirit of King Arthur Carousel
On Main Street, true-life knights on steeds celebrate Fantasyland and represent the spirit of King Arthur Carousel
6B6C801B-4B06-45AB-8761-D5CFEED624BD.jpeg
King Arthur Carousel, (September, 1965)
King Arthur Carousel, (September, 1965)
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel Railing, (1981)
King Arthur Carousel Railing, (1981)
King Arthur Carousel, (1981)
King Arthur Carousel, (1981)
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel
5E810E06-E0B1-4474-838C-36BB2B4D1903.jpeg
King Arthur Carousel
King Arthur Carousel

“The Maintenance of Magic”
It would take great care to maintain the Magic and show quality. For instance, the Disneyland Building and Grounds Department would regularly polish 77 brass poles at King Arthur's Carrousel. It was common for Park Operations Crew M-41 Machinists to make standard opening inspections of the attraction. The overall appearance was checked, making it ready for operation. If there were any discrepancies from the checklist, M-1 and the proper department supervisor were notified. During each day, Disneyland Park Operations M-42 Machinists would, at least once, check all attractions in Fantasyland and discuss with each Attraction Lead and problems, defects, or any other feedback regarding the department. M-42 Machinists would also respond to all downs and delayed openings in the Fantasyland area whether or not it was mechanical. Upon arriving at an attraction, they would determine whether what the failure was. M-42 would determine which crafts were needed, determine an estimated time of repair, notify M-1 and assist with crafts when necessary.

More than a decade later (by 1969), this attraction would contain 1 of 15 old-time band organs and pianos at Disneyland, some of which dated back to 1890. ARCADE MAINTENANCE performed the necessary versatile, creative, and inventive mechanical repairs. Ultimately, there just weren’t any replacement parts for these rare antiques and the old Wurlitzer #157 band organ eventually stopped operating and was removed. Its façade was left in place, decorating the carousel until the 1970s. In place of the original organ, a European model was modified to operate from a digital computer and placed behind Dumbo.

Central Column Panels by Bill Justice; “Justice for Disney” by Bill Justice, page 164.
Central Column Panels by Bill Justice; “Justice for Disney” by Bill Justice, page 164.

“Rehabilitation of 1975”

In 1975, all of the horses were painted white as part of the Bicentennial Celebration of 1976. All of the multi-colored (tan, brown, gray, and brown-red) horses were hand-painted and converted into “prancing white steeds.” At this time, “bridles, saddles and flowers were painted in custom-designed color schemes and adorned with decorative ‘jewels’, giving each horse a distinct personality.”

In addition, “nine hand-painted panels depicting key moments from Walt Disney’s Sleeping Beauty were placed within the carrousel, linking the attraction to the most famous landmark of Fantasyland - Sleeping Beauty Castle!” Above are some of Bill Justice's original sketches for eight of the nine paintings that appear at the top of the King Arthur Carrousel's center column in Disneyland's Fantasyland. “The missing sketch is Prince Phillip and Princess Aurora dancing as King Stefan, his Queen, and the three good fairies look on.” [“Justice for Disney”, Page 164.]

By 1975, Mill Foreman George Williams was finishing up the annual re-hab work, including the continuous work on the Carrousel horses. The horses were all being painted in a star-spangled motif for the Bi-Centennial celebration.



“New Fantasyland”

Master planning a restructured Fantasyland involved relocating King Arthur Carrousel a few yards. By (April-June) 1981, WED Imagineering surveys of the attraction were conducted, and a proposal was made to relocate the 2,826 square-foot attraction within New Fantasyland.

By 1983, King Aurthur Caroussel was moved to its current location in New Fantasyland, and the Sword in the Stone was added before it! At this time, “the hand-carved wooden ornamentation [faces of cupids and court jesters] from the 1922 Carrousel was refinished in [23-karat] gold leaf”. In addition, many of the “hand-carved oak trappings and the superstructure of the carrousel, including the jesters and mirror castings” were “replaced with Fiberglas moldings… The moldings were cast directly from the wood carvings and cannot be distinguished from the original… the current calliope replaced the original whistle type with a more modern and efficient mechanism for reproducing music,” according to Disneyland LINE Magazine (Vol. 20, No. 31 ; published August 5, 1988). Some believe that John Hench was involved somehow. Once unveiled, King Aurthur Carrousel was one of some 200 carrousels in operation in the United States.

King Arthur Carrousel continued to receive routine maintenance - four horses were “removed and replaced by four freshly repaired and repainted ones. In this manner, the 85 horses kept on site” were “continually cycled onto the carrousel, which accommodates 72 horses at a time.” Cracks were patched, after which the horses were given a coat of primer, hand-painted with a standard white finish, and then sprayed with several coats of urethane. Even before these major rehabilitations, each morning, craftspeople (like Gene Sweeney, a c. 1983 “Color Specialist” of the Staff Shop) picked “two or three colors” and touched up the “nicks and chips on the decorative detail,” according to Disneyland LINE Magazine (Vol. 20, No. 31 ; published August 5, 1988). According to the same source, crews also removed scuffs marks and lipstick from the horses.

By 1992, the horses of King Aurthur Caroussel ranged in age (from 90 to 110 years old) - with no two exactly alike.

In 1995 the King Arthur Carrousel pinion and segment gear was serviced, Facilities East and Ride Systems recognizing that the project was performed with quality work, in a fast response time, and completed ahead of schedule.

By the 2000s, there were less than 200 carousels in existence (King Arthur Carrousel among this figure).

In 2002, the Imagineers took Walt's vision even further by redesigning the entire carrousel so that even Guests travelling in wheelchairs could enjoy this classic attraction.

In 2005 (in honor of Julie Andrew’s “Honorary Ambassadorship” during Disneyland’s 50th anniversary year), Jingles the Horse was decorated with thematic elements from the story of Mary Poppins. The original carrousel horse known as “Lucifer's Rose” was briefly removed from King Arthur Carrousel during the 2005 anniversary year and displayed nearby in its golden splendor.

By 2015, the carrousel featured 70 horses with 13 spare steeds to swap out On Stage horses during periods of repair or rehabilitation.

The King Arthur Carrousel is one of many Fantasyland attractions that continues to delight generations of guests - old and young!

F1C72AE3-CF24-4DF6-8A0C-75455C5F6A5B.jpeg
959EC476-71AC-4824-8F83-02A386B679DE.jpeg
King Aurthur Carrousel Exit Sign Decal, 2000s
King Aurthur Carrousel Exit Sign Decal, 2000s

In one of his final publications, Dave Smith (previous Chief Archivist Emeritus of the Walt Disney Archives), included King Arthur Carrousel among “the only attractions still at Disneyland today that were there on opening day, July 17, 1955.” [Disney Facts Revealed by Dave Smith, 2016]

By 2003, King Arthur Carousel had a legacy in Fantasyland at Honk Kong Disneyland, in the 60 prancing steeds and two chariots of the Cinderella Carousel.

Cinderella’s Golden Caroussel was one of the original attractions of Tokyo Disneyland.
Cinderella’s Golden Caroussel was one of the original attractions of Tokyo Disneyland.
The carousel as featured on the Disneyland Television Tray.
The carousel as featured on the Disneyland Television Tray.
The carousel as featured in the inner cover and pages of “Walt Disney’s Donald Duck”, by Whitman, Copyright © 1955 by Walt Disney Productions.
The carousel as featured in the inner cover and pages of “Walt Disney’s Donald Duck”, by Whitman, Copyright © 1955 by Walt Disney Productions.
Disneyland Carousel Lamp by Econolite.
Disneyland Carousel Lamp by Econolite.
The carousel as featured on a metal lunchbox.
The carousel as featured on a metal lunchbox.
A limited edition replica of a carousel horse.
A limited edition replica of a carousel horse.
 During 1976, the Lincoln Park Spillman carousel was burnt to the ground by vandals. While the Griffith Park Spillman carousel lives on today, memory of the Lincoln Park carousel exists through a few extant photographs and paintings like this one by

During 1976, the Lincoln Park Spillman carousel was burnt to the ground by vandals. While the Griffith Park Spillman carousel lives on today, memory of the Lincoln Park carousel exists through a few extant photographs and paintings like this one by Barse Miller (pictured above).

You can view this work as part of a rotating collection of The Hilbert Museum of California Art(located on the Chapman University campus) approximately fifteen minute’s drive from Disneyland. This is one oft-overlooked Disney gem that’s worth discovering for yourself.

Griffith Caroussel (the present day)
Griffith Caroussel (the present day)

Griffith Caroussel (the present day)
Griffith Caroussel (the present day)

This is the only Spillman carousel that is known to operate today. It bears 68 prancing steeds to select from. Some of these hand-carved horses were created in 1885, and a few were rescued from its sister carousel which was tragically burned to the ground long ago. But, that is another story, for another Tour, which may be started HERE.

LOS ANGELES AIRWAYS to DISNEYLAND

(December 1, 1955 - 1967)
(December 1, 1955 - 1967)

“A Fantasy In The Sky!”

In the beginning, the innovative Los Angeles Airways, Inc. started offering speedy mail carrier service with six brand-new Bell 47D helicopters on August 20, 1949. The company soon grew to provide roof-top delivery of air mail with new Sikorsky S-51 helicopters. By that time, they operated three routes serving some 30 communities within a 50-mile radius of Los Angeles Municipal Airport. The unusual airline saved from 4½ to 19 hours on daily air mail deliveries. In pioneering helicopter air mail delivery, Los Angeles Airways, Inc. provided an entirely new type of service that not only met the requirements of public convenience and necessity, but was tailored to the specific needs of the area it served.

 Clarence M. Belinn (Head of Los Angeles Airways), March 14, 1951
Clarence M. Belinn (Head of Los Angeles Airways), March 14, 1951

Pictured Above : This rare Vintage View was originally used to promote Los Angeles Airway’s upcoming passenger service, when the company was mainly a local mail courier service. The news of this reached other major cities, and one accompanying News caption (published in Cleveland, Ohio on March 30, 1951) read : “Clarence M. Berlinn, Head of Los Angeles Airways,which delivers Air Mail by helicopter in southern California, poses with one of his ships at Los Angeles International Airport. Belinn, who pioneered the “Eggbeater Mail” in this country, hopes to begin a helicopter passenger service in Los Angeles this summer.”

Los Angeles Airways Sikorsky Used For Mail Transportation
Los Angeles Airways Sikorsky Used For Mail Transportation

Operation costs were low, and by 1947 Los Angeles Airways (1947-1971) expanded their service in a whole new way to the Los Angeles County area! Yes, Los Angeles Airways became “the world’s first helicopter airline”, when it purchased and operated several of the first mass-produced civil helicopters - Sikorsky series S-51. The helicopters would link the civic center of Los Angeles with various metropolitan areas of Los Angeles County and Southern California area.

One of these destinations would carry passengers 27 miles southeast of Los Angeles to Anaheim, the "hub of happiness" and home to Walt Disney’s Magic Kingdom - Disneyland! Passengers could now travel the 40 miles across Los Angeles to Disneyland in less than 20 minutes. Yes, beginning on December 1, 1955, Los Angeles Airways made it most convenient for the “first time visitor” or local area residents to travel both to and from Disneyland!

At that time, Los Angeles Airways operated “four helicopter flights daily [except Monday in seasons when Park is closed Mondays] each way between Los Angeles International Airport and Disneyland’s own heliport, carrying 7 to 9 passengers. Direct on-ramp connections with TWA and other major airline flights. Through bookings from most U.S. and many foreign cities.” [“Information For Your Visit To Walt Disney’s Magic Kingdom Disneyland”, published 1955 by Disneyland Inc.]

By December of 1955, those four flights had expanded to include 12 arrivals and departures at Disneyland daily. According to The Disneyland News: “morning flights arrive at Disneyland from Los Angeles International every day except Sunday at 10 a.m., 4:45 p.m., 5:08 p.m. and 7:35 p.m. Sunday service is by two flights daily, at 1 p.m. and 7:35 p.m. Flights leave Disneyland for International Airport at 6:38 a.m., 10:03 a.m., 12:22 p.m., 4:48p.m. and 7:53 p.m. Sunday flights to the airport are at 1:03 p.m. and on the 7:53 p.m. helicopter.”

A Los Angeles Airways Passenger Sikorsky in Long Beach
A Los Angeles Airways Passenger Sikorsky in Long Beach

If you didn’t have an automobile, the typical local alternative was to board a Disneyland Motor Coach from Los Angeles to Disneyland. But Los Angeles Airways offered a more efficient (and scheduled) suburban airline service, with direct passenger connections between Los Angeles International Airport, and 20 direct Greater Los Angeles destinations including Disneyland Heliport! You know, some of the earliest Tomorrowland Rough Site Plan Drawings (as seen below) included a Helicopter Landing within the railroad tracks (and berm).

"Disneyland - World of Tomorrow" WED Enterprises c. 1954 Drawing Facsimile
"Disneyland - World of Tomorrow" WED Enterprises c. 1954 Drawing Facsimile

Because of site plans and drawings (like this one), many promotional materials and early licensed merchandise equated Tomorrowland with the sight of the helicopter.

Note the Heliport Southeast of Disneyland
Note the Heliport Southeast of Disneyland
Tomorrowland Rocket to the Moon Game by Parker Brothers References the Helicopter Port Twice
Tomorrowland Rocket to the Moon Game by Parker Brothers References the Helicopter Port Twice

Helicopters were not viewed as visual intrusions over the future world of 1986. This early Tomorrowland merchandise (like this board game) seemingly implied that the “Helicopter Port” was a part of Tomorrowland.

The Heli-Coupe appeared on the Disneyland Game by Rand McNally.
The Heli-Coupe appeared on the Disneyland Game by Rand McNally.
A helicopter is featured in the Walt Disney’s Disneyland Fun Box Tomorrowland Coloring Book excerpt by Whitman, c.1955
A helicopter is featured in the Walt Disney’s Disneyland Fun Box Tomorrowland Coloring Book excerpt by Whitman, c.1955
LOOK magazine presented a “first view” of Disneyland (and a Heliport; to the right) as illustrated by Peter Ellenshaw.
LOOK magazine presented a “first view” of Disneyland (and a Heliport; to the right) as illustrated by Peter Ellenshaw.
Los Angeles Airways Passenger S-55
Los Angeles Airways Passenger S-55

On “Dateline Disneyland” (aired July 17th, 1955), Art Linkletter mentioned, “Out this way, there’s a heliport, and actually, helicopters land there with their passengers from the International Airport.” He was (of course) referring to the first incarnation of Disneyland Heliport, located behind Tomorrowland. “News From Disneyland” (a press release document published c.1956) mentioned that “from Main Street Station you’ll look out over the 100-acre parking lot and the heliport” (indicating both its proximity to the parking lot, and visibility from inside the Park). This was where the Los Angeles Airways S-55 commercial Sikorsky helicopters (similar to the ones in the preceding photo) would land, during the first few years of operation.

Of course, the new service would go into effect since December 1, and gave Disneyland 12 arrivals and departures daily. Flight times were coordinated to make connections with maior cross country and coastwise airline flights. Morning flights would arrive at Disneyland from Los Angeles International every day except Sunday at 10 a.m., 4:45 p.m., 5:08 p.m. and 7:35 p.m. Sunday service was by two flights daily, at 1 p.m. and 7:35 p.m. Flights would leave Disneyland for International Airport at 6:38 a.m., 10:03 a.m., 12:22 p.m., 4:48 p.m. and 7:53 p.m. Sunday flights to the airport would start at 1:03 p.m. and on the 7:53 p.m. helicopter.

At the Grand Opening of the Disneyland Hotel (in 1956), the new Disneyland Heliport (west of Disneyland Park) officially opened! The Disneyland Stamp Book (published 1956) featured a collectable stamp picturing one of these very Sikorsky models landing at the new Disneyland Heliport! The new Disneyland Heliport (at the Disneyland Hotel) and of these Sikorsky’s can also readily be seen preserved on film, as it lands, in “Disneyland, U.S.A.” (a “People and Places” feature film, released in the U.S. on December 20, 1956 through Buena Vista Film Distribution Company).

Los Angeles Airways S-55 at Disneyland Heliport
Los Angeles Airways S-55 at Disneyland Heliport

Los Angeles Airways was by-far the classiest, fastest, and safest way to travel from LA to Disneyland (for instance, during 1955, Los Angeles Airways was the first certified airline to take the liberty of outfitting their new S-55s with windshield wipers). Sikorskys also bore a unique rotor configuration, which has become a standard in the aviation industry. Walt Disney himself believed much in Los Angeles Airways and their top-notch fleet, that he personally endorsed Los Angeles Airways, by riding as a passenger aboard one of their Sikorskys (N736A) from Los Angeles to Disneyland as far back as 1955! By Disneyland’s 1-year anniversary in 1956, the Official Guide to Disneyland announced that “airline tickets can be bought from any place in the world direct to Disneyland. . . five helicopter flights arrive daily at the Disneyland Heliport.” “The Disneyland News” (Vol.2, No.2 ; August, 1955) ran an advertisement for “the fast, convenient way to Disneyland… only 20 minutes.” The following year, another advertisement (published in Disneyland Holiday magazine ; Spring, 1957) continued to herald the, “Fast, Convenient, Only 20 Minutes to Disneyland”! Guests need only consult individual companies for information and time schedules.

Audie Murphy and Family Board a Los Angeles Airways S-55 at Disneyland Heliport, 1956.
Audie Murphy and Family Board a Los Angeles Airways S-55 at Disneyland Heliport, 1956.

Here, highly decorated U.S. combat soldier Audie Murphy and family board a Los Angeles Airways S-55 at Disneyland Heliport in 1956, preparing for a twenty-minute trip at the end of their day at Disneyland.

Disneyland Heliport had a cameo appearance in "Uncle Scrooge Goes To Disneyland"; 1957, Republished 1985.
Disneyland Heliport had a cameo appearance in "Uncle Scrooge Goes To Disneyland"; 1957, Republished 1985.

In 1957, even Uncle Scrooge flew his McDuck Airlines Helicopter to Disneyland, landing at the Disneyland Heliport.

Temporary Heliport; Plot Plan of Disneyland by Marvin Aubrey Davis of WED.
Temporary Heliport; Plot Plan of Disneyland by Marvin Aubrey Davis of WED.

In these early days, the helicopter pad (or, “Heliport”) was located just north of Harbor House (also known as Harbor Point), on Harbor Boulevard, just outside the Harbor Gate and south of the Manchester Gate. From a guest perspective, the Heliport with Heliport Waiting Building was on the other side of parking lot bordering the present-day location of the Grand Canyon and Primeval World Diorama. The entrance to the Heliport was located behind the backstage area of Tomorrowland, with the Tomorrowland Skyway Station in view. The proximity of the Heliport to Tomorrowland was so nearby, that Tanner Gray Line brochures of the era included a brief description of “where ‘copters’ land and take off” among Tomorrowland’s attractions.

“Guest Services and Accommodations”

Guest Services and Accommodations included both telephones and restrooms in the Heliport Station.

By September 28, 1958, some $650 of land improvements (a fence) had been made to the Heliport. In addition, new signs (job #4010-513) were added to the Heliport at a cost of $110. During this era, the Los Angeles Airways Heliport yielded revenue for Disneyland Inc. - for instance $325 for the fiscal year (52 weeks) ending September 28, 1958 and $300 for the fiscal year (52 weeks) ending September 29, 1959.

On the Disneyland Fun Map by Sam McKim, "X" marks the spot of the Disneyland Heliport.
On the Disneyland Fun Map by Sam McKim, "X" marks the spot of the Disneyland Heliport.

Disneyland Hotel Helicopter Charm
Disneyland Hotel Helicopter Charm

Souvenir Charms (intended for jewelry or other decorative purposes) commemorated many of Disneyland’s attractions, while some (like this Helicopter-shaped charm) commemorated the Disneyland Hotel.

Disneyland Holiday Magazine 2-Page Pictorial (Winter, 1957-1958) Excerpt ; Photo by either Tom Shannon or Amador Acosta
Disneyland Holiday Magazine 2-Page Pictorial (Winter, 1957-1958) Excerpt ; Photo by either Tom Shannon or Amador Acosta

The helicopters were “Good Show” - supporting a positive Disney image! By 1956, promotional photos by Mel Kilpatrick captured Walt and Charlie Pearson greet incoming helicoptor guests. Disneyland Holiday Magazine was a favorite souvenir of Disneyland guests who loved “color pictures of Disneyland.” Among those (published Winter, 1957-1958) was this image of one of Los Angeles Airways’ Sikorsky S-55’s flying near Tomorrowland, granting guests a view “of things to come in the world of 1987.” It seems that the helicopters were a Disneyland and Tomorrowland attraction - part of the theme park experience.

Note Heliport Area in this map excerpt in The Disneyland Dictionary, printed October of 1959.
Note Heliport Area in this map excerpt in The Disneyland Dictionary, printed October of 1959.

By October of 1959, the company was (1) of over sixty-eight other firms playing a vital part in the team effort to bring happiness to Disneyland’s Guests. Some were small, specialized individual operators; some were huge companies such as Swift & Co. - the Bank of America - United Paramount Theaters (which you hear as UPT) - Carnation - Richfield - General Dynamics - Crane - and many others. These companies used the park to publicize their wares, leased space in the Park to sell their wares, and Disneyland collected advertising fees from them.

Helicopters were within view of the Matterhorn and nearby KODAK Picture Spot.
Helicopters were within view of the Matterhorn and nearby KODAK Picture Spot.
Los Angeles Airways Sikorsky S-61L
Los Angeles Airways Sikorsky S-61L

“The Sikorsky 61-L Copter Liner”

By 1960, those piston-powered S-55s were still in use by Los Angeles Airways. However, a new Sikorsky production prototype was tested on December 6, 1960 that would revolutionize travel. These new luxurious Sikorskys were designed from the start specifically for airline use and to airline standards - capable of carrying 3 crew members, 28 passengers, and 1000 pounds of cargo. Each one had a General Electric turbine-powered, twin-engine, advertised as “quiet, comfortable, safe!” In April, 1961. the 200-hour tie-down test was completed within 20 days. A provisional Type Certificate was awarded on May 22, 19st, and on June 21 the Type Inspection Authorization was received, with the Final F.A.A. Certificate to follow.

Los Angeles Airways president C.M. Belinn was optimistic about these new helicopters, and expected a growth of “one thousand per cent the first full year of operation and 2000% by the end of the second year.” Five brand new Sikorsky 61-L turbocopters boasting “twin-turbine reliability…all weather flight capability” were expected to be in use by Los Angeles Airways during late 1961. Starting in November of 1961, the first of four S-61L Sikorskys were delivered to the airline. The following year in March of 1962, the airway began operating the S-61Ls.

By 1961, Los Angeles Airways’ passenger Sikorsky “Copter Liners” had carried more than 2,000,000 passengers over 60,000,000 miles, in a “convenient, relaxed way…over freeway jams.” By this time, Los Angeles Airways was making 60 flights per day from Los Angeles International Airport to Disneyland (at $15 for one round-trip fare), Anaheim - and total one-way time, was an astounding 15 minutes (though some historians claim that there were“22 flights a day” to and from Disneyland! That very same year (of 1961), Disneyland’s decision makers were also so confident in Los Angeles Airways’ Sikorsky fleet, that the Disneyland Hotel was given its own Heliport, which accommodated 2 helicopters at one time. The third copter-liner arrived by May of 1962, and by the end of the month, the three had flown a total of 1,597 hours of airtime. The fourth (and final) helicopter was delivered to the company on July 10, 1962.

The helicopters over Disneyland were so popular that when (in 1960) the Los Angeles Sound Effects Company produced a record of sounds (of popular Southern California attractions, intended for use by filmmakers), the Los Angeles Airways Sikorskys were among the tracks included. You may have heard these very sounds over radio or television broadcasts from 1960 onward! A Sikorsky-style commercial helicopter was even featured on this (c.1966) post-Tencennial Disneyland map (below)!

Disneyland Map Excerpt, (1966)
Disneyland Map Excerpt, (1966)

Heliport Parking Lot Area Entrance and the Monorail Mark II Yellow saddling the Beamway overhead, 1961.
Heliport Parking Lot Area Entrance and the Monorail Mark II Yellow saddling the Beamway overhead, 1961.
Los Angeles Airways Helicopter Service Schedule, 1960
Los Angeles Airways Helicopter Service Schedule, 1960

Perhaps Los Angeles Airways’ most frequented destination is highlighted on the cover of the 1960 service schedule. A graphic of the piston-powered S-55 is depicted, though the Sikorsky 61-L turbocopters were due to be in use by the time this schedule was printed and distributed.

Los Angeles Airways Helicopter Service Schedule, 1960
Los Angeles Airways Helicopter Service Schedule, 1960

International travelers could avail themselves of United Airlines, to reach the Southern California area. Once visitors arrived, Los Angeles Airways’ network of Heliports offered quick and comfortable transportation to many destinations including “the happiest place on earth”.

Los Angeles Airways Helicopter Service Schedule, 1960
Los Angeles Airways Helicopter Service Schedule, 1960

Service was offered to more Southern California residents and their guests, when helicopters began to make regular journeys to and from Los Angeles and Heliports in other Southern California counties (i.e. San Fernando Valley, San Gabriel, San Bernardino, and Orange County).

Los Angeles Airways Helicopter Service Schedule, 1960
Los Angeles Airways Helicopter Service Schedule, 1960

An entire page of the operation schedule is dedicated to flights both to and from Los Angeles Airport and Disneyland.

Los Angeles Airways Helicopter Service Schedule, 1960
Los Angeles Airways Helicopter Service Schedule, 1960

Other information about fares, baggage, insurance and other details give a better idea of the accommodations offered by Los Angeles Airways, to its passengers.

Los Angeles Airways Souvenir Coupon
Los Angeles Airways Souvenir Coupon

According to this children’s souvenir coupon, a 1/2 fare (1-way) was $3.15 (including tax).

Los Angeles Airways Sikorsky S-61L at Disneyland Heliport, (c. September, 1967)
Los Angeles Airways Sikorsky S-61L at Disneyland Heliport, (c. September, 1967)

Late afternoon and early evening flights departed Disneyland Heliport. The Heliport was originally located where the Disneyland Employee Parking Lot (Section A) came to be located. Early daytime departures were also available from the Disneyland Heliport.

Los Angeles Airways Sikorsky S-61L at Disneyland Heliport, (c. December, 1964 - January, 1965)
Los Angeles Airways Sikorsky S-61L at Disneyland Heliport, (c. December, 1964 - January, 1965)

One of thirteen Sikorsky S-61L series helicopters built by Sikorsky between 1958 and 1980. This pictured Sikorsky (registration number N302Y) began service during March of 1962. Guided Tour Scripts of 1962 even drew attention to the new attraction :

“The helicopters you may see flying overhead today offer daily flight service to and from the Los Angeles International Airport. The helicopter landing pad is adjacent to the Disneyland Hotel just across West Street.”

Los Angeles Airways Sikorsky S-61L at Disneyland Heliport, (1965)
Los Angeles Airways Sikorsky S-61L at Disneyland Heliport, (1965)
Los Angeles Airways Sikorsky S-61L at Disneyland Heliport; Winter, 1964.
Los Angeles Airways Sikorsky S-61L at Disneyland Heliport; Winter, 1964.

“Come on, everybody, here we go!”

Los Angeles Airways Sikorsky S-61L rises above the Disneyland Heliport and surrounding orange trees. “55er” John Hernandez spent most of his time at Disneyland with Virl Casey looking after the acres of Disneyland's oranges, some of which were on the 15 acres where the Heliport was.

Los Angeles Airways Sikorsky S-61L Over Disneyland Heliport, (c. December 1964-January, 1965)
Los Angeles Airways Sikorsky S-61L Over Disneyland Heliport, (c. December 1964-January, 1965)

“You can fly! You can fly! You can fly!”

Los Angeles Airways Sikorsky S-61L
Los Angeles Airways Sikorsky S-61L
Typical Vacationland Public Transportation Information Section
Typical Vacationland Public Transportation Information Section

Seen here, is a typical Vacationland Public Transportation Information Section, mentioning Los Angeles Airways as an alternative form of transportation from L.A. Airport to Disneyland. Vacationland was a free publication, distributed to Southern California hotels and visitor centers. This sort of information was regularly included in the publication.

Los Angeles Airways Sikorsky S-61L Cabin, (1967)
Los Angeles Airways Sikorsky S-61L Cabin, (1967)

The interior of the the Sikorsky 61-L was more spacious than other helicopters used by commercial airline companies. The Sikorsky 61-L had seating to comfortably accommodate 26 to 28 passengers, a luggage compartment, a storeroom, and even a lavatory (or, toilet).

Los Angeles Airways Sikorsky S-61L Cabin, (1967)
Los Angeles Airways Sikorsky S-61L Cabin, (1967)
Los Angeles Airways Over Disneyland, (1967)
Los Angeles Airways Over Disneyland, (1967)

The Sikorsky would circle around Disneyland. In the foreground, you’ll spot the structures which line Main Street U.S.A., leading to Sleeping Beauty Castle!

Los Angeles Airways Over Disneyland, (1967)
Los Angeles Airways Over Disneyland, (1967)

This was a typical view from a passenger window seat, as the Sikorsky rose above the Disneyland Hotel.

Los Angeles Airways Over Disneyland
Los Angeles Airways Over Disneyland
Los Angeles Airways Over Disneyland
Los Angeles Airways Over Disneyland
Los Angeles Airways Over Disneyland, (1967)
Los Angeles Airways Over Disneyland, (1967)

One publication once stated that “from the air, we can get the clear layout of Disneyland in our minds”. Passengers of Los Angeles Airways’ helicopters received a fantastic aerial view of Walt Disney’s “magic kingdom” in Anaheim. Maybe you can point out Monsanto Plastics Home of the Future, the PeopleMover’s tracks, or the Matterhorn (“the highest point in Disneyland”) from this height.

1962, July ; Flying Magazine (with Sikorsky 61L N300Y pictured on cover)
1962, July ; Flying Magazine (with Sikorsky 61L N300Y pictured on cover)

“Los Angeles Airways - Flying High”

The July 1962 issue of FLYING carried significant news for commercial aviation and the general public of the greater Los Angeles area! The cover touted the commercial airline Los Angeles Airways, who had become the first civil operator of a fleet of five $650,000 Sikorski S-61s back in March. These new commercial twin-engine, turbine-powered helicopters came with an increased payload capability, and several new safety features that allowed for all-weather operation. One of the main safety additions was partially housed into the Main Rotor Blades themselves. These Main Rotor Blades were filled with compressed air at the Sikorsky plant, so that (if the blade was later damaged, and the slightest pressure lost), a warning was given through the Pressure Gauge before lift-off.

Los Angeles Airways soon officially inaugurated its Sikorsky S-62 turbocopter service - the third generation of Sikorskys to service L.A.A.! Each helicopter carried nine passengers, had the capability to cruise at 100 miles per hour, and offered a range of 285 miles. In addition, these new turbocopters could land on water (or any service) in case of emergency, and could carry a 90% greater load than Los Angeles Airways “piston-powered S-55s, for the same fuel cost at 28% higher speed”.

Yes, this was the “high point” of classy commercial flights to and from Disneyland!

A Sikorsky Helicarrier Over the Port of New York Authority Heliport
A Sikorsky Helicarrier Over the Port of New York Authority Heliport

Helicarrier services courtesy of Sikorsky passenger helicopters were really “taking off” in major cities during the 1960s. A little less than 3,000 miles away from Disneyland, a civilian Sikorsky S-61 Sightseeing Helicopter lands atop the Port Authority pavilion at the 1964/1965 New York World’s Fair!

A Sikorsky Helicarrier Over the Port of New York Authority Heliport
A Sikorsky Helicarrier Over the Port of New York Authority Heliport
A Sikorsky Helicarrier Over the Port of New York Authority Heliport
A Sikorsky Helicarrier Over the Port of New York Authority Heliport

We’re here because, once landed, we’re afforded a brief peek inside its cabin.

Port of New York Authority Sikorsky S-61 Sightseeing Helicopter Exhibit
Port of New York Authority Sikorsky S-61 Sightseeing Helicopter Exhibit
Port of New York Authority Sikorsky S-61 Sightseeing Helicopter Exhibit
Port of New York Authority Sikorsky S-61 Sightseeing Helicopter Exhibit
Port of New York Authority Sikorsky S-61 Sightseeing Helicopter Exhibit
Port of New York Authority Sikorsky S-61 Sightseeing Helicopter Exhibit
Los Angeles Airways Advertisement, (Spring, 1968)
Los Angeles Airways Advertisement, (Spring, 1968)
Los Angeles Airways to Anaheim Passenger Ticket and Coupon, (May 13, 1968)
Los Angeles Airways to Anaheim Passenger Ticket and Coupon, (May 13, 1968)
Los Angeles Airways Ticket Stub
Los Angeles Airways Ticket Stub
(Pictured Above :  Sikorsky registration number N300Y, serial number 61031 of Los Angeles Airways)
(Pictured Above : Sikorsky registration number N300Y, serial number 61031 of Los Angeles Airways)

“The Tragic Flight of Los Angeles Airways 61031”

However, just five years after the aforementioned photograph was taken (and after twelve years of service to Disneyland), something terrible would happen that would end this form of transportation to the happiest place on earth. The demise of Los Angeles Airways flights to Disneyland came when one Sikorsky 61L (registration number N300Y, serial number 61031) was involved in a fatal crash on the evening of August 14th, 1968.

Tragically (and mournfully), eighteen passengers and three crew members lost their lives, while en route to Los Angeles International Airport from Disneyland. Mechanical failure was determined to be the cause of this devastating and horrific crash. The National Transportation Safety Board specifically attributed the incident to “fatigue failure of one rotor blade, which resulted in separation of the blade”. The helicopter could not be controlled and quickly fell from the sky. It is unclear if negligence was involved, if the sensor malfunctioned, or if the stress and failure was undetected and sudden. Whatever the case, countless lives were affected and changed forever by this catastrophic event. From 1951 to 1968, there hadn’t been any notable incidents involving commercial Sikorsky helicopters. However, during 1968 there were two situations resulting in many fatalities (the aforementioned one, and another Sikorski S-61L in Paramount). Both of these Sikorskis were in the service of Los Angeles Airways.

“The End of An Era”

Disneyland Guest Hotel Directories continued to list the telephone extension for Los Angeles Airways up to September of 1970. However, not even Golden West’s “eleventh hour” attempt to acquire Los Angeles Airways could save the helicopter commuter airline from what would happen next. The deal fell through, and would result in the demise of Los Angeles Airways airline operation during 1971. Golden West would only briefly take over helicopter operations for a mere five more months, but it was the end of an era (not only for Los Angeles Airways, but) for helicopter flights to and from Disneyland. By the summer of 1971, Vacationland magazine (published three times yearly by Walt Disney Productions and distributed to more than 1,500 hotels, motels, and leading tourist attractions) had stopped advertising Los Angeles Airways’ “Helicarrier service” among the public transportation alternatives serving Disneyland.

However, this wasn’t the end of Igor Sikorsky’s Sikorsky Aircraft Corporation (which was the world’s first mass-producer of helicopters, since 1942). They would go on to manufacture many aircraft designs, such as its 61-L. This particular model is still utilized for military, industrial, and civilian applications to this very day!

c. late 1960s
c. late 1960s

Notwithstanding the tragic commercial incidents, the Sikorsky continued a trusted helicopter manufacturer by the greater public opinion. In fact, their aircraft was in use by the United States Military, some local government agencies, and businesses since the 1940s. This military Sikorsky image was captured during a test flight, c. late 1960s.

 Other commercial helicopter companies (like AirSpur) continued to offer service from select Southern California airports to the vicinity of the MAGIC KINGDOM®.  AirSpur ’s state-of-the-art 30 Westland helicopters were IFR certified and powered by Ro

Other commercial helicopter companies (like AirSpur) continued to offer service from select Southern California airports to the vicinity of the MAGIC KINGDOM®. AirSpur’s state-of-the-art 30 Westland helicopters were IFR certified and powered by Rolls Royce GEM engines. The headline which accompanied this photograph described these modern commercial helicopters this way :

“Designed especially for AirSpur’s passenger service, the Wetland 30s afford wide-body airline comfort, approximately six feet of headroom and ample storage for luggage underneath the 16 passenger seats. The helicopter’s capacity permits all passenger luggage to be hand carried aboard or routed and interlined by AirSpur to connecting flights.”

 Though AirSpur’s sophisticated helicopter made passes over Disneyland, the days of the  Disneyland Heliport  were just a memory a bygone era!  The helicopters returned to Disneyland on Saturday, January 26, 1991, as The  Disneyland Hotel  northern

Though AirSpur’s sophisticated helicopter made passes over Disneyland, the days of the Disneyland Heliport were just a memory a bygone era!

The helicopters returned to Disneyland on Saturday, January 26, 1991, as The Disneyland Hotel northern Parking Area hosted “Helicopter Awareness Day,” “which was organized by the ‘Professional Helicopter Pilots’ Association and the Helicopter Association International.” A mini-tower was set up to direct the traffic - “three military helicopters…two were shipboard copters from the Navy, and the third was a sea rescue craft from the Coast Guard. Thirty local police, fire, rescue, medical and news team crafts were on static display. Approximately 6,000 people in attendance got the chance to examine the crafts and chat with the pilots, which included Commander Chuck Street, who brought KIIS FM’s ‘Yellow Thunder,’” according to Disneyland LINE Magazine (Vol. 23, No. 6 ; February 8, 1991).

"'The Theme Building at LAX"
"'The Theme Building at LAX"

Here’s one more Disney and Los Angeles Airport connection. During the heyday of Los Angeles Airways, this was at the center of the destination. The Theme Building (and its restaurant) was designed in 1959 (with the help of Dorothea Holt Redmond), and dedicated in 1961.

Decades later, the Walt Disney Company’s story and LAX would cross paths. A $4 million renovation of the Theme Building (courtesy of Walt Disney Imagineering), brought the Encounter Restaurant to the airport facility in 1997.

MAIN STREET OPERA HOUSE (Featuring Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln)

(1955 - present)
(1955 - present)


Today, Disneyland’s Main Street Opera House is known for its main attraction (and the last remaining Main Street U.S.A. exhibit from Disneyland’s “free exhibit era”) - Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln. But as far back as Disneyland’s developement & construction (and its “fabulous first decade”), the Main Street Opera House has served many other lesser-known (and forgotten) functions.

“Disneyland Preliminary Scheme #1”
“Disneyland Preliminary Scheme #1”
  Pictured Above : Mattel “Disneyland Musical Map” Record Set Illustration, 1955. This illustration (produced for an early licensed Disneyland product), granted a glimpse of the Opera House located in the Town Square of Disneyland’s Main Street!   On

Pictured Above : Mattel “Disneyland Musical Map” Record Set Illustration, 1955. This illustration (produced for an early licensed Disneyland product), granted a glimpse of the Opera House located in the Town Square of Disneyland’s Main Street!

On August 31, 1948, Walt was dreaming about a Park (to be located across the street from the Studio in Burbank). A memo was circulated among artists of the Walt Disney Studios. Some thoughts in the “Mickey Mouse Park” prospectus made mention of an “Opera House.” [“The Spirit of Disneyland”] Eventually, the idea grew into Disneyland and by 1954, the first definitive piece of art was produced and included an Opera House. You may have heard of Herb Ryman’s iconic “Aerial Over Disneyland” concept drawing. This and a portfolio of colored sketches by Herb Ryman, Bruce Bushman, Harper Goff, and others was prepared for Dick Irvine and Nat Winecoff to take back East to sell the Disneyland concept to prospective licensees. A subsequent document entitled “The Disneyland Story” was produced (on September 3, 1954), in order to tell the story of what guests would experience upon entering Disneyland. The opening page states : “You find yourself in a Civic Center or Town Square at the turn-of-the-century, any time from 1890 to 1910. Here you will see…the Old Opera House.”

“Draw Concept” - An Excerpt of “Aerial View Over Disneyland,” by Herb Ryman (originally produced September 26 & 27, 1953) depicts the Opera House on the East side of Town Square.
“Draw Concept” - An Excerpt of “Aerial View Over Disneyland,” by Herb Ryman (originally produced September 26 & 27, 1953) depicts the Opera House on the East side of Town Square.

Early thumbnail sketches and other concept artwork seemed to be unencumbered by restrictions of budget, schedule or the laws of nature and physics. Though guided by Walt, his artists appeared to engage in “free-thinking,” as if implementing the modern “Blue Sky” Imagineering process. Like some advanced “High Concept,” final designs were quickly generated and approved. Some of these viable project Concepts (as above), were supported by a well-developed business case and built expectation.

Next, architectural drawings helped define all designs, production and construction strategies, costs, schedule, and resource requirements. “Disneyland is unique in that some of the world's foremost creative artists and architects control all design at Disneyland.“ Models explored the various dimensional relationships, site-lines, flow patterns, ergonomics, and visual appeal to convey the desired creative intent. Once the dimensional model was created, the Opera House was moved to the other side of Town Square.

Images of the Main Street Architectural Model by Fred Joerger and Wathel Rogers included in “The Story of Disneyland” Documents, (1955)
Images of the Main Street Architectural Model by Fred Joerger and Wathel Rogers included in “The Story of Disneyland” Documents, (1955)


“Not Your ‘Run-Of-The-Mill’ Opera House”

As far back as Disneyland’s creation (and its “fabulous first decade”), the Main Street Opera House has served many other lesser-known (and forgotten) functions. This soon came after “the giant earth-moving undertaking was completed, the building crews took over. Soon, the rat-tat-tat of riveters was shattering the air, and sparks were flying from welders’ torches as the steel frameworks, capable of withstanding the ravages of time and the elements rose above the newly formed ground. While carpenters hammered and masons laid row upon row of brick and stone and mortar, the permanent buildings began to take shape and form,” according to “The Disneyland Story” published 1955.

The Mill is the most outstanding structure in this early press release photo excerpt; ©️Walt Disney Productions.
The Mill is the most outstanding structure in this early press release photo excerpt; ©️Walt Disney Productions.

From groundbreaking until opening, the construction of Disneyland would start about July 17, 1954 and be completed by July 17, 1955. One of the first buildings to be constructed was the Main Street Opera House, which was first utilized as a Mill. However it took some time according to newspaper inserts published in July of 1955. “The construction department was following hard on the heels of planners… on December 18, an order came through to set up a lumber mill on the site… By January 3rd, about $50,000 worth of machinery had been installed, but power was not available until Jan. 17, and the mill went into production on that date.”

Scotty Cribbes read about Disneyland in the papers when he was living in Santa Ana (home of the grapefruit label), and put in an application. He started with the McNeil Construction Company as a carpenter and after a week he went to the Mill as a foreman.

George Mills recalled: “On January 3, 1955 I came to Disneyland and worked for McNeil Construction Company, raising steel and pouring concrete. For the most part, the Park was built in six months. Our mill was where the Opera House is now and the workers wore blue jeans and white T-shirts.”

First, a concrete foundation and slab floors were prepared. Earl Anderson recalled how his first job was helping to build the lumber storage building. “I would get down on my hands and knees in the rain and mud to work on the foundations.” The foundation was followed by wood frame construction (while store units would have a combination wood and rigid steel frame).

According to inserts published in area newspapers during July of 1955, Disney buildings were roofed by Pioneer Roof & Shingle Company (then located at 608 Mateo Street, Los Angeles, California; 7522 Westminster Avenue, Westminster, California). The roof covering was a variable, dependent on the architectural design.

The entire Main Street Building # 700 (including the Maintenance and Construction Mill) possessed complete fire sprinkling systems, as did each on Main Street U.S.A. By June 30, 1955, related Disneyland Site Work Fire Protection Utilities Plot Plans were prepared for Disneyland Inc., by J.E. Thomasson of WED Enterprises Inc.

Once complete, the 14,000 square foot Maintenance and Construction Mill generated the woodwork of Disneyland - from the functional to the aesthetic. The Mill temporarily included the Plaster Shop which created ornamental pieces for structures like Sleeping Beauty Castle. But most of all, approximately three and one-half million board feet of lumber went into the Park’s construction - much of it processed here by Lawrence G. and Bruce W. McNeil’s McNeil Construction (the Prime contractor), and fashioned into the surrounding structures of Main Street U.S.A.! Disneylander and “55er” Stan Gomez recalled carrying lumber on his back up and down Main Street and taking saws to be sharpened.

Sometime later, in a somewhat “tongue in cheek” manner, “The Disneyland Story” (prepared 1963) divulged that “The Mill is the Disneyland Carpenter Shop. With the tools and talents located in this section, one could request and receive anything from an ornamental toothpick to a boat or house.” There, “Cabinet-makers carved and painted the accurate reproductions that furnish the buildings.”

The Mill as seen in an excerpt from a c.1955 press release photo; ©️Walt Disney Productions.
The Mill as seen in an excerpt from a c.1955 press release photo; ©️Walt Disney Productions.

Some of Disneyland’s original carpenters (Cliff Carothers, Earl Anderson, George Williams, George Le Fevre, Scotty Scribbs, L.H. Anderson, John Yorber and a certain “Harry”) recollected fond memories of the original Mill’s role in Disneyland development to LINE Magazine : “when many complete buildings were built down by the Old Mill [not on Tom Sawyer Island]…but Main Street, and taken to the field. For example, the Railroad Tower at the entrance to Disneyland was built in the Mill and then set up, as was the Draw Bridge at the Castle.”

When Ed Winger came to the Park as a Hod Carrier, working for Herrick and Herrick, the only building on Main Street was the Opera House and the skeleton of the Train Station. Decorative elements were soon added to facade, as the posts which support the awning and marquee. These are actually lampposts, similar in origin to those which line Main Street. One authorized “Disneyland Information & Nomenclature List” (prepared by Bill Cottrell of Disneyland Inc., by May 25, 1955) listed “official and authorized nomenclature” of Disneyland, and distinguished the “Buildings in Civic Center” : “Disneyland Police Department, Disneyland City Hall, Disneyland Fire Department, Disneyland Opera House.”

By July 17, 1955, the structure was still not completed. A contributing writer with The Daily Oklahoman (on July 17, 1955), noted: “Everywbere there were the last minate rush. A painter put final touches on the marquee of the Disneyland Opera House.”

“Original Site Plans and Developments”

“Walt had always intended that television would play a major role in the Disneyland show, and this was especially true during the first decade. One of the requirements in the initial site survey was that a clear television signal could be beamed out of the Park. Plans were also made for the construction of sound stages and the implementation of regular telecasts,” according to Disneyland LINE (Vol. 12, No. 27 ; July 3, 1980).

In “WALT DISNEY PRODUCTIONS ANNUAL REPORT to Shareholders and Employees” published for the Fiscal Year Ended October 2, 1954, Walt Disney personally stated: “The Disneyland the park, which will be the physical base for the ABC telecasts, is now well under construction for opening this summer. Its various features of amusement, education and audience participation will also provide rich material for televiewers. Facilities to accommodate 40,000 visitors and 10,000 autos daily on the 160-acre site near Anaheim, California, indicate its entertainment potential and its reciprocal influence on our other interests.”

Some Site Plan (or Plot Plan) Drawings (produced during October of 1954) depicted or detailed a “museum”, “cartoon studio”, and 20,000 Leagues Under the Sea set pieces (including a walkthrough of a giant Nautilus, and a walk-through Salon with the terrifying Squid) planned for this space. The “cartoon studio” detail may have been one reason why a journalist for the Anaheim Bulletin (published Saturday, May 1, 1954) described Disneyland as a “fantasy-playground and television plant.”

Motion Picture Exhibit Building; Plot Plan of Disneyland by Marvin Aubrey Davis of WED.
Motion Picture Exhibit Building; Plot Plan of Disneyland by Marvin Aubrey Davis of WED.

“For The First Time,” Main Street Opera House is Sampled in Book Form, in “Disneyland On The Air”
“For The First Time,” Main Street Opera House is Sampled in Book Form, in “Disneyland On The Air”

Back in October 1954, the Walt Disney Productions report for shareholders announced: “Disneyland the park, which will be the physical base for the ABC telecasts, is now well under construction for opening this summer. Its various features of amusement, education and audience participation will also provide rich material for televiewers. Facilities to accommodate 40,000 visitors and 10,000 autos daily on the 160-acre site near Anaheim, California, indicate its entertainment potential and its reciprocal influence on our other interests.” Early licensed merchandise even featured the Main Street Opera House being utilized as a television sound stage where a show was recorded and transmitted to the folks back at home watching from their televisions.

 “Disneyland On The Air” Excerpt
“Disneyland On The Air” Excerpt

Though live television broadcasts would occur many times at Disneyland through the early years (i.e. on July 15th, 1955, July 14th, 1959, April of 1962, etc.), the Main Street Opera House was not utilized as a sound stage, and was ultimately first used for other necessary functions as early as May of 1955. During one Pre-Opening Day interview (with Bob Thomas of the Associated Press), Walt divulged that “we’re using it [the Opera House] for a mill now, but eventually I plan to make it a motion picture exhibit.”

“The Disneyland Public Address System”

While the 14,000 square foot Backstage portion (of most of the first floor) continued to be utilized as the Mill, the 3,354 square foot second floor came to efficiently house several necessary functions in a maximum utilization of space. First of all, the Park Public Address System was housed here, where announcements could be broadcast and heard throughout Disneyland. Announcements included Park opening and closing announcements, as well as event showtimes (e.g. those of the Mickey Mouse Club Circus). As a “sidelight,” Town Crier Bud Coulson would announce important events for the day, like Disneylander’s birthdays. If you visited Disneyland during the 1960’s you may have heard the voice of Ben Harris (Production Coordinator ; Wardrobe) making announcements over the system. All the while, the Disneyland Sound Department was responsible for maintaining the Park Public Address System.

The Main Street Music which helped establish the ambiance of the area, was also controlled from this location.

“The Disneyland ‘Private Branch Exchange’”

In 1954, the Disneyland telephone system had its beginning with a two-position, manual 555 Bell System Cord Board. The Main Street Opera House held a 560 square foot Disneyland Telephone Office known as the PBX (or, Private Branch Exchange) Offices of Disneyland Telephone Operators in mid-May of 1955. According to the Los Angeles Mirror (published June 10th, 1955), “the Disneyland telephone exchange, opened only three weeks ago… enlarged three times already, and still can’t get enough trunk lines… The switchboard girls, Pat Zimmerman,… Clarabelle Maxwell,… and Mona Harvey… are swamped with calls from people who want to know the opening date, prices and other data.” An insert published in area newspapers mentioned how: “The switchboard at Disneyland, according to telephone company, had an average of 900 incoming calls per hour during peak construction per riods. This amounted to 42,000 incoming calls a week, figured on an 8 hour day, 6 day week.”

A month after this article was published (and during Dateline Disneyland, which aired July 17, 1955), some of these very Disneyland PBX Operators can be seen waving from the second -floor windows (as some of the windows were ajar during the hot summer month)! The fact that the PBX Operators had a fantastic view of Town Square, is impressed by the following historic anecdote. “A few guests complained at City Hall that the clock on the Main Street Train Station was incorrect, and had caused them to miss their bus. A maintenance man was dispatched, and after checking the mechanism, he called the operator for the correct time. A few days later, guests complaints were still being received. Maintenance again dispatched a man, who checked the mechanism and called the operator. Guests complaints continued - the clock was wrong. In exasperation, the procedure was gone over, step-by-step it turned out that Maintenance was calling the Disneyland operator, who would look out from her switchboard above the Opera House, glance up at the clock tower, and read the time on the dial to the man inside,” according to Disneyland LINE (Vol 12, No. 29 ; July 17, 1980)

“Disneyland Cast Call Time”

In addition to inquiries by employees, the PBX office (and its first “555” telephone switchboard system) received many other types of phone calls. “According to the park’s chief operator, Mickey Mouse is one of the most frequently called Disneylanders. Explaining with obvious regret, she says, ‘Mickey’s personal appearance schedule prevents him from taking the many calls for him. We wish he could, especially when the young caller is phoning long-distance, which many do’”, according to Disney News (published Winter 1967-1968). Calls of this sort were just some of the 2,850,000 calls received during the 1967 year. Things had not changed a decade later, as guests still “requested to speak to Mickey Mouse”, according to Chief PBX Operator (c.1968-1976) Becky Morris.

By 1976, the Disneyland PBX Department held a staff of 12, with only 4 working the switchboard at a time. About this time you may recall hearing the voices of Betty, Connie, Dorothy, Jane, Janet, Judy, Reva, Ruth, and Virginia.

Soon the PBX Department held the Dimension System leased by AT&T for a number of years, and individual Cast Members suddenly had (not just Comm. lines, but) their own personal extensions. This came in handy when Disneyland received a brand new number for guests seeking hours and show information - (714)778-2552. Then (on April 27, 1979). On April 28, 1979, the implementation of the Dimension 2000 made the telephone system at Disneyland one of the finest and most innovative in Southern California.

With the addition of the Dimension 2000 came 25 incoming truck lines, 14 out-going local lines, 27 foreign-exchange lines, 20 tie lines, 920 extensions, and 1583 total instruments. The old “cord board” was done away with and Joe Berezny (Pacific Telephone’s Lead Installer) replaced the “cord board” with an SL1 System, which tied directly into Walt Disney Productions, WED, MAPO, and even Walt Disney World. By the time the department was known as “Communications Services” (around the late 1980’s), a brand new Northern Telecommunications Meridian System was installed. In addition, other bright ideas led to developments (like the installment of direct lines for convenience and speed). Unbeknownst to most guests, all of this was happening (for decades) from the upper floor of the Main Street Opera House!

“Other Disneyland Offices Back of House”

By the Press Preview Day of June 17th, 1955, the Lost and Found was located “above Opera House, Town Square” in those early days, according to “A Complete Guide To Disneyland” (published 1956). Over the next few years, other functions were based from the second floor of the Opera House. By January of 1958, the second floor of Main Street Building #700 housed a 165 square-foot Photo Lab, the 245 square foot Photographic Department Office, the 221 square foot Customer Relations & Public Opinion Office and Disneylander Office, the 1,582 square foot Merchandising Offices, in addition to 581 square feet of stairs and a hallway. By September 28, 1958, Bank of America appraised the Main Street Opera House Building (considered a Park Asset) and valued it at $258,398. In 1959, Allen Malmstem’s Food Services Office was added to this location. All of these were once situated on the entire oft-unseen second floor of the Opera House which totaled 3,354 square feet.

Main Street Opera House, (1960)
Main Street Opera House, (1960)

Guests prepare to board a Horse Drawn Streetcar and depart for a ride down Main Street U.S.A., not far from the Main Street Opera House in Town Square.

Main Street Opera House Front of House, photographed during a September, from 1959-1961.
Main Street Opera House Front of House, photographed during a September, from 1959-1961.

“Grand Opening”

As of June 2, 1955, C.V. Wood Jr. sent an Inter-Office Memorandum to Walt Disney regarding the best estimates that could be obtained at the time regarding the completion status of individual sections of the Park and Opening Day. C.V. wrote: “Electric Signs: All are in work - with the exception of the shoe store and the Bank of America, all will be completed.”

Art Linkletter (while hosting Dateline Disneyland, aired July 17, 1955) implied that the Grand Opera House was a location “where Jenny Lind [a Swedish Opera Singer] or a Chautauqua [adult educational] lecture might take place.” Though (during the first few years), the doors were usually closed to guests, music would still emanate from the Main Street Opera House. During the early years, it’s sidewalk area under the awning was prominently used by the Disneyland Marching Band for concerts. In fact, those Disneyland PBX operators (stationed upstairs) received a free concert every morning, as the Disneyland Marching Band played right in front of the Main Street Opera House doors! During the latter part of the “first fabulous decade,” the Shoeshine Boys often performed near the entrance. You probably couldn’t hear the sound of the Mill (which operated until about 1960). During later winter seasons, the Disneyland Christmas Carolers (under the direction of Dr. Charles C. Hirt and lead by Mr. Robert G. Hasty), also known to perform near the “Lincoln” theater during various times of the day, from December 16th, 1967 thru January 1st, 1968. [“Disneyland Holiday Talent Master Schedule,” prepared for the period of December 16, 1967 through January 1, 1968]

During the early 1960’s the 450 square foot Main Street Opera House Lobby was utilized as a “Sponsor’s Headquarters” for representatives of senior classes attending Grad Nite at Disneyland. It seems (during this time) that there were many ideas as to what purpose the Main Street Opera House Lobby (comprising some 450 square feet) could serve at Disneyland. Over time, The Main Street Opera House on the 600 block of Main Street in Town Square, came to house a number of popular displays (as originally intended). One of the first events held inside was a publicity event for Walt Disney’s Zorro television show. A few years later (during November of 1962), Milt Albright entertained the idea of dividing the Main Street Opera House into a “Birthday Village” comprised of six areas. The area would have been rented for a period of (approximately) 45 minutes, and the package would potentially include lemonade and birthday cake, an overall photograph with their guests, and perhaps a special hat. With the thoughts of lemonade in mind, we turn our attention to the Main Street Opera House’s first memorable (and “Mother Goose”-inspired) exhibit…

(December 17th, 1961 - September 30, 1963)
(December 17th, 1961 - September 30, 1963)


You may recollect Walt’s Pre-Opening Day interview (with Bob Thomas of the Associated Press), where he divulged that “eventually I plan to make it a motion picture exhibit.” More than six years after Walt spoke those words, one of the first special exhibits to be displayed inside the Main Street Opera House was the Babes in Toyland Exhibit, from December 17th, 1961 to September 30, 1963 (with a brief closure during the winter of 1962). This was a walk-through exhibit featuring giant-size motion picture sets recently used in the filming of Walt Disney’s 1961 theatrical musical Babes In Toyland.

Babes in Toyland was quite an achievement itself, as the Walt Disney Studios had first entered negotiations in with Merian C. Cooper in 1933, to produce an adaptation of Victor Herbert's 1903 operetta Babes in Toyland.

Vacationland, Winter 1961-1962 Excerpt
Vacationland, Winter 1961-1962 Excerpt

The pieces were created under the Artistic Direction of an established and renowned Hollywood Art Director Carroll Clark and Marvin Aubrey Davis (both of whom would go on to Direct the Art of many live-action Walt Disney Productions through the 1960s). The massive fantasy sets were also created under the Set Direction of Emile Kuri (the Academy Award Winning Set Director of Walt Disney’s 20,000 Leagues Under the Sea), and Hal Gausman (who had recently served as Set Director for Walt Disney’s Absent Minded Professor, and would later serve as Art Director for Walt Disney’s Mary Poppins)! Emile’s work had previously been a constant and popular feature of Tomorrowland!

"3 Wonderful Ways to Enjoy Disneyland" Leaflet, December 17th, 1961 to September 30, 1963
"3 Wonderful Ways to Enjoy Disneyland" Leaflet, December 17th, 1961 to September 30, 1963

Once through the Forest of No Return, “all roads lead to the magical, merry” Mother Goose Village Square! Guests could see “the pumpkin house of Peter, Peter, Pumpkin Eater ; the Queen of Hearts Tart Shoppe, the Shoe in which the Old Woman lived ; … and the Toymaker’s Toy Shoppe”. In addition, there was “Mary’s Cottage and garden ; a storybook castle and a little greystone church”, and in the distance (far outside of town) the crooked house of the “crooked old man” Barnaby villainously looms at the top of the hill. One of the sections of this “3 Wonderful Ways to Experience Disneyland” leaflet advertises some of the explorable locations of the “Babes In Toyland Village”. “See Mother Goose Square, The Toy Factory, [and] The Forest of No Return.”

The Forest of No Return in Walt Disney’s Fantasyland Excerpt, Golden Press and Western Publishing Company ; ©️1965 Walt Disney Productions
The Forest of No Return in Walt Disney’s Fantasyland Excerpt, Golden Press and Western Publishing Company ; ©️1965 Walt Disney Productions

The Forest of No Return could be a little scary for younger guests. It’s been said that “those who stumble in, those who fumble in, never can get out.”

“Forest of No Return”
“Forest of No Return”

Here, a father holds his child as they ignore the signs reading “Go Away” and “Get Out”, and make their way through the encircling trees. Beware, as Barnaby’s cohorts (Gonzorgo and Roderigo) may be following closely behind!

“Mother Goose Village”
“Mother Goose Village”

By the time we arrive at Mother Goose Village, it appears that a Gypsy caravan has also arrived!

The 30-Foot Dutch Windmill of “Mother Goose Village”
The 30-Foot Dutch Windmill of “Mother Goose Village”
Disneyland "A" Coupon featuring the Babes in Toyland Village, December 17th, 1961 to September 30, 1963
Disneyland "A" Coupon featuring the Babes in Toyland Village, December 17th, 1961 to September 30, 1963

Many guests were sure to not miss Disneyland’s newest attraction - the “Babes in Toyland Village”, featuring actual picture sets from Walt Disney’s latest musical! Table IV of the ”Ride Operating Schedule” (effective October 3, 1962) reported a maximum capacity of 1,200 guests daily. The cost of admission was the same as Walt Disney Productions’ other feature film exhibit, the 20,000 Leagues Exhibit - 10 cents, or one “A” Coupon.

All the while, after the Park closed, the staff would take over with brooms, mops and dustcloths. Special attention was given to marred walls, posts and furniture. Items with marks that didn’t wash off were replaced or repainted. Floors were waxed and buffed to preserve their beauty and protect them from the thousands of feet that scuffled over them each day.

Babes in Toyland “Mother Goose Village” Souvenir Photo Near The Candle Shop of “Jack-Be-Nimble,” September 22, 1963.
Babes in Toyland “Mother Goose Village” Souvenir Photo Near The Candle Shop of “Jack-Be-Nimble,” September 22, 1963.


Guests who wished to commemorate their visit to the film’s set (and prove that they actually set foot in Mother Goose Village) could have their souvenir photo taken near the house that Jack Built - that of “Jack-Be-Nimble” (of candle-jumping fame)!

After visiting the exhibit, guests may find a memento of their experience in a location not advertised - the neighboring Toy Shop. Many souvenirs (found in contemporaneous c. 1961 shops) were themed around the Babes in Toyland characters - wooden frame tray puzzles (by companies like Jaymar) featuring memorable scenes from the film, vinyl Disneyland records and books featuring popular songs from the film, cute “Twistable” toys, hand puppets, “punch-out” figure books, and small plastic Marx Disneykins figures of toy soldiers.

During 1963, Grad Nite Chaperones used teh space as their greenroom and dined among the set while Grads explored the Park.

By the time this attraction had ceased operation, a grand total of 436,070 guests had experienced a stroll through the Village set pieces of Walt Disney’s latest live-action feature film [according to Admission Media Rides and Attractions Reports, published by Disneyland Research Department, April, 1971].

One of J.H. Miller Company's Mold-A-Rama "Disneyland Toy Factory" machines in Burbank, California.
One of J.H. Miller Company's Mold-A-Rama "Disneyland Toy Factory" machines in Burbank, California.

The Main Street Opera House housed a J.H. Miller Company Mold-A-Rama "Disneyland Toy Factory" machine.

Babes in Toyland Soldier Prop (Previously on Display at Van Eaton Galleries), c. 1961
Babes in Toyland Soldier Prop (Previously on Display at Van Eaton Galleries), c. 1961

Before guests even set foot inside the technicolor fantasy world, towering Toy Soldiers in Candy-striped guard houses guarded the entryway into the Main Street Opera House, as George Brun’s storybook-inspired music tracks could be heard in the distance! Decades after these giant wooden Toy Soldiers briefly stood guard outside the Babes in Toyland exhibit, we had the pleasure to see one in person at one of Van Eaton Galleries’ prior pre-auction exhibitions! As a “sidelight”, you may notice that the soldier’s straps also form an “X” across their back. This was done with intent, as their creator was the legendary animator Francis Xavier Atencio!

Babes in Toyland Soldier Prop (Previously on Display at Van Eaton Galleries), c. 1961
Babes in Toyland Soldier Prop (Previously on Display at Van Eaton Galleries), c. 1961
Babes in Toyland Soldier Prop (Previously on Display at Van Eaton Galleries), c. 1961
Babes in Toyland Soldier Prop (Previously on Display at Van Eaton Galleries), c. 1961
(September, 1963 - September, 1964)
(September, 1963 - September, 1964)

The earliest concepts of Walt Disney’s Disneyland included descriptions of a Mickey Mouse Club attraction! This was likely due to the fact that the “The Mickey Mouse Club” television show was preparing to launch during the fall of 1955, and Walt (being a big believer in corporate synergy) was planning to use Disneyland as a stage to introduce his newest sensation! According to “Disneyland” (a document prepared for Disneyland Inc. by WED Enterprises), “Mickey Mouse, the best known personality in the world has his Mickey Mouse Club headquarters at Disneyland. Located on Treasure Island, in the middle of the river, a fantastic hollow tree and treehouse serves as the Club meeting place. The hollow tree is several stories high, with interesting rooms and lookout spots for Club members. There is a Pirate cove and buried treasure on the Island…and direct from this location the Club presents The Mickey Mouse Club Television Show.”

Disneyland partially owes its existence to the Mickey Mouse Club. According to Walt’s own words (in a Disneyland, Inc. Merchandise Association Meeting held Wednesday, January 25, 1956): “A year ago we were praying that we could have Disneyland open by July, then wondering if we would have enough money to open it. I reached a point where I needed a few more milion dollars, so took on quite a chore and started a new TV show - the Mickey Mouse Club… My budget for 100 hours of programming for the Mickey Mouse Club was $2,000,000,00 and I spent more than that… Money from this program was used to help finish Disneyland. Today the show has a 25 rating which is the highest rate of any day time show and compares very favorably with some of the night time shows. We use this to publicize Disneyland.”

Now, “The Mickey Mouse Club” television series had two runs up to this point - a one hour run for two years (from October 3, 1955-1957), and a half-hour run (from 1957-1959). During the latter run, Nielson ratings over a 52-week period (of 1958 alone) showed “The Mickey Mouse Club” was viewed by a total of 15-million Americans, five days a week.

By 1963, ”The Mickey Mouse Club” television series had recently become syndicated, and thus offered a wonderful opportunity - a “cross-pollination” promotion opportunity between Disneyland and Walt Disney Productions! Ultimately, the Mickey Mouse Club, would be regularly shown throughout the world.

Now, following the Babes in Toyland exhibit (which closed on September 30th, 1963), the Main Street Opera House briefly hosted the Mickey Mouse Club Headquarters - from September of 1963 to September of 1964! During this time, the Mickey Mouse Club Headquarters was open daily at Disneyland - from dawn until dusk - with varied opening hours, ranging from 8:30 am (or 9:30 am) to 5:00 pm! The entire adventure had a 900-guest capacity.

Here, the doors of the official “Mouseke-Club” were opened by Disneyland Guided Tours Hostesses (like Maggie Albright, Chief Hostess of the Mickey Mouse Club Disneyland Chapter). Then, “boys and girls from far and near” were “welcome as can be,” and everyday was “Guest Star Day.” Older Mickey Mouse Club Members (and Guests) “proudly put on their Mouseke-ears,” and experienced becoming honorary Mouseketeers (receiving their very own Charter Membership Certificate, Official Membership Card, and souvenir button). Fans of the series could have a souvenir photograph taken with Mickey Mouse (on their birthday), and guests of all ages found exclusive Mickey Mouse Club Headquarters souvenirs and miniature press photographs featuring the original cast were sold in the Mickey Mouse Club Shop (as it was referred to in Walt Disney’s Guide to Disneyland)! Just through the Opera House doors, the “Disneyland Toy Factory” Mold-A-Rama would produce plastic-injected molded figures of Mickey Mouse and friends.

“The Mickey Mouse Club Headquarters” Detail, Disneyland Map by Sam McKim Excerpt, (1964)
“The Mickey Mouse Club Headquarters” Detail, Disneyland Map by Sam McKim Excerpt, (1964)

“Guest Star Day”

Once entering, you stroll down a path with barns and the various days of the week on them (i.e. Guest Star Day). Some of television’s Mouseketeers would meet and greet guests near these barns. It wasn’t uncommon to see Roy Williams drawing caricatures, Jimmy playing his Mouseguitar, or other Mouseketeer Alumni visiting the exhibit. Of course, the most popular Mouseketeer was “the leader of the club that’s made for you and me“ - Mickey Mouse!

In addition to all these guest stars, Mouseketeer Ginny Tyler regularly recorded live 15-minute daily segments inside Disneyland’s Mickey Mouse Club Headquarters, which was broadcast on locally on KTTV as part of the syndicated “The Mickey Mouse Club” series. Comedians “Hub and Bub” (later known as Skiles and Henderson) made an appearance on one such segment. While many of the live televised segments featured the Backstage areas of Disneyland (i.e. the Mill, Model and Paint Shops, Decorating, the Monorail Shed, and the Train Roundhouse), one segment in particular highlighted “the inner workings of the Main Street Cinema.”

“The Mickey Mouse Club Headquarters”, late 1963
“The Mickey Mouse Club Headquarters”, late 1963

A Toy Soldier in a candy-striped guardhouse still stands guard before the entrance of the Main Street Opera House’s next exhibit!

“The Mickey Mouse Club Headquarters,” January of 1964.
“The Mickey Mouse Club Headquarters,” January of 1964.

September of 1963.
September of 1963.
“The Mickey Mouse Club Headquarters”
“The Mickey Mouse Club Headquarters”
Mickey and Guided Tour Hostesses welcome guests to “The Mickey Mouse Club Headquarters” at Disneyland, in 1964
Mickey and Guided Tour Hostesses welcome guests to “The Mickey Mouse Club Headquarters” at Disneyland, in 1964

Who’s “the leader of the club, that’s made for you and me” ? Mickey Mouse welcomed new honorary Mouseketeers to the Mickey Mouse Headquarters, while Disneyland Hostesses (occasionally referred to as “Mickey Mouse Club Girls,” seen in the background) also welcomed guests!

Mickey and Mouseketeer Jan welcome guests to “The Mickey Mouse Club Headquarters”
Mickey and Mouseketeer Jan welcome guests to “The Mickey Mouse Club Headquarters”

As late as April of 1964, the “mousekegirls” of “The Mickey Mouse Club” television show worked at the location. During this time, a total of 3,162 free souvenir birthday pictures (taken with the visiting cast) were given out to guests.

“The Mickey Mouse Club Headquarters”

Official Membership Headquarters Sign (Courtesy of Van Eaton Galleries)
Official Membership Headquarters Sign (Courtesy of Van Eaton Galleries)


Signage like this would hang around the interior of the premises, announcing the temporary headquarters to Park guests. This was not the first time Mickey Mouse Club Membership was offered at Disneyland. During the winter of 1955, Wonderland Music Store in Disneyland offered an Official Mickey Mouse Club Certificate with a subscription to Walt Disney’s Mickey Mouse Club Magazine. Now, due to such an increased advertised presence, The Mickey Mouse Clubhouse Headquarters at the Opera House in Disneyland boosted membership during its tenure (membership of the Mickey Mouse Club Disneyland Chapter being promoted as early as 1962).

Mickey Mouse Club Disneyland Headquarters Charter Membership Certificate
Mickey Mouse Club Disneyland Headquarters Charter Membership Certificate

Guests visiting the Mickey Mouse Club Disneyland Headquarters would receive this Charter Membership Certificate (signed by “the Chief Mouseketeer [of] International Headquarters” - Ginny Tyler), welcoming them to the club! Even after this temporary experience would disappear, some guests would cherish their membership certificate for a lifetime.

Mickey Mouse Club Magazine Identification Card and Certificate "Window" Envelope
Mickey Mouse Club Magazine Identification Card and Certificate "Window" Envelope

With increases in postage and first class mail shipping beginning in January of 1963, both Milt Albright and Ed Ettinger worked together to cut costs of the Mickey Mouse Club Disneyland Chapter (under the oversight of Jack Lindquist). It was Milt Albright who recommended the format for what you received in the mail - the “window” type of envelope, and not using a “form letter,” but “having the membership card be a ‘pop-out’ at will,” to increase savings. All these details were not even finalized by December 20th, 1962.

Mickey Mouse Club Magazine Identification Card and Certificate
Mickey Mouse Club Magazine Identification Card and Certificate

These “snap-out” Mickey Mouse Club documents were different from the ones acquired through the Disneyland headquarters.

Mickey Mouse Club Disneyland Chapter Membership Card
Mickey Mouse Club Disneyland Chapter Membership Card

But ultimately, these little perforated “snap-out” Mickey Mouse Club Disneyland Chapter Membership Cards were sent to members approximately 2 weeks after their applications were received. There was no charge for Mickey Mouse Club Disneyland Chapter Membership. However, membership was limited to Southern California residents within the KTTV viewing area. Though the club had no age limit, it was designed to appeal to youngsters under the age of 16 years old.

In the end, Mickey Mouse Club “Weekly Activity” Reports showed that Mickey Mouse Club Disneyland Chapter Memberships (of Local Members, Honorary Members and new Members signed into the Clubhouse) hit peak numbers on Saturdays and Sundays at Disneyland. By April 29, 1964, the there were 191,473 Local Members, in addition to 53,448 Clubhouse Mail-ins, 122,735 Honorary Members, and renewals factored in, totaling in 367,656 Mickey Mouse Club Members. Of these, 328,724 were serviced at the Clubhouse located at Disneyland! Tommy Walker (head of Disneyland Public Relations) would often send weekly Inter-Office Communications, relaying Mickey Mouse Club Disneyland Chapter Activity Reports to “those concerned” - i.e. Card Walker, Donn Tatum and Vince Jeffords (at Walt Disney Studio), and Ed Ettinger, Bob Wormhoudt, Vern Croft, Wally Wade, Ted Crowell, Jack Lindquist, Linda Morse and Milt Albright (at Disneyland).

Ginny Tyler makes a public appearance in a local parade in September, 1963.
Ginny Tyler makes a public appearance in a local parade in September, 1963.


Since the beginning, Disneyland has synergistically worked with Walt Disney Studios to keep the Disney characters before the public and provide settings for television programs. This would not be the first time that segments of ”The Mickey Mouse Club” were filmed at Disneyland. On a most recent occasion, at least one segment of ”The Mickey Mouse Club” TV show was filmed in the Park during the month of January, 1963. But this routine filming of ”The Mickey Mouse Club” television show at Disneyland would take months to plan and develop. Now by July of 1963, Ben Harris began to select and pick up music (from local shops) and inspecting sound and recording facilities that would be utilized for the television recording. A few months later (during September of 1963 ; the same month that the Babes in Toyland Exhibit closed), a promotional parade (of which Ginny was a guest of honor), was held in neighboring Garden Grove. This was (of course), in advertisement for the upcoming Mickey Mouse Club Headquarters in Disneyland and the new segments of “The Mickey Mouse Club” television series which would be filmed at Disneyland!

Two Wondeful Ways to Enjoy Disneyland Advertisement for the Mickey Mouse Club on KTTV Channel 11, c. 1963.
Two Wondeful Ways to Enjoy Disneyland Advertisement for the Mickey Mouse Club on KTTV Channel 11, c. 1963.
Mickey Mouse Club Promotional Script, 1960s.
Mickey Mouse Club Promotional Script, 1960s.

Scripts written for Ginny Tyler also introduced promotional Disneyland offers for Mickey Mouse Club members who visited the Park.

Inter-Office Communication, October 29, 1963
Inter-Office Communication, October 29, 1963

Proposed dates and locations for filming the Mickey Mouse Club Television Show in Disneyland are listed on this Inter-Office Communication. The dates ran every Saturday in the month of November, 1963.

By February of 1964, Ben Harris (of the Disneyland Production Department) held near-daily production discussions at the nearby Gourmet Restaurant (with the production companies and individuals like MMC Director Bob Lehman) pertaining to the forthcoming tv segments. One tentative shooting period ran from Saturday to Sunday, February 1 & 2, 1964, when the crew hoped to “get six or seven segments done.”

By March of 1964, the search was on for various “action props,” “bowling equipment,” and “physics equipment” to be used as screen on-screen props. Electrical equipment and musical equipment was also selected, rented and purchased. While these were acquired (either purchased or rented), physical set-up and staging began around mid-March.

As mentioned earlier, Mouseketeer Ginny Tyler soon (on March 28th, April 11th and 12th, 1964) recorded some of the first (of a series) of 15-minute segments inside Disneyland’s Mickey Mouse Club Headquarters, which was broadcast as part of the syndicated “The Mickey Mouse Club” series. According to Ben Harris’ account, some “105” of these segments would be filmed at Disneyland.

A prop hat from a segment of “The Mickey Mouse Club” filmed at Disneyland.
A prop hat from a segment of “The Mickey Mouse Club” filmed at Disneyland.
Mickey Mouse Club Disneyland Headquarters - Merchandise Headquarters Bill
Mickey Mouse Club Disneyland Headquarters - Merchandise Headquarters Bill

The Mickey Mouse Clubhouse Headquarters in Disneyland also sold an increased amount of merchandise during its tenure. Buttons and tin lapel clips were common pieces of “The Mickey Mouse Club” merchandise sold through the Merchandise Headquareters. Non-birthday-related pictures were sold at 75 cents each, and by April 19, 1964 a total of 1, 846 had been sold. There were also Free souvenir birthday pictures (when the Mousekagirls worked on the television show). Perhaps one of the more popular merchandise was the new “The Mickey Mouse Club TV Show” LP released by Disneyland Records in 1964.

”The Mousekatoys” - The Mousekartooner and Mickey Mouse Club Colorform Set.
”The Mousekatoys” - The Mousekartooner and Mickey Mouse Club Colorform Set.
A Mickey Mouse Club souvenir photo.
A Mickey Mouse Club souvenir photo.
Benay-Albee Mouseketeer Cap Advertisement (published in "Playthings - The National Magazine of Toy Trade", (February, 1963)
Benay-Albee Mouseketeer Cap Advertisement (published in "Playthings - The National Magazine of Toy Trade", (February, 1963)

Now that ”The Mickey Mouse Club” was back on television (and the Mickey Mouse Club was Headquartered at Disneyland) the was the perfect opportunity for Benay Albee to bring their popular Mouseketeer Cap to Disneyland!

“The Mill Moves”

By the summer of 1965, a “new mill had to be built to handle all the business,” according to Bill Bealer of Backstage Disneyland magazine, Vol.4, No.4 ; December of 1965. The new MILL AND SHEET METAL SHOP (and even a Mill Annex) would eventually find a home in the Backstage West Service Area behind the Frontierland berm. By that time of Tencennial celebration, there were many new skilled craftsmen who had come to Disneyland after extensive experience. However, some of Disneyland’s original carpenters (Cliff Carothers, Earl Anderson, George Williams, George Le Fevre, Scotty Scribbs, L.H. Anderson, John Yorber and a certain “Harry”) still worked in a similar capacity with the Park. These men recollected fond memories of the original Mill’s role in Disneyland development.

(July 18th*, 1965 - January 1st, 1973)
(July 18th*, 1965 - January 1st, 1973)

*Some sources (as the “Disneyland Admission Media Rides and Attractions Report” published 1971; “Disneyland Rides & Attractions and Attendance Report,” 1981, page 50) cite July 16th, 1965.

As with any new ideas and American dreams, Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln (with its Audio-Animatronic star) was not created in “a day.” It was “perfected and proven only after long experience and trial.”

“A Few Great Moments in the Imagineering of Mr. Lincoln”

The idea of automated figures dates back to the 1600s and 1700s, when the kings of France (like Louis XVI) commissioned automated orchestras to be built.

It is believed that other origins of “Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln” had their beginning more than 200 years later, but still decades prior to the conception of Disneyland, within Walt’s own childhood fascination with the United States President. According to Walt, “Ever since I was a small boy in Illinois, I've had a great personal admiration for Abraham Lincoln.” In fact, as a child, Walt even donned a stovepipe hat and portrayed Abraham Lincoln for a school project. This admiration of Abraham Lincoln continued for decades.

As for mechanical figures, they enter the Walt Disney story in 1949. Six years before Disneyland would premier to audiences, Ken Anderson created a Disneylandia concept that consisted of an old-fashioned Barbershop Ensemble with a quartet of mechanical singers. In 1951, Walt would return from New Orleans with an antique mechanical Bontem’s bird automaton. This would inspire Roger Broggie (a Walt Disney Studio Camera Repair Department machinist who had assisted with the fabrication of Walt’s Carolwood Pacific Lilly Belle engine) and Wathel Rogers (another of Walt’s character animator’s with a knowledge of the mechanical) to fashion the first ever “cam and lever” Audio-Animatronics figure (a 1/8 scale tap dancing Buddy Ebsen figure) for Walt Disney’s “Disneylandia.” In September of 1950, the famous sculptor Charles Cristodoro had joined the Walt Disney Studio, and a few months later he found himself busy carving the little figure of Buddy Ebsen.

Walt Disney Studio artist Charles Levy (in interview with Bill Davidson of The Saturday Evening Post, published for November 17, 1964) recalled a momentous occurrence he observed when first employed in 1954: “I remember seeing him at the studio then, and he was a wrapped up in something mysterious he was doing with Buddy Ebsen who, in those days, was a fine dancer. He had Buddy do a dance number, and there were men in the room punching holes in what seemed to be a mechanical piano roll. Then I saw Walt playing with little Buddy Ebsen dolls, which were attached by electric wires to a huge console-machine. The men would feed the piano rolls into the console like a continuous I.B.M. card, and the little Buddy Ebsen dolls would repeat the dance steps I had seen Ebsen himself do. It didn't work because those were the days before transistors and the equipment was too cumbersome, so Walt put the whole thing aside.”

The Cam & Lever Buddy Ebsen Figure; The Walt Disney Archives.
The Cam & Lever Buddy Ebsen Figure; The Walt Disney Archives.

Roger Broggie recalled: “We got as far as building the guy in the chair and the barber behind him,” said Broggie. “Then the whole job was stopped.” While there were some frustrations and the project was aborted, this Imagineering feat led to other research and developments some six years later.

In 1957, The Disneyland Report to Anaheim and Orange County (prepared before August of 1957) mentioned future developments called Liberty Street with the Hall of Presidents, and Thomas Edison Square all planned for 1960. Meanwhile, Walt commissioned a Mr. Lincoln Audio-Animatronic figure prototype in 1958. Walt once recalled: “I had him on what we called Mark I and I had him under manual control. we could make him stand up and put his hand out.” However, the “Lincoln” project was also not completed, because, in Walt’s own words: “I figured it would take me 10 years to get Mr. Lincoln going.” Work continued and by October 1960, Marc Davis had prepared a “Reference for Animated Human Figures”, a sketchbook that explored how anatomy could be replicated with machines created by the Studio Machine Shop. This book was created at the personal behest of Walt Disney.

However, the project was “shelved” for five more years (until after the debut of Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room bird cast). But during this time, Mr. Lincoln would receive a visitor. Walt remembered how “Robert Moses was getting the World’s Fair going, and he came out. He came and visited Disneyland. He wanted to visit the Studio. He was trying to decide on what could be done. So I had him meet Abraham Lincoln. I said, ‘would you like to meet Mr. Lincoln?’ He gave me a funny look. I said, ‘well come on in - meet him.’ So when he walked in the door, I said, ‘Mr. Lincoln meet Mr. Moses,’ and Lincoln put his hand out and Moses went over and shook hands with him. Well Moses is quite a showman and he said I’ve got to have a Lincoln at the Fair. But I said this is 5 years away anyway. But Moses wouldn’t take no for an answer.”

Soon, a few “great moments” occurred in (not a meeting of Disneyland, Inc., or Walt Disney Productions, but) an Illinois Commission meeting (c. 1963) pertaining to their contribution to the upcoming World’s Fair. It was decided that their particular New York World’s Fair pavilion would be entitled - “The Land of Lincoln!” The highlight of the attraction would be none other than a three dimensional representation of the nation’s 16th president. Walt remembered: “The next thing I knew he had gotten with the State of Illinois and was trying to sell them on a Pavilion. And before I knew it, I had my arm twisted and I said yes.” After some negotiations and special agreements, the synergistic partnership was formed. Walt was soon interviewed by Fletcher Markle (on September 25, 1963), who revealed “the next step beyond the birds… to do the same kind of programming with human beings… and especially America's 16th president - Abraham Lincoln.” The State of Illinois would have their “Weenie” for “The Land of Lincoln” which would draw guests into their pavilion at the New York World’s Fair. In turn, Walt Disney would gain the funding to develop the necessary technology to run the show in New York and once the two years were complete (and in some cases, by 1964), Walt would have a brand new attraction for Disneyland.

By now there existed a Disney-patented technique of electronically synchronizing voices, music and sound effects to animated figures and objects. Walt continued: “We now had to get Mr. Lincoln on the road, I think, in about 13 months.” So immediately, some of Walt’s artists (with a diversity of backgrounds and skills) were transferred to WED Enterprises, Inc. in order to work with Audio-Animatronics - artists like Bill Justice (a former character animator who had assisted with the “come to life” Character designs for Disneyland in 1961), and Wathel Rogers (Walt Disney Studios animator who was a previously assigned to develop the miniature barber shop quartet for project “Little Man”). Both Bill Justice and Wathel Rogers would be among those assigned to bring life-like animation to the towering Mr. Lincoln. Studio retiree Jim Algar created Lincoln renderings & designs. Other contributors like Victor Greene of WED Enterprises, Inc., provided visual art direction. They were joined by John Hench (a c.1954 WED Enterprises hire, and old sketch artist from the Hyperion Avenue Studios, in 1939).

“Recreating the ‘Head of State’”

It was found that several of Walt’s shows being developed for the forthcoming 1964/1965 New York World’s Fair (like the General Electric Carousel of Progress and Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln) involved complex Audio-Animatronic heads. And so during the latter part of 1962 (while the Mickey Mouse Club Headquarters was still located on Main Street), another sort of “Head-Quarters” would take form - the Figure Head Shop (known in the present as the Figure Head Animation Shop)! Sculptor Blaine Gibson (who had been with the Disney Team since 1939, and became a WED Enterprises Sculpture Designer in 1954) now began exhaustive research on the Lincoln head while he was still pulling shifts animating. Blaine and other artists got to work, visiting libraries and museums in order to make Walt’s presentation of Abraham Lincoln’s representation as accurate as possible. According to Dave Smith (Chief Archivist Emeritus), “Disney’s Imagineers spent five months researching Lincoln’s exact measurements and physical appearance. There was intensive study of many photos, paintings, and written descriptions, including passages from Mary Lincoln’s diary.” [Disney Facts Revealed by Dave Smith, 2016]

As to his approach to figure sculpting, Blaine once commented : “When we do a figure, we’re thinking of a character - a living, breathing character.” This being the case, Blaine would look into the writings of William Henry Herndon (Lincoln’s old law partner) which were only recently published during the early 1950’s, and described in “microscopic” detail many things about the look of his friend, Abraham Lincoln. For example, Herndon “described Lincoln as having a long head with a ‘tall’ forehead, sloping backward. The forehead, he adds, was narrow but high ; ‘the cheek bones were high, sharp and prominent ; his jaws were long, up curved and massive, looking solid, heavy and strong ; nose large, long and blunt, a little awry toward the right eye ; chin, long, narrow, sallow and cadaverous. . . having on his face a few hairs here and there ; cheeks leathery and saffron colored ; ears large and jutting ; lower lip thick, hanging undercurved or down-curved ; little gray eyes.” Clearly, Herdon’s memoirs would be an invaluable source when bringing Abraham Lincoln to life. After the “Disney artisans” labored for five months, “their tender care… [was] evident in Mr. Lincoln’s face,” according to one official Souvenir.

Natural History Magazine Excerpt Featuring the Only Bronze in Existence From The Clark Mills Life Mask of Abraham Lincoln
Natural History Magazine Excerpt Featuring the Only Bronze in Existence From The Clark Mills Life Mask of Abraham Lincoln

The face of the Audio-Animatronic Mr. Lincoln was also partially fashioned after a bronzed reproduction of sculptor Clark Mills’ life-mask of the 16th President of the United States (which was created some 60 days before the President’s assassination in 1865). As a “sidelight,” this bronzed reproduction had resided with the Smithsonian Institute since the 1950’s, and was featured in an issue of “Natural History” magazine (February of 1953), which was part of The Walt Disney Studio Library.

Natural History Magazine (February, 1953) ; Former Walt Disney Studio Library Copy
Natural History Magazine (February, 1953) ; Former Walt Disney Studio Library Copy

Still, yet another life mask (created earlier in 1860, in Chicago, by sculptor Leonard Volk) was also accessed and studied by artists. This particular mask preserved Lincoln before he was President and before he had a beard. Soon, Lincoln was sculpted in what Vacationland (Fall, 1965) called a “plastic clay.” Yes, “the skills of the sculptor and the talents of the artist” would soon enable audiences “in the presence of a man whose spirit guided the nation through a time of turmoil. Whose words inspired generations to follow.”

Abraham Lincoln Bust cast replica made from a mold of an original sculpture, The Walt Disney Family Museum
Abraham Lincoln Bust cast replica made from a mold of an original sculpture, The Walt Disney Family Museum

In addition, photographic evidence was collected, and from this, it was gathered that Abraham Lincoln towered over officers (as in a photograph taken at Antieam, in 1862). So, the entire Audio-Animatronics figure would need to be built to a scale that would at least simulate his true-life stature, of six foot- four inches tall. Some creative designs of the Audio-Animatronics figures (with a little creative license) were provided by members of the Disneyland Staff Shop. It was decided to increase Lincoln’s height by three inches to make him seem more imposing, so the height of the figure on the drawing is an impressive six feet, seven inches tall. The final figure would stand approximately six feet, four inches.

Rough sketches prepared by Marc Davis; 1962.
Rough sketches prepared by Marc Davis; 1962.
This brownline of Marc Davis' design details the connection points between the torso and pelvis for the rising motions of Mr. Lincoln.
This brownline of Marc Davis' design details the connection points between the torso and pelvis for the rising motions of Mr. Lincoln.

“Designing the Great Movements of Mr. Lincoln”

Now, this figure was to be far different than the static figures that were planned and in development for the “Pirate Wax Museum” at Disneyland. Mr. Lincoln would be animated, rising from his chair; his hands in contact with a chair until he could no longer reach; his arms swing forward as the figure reaches full height;

Marc Davis' design for teh rising motions of Mr. Lincoln.
Marc Davis' design for teh rising motions of Mr. Lincoln.

…and the figure finally taking one step forward, the leg, moving forward until the figure reaches the center of gravity. Marc Davis assisted with the design of this detailed A.A. Figure animation.

Abraham Lincoln "Ribcage" armature Featuring Hydraulics and Pneumatic Valves, The Walt Disney Family Museum
Abraham Lincoln "Ribcage" armature Featuring Hydraulics and Pneumatic Valves, The Walt Disney Family Museum

“Construction of Mr. Lincoln”

Bob Gurr remembered : “We had to figure out how do you do an animated human and design all the mechanical parts, and all the motions… We’d take the details to the Studio, and the Studio would make the parts. No time to explain how it’s going to work. They’d just build it on faith and see if we could make it run.” Many parts were constantly refined by the Walt Disney Studio Machine Shop (as “Lincoln’s Hands,” which were first produced during April of 1964, and the mechanics and aesthetics of which were refined greatly by May 3, 1965).

Bill Justice recalled “The original Audio-Animatronics figures were strictly mechanical. They were filled with cams, push rods, gears, pulleys and hydraulic lines. Their costumes had to be changed periodically because of oil leaks. Much of the mechanical equipment was located in the only large space available - the chest cavity. From there push rods and cables would go to the head and arms. The programmer's first lesson was to stay a safe distance away. The figures are all heavy enough and contain enough hydraulic pressure to break furniture. Or break heads. When you're learning how to move an arm and you don't quite know where it will go, it's best to stay well out of arm's reach.”

Audio-Animatronic Lincoln Figure Overall Body Assembly Sheet A-56, WED Enterprises, Inc., Collection of Bob Gurr
Audio-Animatronic Lincoln Figure Overall Body Assembly Sheet A-56, WED Enterprises, Inc., Collection of Bob Gurr

Robert H. Gurr (the very same engineer who helped redesign the Autopia Mark I chassis in 1955) was tasked with designing Mr. Lincoln’s “ribcage” (among other “skeletal” parts). “Remember, I’m a car guy. Lincoln has no wheels.” Bob accomplished this formidable and challenging task (with the help of Hogsett (a draftsman), and today he still (proudly) owns one of the life-size blueprints of Lincoln (he approved).

Before the Animator’s Console, a caricature of Wathel Rogers wearing the Control Harness for programming depicts the Abraham Lincoln Audio-Animatronics Figure confused as to why he moves in sequence.
Before the Animator’s Console, a caricature of Wathel Rogers wearing the Control Harness for programming depicts the Abraham Lincoln Audio-Animatronics Figure confused as to why he moves in sequence.

“Programming Mr. Lincoln”

Bill Justice [“Justice for Disney”, page 75] recalled: “The original programming system was a harness arrangement worn by the programmer. He would move the way he wanted the figure to move. The harness would sense these motions and pass them on to the figure. That's how my mentor and colleague Wathel Rogers programmed the original Mr. Lincoln. Visitors would watch Wathel work and accuse him of overacting. He had to overact - the harness could sense only about two thirds of his movements. It was a pretty crude arrangement.” So instrumental was Wathel Rogers (of WED Enterprises Systems Development), that on January 11, 1966, an additional pay increase of $25 per/week (to his current personnel salary of $350/week) was deemed warranted and approved by both Mel Melton and Walt Disney.

The magic of Walt Disney’s patented Audio-Animatronics human figures soon made their debut though several televised previews. In one “Wonderful World of Color” episode (airing May 17, 1964) Walt Disney introduced the world to Audio-Animatronics with the help of animator Wathel Rogers (who wore the electronic rig of controls, which captured his own movements, and then recorded them on 35mm magnetic tape). Further, “sync marks” (would allow the movements to be analyzed, corrected and timed to keep the various animations in well-ordered synchronization). This impressive display was far more complicated than those remote controlled Tiki Room Birds, and this way, Wathel gave a televised demonstration of programming the movements of the “Father” figure for the General Electric Carrousel of Progress.

One Disneyland Coloring Book image published in 1964, depicts “The Lincoln Talking Statue”.
One Disneyland Coloring Book image published in 1964, depicts “The Lincoln Talking Statue”.

Walt Disney’s Mr. Lincoln would be no mere “talking statue”. These techniques would now be employed to give natural movement to the complex figure of Abraham Lincoln. According to Walt Disney (in a c. 1963 interview with Fletcher Markle), “Now, we’re making these… dimensional human figures move, we make animals move, we make anything move, through the use of electronics. It’s a tape mechanism. The tape, its like programming and sequencing when… they’re sending some missile to the moon. At different stages, at different times, things must happen. That’s all programmed - pre-determined. So our show’s put on that tape, programmed from this tape. And we run it off a little 1-inch tape that has 14 tracks. On each track, we can get up to 16 signals. Now, those little signals go and impulse this figure and make the figure move make the figure talk, and everything.”

“Recording Great Movements of Mr. Lincoln”

An Animator’s Console was used for programming the movements of the Audio-Animatronics® figures. Mr. Lincoln’s music and effects were pre-recorded on a 1-inch magnetic tape (capable of controlling hundreds of actions) and then synchronized with impulses. These impulses are simulated by transmissions sent from the magnetic tape to numerous pneumatic and hydraulic tubes running through his body. According to Backstage Disneyland (Vol.6, No.1 ; published Spring, 1967), “The heart of Mr. Lincoln is a one-inch-wide tape that contains 11 tracks of pulses. This, combined with a complicated hydraulic oil and air system, provides the smooth body movements seen in the show upstairs.“ The end result - through the magic of Audio-Animatronics, the great Abraham Lincoln comes to life before audiences, for a memorable six minute address - with “48* separate body actions with the figure’s 17 head motions and facial expressions” (*or, 48 separate body actions, by some accounts)! In fact, according to “The ‘Audio-Animatronic System’ : A New Concept in Entertainment,” “some 275,000 combinations of actions can be programmed for the Lincoln figure.” “With even more realism in sound and movement, the figure of the Civil War President is seated in thoughtful dignity in his White House office. He rises slowly to deliver his address, with complete coordination and movement, speech and mannerisms of Abraham Lincoln,” according to an excerpt from "Walt Disney's Vacation in Disneyland" A Gold Key Comic, Published 1965.

Audio-Animatronics Head & Jaw Assembly - Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln (1964), State of Illinois Pavilion, New York World's Fair ; The Walt Disney Archives.
Audio-Animatronics Head & Jaw Assembly - Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln (1964), State of Illinois Pavilion, New York World's Fair ; The Walt Disney Archives.

According to Disneyland LINE Magazine [October 28, 1994 ; Vol. 26, No. 42], “The Figure Head Animation Department came into existence in the latter part of 1962 to meet the demands of Disney’s exhibits at the 1964 World’s Fair,” which included the Cast of It’s a Small World, the General Electric Carousel of Progress, the Ford Magic Skyway, and Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln. The same article continues : “These exhibits introduced Audio-Animatronics technology on a grand scale. Two of the exhibits, Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln and the GE Carousel of Progress, had complicated animated heads. The Head Shop team was established to assemble them.”

The Audio-Animatronics head is covered with butyrate, a transparent, rigid, and easily malleable plastic used as a “shell.” Over the butyrate was a flexible latex “skin.”

Mr. Lincoln Head Flexible Figure Skin, (1980s).
Mr. Lincoln Head Flexible Figure Skin, (1980s).

In order to find a resilient and flexible figure skin compound that could endure the rigors of performance after performance, Walt and company turned to Bart Thompson (a chemist for rival studio MGM), who had a knack for these sorts of things. Bart had previously helped develop the latex “skin” for one of Walt’s first Audio-Animatronic human figures (that of Confucius, for a scrapped Chinese restaurant project, that was to be located off Main Street at Disneyland). Now, Lincoln would be covered with a “flexible ‘skin’ in order to maintain the original details.” Such a flexible figure skin was pliable and capable of being “buttered” - worked with a hot iron. Finally (above), note the lip ring and upper and lower “pinch arms,” eye snaps, and screws for attaching the “skin” to the Head Assembly.

Meanwhile, “the hair and beard were created by a professional wig maker… eyes were created by WED artists, using techniques similar to those employed by prosthetic eye manufacturers, and dental techniques were used to design the gums and teeth,” according to Vacationland magazine (Fall, 1965).

 The dentures fabricated for the head were even scrutinized, as attested to in this letter to Walt Disney Productions from a contemporaneous, local Hollywood-based dentist who acted as a consultant for Mr. Lincoln.

The dentures fabricated for the head were even scrutinized, as attested to in this letter to Walt Disney Productions from a contemporaneous, local Hollywood-based dentist who acted as a consultant for Mr. Lincoln.

 All of this facial detail was essential, because the complex Mr. Lincoln Audio-Animatronic would be unlike any other - a human character that would speak!

All of this facial detail was essential, because the complex Mr. Lincoln Audio-Animatronic would be unlike any other - a human character that would speak!

Dramatic lighting patterns were prepared for the show.
Dramatic lighting patterns were prepared for the show.

Last (but not least important) was the score, which was composed by Buddy Baker (who would later become renown for his compositions for both Adventure Thru Inner Space and the Haunted Mansion). Buddy had most-recently provided the score for the attraction at the State of Illinois Pavilion.

“One Nation” script excerpts prepared by October of 1960 ended up in parts of the Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln show.
“One Nation” script excerpts prepared by October of 1960 ended up in parts of the Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln show.

“Great Words of Mr. Lincoln”

James Algar (a veteran of Walt Disney’s True-Life Adventures documenting people and places) was assigned to write the script for Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln. Soon, Walt Disney (and company) reached out to Ralph Newman (an avid and respected Civil historian). Though James had researched much material and drafts were completed (as early as August of 1963), many subsequent meetings and Inter-Office Communications took place on the subject of what Abraham Lincoln should say. According to Walt’s own words, “When we set out to select the speeches and writing for the monologue in the show, we decided to bypass the Gettysburg Address, even though its poetic qualities and poignant message are unexcelled. Because it is so familiar to every American, we felt that it would not contribute significantly to our purpose - an in-depth fresh presentation of Lincoln’s principles, ideals and philosophies.”

So, it was ultimately decided to not select any one of Lincoln’s deliveries (as The Gettysburg Address) for the monologue, but to write his words as some actual composite of President Lincoln’s speeches. Among the sources included were (1) the Address at Sanitary Fair, Baltimore, Maryland -April 18, 1864, (2) the Speech at Edwardsville, Illinois -September 11, 1858, (3) the Address before the Young Men's Lyceum, Springfield, Illinois -January 27, 1838, (4) the Address at Cooper Institute, New York city, New York - February 27, 1860.

Vacationland Excerpt Featuring The Great Emancipator's "Entire" Speech, Published 1965
Vacationland Excerpt Featuring The Great Emancipator's "Entire" Speech, Published 1965

“New York World’s Fair Debut and Response”

The results were ready in a few short months, and by April 5, 1963, Fairfax Cone (New York World’s Fair Illinois Commission Chairman) flew out to Walt Disney Studio. At the sight of Lincoln talking and moving, Fairfax soon thereafter wrote Walt : “I am sure you know that I was overwhelmed by the realism of the Lincoln figure that you showed Mrs. Cone and me last Friday. The possibility of our using the Lincoln figure and the effect of this upon visitors to the New York World’s Fair have not left my mind during any of my waking hours since I saw it. I am going to New York tomorrow to discuss the Illinois participation with the Fair people, and I expect to be in touch with Jack Sayers shortly to further explore this subject.” Soon after, the Governor of Illinois (Otto Kerner) appointed a new New York World’s Fair Illinois Commission Chairman - Mr. Ralph Newman. Ralph Newman was a known Lincoln enthusiast, and swiftly flew out to Walt Disney Studio, and was also so impressed with the Lincoln figure, that he had many good things to report to the Illinois Governor.

Around WED Enterprises, Inc., Audio-Animatronics purely served entertainment purposes. However, the art and science of Audio-Animatronics had taken such a great leap forward, that (by June 11th, 1965) the company had even been invited (through a certain Cornell University program) to submit a bid to the United States Navy. This bid was for a contract to develop a related “exoskeletal device” which would enable a man to “lift 1,500 pounds to a height of six feet and carry that load twenty-five feet in ten seconds.” It was clear that WED Enterprises, Inc. had come a long way in the field of Audio-Animatronics, by the 1960’s! More than two decades later (in 1984), WED designers met with scientists from the University of Utah's Center for Biomedical Design. Based upon Audio-Animatronic technology, a stunning new advancement was developed, creating incredibly life-like movements.

Complications (regarding syncing the tape and figure’s movements) prevented Mr. Lincoln’s scheduled debut at the 1964 New York World’s Fair, and Robert Moses went on record stating, that he wouldn’t “open the fair without that exhibit.” If the movements were not synced just right with the audio track, “It was sort of like a needle jumping the groove [on a record]. The result was, Lincoln would go into a complete spastic fit,” according to Bob Gurr. But, once these were fixed, Mr. Lincoln opened at the New York World’s Fair on April 6th, 1964 (some twelve years after the creation of the miniature barber shop quartet).

“‘Unbelievable’ and ‘inspiring’ were some of the words fair goers used to describe this new portrayal of Lincoln.” Understandably, “during the fair’s two six-month seasons, 91 percent of those who paid fair admission - nearly 47 million people - visited one or more of the quartet of Disney shows created for General Electric, Ford Motor Company, Pepsi Cola and the State of Illinois.” [“Information on America Sings,” prepared by Disneyland Marketing Division, 1974]. In reference to the popularity of the marvelous shows created for the 1964/1965 New York World’s Fair, Walt Disney once told Ray Bradbury, “Nothing has to die.” True to those words (and following the 1964 season of the New York World’s Fair), all four of Walt’s presentations were redeveloped by WED Enterprises, Inc. for relocation at Disneyland. Of these, work was soon wrapping up to make Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln presented by Lincoln Savings and Loan Disneyland’s 48th major attraction!

“Imagineering the Disneyland Show”

On February 3, 1965 WED Enterprises was no longer personally owned by Walt Disney, but was now incorporated as a subsidiary of Walt Disney Productions. MAPO was also soon incorporated on July 23, 1965. Before long WED Enterprises, Inc. and MAPO would work together to produce the Disneyland Show. WED Enterprises, Inc. would master-plan, design, and engineer the concepts. MAPO, Inc. would take those plans and fabricate, assemble, and test the show’s prototype systems and components (including those of the Audio-Animatronics figures). New parts were fabricated, including “a duplicate Audio-Animatronics Lincoln, because the original one was still running at the fair,” according to Dave Smith (Chief Archivist Emeritus of the Walt Disney Archives). [Disney Facts Revealed by Dave Smith, 2016]

A new six foot, four inch figure (weighing 140 pounds) was completed, capable of some 48 body actions, 17 head motions and facial expressions, and 438 separate actions. In fact, the refined figure was capable of a total of nearly 275,000 possible movements. At long last, “tomorrow's technology, married with the sensitivity of today's Disney artisans” would let audiences relive a few Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln!

The new figure would become the star of a brand new $1.5 million, 499-seat theater (or, “501-seats” in 13 rows, according to Vacationland magazine), with walls “lined in bone-white acoustical veneer for excellent sound control.” Therein, ‘Mr. Lincoln’ would deliver an inspiring address, with the entire show (voice-over narration, animations, lights, curtains, even the motion of the twelve entrance doors and twelve exit doors) recorded on a magnetic tape capable of holding 438 separate actions. The tape would be transmitted from the Audio-Animatronic Control Room under the Lincoln exhibit, which would feature a high-tech fire-proof system involving bell alarms, automatic door locks, and a temperature control system capable of lowering the temperature to 100 degrees below zero. In addition, many aesthetic details of the theater show were analyzed and effected like “mosque-gold” carpeting, deep red upholstery, new Hostess dresses (designed at Disneyland and made locally or in San Francisco). All these Show elements (and more) were being finalized, assembled, and finally installed during the summer of 1965, the latter under the oversight of Orlando Ferrante (a recent WDI hire who would go on to lead Project Installation Coordination). The cost of the new theater would bring the Park’s total investment to $53 million, but be well worth it. Five twelve-minute shows per hour could accommodate 2,500 guests per hour.

According to Marty Sklar, “Imagineering is the blending of creative imagination with technical know-how.” While he believed that Pirates of the Caribbean was “the quintessential attraction that expressed that,” the rollicking adventure undeniably owed its existence to the progress first made with Audio-Animatronics figures during the development of Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln.

Sam McKim's Great Moments With Mr. Lincoln Flag Sunrise Against ACME Glass on a Postcard
Sam McKim's Great Moments With Mr. Lincoln Flag Sunrise Against ACME Glass on a Postcard

“Setting the Stage”

Walt is known to have said, “If you could see close in my eyes, the American flag is waving in both of them and up my spine is growing this red, white and blue stripe.” So, it isn’t a wonder that Walt responded to Herb’s presentation with the following suggestion. By May 13, 1963, Sam McKim had prepared a charcoal sketch of teh second stage curtain reveal and a grand star spangled sunset behind Mr. Lincoln. Fellow artist Herb Ryman (who previously created one of the first official drawings of Disneyland, and subsequent “One Nation” attraction concepts in 1954) divulged: “At Walt Disney’s urging, and in three an done half hours allowed me, the six sequential drawings from the main scenes, the graphics, the color and the stagecraft were all completed. The formula that was to stage the entire production right down to and including the rather ‘corny’ but effective ending with the symbolism of the ‘dawn’s early light’ sky and clouds dissolving into the American flag as background from the majestic capitol dome touched by an amethyst glow of dawn. Wrapping this all up and sticking it onto a story board, I waited Walt’s critique, as I had expected and anticipated that Walt would inevitably interject, ‘Now, Herbie, I’m going to tell you how I’m going to top it!’ I waited and I waited, knowing these words would come, and was, of course flattered and somewhat amused that his best efforts at ‘topping’ the presentation was this announcement: ‘I’m going to have the Mormon tabernacle choir in the finale, singing ‘The Battle Hymn of the Republic’ as the curtain closes. There was not attempt to add any visual climax to my very frantically and speedy three and one half hours of visualizations.” [“A Brush with Disney,” by Bruce Gordon and David Mumford, page 197.]

Yes, some seven years after Herb Ryman and Sam McKim first imagined this imagery in mixed media for the Liberty Street attraction, Walt Disney Imagineers and ACME Glass would bring to life this stunning show-stopping climax! Disneyland News (published Summer of 1965) described this scene in the following way: “In the background the audience will see a model of the Capitol dome as it was in the time of Lincoln. A dramatic, soul-stirring finale finds Lincoln again seated, now silhouetted against the imposing dome of the United States Capitol. It is dawn, and the early morning sun casts rays through a profusion of white clouds. A chorus of voices, joined in harmony, seem to move through the theater in an invisible procession, immersing the audience in a stereophonic choral presentation of The Battle Hymn of the Republic. Gradually, the crimson and white clouds behind Lincoln dissolve into a symbolic representation of the American Flag with the last stars.”

Pictured :  Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln Finale, 1975
Pictured : Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln Finale, 1975


“Richard Hall Kent was Vice President of Fentron Industries, Incorporated. We were a family business, started by my maternal grandfather. We weren’t based in [Southern California]…We were a Seattle (Ballard) operation which did work all up and down the West Coast…We did curtain wall for commercial, glass for residential.

Our glass company was ironically named Acme Glass! Our company created the one way glass that allowed the flag sunrise [toward the end of the performance of Great Moments With Mr. Lincoln]. When he was a subcontractor on Great Moments [with Mr. Lincoln]…he would always have a tuna sandwich [at Chicken of the Sea] and nap next to the rock.

Our company [also] created the one way glass [in the Haunted Mansion] that … allows Madame Leota, the ballroom, and (my fave) the hitchhiking ghosts at the end. We lived in West Covina for a year (1965-1966) while he oversaw those projects, plus the UC Irvine Campus, the Nabisco Headquarters (next to I-5), and the Technicolor ‘skyscraper’ at the entrance to Universal. I call it that as it was used for exterior shots in several Universal TV shows (Kojak, McCloud, McMillan and Wife, etc.).”

Sam McKim's Great Moments With Mr. Lincoln Flag Sunrise Against ACME Glass
Sam McKim's Great Moments With Mr. Lincoln Flag Sunrise Against ACME Glass

Great Moments With Mr. Lincoln Memorial Imagery Against ACME Glass
Great Moments With Mr. Lincoln Memorial Imagery Against ACME Glass

“Great Moment With Mr. Lincoln” Handbill / Poster Art.
“Great Moment With Mr. Lincoln” Handbill / Poster Art.

By 1966, WED Enterprises, Inc. opened Project number 034-53-00 relating to the preliminary design of posters for five new Disneyland attractions. These attraction posters included Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln, It's a Small World, New Orleans Square, Tomorrowland, and the Primeval Diorama. On June 17, 1966 an allowance estimate of $25,000 was allocated toward the cost of project number 034-53-00. By October 1, 1966, an actual cost of $10,000 was calculated with a $10,000 write off for project number 034-53-00.

The original “Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln” poster was based on posters of Lincoln’s day. According to one Main Street Opera House plaque, “It offered a personal invitation from Walt Disney to all young people, so that they might ‘become better acquainted with one of the greatest figures in American history.’” In fact, Disneyland ticket books included a free admission ticket to the show for every child and junior visitor.

“Great Moment With Mr. Lincoln” Handbill / Poster Art.
“Great Moment With Mr. Lincoln” Handbill / Poster Art.

Main Street Opera House, (1965)
Main Street Opera House, (1965)

Red, white, and blue bunting decorated the Main Street Opera House, including the banners featuring the 13-starred 1777 “Cowpens” flag (an early United States flag), and miniature current United States flags (featuring 50 stars).

Disneyland Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln Attraction Child Coupon
Disneyland Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln Attraction Child Coupon

Now, complications prevented the show from opening (as planned, during June 1st) at Disneyland, and as a result, many Disneyland Cash Control and Admissions employees actually spent a great deal of time removing the Mr. Lincoln tickets from books for this very reason. Despite this, Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln - “one of Disneyland’s most dramatic and awe-inspiring presentations” - would open “in an impressive new theater on Disneyland’s Town Square as a high point of the Park’s year-long tenth anniversary celebration.”

Walt & Lillian Disney and Disneyland Ambassador Julie Reihm open Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln courtesy of a giant pair of scissors.
Walt & Lillian Disney and Disneyland Ambassador Julie Reihm open Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln courtesy of a giant pair of scissors.

“The Grand Opening of Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln”

This 1965 Disneyland debut (came some “100 years after Lincoln left his indelible impression on our American culture”, and) was contemporaneous with the presentation’s “second season at the New York World’s Fair”. As the Disneyland marching band played on, Disneyland’s first Disneyland Ambassador Julie Reihm would assist Walt and Lillian Disney in the ribbon-cutting ceremonies in July of 1965! According to Walt Disney (in “Disneyland Through the Seasons”), “Ever since I was a youngster, I’ve had a great personal admiration for Abraham Lincoln. So when we decided to bring to Disneyland’s visitors some great moments in Mr. Lincoln’s life, we began an exhaustive research. We studied his mannerisms, his gestures, and even his voice characteristics. Above all, we wanted to create a faithful physical likeness in this audio-animatronic figure of Mr. Lincoln. When we held the opening ceremonies, it was a great occasion for all of us.”

“55er” Earl Anderson recalled: “When we opened up Mr. Lincoln, Roy was standing at the exit, watching people come out...and looking at their faces Some of the people had tears in their eyes. Roy said to me, 'Earl. this is going to catch on...it's going to be a good show!'”

The new $1.5 million Show was one of several additions that brought total Park investments to $53 million. At that time, the cost of admission for seeing Mr. Lincoln come to life and deliver his ten-minute speech in this world-acclaimed attraction was exactly one “E” coupon, or 75¢ for adults. However, young people up to 17 years old received a complimentary ticket with their Disneyland admission. By the following July 16th (one year after the opening) the outstanding free show and exhibit - a tribute to the United States of America’s 16th President - had performed for more than two million people (surpassing the record breaking attendance of the show during the 1964 New York World’s Fair season). The show continued to run (with the aforementioned sponsor) from July 18, 1965 to January 1, 1973.

Guests of all ages were inspired by Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln, including Ray Bradbury, author of the short story “Downwind in Gettysburg.” The attraction caused a change in the tour route, and by 1965 some guest reactions and Hostess experiences were preserved in Backstage Disneyland magazine (Vol.4, No.4 ; December, 1965, page 11) :

“We know Uncle Walt is a stickler for detail, but we rarely stop and consider how observant are our guests. A lady leaving the theatre, approached MARY DALESANDRO and said, "I was greatly impressed, but did you know that the left point of Mr. Lincoln's vest is caught under his watch chain.’ Upon checking, it was discovered that the point of the vest had bent back due to Mr. Lincoln repeatedly standing up and sitting down.

SHERI MAXWELL was probably nervous as she led her first group of guests into the main theatre, but in a clear voice she started her announce- ment. "Ladies and Gentlemen, in order to preserve the dignity of this occasion," and then she tripped and fell flat on her face. The guests either impressed by the sincerity of her voice or the grandeur of the theatre, never uttered a snicker. She picked herself up and went on with her speech. ‘We respectfully request, etc.’”

There is a sign behind the Illinois Booth that reads: FREE LAND OF LINCOLN PUBLICATIONS & INFORMATION. LUCINDA LYTLE tells us that guests sign their names and addresses expecting to receive FREE LAND.

One woman, talking to CARLA BLANK, insisted that the animated figure only slightly resembled Lincoln, but was identical to Royal Dano, who has played the part of Lincoln on Omnibus on T.V. and who’s voice is used in our Mr. Lincoln.

CINDY BROWNING overheard a family discussing the Capital Building. The little boy said, ‘Daddy, is that where Mickey Mouse lives?’ The father looked at his son and replied, ‘Some people think so.’

JOAN DANIEL was sitting in the last row of the theatre shortly after opening day, and heard a strange ticking sound. Upon investigating, Joan discovered a strange looking object chained to one of the seats Thinking that it probably was a time bomb, she reported it to WES DEMMONS. Security was then called and after checking, it was discovered that the ‘time bomb’ was an instrument used to measure the humidity in the theatre. Besides the guys and gals mentioned above, our night foreman, EARL SMICK, and our lovely hostesses JILL REPPERT, MARCLA DANNERBERGER, ROSANNE PIREES and KATHY WARD, join me m wishmg all of you a Merry Christmas and a Happy New Year.”

A number of Disneylanders worked Lincoln like Jim Patton (1967).

Unseen, Disneyland Sound Mechanics and Projectionists are perhaps the best hidden of the craftsmen in Maintenance. They are truly “backstage” but you'll also find them below the stage as at Lincoln. Behind the scenes the Disneyland Sound Shop Technicians (like Jerry White, hired 1957) assured that the shows were operating properly, monitoring Lincoln’s two separate tape systems and six t.v. monitors.

During a rehabilitation the MAINTENANCE SERVICES DEPARTMENT may have “Started out the day by picking up Mr. Lincoln in a casket at the Lincoln Theatre and moving him to Warehouse.”

Magic making MAINTENANCE MACHINISTS were challenged by unique new problems each day. A typical maintenance request representing part of a day's work may sound like: “There is gas in Mr. Lincoln… check out immediately.”

Main Street Opera House, (c. 1965)
Main Street Opera House, (c. 1965)

A new sign over the Main Street Opera House would feature a cameo of Abraham Lincoln, along with the attraction’s sponsor - Lincoln Savings and Loan! In addition, Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln resulted in a new “stop” along the Guided Tour of Disneyland.

The following year, on Thursday, August 18, 1966, some Walt Disney Studio photographers (under the direction of Hamilton Luske) took a few shots of the Main Street Opera House (with added horizontal and vertical bunting) for use as background plates. In a related matter, Ben Harris (Disneyland Production) visited the Walt Disney Studio in Burbank over the matter of “historical Lincoln filming.”

Main Street Opera House
Main Street Opera House
Lincoln Savings & Loan was a Disneyland Participant and thus “part of the Disneyland story according to this “Disneyland ‘67” Excerpt.
Lincoln Savings & Loan was a Disneyland Participant and thus “part of the Disneyland story according to this “Disneyland ‘67” Excerpt.

Great Moments With Mr. Lincoln (Junior) Disneyland Coupon, c. 1966
Great Moments With Mr. Lincoln (Junior) Disneyland Coupon, c. 1966

These Disneyland Coupons (generally admitting “children” ages 3-11 or “juniors” 3-17 ; pictured above) had no letter designation (or value) meaning that they could not be exchanged for any other attraction. These coupons were only valid for admission to Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln. One of these special coupons was included in each coupon book (in addition to purchase of other “letter” coupons). Note the important mission statement of this free exhibit and show, which was printed on each special coupon. According to “Walt” (a Cast member Exclusive and compilation of Walt Disney quotations, published 1975), “Our heritage and ideals, our code and standards - the things we live by and teach our children - are preserved or diminished by how freely we exchange ideas and feelings.”

“Great Rehabilitations for Mr. Lincoln”

There have been several additions and changes to the main show, as well as the exhibit hall. Bill Justice was involved in programming Mr. Lincoln’s movements sometime after Walt’s passing. After this (and through the years), routine maintenance has been essential to retain a high Show Quality standard of Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln. According to Backstage (Vol.6, No.1 ; published Spring, 1967), “Personal appearance is just as important to Mr Lincoln as it is throughout the rest of the Park. Each morning, Wardrobe checks to see if his hair is combed, pants pressed and shirt cleaned. Four shows are then run in the basement to check Mr. Lincoln’s ‘delivery’. An elevator then lifts him to stage level. During winter months, Mr. Lincoln is ‘put to bed’ eight hours or 48 shows later.”

According to the “Disneyland Dictionary” (compiled by WED Enterprises, Inc. and WED Public Relations Department, c. 1968), “This personal experience with history is Walt Disney’s tribute to a man who still lives on today in the hearts of all freedom-loving people everywhere. Featuring the lifelike, life-size ‘Audio-Animatronics’ figure of the Sixteenth President, Great Moments With Mr. Lincoln presents a message as applicable today as it was a hundred years ago. Located in the Opera House in Town Square, this presentation includes the nation’s capital in ‘capsulized realism,’ Lincoln memorabilia, a narrative of Lincoln’s life illustrated with full-color art murals.”

Other updates came later (as in 1984), when a more sophisticated version of the show originally presented by Walt in the State of Illinois Pavilion at the New York World’s Fair was introduced. Technology developed primarily for artificial limbs at the State of Utah would now influence the Show.

Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln Presented by Lincoln Savings & Loan Poster (July 18, 1965 - January 1, 1973)
Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln Presented by Lincoln Savings & Loan Poster (July 18, 1965 - January 1, 1973)

When the New York World’s Fair completed its second season (of 1965), “Great Moments With Mr. Lincoln” (currently sponsored by the State of Illinois) was “brought home” to Disneyland. As was the habit, a Disneyland Participant sponsored the new Disneyland show. Now, I would like to present one of the original “Great Moments With Mr. Lincoln” Disneyland attraction posters, featuring the original sponsor - Lincoln Savings and Loan!

Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln (Presented by Lincoln Savings and Loan Association) Poster by an unknown artist, (July 18, 1965 - January 1, 1973)
Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln (Presented by Lincoln Savings and Loan Association) Poster by an unknown artist, (July 18, 1965 - January 1, 1973)
Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln Souvenir (Cover), ©️The Walt Disney Company
Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln Souvenir (Cover), ©️The Walt Disney Company

Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln Souvenir Interior, ©️The Walt Disney Company
Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln Souvenir Interior, ©️The Walt Disney Company

As another sidelight, I would like to recall the Souvenir LP 33 rpm records of Walt Disney’s Great Moments With Mr. Lincoln, which were released by Buena Vista Records in 1964. These were once sold through the Wonderland Music Shop at Disneyland (c. 1964) for $3.98 plus tax. Spoken words of the record album were based on Lincoln’s Address at Sanitary Fair in Baltimore, Maryland on April 18, 1864 ; his speech at Edwardsville, Illinois on September 11, 1858 ; his address before the Young Men’s Lyceum at Springfield, Illinois on January 27, 1838 ; his Eulogy to Henry Clay at Springfield, Illinois on July 6, 1852 ; and his address at Cooper Institute in New York City on February 276, 1860. The narration was written by James Algar, with a score composed and directed by Buddy Baker. The voice of Abraham Lincoln was performed by Royal Dano (who had previously portrayed Abraham Lincoln in James Agee’s “Mr. Lincoln”), with Narration by Paul Frees, under the production of James Algar. The record also included “Illinois” (words by C.H. Chamberlain ; music by Archibald Johnston), and “The Battle Hymn of the Republic” (words by Julia Ward Howe, music by William Steffe).

Main Street Opera House, (1968)
Main Street Opera House, (1968)
Main Street Opera House, (1971)
Main Street Opera House, (1971)
Disneyland “C” Attraction Coupon (40¢ Value)
Disneyland “C” Attraction Coupon (40¢ Value)

The original version of Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln “continued to run until it was replaced by ‘The Walt Disney Story’ in 1973,” according to Dave Smith (Chief Archivist Emeritus of the Walt Disney Archives). [Disney Facts Revealed by Dave Smith, 2016]

 “Audience Waiting Areas” are especially designed as part of the attraction to make the guest's time waiting in line as comfortable as possible. Through the years, some “great”  Pre-Show Exhibits  have prepared audience’s hearts and minds for the pre

“Audience Waiting Areas” are especially designed as part of the attraction to make the guest's time waiting in line as comfortable as possible. Through the years, some “great” Pre-Show Exhibits have prepared audience’s hearts and minds for the presentation of “Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln” at the Main Street Opera House. You may recall “hanging in the outer lobby next to the Mad Hatter’s Shop,” was “an original oil painting of Lincoln, his wife and three sons.” This painting was based on a “smaller black and white work by F.B. Carpenter” and was “on loan to the Park by the New York Historical Society.” [“Disneyland - Did You Know?”]

Below we will explore many more Pre-Show displays (crafted by a variety of artists), which were as relevant yesterday, as they are today. We will also take a look back on a few seasonal rotating exhibits, courtesy of The Disney Gallery.

"Young Lincoln" by Sam McKim
"Young Lincoln" by Sam McKim

As we arrive at our first stop (“Young Lincoln” by Sam McKim) some of the narration of Abraham Lincoln echoes in our minds : “He removed from Kentucky to what is now Spencer County, Indiana in my eighth year. It was a wild region, with many bears and wild animals still in the woods. There I grew up. We settled in unbroken forest. And the clearing away of surplus wood was a great task ahead… I was large for my age and had an ax put into my hands at once. And from that until my twenty-third year was almost constantly handling that most useful instrument, less of course in plowing and harvesting seasons.”

In the original version of Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln Pre-Show, this image was included in the original six-minute autobiographical presentation screened in the Blue Room (the second exhibit after the United States Capital Panorama in the Foyer). According to Vacationland (Fall, 1965 ; Vol. IX, No.3), the presentation was “taken from Lincoln’s own words. His story is illustrated by full-color art murals, especially created by Walt Disney Productions.These murals are projected onto a 28-foot-long screen. After learning about Lincoln’s early life leading up to the White House, the guests are. invited into the theater to spend a few ‘Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln.’”

"Young Lincoln" by Sam McKim
"Young Lincoln" by Sam McKim

_________________________________________

“After moving to Los Angeles during the Great Depression, Sam McKim began his career in front of the camera, doing bit parts in [western] films with stars like Spencer Tracy, John Wayne, and Gene Autry. But he always knew that he wanted to be an artist. Between stints in the service, first in World War II and then Korea, he studied at Art Center College of Design and Chouinard Art Institute.” By this time, Sam was more thoroughly immersed in the visual graphic arts. In 1953, Sam had taken “a job drawing story sketches at 20th Century Fox over a role opposite Tyrone Power and Maureen O’Hara in a John Ford film.” In 1953, 20th Century Fox loaned him to Walt Disney “for what was supposed to be a couple of weeks. It ended up being 32 years.” Finally, Sam found his dream job, creating inspirational sketches for Disney theme parks.

Sam Mc Kim began working for Walt Disney's W.E.D. Enterprises (now Walt Disney Imagineering) in 1954, as an imagineer, doing original sketches Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln. Sam recalled, “Many studios wanted the art quick and dirty,… Disney didn't… Many times we were given the very basic idea of what was wanted and then were allowed to play with it.”

Today, Sam McKim “is best known as the creator of the Disneyland souvenir map illustrations, but his contributions to theme park attractions are legendary. Pirates of the Caribbean, Haunted Mansion, and Hall of Presidents were all touched by his spirited storytelling style. In this painting [pictured above], the story of Abraham Lincoln’s boyhood seems to spring to life.”

"The Presidential Campaign" by Herb Ryman
"The Presidential Campaign" by Herb Ryman

_________________________________________

Herb Ryman graduated from the Chicago Art Institute with honors, before moving to Hollywood in 1932 and storyboarding some of MGM’s greatest films, like “Mutiny on the Bounty” and “David Copperfield”. But then he met Walt Disney, and the rest is history. He became one of Walt’s most trusted partners in the development of Disneyland. Not only did he create the iconic illustrations that sold Walt’s unique theme park idea to bankers, but he also went on to help design some of its most famous feature, like Sleeping Beauty Castle and New Orleans Square. Imagineering Legend Marty Sklar says that Herb had an uncanny ability to intuit Walt’s ideas, and in his sketch of Abraham Lincoln campaigning, he captures the man of “immortal principles, ideals, and wisdom” that Walt envisioned.

"Lincoln Portrait" by Richard Broderick
"Lincoln Portrait" by Richard Broderick

The Main Street Opera House plaque divulges a few details about Richard Broderick (the creator of the “Lincoln Portrait”). “An eclectic arts education that included studying with Disney animators, and even apprenticing in the outdoor billboard industry, led to Richard’s unique ability to paint realistic and emotionally powerful portraits. During his career he painted everything from 20-foot portraits of David Bowie and Arnold Schwarzenegger for the Sunset Strip, to animation storyboards. He then joined Walt Disney Imagineering, where he worked for 10 years on concepts for Disney’s California Adventure, Hong Kong Disneyland, and Disneyland Paris. He has taken advantage of his retirement to fine tune his painting technique, and his portrait of Lincoln demonstrates his desire to ‘go beyond a mere likeness and capture the personality.’”

"The Burden of War" by John DeCuir Sr. from which the vignette was made.
"The Burden of War" by John DeCuir Sr. from which the vignette was made.

_________________________________________
Although he grew up in the 1920s when movies were in their infancy, John DeCuir Sr. would become fascinated by them. Against the wishes of his parents he studied art, becoming a student of the art at Choinard, and went on to become one of the most highly regarded film designers in Hollywood history. He almost single-handedly defined the term “motion picture spectacle” in the 1950s. “South Pacific,” “The King and I,” and “Cleopatra” all exhibit his lush, larger-than-life vision. He was nominated for all 11 Academy Awards during his career, but eventually he developed another fascination - for theme park design. He helped design both the Magic Kingdom and EPCOT ; in this emotional watercolor of Abraham Lincoln in the White House, his genius is apparent. Within his trademark larger-than-life panorama, we sense the lonely burden of the Presidency.

Around 1970, John DeCuir Sr. would go on to produce some of Herb Ryman’s concept paintings of “Battle Bull Run,” “Attack at Fort Sumter,” and “Surrender at Appomattox” for The Hall of Presidents in Liberty Square, Magic Kingdom, Walt Disney World.

"The Burden of War" by John DeCuir Sr. (Close-Up)
"The Burden of War" by John DeCuir Sr. (Close-Up)
"The Gettysburg Address" by John Pomeroy
"The Gettysburg Address" by John Pomeroy

John Pomeroy has made notable contributions as a character animator toward both feature and short films (like “Winnie the Pooh and Tigger Too”, “Pete’s Dragon”, “The Rescuers”, “Pocahontas”, “Atlantis : The Lost Empire”, and “The Small One”). He served as Directing Animator to the latter. He has occasionally been known to give discourses on animation, and has also created numerous color illustrations for the picture biographical publication “Walt’s Imagination - The Life Of Walt Disney”. Disneyland Park-going fans of John Pomeroy may also know him by his “To All Who Come To This Happy Place, Welcome” limited edition artist proofs (coinciding with “45 Years of Magic” at Disneyland)!

"Lincoln's Gettysburg Speech" Plaque
"Lincoln's Gettysburg Speech" Plaque

The layout and art of “Lincoln’s Gettysburg Speech” (and positioning of the flags and cameo) is similar to that of “Abraham Lincoln and His Emancipation Proclamation”, published 1888.

Bust of Abraham Lincoln sculpted by Disney Legend Blaine Gibson, photographed during the 1960s.
Bust of Abraham Lincoln sculpted by Disney Legend Blaine Gibson, photographed during the 1960s.
Bust of Abraham Lincoln sculpted by Disney Legend Blaine Gibson in 1965; as seen in the present.
Bust of Abraham Lincoln sculpted by Disney Legend Blaine Gibson in 1965; as seen in the present.

Bust of Abraham Lincoln sculpted by Disney Legend Blaine Gibson, (1965)
Bust of Abraham Lincoln sculpted by Disney Legend Blaine Gibson, (1965)

A number of cast pieces pay tribute to Abraham Lincoln. For instance, the eagle bearing the olive shield and arrows located over the stage first appeared in Civil War-era news papers as a symbol of the extents gone to in order to establish freedom.

Abraham Lincoln Bust Plaque
Abraham Lincoln Bust Plaque

You may notice that many plaques featuring Braille, have been added around the exhibit.

U.S. Capitol in Miniature by George Llewellyn Lloyd
U.S. Capitol in Miniature by George Llewellyn Lloyd

During Disneyland’s “first fabulous decade”, the Park often displayed collections and artwork within Disneyland, which were not the creation of Walt Disney Studio artists. For example, Jimmy Starr’s Show Business Souvenirs (1956-1959) featured a collection of authentic props once used in film production, while the Davy Crockett Frontier Arcade housed a collection of more than 50 historic guns and arms on loan by the N.R.A. Now, we will take a look at one particularly amazing Walt-era exhibit which still remains in the Park to this day - “The United States Capitol in Miniature”.

U.S. Capitol in Miniature by George Llewellyn Lloyd
U.S. Capitol in Miniature by George Llewellyn Lloyd

The creator of the small scale model, George Lewellyn Lloyd (1879-1962), was born in Wales, of The United Kingdom. George built more than models, and was a true-life Stone Mason and sculptor of monuments (as his forefathers before him). Over his lifespan, George made notable contributions to historically relevant structures - the House of Parliament (in Ottawa, Canada), the Cathedral of Saint John the Devine (in New York), and Rockefeller Chapel (in Chicago) to name a few locations.

U.S. Capitol in Miniature by George Llewellyn Lloyd
U.S. Capitol in Miniature by George Llewellyn Lloyd

But incredibly one of his smallest works would perhaps gain the most attention. It’s origin goes back to 1918, when George saw a photograph of the U.S. Capitol Building in a Philadelphia newspaper, and decided that he would create a model of it. A few years later (while the United States was amidst its greatest economic depression), George found himself unemployed. It was at this time (c. 1929) that George decided to stay occupied with his art project, soon first visiting the Capitol Building in Washington, D.C. in order to see it in person.

U.S. Capitol in Miniature by George Llewellyn Lloyd
U.S. Capitol in Miniature by George Llewellyn Lloyd

In order to make sure that this (“3/16 of an inch to the foot”) representation was faithful, he enlisted the help of David Lynn (the Capitol Architect who retained blue prints and photographs of the historic U.S. building). As for the medium, George chose one large block of French Caen Limestone, for its color and soft texture. In 1932, George began work on the miniature in Belleville, New Jersey, working up to 16 hours most days and nights. The intricate model (with its more than 500 hand-carved “columns, pedestals, caps, cornices, pediment, carvings, and dome” spread out across its eight sections) was finally completed by 1935. The dome alone, took three years to complete.

U.S. Capitol in Miniature by George Llewellyn Lloyd
U.S. Capitol in Miniature by George Llewellyn Lloyd

The United States Capitol in Miniature made its debut at the World Trade Fair (of Minneapolis, Minnesota), before touring major cities across the United States of America. It was during one of these tours (during August of 1955) when George’s model (of Caen limestone) was on display at Robinson’s Department Store, that George’s model attracted the attention of Walt Disney (who had an affinity for miniatures). Herb Ryman [in “Working With Walt - Interviews With Disney Artists” by Don Peri] recalled that “the man [George Llewellyn Lloyd] resembled Walt’s father. Walt met him and liked him. He said, ‘I’m going to buy that.’… [Herb, who was present] said, ‘What are you going to do with it?’ He said, ‘I don’t know, but we’ll find something.’” After some conversation, George sold the model to Walt Disney for $6,099.

Disneyland Direct Purchases Capitalize; October 4, 1959.
Disneyland Direct Purchases Capitalize; October 4, 1959.
U.S. Capitol in Miniature by George Llewellyn Lloyd
U.S. Capitol in Miniature by George Llewellyn Lloyd

Now, not only was this 1955, but Walt Disney’s Disneyland was not even open yet. In fact, the Mr. Lincoln Audio-Animatronic figure would not debut at Disneyland until 1964 - nine years away. Clearly, Walt was looking to the future when he purchased George’s model, keeping it preserved for almost a decade, before the model became part of the Pre-Show of Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln at Disneyland.

U.S. Capitol in Miniature by George Llewellyn Lloyd
U.S. Capitol in Miniature by George Llewellyn Lloyd

Take a closer look at the figures of (one of three) neoclassical pediments (that triangular-shaped element above the columns). The true-life U.S. Capitol features three different sculptures within each of the three pediments - over the Central Portico, over the Senate Wing, and over the House of Representatives. George made sure to add these little faithful elements to his miniature.

U.S. Capitol in Miniature by George Llewellyn Lloyd
U.S. Capitol in Miniature by George Llewellyn Lloyd

Finally, upon entering the foyer of the Main Street Opera House, guests were “greeted by a large picture window gracefully framed in red drapes. Stepping up to the window, they look out over a magnificent panorama of the United States Capitol with its beautiful surroundings. Countless diamond-like lights shine from Capitol windows and city as twilight settles over Washington,” according to Vacationland (Fall, 1965 ; Vol. IX, No.3).

U.S. Capitol in Miniature by George Llewellyn Lloyd
U.S. Capitol in Miniature by George Llewellyn Lloyd

The former Walt Disney Imagineering Principal Creative Executive Marty Sklar would probably agree that the small details like these make the story appealing.

Disneyland Map by Sam Mc Kim Excerpt, Early 1960s
Disneyland Map by Sam Mc Kim Excerpt, Early 1960s

During the late 1950s and early 1960s, Walt was interested in developing the area behind the East side of Main Street into a brand new land. Sam McKim maps of the era feature some of these concepts (a yellow-orange circle with an “x” inside often used to symbolize a “Future Developement”). Evidently, the U.S. Capital in Miniature was to be retained as part of one “Future Development” called Liberty Square. George died in 1962, but it is quite possible that he was aware of these plans (involving his model) before his death.

Looking over even this small map excerpt, you will note more than a few elements (“colonial shoppes”, and the Liberty Tree, for instance) which were utilized more than a decade later, to bring Liberty Square (of Walt Disney World Magic Kingdom) to life! The U.S. Capitol in Miniature by George Llewellyn Lloyd seems to be the only attraction which has kept the “spirit of Liberty Square” alive at Disneyland up to our present day!

Opera House Landscape Plan & Twenty Scale Plot Plan by Weldon Paige; 1968.
Opera House Landscape Plan & Twenty Scale Plot Plan by Weldon Paige; 1968.
(April 1st, 1973 - February 17th, 1975)
(April 1st, 1973 - February 17th, 1975)

*(April 8, 1973 to February 15, 1973, according to “Disneyland Rides & Attractions and Attendance Report,” 1981, page 50).

After his passing, Walt Disney was posthumously honored in many ways. On March 25, 1969, Walt Disney was presented a gold medal by President Richard M. Nixon, accepted by Lillian Disney. The Disney image was also preserved when The Legacy of Walt Disney exhibit (which was displayed in the old Wurlitzer building from January 15th, 1970 to February 11, 1973), was moved to the Main Street Opera House. Only a few months after the grand opening of the exhibit, the Walt Disney Archives was established on June 22, 1970.

Owing to the newly formed Walt Disney Archives, The Walt Disney Story exhibit would open with a brand-new exhibit, marquee, an official dedication, and much fanfare during Easter week, on April 14th, 1973, attended by Disneyland Ambassador Bonnie Drury, Mickey Mouse, and Lillian Disney Truyens (former wife of Walt Disney). The opening coincided with the Park’s celebration of “fifty happy years of family entertainment,” and was also advertised as part of Disneyland’s “New Sights & Bright Lights” during the summer of 1973! The dedication at Disneyland predated the dedication of the Walt Disney World incarnation which occurred on May 6th, 1973.

The show was free to Park guests of Disneyland, courtesy of the Gulf Oil Corporation. Once inside, guests followed Walt Disney from his boyhood, to the creation of Walt Disney World as told through nostalgic photographs, intriguing displays of awards and honors, rare film footage, and priceless memorabilia. One screen (surrounded by photographs taken during the construction of Disneyland) shows a short film of the Park’s construction (sped-up, of course). Guests may especially recollect the exact reproduction of Walt Disney’s Formal Office once used for appointments with special guests. There were props from Walt Disney’s popular television productions, including Zorro (the cape, mask, and sword of the title character) and The Mickey Mouse Club (an original Mouseketeer hat).

One accompanying 28-minute film (partially narrated by Pete Renaday and Walt Disney himself), contained ”multi-media highlights of the life and accomplishments of Walt Disney, featuring rare film footage [like clips from the ‘Alice’ series, Walt Disney’s ‘Silly Symphonies’, ‘Steamboat Willie,’ and ‘Walt Disney’s Mary Poppins’ ; a rare treat during the pre-internet era]… photographs from family archives with Walt himself narrating the many milestones in Disney entertainment.” In the same short film,“He also explains the philosophy behind the ‘Audio-Animatronics’ figures developed by Walt Disney Productions for use at Disneyland and Walt Disney World.” According to the Press Release “utilizing excerpts with Walt, together with photos from family archives and vintage film footage, the wide-screen motion picture follows Disney from his humble Midwestern boyhood through his rise to International fame.” As aforementioned, this new show was on a 28-minute cycle (as opposed to five twelve-minute “Lincoln” shows per hour). This meant that The Walt Disney Story” was capable of accommodating a maximum of 1,000 guests per hour, as opposed to “Great Moments’” 2,500 guests per hour.

Much like Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln, this distinguished new attraction was free to all guests (though the Walt Disney World Magic Kingdom incarnation required a coupon for admission). The exhibit was successful, running until February 17, 1975 (with The Walt Disney Story film closing a few days earlier, on February 12, 1975). Four months later (and after a rehabilitation), The Walt Disney Story Featuring Great Moments With Mr. Lincoln presented by Gulf Oil Corporation (a free attraction with Audio-Animatronics figures) would return on June 12, 1975, and run until 2000. The Walt Disney Story still followed Walt Disney from his boyhood through the creation of Walt Disney World. Visitors could see rare film footage, narrated by Walt himself. This version of the show also featured the original form of the Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln Show which opened at Disneyland.

As the end of the day draws near, the Guest control lines grow progressively smaller. The lines are then maintained as they “go down” and are thoroughly swept when empty. In many cases, this required special equipment which would be issued by the Lead. Many attractions, such as the Walt Disney Story required a walk-through after closing for the removal of debris. At this time any defects were noted.

The Office of Walt Disney.
The Office of Walt Disney.

Depicted above is Walt's studio offices, recreated with the same items he used for 26 years. Kept as it was when he used it, everything from the wood paneling to the furniture was from the original Burbank, California, office.

In 2001, a photo shoot inside Walt Disney's Office in the lobby of Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln was auctioned off at the 2001 Official Disneyana Convention at Disneyland Resort. The Estimate was $500 - $1000. The lucky winner and two Guests had their photo shot in the formal office on the morning of Saturday, September 8, 2001. They also received a personal tour of the office by Dave Smith, Director of the Walt Disney Archives.

Press Photo, ©Disney.
Press Photo, ©Disney.
The Walt Disney Story Featuring Great Moments With Mr. Lincoln , (c. August, 1975)
The Walt Disney Story Featuring Great Moments With Mr. Lincoln , (c. August, 1975)

Around 1968, Gulf Oil sponsored quite a few episodes of Walt Disney’s Wonderful World of Color. Now, the new marquee of the Main Street Opera House advertises The Walt Disney Story Featuring Great Moments With Mr. Lincoln presented by Gulf Oil Corporation. You may have noticed that two (of four) of the original lamps were removed to accommodate the larger marquee.

6B8CAF45-8CE7-4B7B-A866-3529655805C2.jpeg
A8A90204-6340-400D-AEC8-77BE616B98A6.jpeg
The Revised WED Enterprises Imagineering Audio-Animatronic Maintenance Manual, (1978)
The Revised WED Enterprises Imagineering Audio-Animatronic Maintenance Manual, (1978)

Owing to contemporaneous advancements in Audio-Animatronics technology, new Audio-Animatronics figures of “The Walt Disney Story” (June 12th, 1975) and the 31 figures added to the Jungle Cruise (in December of 1976), the WED Enterprises Imagineering Audio-Animatronic Maintenance Manual (first published 1977) was revised in 1978.

The Walt Disney Story Featuring Great Moments With Mr. Lincoln
The Walt Disney Story Featuring Great Moments With Mr. Lincoln
The Return of Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln, 1975
The Return of Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln, 1975
The Return of Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln, 1975
The Return of Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln, 1975
Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln Junior or Child Cricket Ticket
Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln Junior or Child Cricket Ticket
(April 8th, 1973 - February 17th, 1975)
(April 8th, 1973 - February 17th, 1975)

A poster for "The Walt Disney Story", the former Richard Kraft Collection. You may notice the logo of proud exhibit sponsor Gulf Oil Corporation near the bottom of the poster. During their era of sponsorship, the Gulf Oil Corporation ran advertisements in Vacationland magazine.

(April 8th, 1973 - February 17th, 1975)
(April 8th, 1973 - February 17th, 1975)

The Walt Disney Story : From Mickey Mouse to the Magic Kingdoms was presented by sponsor Gulf Oil! By 1972, Gulf Car Care Center (open seven days a week, 6 a.m. to 12 midnight) was located near the Disneyland Parking Lot at the corner of Katella Avenue and West Street. The Gulf Car Care Center was a complete automotive service center, which included a automated car wash and wax. Welcome to Disneyland brochures of the era advertised this convenience in the Information section.

“The Walt Disney Story” featuring Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln Family Admission Ticket (Front)
“The Walt Disney Story” featuring Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln Family Admission Ticket (Front)
“The Walt Disney Story” featuring Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln Family Admission Ticket & Stamp (Back)
“The Walt Disney Story” featuring Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln Family Admission Ticket & Stamp (Back)
Disneyland Coupon Book Featuring “The Walt Disney Story” Advertisement
Disneyland Coupon Book Featuring “The Walt Disney Story” Advertisement
Disneyland Coupon Book Featuring “The Walt Disney Story” Advertisement
Disneyland Coupon Book Featuring “The Walt Disney Story” Advertisement
Disneyland Coupon Book Featuring “The Walt Disney Story” Advertisement
Disneyland Coupon Book Featuring “The Walt Disney Story” Advertisement
Press Photo, ©Disney.
Press Photo, ©Disney.

“From Mickey Mouse to the Magic Kingdoms”

From Mickey Mouse to the Magic Kingdoms presented by Gulf Oil Corporation was a limited exhibit that ran during 1975. Walt Disney had been awarded “nearly 1,000 plaques, scrolls, Emmys and Academy Awards for his work,” according to “Disney News” (Winter 1975/1976). “The Walt Disney Story at Disneyland’s Main Street Opera House exhibits many of these awards in honor of the man who always remembered that ‘it all started with a mouse.’”

According to a Press Release: “One wall of ‘The Walt Disney Story’ pre-show area is dedicated to Walt's most famous creation, Mickey Mouse. Included in this area are photos from some of Mickey's most memorable screen appearances and a case filled with vintage Mickey Mouse merchandise material from the 1930's.” A wide variety of collectibles were on display, including a copy of “Mickey Mouse’s 25th Birthday” (by John Hench, 1953), a poster heralding United Artist’s distribution of Mickey Mouse shorts in Technicolor, lithograph stills of memorable moments from Mickey Mouse short films, and the production artwork that would become the iconic logo of the Walt Disney Archives.

"Walt Disney - Film Maker" Display at "From Mickey Mouse to the Magic Kingdoms", (1975)
"Walt Disney - Film Maker" Display at "From Mickey Mouse to the Magic Kingdoms", (1975)

"Walt Disney - Film Maker" Display at "From Mickey Mouse to the Magic Kingdoms", (1975)
"Walt Disney - Film Maker" Display at "From Mickey Mouse to the Magic Kingdoms", (1975)

From Mickey Mouse to the Magic Kingdoms presented by Gulf Oil Corporation was a limited exhibit that ran during 1975. Many early examples of licensed Mickey Mouse merchandise were also on display.

"Walt Disney - Film Maker" Display at "From Mickey Mouse to the Magic Kingdoms", (1975)
"Walt Disney - Film Maker" Display at "From Mickey Mouse to the Magic Kingdoms", (1975)

From Mickey Mouse to the Magic Kingdoms presented by Gulf Oil Corporation was a limited exhibit that ran during 1975. “The highlight of the attraction for many is a capsule history of Walt Disney’s career. The short film features Disney himself as he tells the story in his own words,” according to “Disney News” (Winter 1975/1976).

"From Mickey Mouse to the Magic Kingdoms"
"From Mickey Mouse to the Magic Kingdoms"

This Los Angeles Times publicity photograph (by Deris Jeanette) accompanied an article about some of the rare Mickey Mouse collectibles that were temporarily loaned for the duration of the exhibit. According to the accompanying caption, “Mickey Mouse fan Jerry Muller, at left, clutches a 1934 Mickey Mouse doll while using the latest Mickey phone, two items of the Mickey Mouse memorabilia he will be displaying at the Bowers Museum in Santa Ana, California to mark Mickey’s 50th birthday. At Muller’s right, an artist paints a facsimile of Mickey in ‘Steamboat Willie’, his cartoon debut, generally used to determine his birthday.”

From Mickey Mouse to the Magic Kingdoms, 1975
From Mickey Mouse to the Magic Kingdoms, 1975

This portion of the exhibit showcased a few of Walt Disney’s wartime contributions including government-funded short films, United States Bond Certificates, illustrations utilized on bills and wartime insignia (featuring Walt Disney’s characters) provided to various branches of the United States Special Forces.

From Mickey Mouse to the Magic Kingdoms, 1975
From Mickey Mouse to the Magic Kingdoms, 1975
From Mickey Mouse to the Magic Kingdoms, 1975
From Mickey Mouse to the Magic Kingdoms, 1975

Another part of the exhibit displays artifacts pertaining to Walt Disney’s various contributions toward the (World War 2-era) war efforts. Some of these pieces related to training films, artwork featured on war bonds, and artwork created for insignia.

From Mickey Mouse to the Magic Kingdoms, 1975
From Mickey Mouse to the Magic Kingdoms, 1975
From Mickey Mouse to the Magic Kingdoms, 1975
From Mickey Mouse to the Magic Kingdoms, 1975
1975
1975

From Mickey Mouse to the Magic Kingdoms presented by Gulf Oil Corporation was a limited exhibit that ran during 1975. Another exhibit highlighted moments of “Walt Disney’s Dream Come True” - Disneyland! “One of the most intriguing displays of The Walt Disney Story concerns Disneyland. Surrounded by photographs taken during the building of the Park, a small viewing screen shows a speeding-up movie of the actual construction. Thus, the one-year-plus-one-day construction project, which turned an orange grove into a Magic Kingdom, is seen in only three minutes,” according to “Disney News” (Winter 1975/1976).

 By 1981,  The Walt Disney Story  was a free attraction with a cycle time of 14.52 minutes, they show capacity of 500, and the capacity of 2000 Guests per hour.

By 1981, The Walt Disney Story was a free attraction with a cycle time of 14.52 minutes, they show capacity of 500, and the capacity of 2000 Guests per hour.

The 7th Annual Festival Japan Schedule, October 12 & 13, 1985
The 7th Annual Festival Japan Schedule, October 12 & 13, 1985

“Main Street Opera House (or ‘Lincoln Theater’) Special Exhibits”

The late 1970s began to bring unique exhibits, attractions, and events to the Main Street Opera House! “Candidates for the City of Anaheim’s 1978 City Council elections” appeared at the Main Street Opera House [at 7:30pm] on April 6th, 1978, “as part of our Community Affairs Department - sponsored ‘Know Your Home Town.’”

During the ninth annual “Festival Japan” (October 12 & 13, 1985), Kookyu and Kumiko Serizawa’s Doll Exhibit was housed in the Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln Lobby from 9a.m. to 6p.m. Guests were inspired by the exhibit like Charra DeMarco (a contemporaneous Disneyland Word Processing Specialist) who became interested in doll making during a previous Festival Japan event held at Disneyland, and soon signed up for a class taught by Kumiko Serizawa. Charra’s teacher was so impressed, that “the DeMarco’s dolls were chosen to be in the exhibition… in the Park.” [Disneyland Line, Vol. 17, No. 41] As brief as this exhibit was, it would inspire an interest in Japanese culture within Disneyland Cast Members and guests, and would pave the way for other cultural events and exhibits showcased at the Main Street Opera House!

"Lincoln Theater" Advertisement, Published in Disneyland LINE, (October 12, 1978)
"Lincoln Theater" Advertisement, Published in Disneyland LINE, (October 12, 1978)

“Film Festivals”

Throughout the year, Cast Activities arranged for Cast Members and their families to have the opportunity to attend special showings of Disney films. Each spring and fall, a series of five “classics” was lined up for viewers to choose from, with showing times established around Park operating hours. In addition, new Disney films were previewed for Cast Members, generally before the film was released to the general public, through our Cast Film Premieres.

Tickets for all films were complimentary. Disneyland Cast Members may recall ticket information was often advertised through the covers and pages of Disneyland LINE magazine, while tickets were usually distributed On Site, through the Center (before Company D opened December 2, 1988 ; and Company D II soon followed, offering tickets as well).

Back in the 1960s, the Fall Film Series was presented (usually from the Mickey Mouse Theater). In the late 1970s, seasonal film festivals (twice a year, in the Spring and Fall) brought Cast Premiers of Walt Disney Productions to the Main Street Opera House.

Some of the earliest showings (held during the weeknight of the spring of 1977) were Walt Disney’s Sleeping Beauty, The Shaggy D.A., Freaky Friday, and The Love Bug (which had recently been released theatrically). The Fantasyland Theater also hosted showings (as Walt Disney’s Pinocchio), and all the films were shown with Walt Disney’s short films (like “Moose Hunters,” “Moving Day,” “For Whom the Bulls Toil,” “Boat Builders,”and others. The Song of the South was shown (from November 14th - 17th), with The Third Man on the Mountain being the last show of the Fall Family Film Festival, during 1977.

The following year, (March 13, 14, 15, and 16, 1978) brought Walt Disney’s “The Parent Trap” to both the Lincoln Theater and the Fantasyland Theater.

 The  Fall Film Festival  of 1980 (for instance), brought “The Last Flight of Noah’s Ark” (the first Fall Film Festival showing of the year), “White Wilderness” (the True-Life Adventure), Walt Disney’s “Dumbo” with “The Brave Little Tailor”, and even

The Fall Film Festival of 1980 (for instance), brought “The Last Flight of Noah’s Ark” (the first Fall Film Festival showing of the year), “White Wilderness” (the True-Life Adventure), Walt Disney’s “Dumbo” with “The Brave Little Tailor”, and even Walt Disney’s “Song of the South”. As you can see, the feature-length films presented were eclectic - from Walt Disney’s classics to recent releases, and from live-action to animated! The year 1983 saw Cinderella (in February), while 1986 saw The Flight of the Navigator, Ruthless People, and Tough Guys shown on the big screen. Fast forward to the year 1987 (when the Cast Activities Disneyland Family Film Festival tradition still continued), bringing Cast Premiers of Walt Disney Productions (like “Peter Pan,” “Cinderella,” and “The Fox And The Hound”), Touchstone Pictures (like “Stakeout”, “Can’t Buy Me Love”, and “Adventures In Babysitting”), and “Benji The Hunted” to the Lincoln Theater and the Videopolis Stage. The Disneyland Hotel Grand Ballroom was also occasionally used as a theater (as for the August 24th, 1988 Special Cast Premier of “The Rescue”), but the “Lincoln Theater” (or Main Street Opera House) was still the preferred venue for the showings.

Fall Film Festivals (at the “Lincoln Theater”, at least), would briefly cease for a rehabilitation. During the 1990s, the 40-year-old original facade of the Main Street Opera House was given an “opulent” makeover - parts were recast in fiberglas and details (like the theater masks and filigree) were stripped and a glaze was added to enhance the original sculpts. After so many years, the awnings over the windows were removed, and it was decided to leave them off, in order to show off the detail around the windows.

Once the new Main Street Opera House was re-opened, the “Lincoln Theater” hosted the “35th Anniversary Cast Celebration” - “an exciting preview of future events and projects with your hosts Dick Nunez, Ron Dominguez, and Hideo Amemiya”. Refreshments were served, and reservations [to 1 of 18 showtimes, spread across January 6th - 9th, 1990] were made in the name of each current Cast Member. After the “35th Anniversary Cast Celebration”, there again occurred a special synergistic arrangement between Walt Disney Studios and Disneyland! Disneyland Cast Members and their immediate family members were once again treated to Walt Disney Film Festivals - opportunities to watch Walt Disney Pictures and Touchstone Pictures on the silver screen (in most cases) before their national release dates. Among the films shown were animated feature length films Walt Disney’s Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs and Walt Disney’s The Jungle Book. Live action feature length films that the whole family could enjoy - Blank Check, White Fang, A Far Off Place, The Mighty Ducks, The Rocketeer, Cool Runnings, Cool Runnings, Swing Kids, and many, many, more! Other Touchstone Pictures and Hollywood Pictures as The Distinguished Gentleman, Three Men And A Little Lady, Green Card, Run, Scenes From A Mall, The Color of Money, and Ruthless People were rated “R” (and as children under 17 were not permitted without a parent or guardian), Disneyland Cast Members had to decide whether or not they would bring their entire family to the special screenings. Admission for all showings required the purchase of a ticket through The Center, and a display of their Cast member I.D. and Main gate Pass. As a “sidelight”, during the same era, Disneyland Cast Members could also purchase Walt Disney Home Videos of feature-length films in VHS and Beta formats, available at the Center.

c. 1990 Film Festival at The Lincoln Theater Tickets
c. 1990 Film Festival at The Lincoln Theater Tickets
c. 1990 Film Festival at The Lincoln Theater Tickets
c. 1990 Film Festival at The Lincoln Theater Tickets
c. 1991 Film Festival at The Lincoln Theater Tickets
c. 1991 Film Festival at The Lincoln Theater Tickets
c. 1991 Film Festival at The Lincoln Theater Tickets
c. 1991 Film Festival at The Lincoln Theater Tickets
c. 1992 Film Festival at The Lincoln Theater Tickets
c. 1992 Film Festival at The Lincoln Theater Tickets
c. 1993 Film Festival at The Lincoln Theater Tickets
c. 1993 Film Festival at The Lincoln Theater Tickets
c. 1994-1995 Film Festival at The Lincoln Theater Tickets
c. 1994-1995 Film Festival at The Lincoln Theater Tickets

By 1996, The Walt Disney Story, featuring “Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln” was a Lobby show presenting the story of Walt Disney and The Walt Disney Company, while the Audio-Animatronics® theater show still honored the 16th President of the United States.

 Note the frame’s complete field photographed by the camera in this Frame
Note the frame’s complete field photographed by the camera in this Frame
CC44A5B0-60BD-41D4-8DB2-5C2E9BD4412A.jpeg
Frame
Frame
Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln Projected Pre-Show Scenes
Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln Projected Pre-Show Scenes

You may have seen some of these scenes before. Slides include imagery like Herb Ryman’s Immigrants at Ellis Island (a 51”x93” oil painting) originally produced c.1982 for The American Adventure at EPCOT Center.

Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln Projected Pre-Show Scenes
Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln Projected Pre-Show Scenes
5E5EE1C3-A043-4AD5-9A4B-40964CD6C515.jpeg
 In 1999, Master Plans included a “Muppet Theater” located here.

In 1999, Master Plans included a “Muppet Theater” located here.

 A new slide show and Audio-Animatronics animation was added in 1984, enabling Mr. Lincoln to hold a paper in his hand for the first time. In addition, to two new songs originally written for  The American Adventure , part of the  American Pavilion

A new slide show and Audio-Animatronics animation was added in 1984, enabling Mr. Lincoln to hold a paper in his hand for the first time. In addition, to two new songs originally written for The American Adventure, part of the American Pavilion at EPCOT Center. “Golden Dream” (with orchestration by Robert Moline, lyrics by Randy Bright & Lynn Hart, and vocals by Richard Page and Siedah Garrett), and “Two Brothers” (a traditional folk song with orchestration by Irving Gordon and lyrics by Ali Olmo).

Show Enhancement - “In 2001 the show was changed to focus on the Civil War,” according to Dave Smith (Chief Archivist Emeritus of the Walt Disney Archives). The short film told the tale of “Two Brothers,” who fought on separate sides of the American Civil War. The show featured glass magic lantern slides of true-life Civil War-era images, to “Two Brothers” (with orchestration and lyrics by Irving Gordon).

  “Two brothers on their way,…”

“Two brothers on their way,…”

  “Two brothers on their way.”

“Two brothers on their way.”

  “One wore blue and one wore gray.”

“One wore blue and one wore gray.”

  “The fife and drum began to play, all on a beautiful morning.”

“The fife and drum began to play, all on a beautiful morning.”

  “One was gentle, one was kind. One came home…”

“One was gentle, one was kind. One came home…”

  “…one stayed behind. A cannon ball don’t pay no mind. A cannon ball don’t pay no mind, if you’re gentle, if you’re kind.”

“…one stayed behind. A cannon ball don’t pay no mind. A cannon ball don’t pay no mind, if you’re gentle, if you’re kind.”

  “It don’t think of the folks behind…”

“It don’t think of the folks behind…”

  “It don’t think of the folks behind, all on a beautiful morning.”   Air-conditioning controls dust, and a practical mechanical application of the technology was essential in the attraction where projection equipment and film was used.

“It don’t think of the folks behind, all on a beautiful morning.”

Air-conditioning controls dust, and a practical mechanical application of the technology was essential in the attraction where projection equipment and film was used.

Abraham Lincoln Pre-Show Silhouette, before the curtain rises to the fanfare, the narrator welcomes guests to Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln!
Abraham Lincoln Pre-Show Silhouette, before the curtain rises to the fanfare, the narrator welcomes guests to Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln!

The original Royal Dano voiceover and Paul Frees narration were removed for the newly enhanced show in 2001. The show also featured “Lincoln reciting the Gettysburg Address,” according to Dave Smith (Chief Archivist Emeritus of the Walt Disney Archives). [Disney Facts Revealed by Dave Smith, 2016] Even more, the impresario of Garner Holt Productions was contacted to update the Lincoln figure, and dynamic scenic illustrator John Rayburn enhanced the painted colors of the theater, Abraham Lincoln’s chair, and even the man himself.

Disneyland 50th Anniversary Map by Nina Rae Vaughn.
Disneyland 50th Anniversary Map by Nina Rae Vaughn.

In commemoration of Disneyland’s 50th Anniversary, new exhibits were created, and the film Disneyland : The First Fifty Magical Years debuted at the Main Street Opera House on May 5, 2005, and run until 2009. During this time, Mr. Lincoln would take a hiatus.

During the 2005-2009 closure, the Mr. Lincoln Audio-Animatronics figure was removed and ultimately repurposed as the Indian Village Shaman who appears along the Rivers of America. Here’s where it really gets interesting - the Shaman has been programmed with some of the very same animations (movements) programmed for Mr. Lincoln.

Also during the time of closure (in 2008), WDI master plans entertained a concept which included a presentation of America the Beautiful featuring Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln. At this same time a new Pre-Show involving the second floor of the Opera House was also being researched as an option. This was to coincide with Abraham Lincoln’s 200th birthday on February 12th, 2009. However, the Imagineering of these concepts was not seen through. Lincoln did return, but with “a shortened version of the original speech,” according to Dave Smith (Chief Archivist Emeritus of the Walt Disney Archives). [Disney Facts Revealed by Dave Smith, 2016]

Eventually Mr. Lincoln would return in The Disneyland Story presenting Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln in 2009.

A model of “Disneyland” as it looked in 1955.
A model of “Disneyland” as it looked in 1955.

In the meantime, a number of exhibits were showcased, like a model of a c.1955 Disneyland. While the model is rather simple in some regards, there are so many amazingly accurate details. Some who had the pleasure may recall the Adventureland Bazaar (and adjacent canal), the original Mickey Floral Portrait, the Court of Flags, Tomorrowland Lake, and the original Autopia Track.

A model of “Disneyland” as it looked in 1955.
A model of “Disneyland” as it looked in 1955.

In addition to the Onstage details, most Disneyland Cast Members will note the (1) original Backstage Disneyland Employee Cafeteria and First Aid tents, (2) original Administration Building comprised of the old Callens and Dominguez residences, and (3) Backstage Adventureland/Frontierland.

“The Voices of Liberty,” 2015.
“The Voices of Liberty,” 2015.

The eight-part harmony of “the Voices of Libery” (a Walt Disney World tradition) was lifted in a limited engagement on the stage of the “Lincoln Theater” during the Disneyland Diamond anniversary! The members provided Atmosphere Entertainment complimenting the theme of the area and entertaining Guests on an immediate and personal level.

Main Street Opera House Featuring "Tiki, Tiki, Tiki Realms-Celebrating 50 Years of Enchantment," (2013 - )
Main Street Opera House Featuring "Tiki, Tiki, Tiki Realms-Celebrating 50 Years of Enchantment," (2013 - )

Well, it looks like things have come full circle for the old Main Street Opera House, which continues to serve one of its original intents - showcasing gallery exhibits and displays. Sometime after The Disney Gallery opened in the former Bank of America Building (in 2009), the Disney Gallery would soon expand to the Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln Lobby. In recent years, new exhibits (presented by The Disney Gallery) would feature both artwork and props featured in production of Disney Parks attractions, and even Walt Disney Studios feature length film productions.

Main Street Opera House Featuring "Snow Queens Art of Ice," (January 7, 2015 - )
Main Street Opera House Featuring "Snow Queens Art of Ice," (January 7, 2015 - )

Some of the art featured included Marc Davis’ designs for the Snow Queen - star of the c.1970s Enchanted Snow Palace ride concept.

Main Street Opera House Featuring "Drawing Disneyland - The Early Years," (May 2015 - )
Main Street Opera House Featuring "Drawing Disneyland - The Early Years," (May 2015 - )
Main Street Opera House Featuring "Drawing Disneyland - The Early Years," (May 2015 - )
Main Street Opera House Featuring "Drawing Disneyland - The Early Years," (May 2015 - )

Main Street Opera House Featuring "Disney's Steam Trains," (April 2016 - )
Main Street Opera House Featuring "Disney's Steam Trains," (April 2016 - )

Main Street Opera House Featuring "The Art of Mary Poppins Returns," (2018)
Main Street Opera House Featuring "The Art of Mary Poppins Returns," (2018)
Main Street Opera House Featuring "The Art of Mary Poppins Returns"
Main Street Opera House Featuring "The Art of Mary Poppins Returns"
Main Street Opera House Featuring "The Art of Mary Poppins Returns"
Main Street Opera House Featuring "The Art of Mary Poppins Returns"
Costumes Worn by Mena Massoud and Naomi Scott ; “Disney Aladdin Exclusive Sneak Peek,” (2019)
Costumes Worn by Mena Massoud and Naomi Scott ; “Disney Aladdin Exclusive Sneak Peek,” (2019)
Prop Lamp and Carpet as seen in the film ; “Disney Aladdin Exclusive Sneak Peek,” (2019)
Prop Lamp and Carpet as seen in the film ; “Disney Aladdin Exclusive Sneak Peek,” (2019)
Main Street Opera House, The Present
Main Street Opera House, The Present
Main Street Opera House, The Present
Main Street Opera House, The Present

Just through the doors, Walt Disney’s toy is still told through a few special exhibits and displays featuring true-life artifacts from Park history. Gone are the “Disneyland Toy Factory” Mold-A-Rama Machines, and in their place are Disneyland Pressed Penny Souvenir Machines, offering another type of commemorative collectable.

"The Griffith Park Bench"
"The Griffith Park Bench"
"The Griffith Park Bench"
"The Griffith Park Bench"

Despite what this plaque suggests, there are at least three known surviving Griffith Park Merry-go-Round benches - at The Walt Disney Family Museum, the Griffith Park Carousel, and inside the Main Street Opera House!  Walt Disney may have sat on any (or all) of these benches as he dreamt up Disneyland.

Blaine Gibson window between the mad hatter and the Walt Disney story
Blaine Gibson window between the mad hatter and the Walt Disney story
BDC3C2B6-5214-4BCD-88C6-6527264082BF.jpeg
Main Street Opera House Architectural Facade
Main Street Opera House Architectural Facade
6B2A1C22-1256-42BE-824B-FE0C95E9A5FF.jpeg

MARK TWAIN

     “Preface”    One can easily slip into the jargon of “ride,” but at Disneyland there are adventurous attractions, each one a living experience for the guest! Disneyland ride-through attractions or adventures have officially been defined as an  “i

“Preface”

One can easily slip into the jargon of “ride,” but at Disneyland there are adventurous attractions, each one a living experience for the guest! Disneyland ride-through attractions or adventures have officially been defined as an “individual show, ride, or exhibit designed to produce an entertaining Guest experience. Disney attractions stir the imagination, enliven the senses, and provide the participants with positive, innovative entertainment, which is the essence of the DISNEYLAND Show.” It is important to review the story of the attraction, tell the story, explain it, and create interest. This is the story of Mark Twain.

“The Story of the Steamboat and True-Life Frontierland”
The story of the Mark Twain attraction starts more than 100 years before the spark that lead to Disneyland. Walt described Frontierland as “a tribute to the faith, courage, and ingenuity of the pioneers who blazed the trails across America.” Many types of Flatboats were once commonly constructed and utilized to transport cargo down the Ohio and Mississippi Rivers, and these soon joined the river traffic of canoes, keel boats, and canal boats. An example of American ingenuity was the steam-powered paddle wheeler, the only recognized form of mass transportation invented in the United States.

The steamboat also has its origins set deep in American history, (and much like Walt) by a pioneering inventor whose invention was doubted by the masses. While the steam engine came from England, the hull was made in America, by Robert Fulton. Once called “Fulton’s Folly,” the Claremont (launched down the Hudson River in 1807), was soon considered the first successful steamship in America. A few years later (in 1819), the first steamship even crossed the Atlantic Ocean. Soon after, the sternwheel became a typical sight on the Ohio and Mississippi Rivers, transporting passengers and goods as residents of this country moved West.

Before the approach of the mid-19th century, a young Samuel Longhorne Clemens (1835-1910) grew up in Hannibal, Missouri, along the shore of the Mississippi River. He would pen many stories like “Tom Sawyer” and “The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn” under the name “Mark Twain” - a borrowed name inspired by the “nom de guerre” of a particular old captain who once published river conditions in the New Orleans Picayune.

Walt Disney Educational Media Company Print “D” from Set 200 - “Early American Transportation” depicts a flat bottomed boat.
Walt Disney Educational Media Company Print “D” from Set 200 - “Early American Transportation” depicts a flat bottomed boat.

“Walt & Company Recollect Riverboats”

The last sternwheelers were built in the U.S. approximately around the year 1900, so some of Walt’s own staff would be familiar with true-life riverboats. For instance, c.1954 hire Van Arsdale France once had a job as a dishwasher on a river boat going from Pittsburgh to New Orleans. But perhaps the most romantic expressions toward riverboats come from Walt Disney who once divulged:

“One of the biggest joys of my life is sitting on the levee in the Frontierland section of Disneyland, our park in Anaheim, California. As I gaze to the north, I can see the smokestacks of the steamer Mark Twain belching smoke and skirting along toward the top of Tom Sawyer Island. Then the boat moves into view ; the crowd line against the white railings. It moves majestically along, the stern paddle churning up the river foam. The captain lets the whistle blast, signaling his attention to land, and the Dixieland band on the shore swings into a ragtime tune. I thrill all over every time that happens. Other people have told me they too get a big kick out of the Mark Twain swinging in to shore, but I doubt it if anybody could enjoy it as much as I do. You see, I go back a long way with stern-wheelers ; back to the Missouri River in the 1910’s. When I was growing up in Kansas City, there were still two stern-wheelers plying out of that town. They were called the Chester and the Majestic, and they were handsome boats to see. They ran down the river to St. Louis, but on Sundays one would be in port and would take customers on river excursions for a dollar a head. I was on hand for a cruise whenever I could scrape together a dollar from selling newspapers. The Missouri River boats had to be stern-wheelers because there were so many sand bars. When they ran aground they could reverse the wheel and pull off, something a side-wheeler couldn’t do. One of the thrills of my young life was when one of the excursion boats I was riding struck a bar. It remained there for an hour while the deck hands pushed long poles into the sand and the wheel churned mightily. Finally with a great whoosh and swirl of foam, the boat pulled itself free. These boyhood memories are the reason for my fondness for Frontierland. Of course, all the realms of Disneyland intrigue me - Fantasyland, Adventureland, Tomorrowland, and Main Street. But Frontierland evokes a special response because to reminds me of my youthful days on the Missouri.” [“Frontierland” by Walt Disney, True West magazine ; June, 1958, page 10].

A paddlewheel steamboat is depicted in a Mickey Mouse Park concept created by Harper Goff, c.1951
A paddlewheel steamboat is depicted in a Mickey Mouse Park concept created by Harper Goff, c.1951

“Master Planning, Research & Developement”
Custom rides were created that would be subordinate to story and setting. And so naturally, some of the earliest drawings of Walt Disney’s “Mickey Mouse Park” featured a steam ship navigating a river! Can you imagine seeing the smoke stacks of a steamboat from the 11-acre triangular plot of land on other side of Riverside Drive in Burbank California? This almost became a reality, courtesy of these early drafts and proposals.

Then in 1952, Walt Disney founded a company called WED Enterprises, Inc. in order to master-plan and design his his dreams of a Park. The company was staffed by Animators, Art Directors, Artists, Artisans, Architects, Set Designers, and Planners from the Studio. Early thumbnail sketches and other concept artwork seemed to be unencumbered by restrictions of budget, schedule or the laws of nature and physics. Though guided by Walt, his artists appeared to engage in “free-thinking,” as if implementing the modern “Blue Sky” Imagineering process. Some of these viable project Concepts (as above), were supported by a well-developed business case and built expectation.

“Disneyland Preliminary Scheme #1”
“Disneyland Preliminary Scheme #1”
Angus Anderson paints the letters on the Lil’ Belle (a miniature 30-person Ferryboat for Lake Merrit in Oakland, California; inspiration for the Mark Twain at Disneyland).
Angus Anderson paints the letters on the Lil’ Belle (a miniature 30-person Ferryboat for Lake Merrit in Oakland, California; inspiration for the Mark Twain at Disneyland).

“A Lil’ Inspiration”

Walt soon began to inquire about the acquisition or production of a steamboat. This was carried out through Richard Irvine (a new c. 1952 hire of W.E.D. Enterprises), in a January 6th, 1953 letter addressed to Mr. W.J. Hardiman (of Arrow Development Co., Inc.). In the letter, Dick requests information about a 30-passenger boat which was being tested in the Anderson Reservoir before going into operating in a lagoon off Lake Merrit in Oakland, California. Arrow’s Lil’ Belle sternwheeler steam boat - authentic in many details was far smaller than the Mark Twain would be; by comparison (the Lil’ Belle was only 8 feet wide, 24 feet in length, and 14 feet high).

“Herb Ryman’s Aerial Over Disneyland and the Mark Twain”

Walt’s plans (with audiences in mind) continued to involve a steamboat, as indicated by Herb Ryman’s “Aerial Schematic View” over Disneyland, which was created under the watchful eye of Walt Disney, originally produced September 26 & 27, 1953. Though the sternwheeler and “sidewheeler” riverboats were flowing backwards (in a counter-clockwise fashion) in Herb Ryman’s drawing, many story elements were present, that would help imaginative artists and engineers further the design of the riverboats and the design of the river itself. This and a portfolio of colored sketches by Herb Ryman, Bruce Bushman, Harper Goff, and others was prepared for Dick Irvine and Nat Winecoff to take back East to sell the Disneyland concept to prospective licensees.

Herb Ryman's "Aerial Over Disneyland" Excerpt features both stern-wheeler and side-wheeler paddle steamers sending billows of steam into the air, originally produced September 26th & 27th, 1953.
Herb Ryman's "Aerial Over Disneyland" Excerpt features both stern-wheeler and side-wheeler paddle steamers sending billows of steam into the air, originally produced September 26th & 27th, 1953.

According to Magic Circle magazine (June, 1956): “Translating an idea into a real object usually isn’t a simple task at best, even when you know exactly what you want to produce. Take Frontierland’s river boat Mark Twain, for example. Here, the idea-into-object task was not further complicated by the idea being an original one. There have been thousands of river boats built. But not lately. There had been no sternwheel of the Mark Twain type built in the United States for half a century,” around 1900. The Mark Twain was based on true-life river boats like the Natchez and Little Rufus, but at 5/8 scale (similar to the Horseless Carriages and the Disneyland Railroad trains).

“Disneyland - Frontierland Typical Stern Wheeler” title block by John Stoos; May 18, 1954
“Disneyland - Frontierland Typical Stern Wheeler” title block by John Stoos; May 18, 1954

“Designing the Disneyland Sternwheeler”

By May 18-19, 1954, John Stoos of WED Enterprises had prepared 1/4 scale drawings of a “Typical Sternwheeler.” By July 1, 1954, George Whitney of Disneyland, Inc. directed Amusements, with Ron Miller overseeing analysis, philosophy, capacities, planning, operator training, and amusement procurement.

Soon, Mark Twain designs were so far along, that a Mark Twain float even appeared in the 1954 Anaheim Halloween Festival courtesy of Yale Gracey. By that time (in 1954), some of the earliest suggestions and concepts of Walt Disney’s “Disney Land” included descriptions of a “Riverboat Ride.” According to “Disneyland” (prepared for Disneyland Inc. by WED Enterprises), “At the end of Frontier Street is the boatlanding for Riverboat Ride. The old stern-wheeler takes you downstream on a nostalgic cruise past the romantic river towns, Tom Sawyer’s birthplace, and the old Southern Plantations.”

Detailed scale models were a key part in the "Imagineering" of the Mississippi paddle-wheeler, Mark Twain; Disneyland: The First Quarter Century, © 1979 Walt Disney Productions.
Detailed scale models were a key part in the "Imagineering" of the Mississippi paddle-wheeler, Mark Twain; Disneyland: The First Quarter Century, © 1979 Walt Disney Productions.
Mark Twain drawing by John Stoos; May 18, 1954
Mark Twain drawing by John Stoos; May 18, 1954

“The Hull”

Soon, the watertight five-compartment steel hull was being constructed (in November of 1954) by Todd Shipyards in San Pedro, California (with Todd Shipyards maintaining the rights to the original drawings off the hull). Wheeled mechanisms were built into the hull to interact with the underwater guide rail, and guide the boat on its tortuous course.

“The Paddlewheel”

The 9-ton paddlewheel (with paddles made of Douglas Fir, and spokes of mahogany) was also built by Todd Shipyards in Wilmington (San Pedro), California. According to one Kaiser publication: “The big beams that drive the paddle wheel on the 105-foot Frontierland steamboat had to be light to keep down above-decks weight, yet strong enough to withstand 22,000 pounds of alternate pull and thrust pressure. Aluminum I beams 13 feet long with 10-inch webs proved to be the solution.”

Mark Twain Engine; the present.
Mark Twain Engine; the present.
Mark Twain Engine; the present.
Mark Twain Engine; the present.

“The Engines”

The stern wheel propelled by twin horizontal, noncondensing steam engines (with a diesel fuel boiler). The engines were engineered by Dick Bagley. The engines were then built from scratch in The Walt Disney Studio Machine Shop, which was referred to as “a machine shop in the local area with qualified past experience,” according to “Building A Dream,” prepared by Disneyland, Inc. Public Relations Department, c. 1955. “Special construction was also called for in fitting the boiler into the hold,” according to “News From Disneyland” (a c.1956 press release document). This feature particularly impressed “the head of a tugboat company from New York,” according to Herb Ryman [in “Work With Walt” by Don Peri].

“Construction and De-Construction at Walt Disney Studios”

The Mark Twain paddlewheeler was a collaboration of Roger Broggie (the WED employee behind some of the Santa Fe & Disneyland Railroad’s engines), Dick Bagley, and Roland Peterson. Details and the super-structure of the vessel were manufactured by employees on the king-sized Stage 3 of the Walt Disney Studios, “where only a little while back, Davy Crockett was battling the soldiers of General Santa Ana,” (as seen in the televised Disneyland episode “Pre-Opening Report From Disneyland”) and 20,000 Leagues Under the Sea was partially filmed. “Since the deck slopes from one end to the other, each piece of wood had to be individually cut and fitted. To make sure it was completely authentic, we called in a supervisor - a Mississippi riverboat captain, who had spent a lifetime running just such a boat. Constructing such a large boat inside a building, 50 miles from water caused a lot of raised eyebrows. But unlike the fellow that built a boat in his basement, and couldn’t get it out, we had a plan.” The decks (sans hull) were entirely assembled on the “20,000 Leagues” soundstage. Scenes of these processes can be seen briefly in A Pre-Opening Report from Disneyland. It is worth mentioning a little-known fact, that “Walt’s father, Elias Disney, participated as a building contractor on the construction of the Mark Twain,” according to “Disneyland - A Treasure Chest of Trivia,” prepared by Walt Disney Productions, 1990.

   “Re-Construction at Disneyland”    Because of its massive size, the Mark Twain (108 feet long, 150 tons, was much too large and heavy to move through the doors of the giant sound stage of the Disney Studio. It was built only to be disassembled for

“Re-Construction at Disneyland”

Because of its massive size, the Mark Twain (108 feet long, 150 tons, was much too large and heavy to move through the doors of the giant sound stage of the Disney Studio. It was built only to be disassembled for shipping to Disneyland. According to “Walt Disney Disneyland” (published 1964): “It was… dismantled and trucked over the freeway, piece by piece.” This towing via truck, to Disneyland, from Todd Shipyard can be seen in “Homecoming - Destination Disneyland” by Carlene Thie ; photos by Mel Kilpatrick.

 Soon the entire boat would be assembled and completed at Disneyland under the direction of Rear Admiral Joe Fowler, USN (Ret.) Vice President of Disneyland, Inc. and Director of Construction and Maintenance Division. The hull was the first component

Soon the entire boat would be assembled and completed at Disneyland under the direction of Rear Admiral Joe Fowler, USN (Ret.) Vice President of Disneyland, Inc. and Director of Construction and Maintenance Division. The hull was the first component to arrive at the Joe Fowler’s Dry Dock in Frontierland, (even before the Rivers of America were filled with water. Once the decks arrived near the Frontierland Dry Dock at Disneyland, A.E. Fowler & Sons’ 20-ton Lorraine crane was used to place the assembled 5/8 scale decks on top of each other, eventually comprising the 150-ton vessel. In an amazing feat, the hull and decks fit together perfectly. This can be briefly seen in the Disneyland anthology episode entitled “Pre-Opening Report From Disneyland.” Other assembly was performed on site, and this is briefly preserved on film, in “Disneyland - The Park,” a Disneyland anthology television series short film (originally aired in 1957). Some of Mel Kilpatrick’s photographs of the smokestacks being placed on the Mark Twain with the help of a crane can be seen in “Homecoming - Destination Disneyland” by Carlene Thie, with photos by Mel Kilpatrick. According to the narrator of the aforementioned short film, “well-coordinated planned assured a perfect fit for all parts.” Walt inspected the construction near the Dry Dock, as seen in “Homecoming - Destination Disneyland” by Carlene Thie ; photos by Mel Kilpatrick.

The Mark Twain Smokestacks are placed on their Chimneys in a press release photograph; ©️Walt Disney Productions.
The Mark Twain Smokestacks are placed on their Chimneys in a press release photograph; ©️Walt Disney Productions.

“Illumination and Ornamentation”

LIGHT magazine (July and August 1956; published by the Large Lamp Department of General Electric, 1956) “shed some light” on the illumination. The Mark Twain, was “outlined in a thousand 7½-watt lamps for a gay and decorative effect. Power for lighting” was “generated by equipment right on the boat.” These 1,000 7½-watt lamps outlined the structure, each with porcelain sockets and open wiring.

“Marine equipment houses were searched over the nation for the gimble lights,” according to The Disneyland News (Vol.1, No.1 ; for July of 1955). Custom-built props - firefighting buckets and racks, gimble lights, smoke bells, and running lights - (of the period and size required), ornamented the vessel. The finished ship would hold what were once described as “ornate and plush cabins… on the upper decks,” including a captain’s quarters, wheelhouse, lounges. Including all this elegance (and Guests), the steam-powered ship would draw “about two feet of water” as it traveled the five-foot-deep Rivers of America, according to “News From Disneyland” (a c.1956 press release document).

To top off the proud American “Queen of the River” off, several 1861 34-star flags were flown from the top. According to Herb Ryman [in “Work With Walt” by Don Peri], “No steamship that ever plied the Mississippi River was as elegant as that little jewel that Walt built for Disneyland.”

“Working Title Announced & Studio Staff Preview”

Soon, one authorized “Disneyland Information & Nomenclature List” (prepared by Bill Cottrell of Disneyland Inc., May 25, 1955) divulged the working title of the “300 passenger sternwheeler” to Disneyland, Inc. employees as the “MarkTwain,” and elucidating the attraction the following way : “the S.S. Mark Twain takes you on a romantic story book cruise of the Rivers of America.”

As of June 2, 1955, C.V. Wood Jr. sent an Inter-Office Memorandum to Walt Disney regarding the best estimates that could be obtained at the time regarding the completion status of individual sections of the Park and Opening Day. C.V. wrote: “River Boat: Okay.”

Lastly, the Mark Twain (though incomplete) was dressed with patriotic bunting for a 4th of July party held for members of the Walt Disney Studios and their families. According to inserts in area newspapers, “Mickey Mouse enjoyed a trip with Walt aboard the Mark Twain as she got up steam and the nine-tone paddles turned for the first time.” The Mark Twain would embark on (what would become) a routine 20-minute journey, along a 2,450 foot-long guide rail located at the bottom of the Rivers of America. At 11:30 that night the Mark closed up and Walt invited the entire crew to a party at the Golden Horseshoe.

Walt and company ride aboard the Mark Twain.
Walt and company ride aboard the Mark Twain.

“Union Negotiations”

As the deadline neared, some unions descended on Disneyland. Among these was the Inland Boatmen’s Union who wanted jurisdiction over the Mark Twain Pilot operators, according to the recollection of Van Arsdale France. After negotiations with the Orange County Central Labor Council there was (what Van France referred to as) a “shotgun marriage” and a resulting total of 29 unions at Disneyland. But the talk of unions could not out a damper on what happened next.

 By June 25, 1955, the  Mark Twain Riverboat  was mostly finished. But before the Mark Twain Riverboat was christened, several important events were scheduled.   Marc Davis  and others from the Walt Disney Studio attended an exclusive preopening part

By June 25, 1955, the Mark Twain Riverboat was mostly finished. But before the Mark Twain Riverboat was christened, several important events were scheduled.

Marc Davis and others from the Walt Disney Studio attended an exclusive preopening party for Disneyland on July 4, 1955. The Mark Twain was nearly ready for that event, a photo in “Marc Davis in His Own Words,” page 7, testifying to its near-complete condition. Then another event was scheduled.

Walt and Lillian’s July 13th, 1955 Anniversary Party Invitation
Walt and Lillian’s July 13th, 1955 Anniversary Party Invitation

“The Mark Twain and Walt & Lillian’s Tempus Fugit Celebration”

According to Van France, “Walt had been working… at the Park, and welcomed the chance to relax with his friends and co-workers and show off Disneyland.” Five days before Disneyland opened to the public, Walt and Lillian Disney celebrated their 30th wedding anniversary with a star-studded party on the decks of the Mark Twain. Of this happy occasion, Bob Thomas once wrote: “The completion of Disneyland coincided with Walt and Lilly’s 30th wedding anniversary… and an invitation went to 300 people for the ‘Tempus Fugit Celebration.’

Where: Disneyland… where there’s plenty of room.

When: Wednesday, July 13, 1955 at 6:00 in the afternoon.

Why: Because we’ve been married 30 years.

How: By cruising down the Mississippi on the Mark Twain’s maiden voyage, followed by dinner at Slue-foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe!

Hope you can make it… we especially want you and by the way, no gifts, please… we have everything, including a grandson!

-Lilly and Walt.”

Despite the fact that the invitations read: “6 o’clock,” many guests had not arrived. According to Van France’s recollection, “Jack Sayers was with Walt at the Main Gate at six o’clock… and nobody had shown up. I remember his escaping for a while to tell me… ‘God, Walt keeps saying, ‘Where is everybody?’ and I don’t know where they are. He’s blaming me because the guests are probably hung up in traffic.’”

Mint juleps were served to their closest friends aboard the Mark Twain! Then, the ship set off for its maiden voyage around the River. According to the recollection of Van Asdale France, Dick Nunis “served as a bartender at the party. And… if I know Dick, he ended up the evening doing janitorial work… counting and securing the liquor and sweeping up the Mark Twain.”

“55er” Joyce Belanger recalled “The night before opening the Mark Twain ticket booth was not finished windows were dirty all over... there was a lot that still looked unfinished.”

Irene Dunne launched the "Mark Twain" by breaking a flask filled with water from all the rivers of America instead of the traditional bottle of Champagne.
Irene Dunne launched the "Mark Twain" by breaking a flask filled with water from all the rivers of America instead of the traditional bottle of Champagne.

“The Press Preview of Disneyland and the Mark Twain Dedication”

Walt insisted on including a “romantic riverboat” in Frontierland and, though he had to pay out of his own pocket, The Mark Twain made it to opening day. Once Disneyland opened to the public, the Mark Twain would hold the place of 1 of 22 initial major attractions at the MAGIC KINGDOM®!

On Press Preview Day, the boat was officially dedicated by actress Irene Dunne of “Show Boat” (1936) fame (a plaque located behind the boat’s engine continues to commemorate Irene’s role in the dedication). This was more than appropriate, as Irene’s father “used to be supervising general of steamships in America” and her “grandfather used to build boats like this,” by her accounts to Art Linkletter.

“Art Linkletter called upon actress Irene Dunne to christen the Mark Twain with a bottle containing waters culled from the great rivers of the country. ‘My, it's listing,’ she noted, as a big crowd stormed on board the vessel. Dunne mistakenly called Linkletter ‘Walt’ and Art referred to the bottle's contents as coming from ‘the rivers of the world - of America, that is!’” Actually, Irene christened the Mark Twain, with a flask of water from all the true-life “leading” rivers of America, which was broken open (instead if the traditional bottle of champagne).

With that, Art Linkletter scurried off the deck, and while Admiral Joe Fowler blew the whistle (from the Wheelhouse) the Mark Twain departed for its half-mile maiden voyage plying the Rivers of America, at about four knots per hour! Actual capacity was reached with so many guests aboard, that Dick Nunis recollected, the Mark Twain was “overloaded and sinking,” that very day. According to one publication, “water washed up on the deck of the overcrowded Mark Twain Steamboat.”

“Since the Mark Twain had no set load limits, operators kept waving on guests until the deck neared the water line. During one trip along the sparsely vegetated river route, the ship almost capsized as passengers stampeded from one side to the other to view the riverbanks' few attractions. Immediately, the park established maximum capacities, which are still in effect today.” To top it all off, “a window fell out of the upper deck of the Mark Twain onto a man's head.” [“Mouse Tales: A Behind-The-Ears Look at Disneyland” by David Koenig]

However, after riding the Mark Twain, guests could enjoy the Mark Twain Special - a hearty, man sized stack of tangy Aunt Jemima Buckwheat Cakes.

“Grand Opening of Disneyland and the Mark Twain”

Cecil Gibson was the first engineer on the Mark Twain and recalled Opening Day: “There were 14 operators aboard and seven of them were 'Break Men. There was NOTHING on the River... and only a pile of earth for the Island. But the people thought it was great just to be riding on a steamboat!“ “55er” Homer Holland recalled: “I was supposed to be working on the Mark Twain, but they still didn't have my uniform by opening day. Well, the Mark Twain had too many operators and the jungle didn't have enough, so I went to the jungle for a year.”

Generally, the guide rail and a precise water level (of the Rivers of America) would assure that the vessel did not float off of the rail or drop onto the guide rail and break it. Almost. Disneylander and “55er” Dick Galentine recalled “One black winter night, many years ago, I was making my tour of the Park. I came aboard the Mark Twain to make a routine inspection of the fire fighting equipment. It had been raining very hard for a couple of days and the river was extremely high. While I was doing my duties, the Mark floated right off of her guides and the ship moved out several feet from the dock. All this was unbeknownst to me as I stepped off, right into the river! The water sure was cold, but the razzing I got was hot!”

“Response - The Mark Twain Makes the News”

Now, it was said that “Disneyland is News” as innumerable publications and journals reported on Disneyland just during the “first fabulous decade” alone. As really as 1956, “Motorboating” (a “nationally distributed magazine for yachtsmen and boat buffs”), published an article on the Mark Twain, written by Stewart Robertson, for June of 1956. As a result of the press reports, even more “high state, local and national government officials” as well as “luminaries from motion pictures, television and the theater” turned out to “pay tribute to this happy land” including the Mark Twain. [“Disneyland 1st Anniversary Souvenir Pictorial”, 1956, page 9] Among the first four million visitors to step though the Main Entrance Gate turnstiles and take a romantic river excursion was Groucho Marx and his family.

The Mark Twain was part of the Disneyland show that heightened the bar for the entire amusement park industry. The Mark Twain even directly inspired similar attractions at other theme parks around the world. For instance Freedomland (in New York) had two 110-foot, 400-passenger sternwheelers. These boasted to be the “last sternwheel steamers to be built in the United States,… specially constructed for FREEDOMLAND by Todd Shipyards.”

August 4, 1955.
August 4, 1955.

Tom Sawyer Island didn’t open until June 16th, 1956. This was the sparse scene along the shore of the Rivers of America when Disneyland opened. The feel of the journey was similar to taking a true-life steamboat cruise down the real Mississippi River.

F3098E2F-9257-4965-9C37-02C13E062BBF.jpeg
(1955)
(1955)
Mark Twain Steamboat Dock in 1956, also known as Frontier Landing in the present. At this time, it exclusively served the Disneyland Steamship Co.
Mark Twain Steamboat Dock in 1956, also known as Frontier Landing in the present. At this time, it exclusively served the Disneyland Steamship Co.

But eventually, the Mark Twain was open to the public and guests waited their turn at the Frontierland Dock (next to the Ice House), as the riverboat ran its course through the Rivers of America.

Mark Twain Steamboat Dock (“Frontier Landing”) with early American Flags, (July, 1966)
Mark Twain Steamboat Dock (“Frontier Landing”) with early American Flags, (July, 1966)

Eight early American flags were flown from the related Mark Twain Steamboat Dock. Among them were the Kings Colors (English Flag), Continental Flag, Betsy Ross (original 13 stars & 13 stripes), Grand Union Flag or Cambridge Flag, the John Cabot or St. George Cross flag flown over the Jamestown Settlement in 1607, the Pine Tree Flag or Washington's Cruisers Flag first carried by the ships of the American Navy, the first "Old Glory" (24 stars & 13 stripes), and the “Star Spangled Banner” (featuring the fifteen stripes and fifteen stars that inspired Francis Scott Key to write the national anthem). This is the only fifteen star flag that flies in Frontierland, as the rest have thirteen stripes of red and white. One version of the blue and gold Disneyland Flag (featuring Sleeping Beauty Castle, the Disney “D,” and six stars) manufactured by Hortie Van also flew over the Mark Twain Steamboat Dock (this one was different from the one flown from the Mark Twain).

Mark Twain Steamboat Dock (or, “Riverboat Landing”) leading to the Guest Control queue area, September, 1976.
Mark Twain Steamboat Dock (or, “Riverboat Landing”) leading to the Guest Control queue area, September, 1976.
Mark Twain Steamboat Dock American Flag Plaques
Mark Twain Steamboat Dock American Flag Plaques

Among the early American Flags flown are the John Cabot Flag flown over the Jamestown Settlement in 1607, the Pine Tree Flag first carried by the six initial ships of the American Navy, and the “Star Spangled Banner” (featuring the fifteen stripes and fifteen stars that inspired Francis Scott Key to write the national anthem). This is the only fifteen star flag that flies in Frontierland, as the rest have thirteen stripes of red and white.

Mark Twain Steamboat Dock American Flag Plaques
Mark Twain Steamboat Dock American Flag Plaques

At Disneyland, signs were themed to support the stories with respectful graphics, colors, fonts, terminology, the overall design of sign, materials (wood, metal, banners, etc.), and verbiage used on the signage. These curate the American flag exhibit.

Paint is important. The “Master Color Book” is the Bible for color selection at Disneyland, maintaining a catalogue of 4,000 shades of color. The book contains color specifications for every land, building, exhibit, and prop which requires paint maintenance. It insures that Disneyland will always have the same bright colors selected by the art directors who designed the attraction. In addition to the Master Color Book, there is a standby supply of ready-mixed paint available for touch up work. Thousands of cans of paint are stored in a special room which sounds like a walk through of Disneyland. Each can is labeled with names. Disneyland painters repainted every prop in the Park every two years. By 1969, these signs were eight of 20,000 signs of various sizes and shapes and colors that needed to be maintained in their original condition.

959E0D8A-BF62-4785-BCDC-0F458A8D73C8.jpeg
Mark Twain Steamboat Dock Guest Waiting Area, March, 1974.
Mark Twain Steamboat Dock Guest Waiting Area, March, 1974.

E5411D9F-7A8D-47F5-9254-0C9D091B27C8.jpeg
F6CFBB39-F457-4BE3-8DAA-98BE9DE780C0.jpeg
96D5D198-6CFE-4E34-87F9-662AF007D643.jpeg
Mark Twain Steamboat Dock Guest Waiting Area with early American Flags and Disneyland Flag
Mark Twain Steamboat Dock Guest Waiting Area with early American Flags and Disneyland Flag

One version of the blue and gold Disneyland Flag (featuring Sleeping Beauty Castle, the Disney “D”, and six stars) manufactured by Hortie Van also flew over the Mark Twain Steamboat Dock (this one was different from the one flown from the Mark Twain).

 As a representation of a “Betsy Ross Flag” hangs over the dock, we are immediately transported back to the time of the mid-19th century - a time of steam-powered river boats on the romantic tree-lined Mississippi River. From the sound of the Mark Tw

As a representation of a “Betsy Ross Flag” hangs over the dock, we are immediately transported back to the time of the mid-19th century - a time of steam-powered river boats on the romantic tree-lined Mississippi River. From the sound of the Mark Twain’s whistle blowing, it sounds like they’re close to arriving at the dock.

Mark Twain Steamboat Dock
Mark Twain Steamboat Dock
Mark Twain Steamboat Dock
Mark Twain Steamboat Dock

There was plenty of entertainment for guests awaiting their voyage near the Mark Twain Steamboat Dock. During the mid-1950s (c. 1958, for instance) an orchestrion was housed near the dock.

Mark Twain Steamboat Dock, (1965)
Mark Twain Steamboat Dock, (1965)

Disneyland “queue lines” (or Audience Waiting Areas) were designed as part of the attraction to make the Guests' time in line as comfortable as possible.

Mark Twain Steamboat Dock, (1956)
Mark Twain Steamboat Dock, (1956)

We wait on the dock of the New Orleans section of Frontierland, next to cargo “boxes, barrels, wooden buckets and sacks of cotton bales,” as the 1870’s paddle wheeler Mark Twain docks.

Wayne and Bill, Shoe Shining Co. on the Mark Twain Dock; ©️Walt Disney Productions.
Wayne and Bill, Shoe Shining Co. on the Mark Twain Dock; ©️Walt Disney Productions.

According to “THE DISNEY THEME SHOW - an introduction to the art of Disney outdoor entertainment”: “Important are the sounds which permeate the scene, for without them, the theme show is a silent movie . . . but with them it is a symphony of music, effects, and natural sounds that the finest stereo system in the world can't duplicate. These sights and sounds are provided not only by imagineered attractions and shows, but also through the multi-talented efforts of live entertainers . . . in special musical groups . . . in parades and pageants . . . providing an everchanging backdrop to virtually every area in the theme show.”

“Audience Waiting Areas” were especially designed as part of the attraction to make the guest's time waiting in line as comfortable as possible. Since the beginning, queue areas were equipped with live entertainment to set the mood for the forthcoming show. Before Shoeshine Boys (Teddy and Kenny) there was Wayne and Bill, Shoe Shining Co. Around the winter of 1956 and 1957, they performed for Guests near the Mark Twain Dock on Saturdays and Holidays (from 9:30 AM until 4:00 PM). In 1956, they entertained every other day from Saturday the 15th until December 31st.

(c. August, 1975)
(c. August, 1975)
56D95FF6-13A7-4383-AACE-6619C5797D50.jpeg
Mark Twain Steamboat Dock, (1957)
Mark Twain Steamboat Dock, (1957)
Mark Twain Steamboat Dock, (July, 1964)
Mark Twain Steamboat Dock, (July, 1964)
Mark Twain Steamboat Dock
Mark Twain Steamboat Dock

Safety has always been key to the Disneyland Show. Related to this, the Foremen of attractions had the responsibility of checking out a Handie-Talkie radio unit (using the Radio Log) before reporting to their respective attractions each morning. The battery operated radios were carried via belt and holster. In Frontierland, the units were located at the Mark Twain and Columbia Sailing Ship (on main line), Mark Twain Dock (Mark Twain foreman, located at turnstile), and Tom Sawyer Island. The Handie-Talkie radio units were housed in a charging unit when in operation on the Mark Twain, Mark Twain dock, and the Columbia.

Mark Twain Steamboat Dock, (Early 1960s)
Mark Twain Steamboat Dock, (Early 1960s)
 While waiting for the Mark Twain to arrive (or simply enjoying the waterfront scenery), many guests have used the opportunity to take a memorable photograph of their experience in Frontierland.

While waiting for the Mark Twain to arrive (or simply enjoying the waterfront scenery), many guests have used the opportunity to take a memorable photograph of their experience in Frontierland.

CB9747C8-92E4-4D1F-8609-75345ADB1FDB.jpeg
D5DD6B68-93F6-4453-B934-59111F002EF9.jpeg
The Mark Twain moves past the Dixieland Bandstand Gazebo.
The Mark Twain moves past the Dixieland Bandstand Gazebo.

“IT LOOKS PRETTY GOOD” - Former Indian Village performer Cheryl recalls, “I remember [my father] …was working at the naval shipyard in Long Beach at Todd Shipyards part time. There were contracts a number of companies working at that time in Long Beach. He had between one and two jobs at a time to support us. My dad never bragged, but he just mentioned it later to us.” While visiting Disneyland with her father one day, they were passed by the Mark Twain, to which her father joked, “Well, it looks pretty good now.” As it turns out, he was a welder, and had worked on the hull construction of the Mark Twain, while it was in Todd Shipyards, San Pedro, California! Cheryl continues : “He never knew we were going to be working at Disneyland. It wasn’t a job he was searching for. It just happened. I remember that was a biggie when he said that he worked on the Mark Twain.”

Mark Twain at the Mark Twain Steamboat Dock, (1955)
Mark Twain at the Mark Twain Steamboat Dock, (1955)

The Mark Twain takes on passengers, as its crew prepares to embark on passage through the waters of the Rivers of America!

Mark Twain at the Mark Twain Steamboat Dock, (1959)
Mark Twain at the Mark Twain Steamboat Dock, (1959)
10F76C29-F2D9-4448-9A5A-1EFFB6871B39.jpeg
Mark Twain Main Deck full of Guests, (August, 1957)
Mark Twain Main Deck full of Guests, (August, 1957)
Mark Twain Decks - Main , Promenade, and Texas.
Mark Twain Decks - Main , Promenade, and Texas.
Mark Twain Unloading at the Mark Twain Steamboat Dock
Mark Twain Unloading at the Mark Twain Steamboat Dock
The Mark Twain at the Loading Dock, (July, 1955 - early 1956)
The Mark Twain at the Loading Dock, (July, 1955 - early 1956)
9B1143CF-7ADB-4901-964E-76594088D00F.jpeg
Mark Twain Unloading at the Mark Twain Steamboat Dock
Mark Twain Unloading at the Mark Twain Steamboat Dock
Mark Twain Loading at the Mark Twain Steamboat Dock
Mark Twain Loading at the Mark Twain Steamboat Dock
Mark Twain at the Mark Twain Steamboat Dock, (July 7th, 1956)
Mark Twain at the Mark Twain Steamboat Dock, (July 7th, 1956)
Guests near the entrance to the Mark Twain Main Deck.
Guests near the entrance to the Mark Twain Main Deck.
Mark Twain Main Deck and Guests, (April, 1963)
Mark Twain Main Deck and Guests, (April, 1963)

As we step aboard, we’re welcomed : “Howdy folks!…I’d like welcome you aboard the MARK TWAIN - the “Queen of the River Boats”. Our journey today will take us up the Rivers of America and into the western frontier. Along the way, I’ll be pointing out some interesting sites and tellin’ ya a few stories!” Leadsmen shout their safety calls “by the Mark” , to beckon the start of our journey, and we’re off!

Ahead of us, lay a romantic, nostalgic, “circuitous” trip into the rustic “splendor of the Old South and Early America” as it once was on the Mississippi, (as described by many early press publications)!

Mark Twain Main Deck
Mark Twain Main Deck
Mark Twain Main Deck, (May, 1958)
Mark Twain Main Deck, (May, 1958)

Perhaps you can recollect the “feel” of experiencing the Rivers of America for the first time, from the Main Deck of the Mark Twain. Maybe you can recall the sights of passing the tree lined riverbanks, the smell of the water, and sounds from the performing Dixieland bands. Walt had an affection for these elements and always loved the Mark Twain, later divulging to Joe Fowler, “When things get hectic, we can always get on the Mark Twain and just ride around the Rivers of America.”

Mark Twain Promenade Deck
Mark Twain Promenade Deck
Mark Twain Promenade Deck
Mark Twain Promenade Deck
Mark Twain Promenade Deck Bar, (July, 1967)
Mark Twain Promenade Deck Bar, (July, 1967)

The Promenade Deck (the second floor) once had a bar where guests (and performers) could order non-alcoholic refreshments (like Mint Juleps). These were served “during summer months,” according to the “Disneyland Dictionary”, compiled by WED Enterprises, Inc. and WED Public Relations Department, c. 1968. Here, a shutterbug has managed to capture Michael Delay (of The Young Men From New Orleans) getting a quick refreshment from the Promenade Deck Bar.

Disneyland Promenade Deck Bar Employee waits near the Mark Twain Steamboat Dock
Disneyland Promenade Deck Bar Employee waits near the Mark Twain Steamboat Dock

There were many positions within the rotation - the set order of operating positions established by the attraction's Working Lead. The Promenade Deck Bar would not have functioned without Disneyland Employees (above) who both stocked and served Disneyland audiences.

A Guest inside the Closed Mark Twain Promenade Deck Bar, May of 1970.
A Guest inside the Closed Mark Twain Promenade Deck Bar, May of 1970.
Mark Twain Promenade Deck
Mark Twain Promenade Deck

The Mark Twain Riverboat is one of several truly timeless Disneyland attractions! One 1958 appraisal by Bank of America made the following statement: “While the bulk of the improvements are 3 1/2 years old they have been considered as effectively new due to exceptional maintenance and slight obsolescence. Improvements to the real property including the landscaping and also the Columbia and Mark Twain have been given an economic remaining life of 40 years.”

In one of his final publications, Dave Smith (previous Chief Archivist Emeritus of the Walt Disney Archives), included the Mark Twain Riverboat among “the only attractions still at Disneyland today that were there on opening day, July 17, 1955.” [Disney Facts Revealed by Dave Smith, 2016] Dave continued : “It would be very difficult to make a count [of how many trips the Mark Twain Riverboat has sailed around the Rivers of America since the Park first opened], because many factors would have to be taken into consideration : the number of trips per day, the fact that Disneyland was closed on Mondays off-season from 1955 to 1957 (and on Mondays and Tuesdays from 1958 to 1985), the various rehabs of the attraction, the days on which the Mark Twain was cycled with the Columbia, and weather closings of the Park and of the attraction. Perhaps someone will attempt an estimate someday.”

Disneyland Guided Tour Hostesses on the Mark Twain Promenade Deck, July of 1966.
Disneyland Guided Tour Hostesses on the Mark Twain Promenade Deck, July of 1966.

By the 1960s, the Guided Tour of Disneyland included “a leisurely cruise on the Rivers of America aboard the elegant paddle-wheel steamer Mark Twain.” This seems like an appropriate time to share a few sidelights about the Mark Twain Steam Boat.

Scale : 5/8

Height : 28 feet tall (from Keel to Pilot House)

Length : 108 feet, unassembled 105 feet, (according to the televised Disneyland episode “Pre-Opening Report From Disneyland”)

Draft: 2 feet, 3 inches

Weight : 159 tons

Displacement : 125 tons

Beam : once 26 feet, 6 inches; 27 1/2 feet

Decks : 4 (From bottom to top - Main Deck, Promenade Deck, Texas Deck, Pilot House)

Crew : 1 Captain, 1 Engineer, 1 Deckhand

Passengers : 350 (c. 1955) ; 300 (current maximum)

Speed : Four Knots per Hour

“By The Mark, Twain.”

A few talented voices have been heard in this role through the years including Pete Renaday (providing the voice-over narration of Mark Twain).

Guests stand on the Mark Twain Texas Deck House as viewed from the Mark Twain Steamboat Dock
Guests stand on the Mark Twain Texas Deck House as viewed from the Mark Twain Steamboat Dock
Mark Twain Texas Deck
Mark Twain Texas Deck
Mark Twain Texas Deck
Mark Twain Texas Deck
Mary Dodds and Other Guests Aboard the Mark Twain Texas Deck, (1959)
Mary Dodds and Other Guests Aboard the Mark Twain Texas Deck, (1959)
August of 1970.
August of 1970.
Mark Twain Texas Deck and Wheelhouse (above), October of 1959.
Mark Twain Texas Deck and Wheelhouse (above), October of 1959.
Mark Twain Texas Deck, near the Captain's Quarters, (October 30, 1971)
Mark Twain Texas Deck, near the Captain's Quarters, (October 30, 1971)

Disneyland Guests Hilda and Lucille & Jim Roberts ride as passengers aboard the Mark Twain during their Tour of Disneyland! The Texas Deck was so named for the grand vantage of the northern Texas river bank granted to passengers of boats navigating the Rio Grande River!

Mark Twain Texas Deck near the Captain's Quarters (Cabin) and Wheelhouse (above), (February, 1969)
Mark Twain Texas Deck near the Captain's Quarters (Cabin) and Wheelhouse (above), (February, 1969)

The Texas Deck offers one of the highest vantages to be enjoyed by most guests (aside from the Wheelhouse). The Texas Deck also features the lower level of the Wheelhouse with a recreation of the Captain’s Quarters.

Captain’s Quarters (Cabin) on the Texas Deck.
Captain’s Quarters (Cabin) on the Texas Deck.
Captain’s Quarters (Cabin) on the Texas Deck.
Captain’s Quarters (Cabin) on the Texas Deck.
Captain’s Quarters (Cabin) on the Texas Deck.
Captain’s Quarters (Cabin) on the Texas Deck.

The former Walt Disney Imagineering Principal Creative Executive Marty Sklar would probably agree that the small details like these make the story appealing.

“55er” electrician George Short recalled meeting Walt : “I would run into him quite frequently on the Mark Twain. He would like to spend some time in the cabin below the pilot house.”

Mark Twain Wheelhouse from the Texas Deck
Mark Twain Wheelhouse from the Texas Deck

From the Texas Deck, we can see the Wheelhouse where the Captain controls and steers the Mark Twain. We use the term “steer” loosely, as the Mark Twain is guided by rails running 2,450 feet in length around the Rivers of America.

Mark Twain Pilot House (or, "Wheelhouse"), (October 30, 1971)
Mark Twain Pilot House (or, "Wheelhouse"), (October 30, 1971)

The Wheelhouse Host/Hostess has two primary responsibilities - Safety and show. Safety is always of primary importance, nevertheless show is also very important in creating quest happiness and enjoyment. Many responsibilities are observed by the wheelhouse Host/Hostess. They are the “eyes” of the Mark Twain. Because of the numerous other river craft and potential hazards, they are to be alertat all times and ready to respond to any situation with the appropriate action, using a two-way radio, emergency bell signals, intercom, life preservers, etc. From a show standpoint, their role is that of a riverboat Captain in frontier America. They play any spiels on cue, ring and blow the whistle, and steer the ship.

Each day brings a new adventure and new passengers to the Wheelhouse Host/Hostess. Cecil Gibson (the first Mark Twain Engineer) recalled: “I remember when an elderly, grey haired man with a yachtsman's cap came up to me and said that he never saw a man handle a boat on landing like that young whippersnapper up in the Pilot House. The man had been a steamboat captain back on the Mississippi. Now he stood shaking his head at such good landings.”

“55er” Roy Brem recalled “the day the Beauty Pageant girls came aboard the Mark Twain!… They were all over the boat, getting pictures taken and up in the wheelhouse steering the boat with me.”

Tony Dow and Jerry Mathers of "Leave it to Beaver" take the wheel in the Mark Twain Pilot House (or, "Wheelhouse")
Tony Dow and Jerry Mathers of "Leave it to Beaver" take the wheel in the Mark Twain Pilot House (or, "Wheelhouse")
The Mark Twain Pilot House (Wheelhouse) Wheel; The Present.
The Mark Twain Pilot House (Wheelhouse) Wheel; The Present.
Badges worn by the Mark Twain “Area Captain” and 1st Mate.
Badges worn by the Mark Twain “Area Captain” and 1st Mate.

The Mark Twain Riverboat is unique (along with the Disneyland® Railroad) among Disneyland attractions in that vehicle operation is performed by facilities Cast Members, not operations Cast Members.

So many Disneylanders worked the Mark Twain. For instance, Hank Block worked on the Mark Twain longer than any Disneyland employee. By 1966, Dick Wells was a Mark Twain Captain and went on to become an Assistant Supervisor of Frontierland.

A c.1950s "S.S. Mark Twain Pilot's Certificate."
A c.1950s "S.S. Mark Twain Pilot's Certificate."

You may have acquired your Moon Pilot License, or Autopia Driver’s License. Since the 1950s, those permitted to step inside the Wheelhouse were often made Honorary Pilots.

Walt Disney's Steamboat Captain Outfit Roll-playing Toy for Children.
Walt Disney's Steamboat Captain Outfit Roll-playing Toy for Children.
AAD23648-5682-4D91-B32A-EACB5476BD26.jpeg
61F0BB2A-E512-497B-88EB-6940A3B18EC2.jpeg
The Disneyland Riverboat Game by Parker Brothers.
The Disneyland Riverboat Game by Parker Brothers.

A great deal of licensed merchandise was inspired by the Mark Twain like the Riverboat Board Game and the Strombecker Paddle Wheel River Boat model kit. The latter was initially modeled by Herb Lozier, with designs drawn by Don Miller (both of Walt Disney Productions’ Character Merchandise Division, suggested and prepared from 1954-1955.

Mark Twain Model designed by Don Williams for Strombeck-Becker; July of 1956.
Mark Twain Model designed by Don Williams for Strombeck-Becker; July of 1956.

Designs for an acetate and styrene Mark Twain model were prepared by Strombeck-Becker. Details were created of the filigree, bell, and wheel of the pilot house, paddle wheel, smoke stack, flag pole and more.

Mark Twain Model designed by Don Williams for Strombeck-Becker; July of 1956.
Mark Twain Model designed by Don Williams for Strombeck-Becker; July of 1956.

A Disneyland Greeting Card and Valentines Day Card.
A Disneyland Greeting Card and Valentines Day Card.
Disneyland "Famous River Boats at Frontierland" Postcard from the Disneyland Art Corner.
Disneyland "Famous River Boats at Frontierland" Postcard from the Disneyland Art Corner.
Mark Twain and Columbia Shaker Set.
Mark Twain and Columbia Shaker Set.
1ED1D468-14F6-4826-A0DD-164C022B44BB.jpeg
  Mark Twain  fare changed over the decades. Admission during 1958 was one “jumbo” “D” coupon (the price of 35 cents, for one child), the same as the  Jungle Cruise ,  Indian War Canoes , or the  Tom Sawyer Island Rafts . On one day in the month of A

Mark Twain fare changed over the decades. Admission during 1958 was one “jumbo” “D” coupon (the price of 35 cents, for one child), the same as the Jungle Cruise, Indian War Canoes, or the Tom Sawyer Island Rafts. On one day in the month of August, 1958, Disneyland's visitors took a total of 5,600 boat trips on the Park's nine (9) water rides (including the Mark Twain Steam Boat). By the very same year of 1958, the Mark Twain attraction (still popular as ever) was appraised, the ride structure valued between $47,500 and 50,000 and the equipment, scenery, props, and associated chattel valued between $280,200 and $260,000.

By 1959, Joe Fowler was Vice President of Disneyland Operations Committee and Doc Lemmon of Disneyland Operations was overseeing Operators of Rides & Amusements (like the Mark Twain Steam Boat), Livestock, Parking Lot, and Ticket Sellers.

By June 22, 1965, the Mark Twain carried 18,040 guests, beating the old record of 15,969.

 At Disneyland, Atmosphere Entertainment compliments the theme of the area and was often staged to entertain Guests on an immediate and personal level. Since Walt and Lillian’s “Tempus Fugit Celebration,” the  Mark Twain  has been the scene of such l

At Disneyland, Atmosphere Entertainment compliments the theme of the area and was often staged to entertain Guests on an immediate and personal level. Since Walt and Lillian’s “Tempus Fugit Celebration,” the Mark Twain has been the scene of such live entertainment!

During the first year of operation through the late 1960s, the Disneyland Band often marched through Disneyland (from 11:20 a.m. to 12:15 p.m.), ending with a concert aboard the Mark Twain Riverboat. A selection of Dixieland folk melodies performed by the Disneyland Band often could be heard emanating from the Main Deck of the Mark Twain as it circumnavigated the River. This common sight was reminiscent of “Walt Disney’s Disneyland Band Concert” (the Disneyland Band’s 1956 “on location” record album cover. We can almost hear the Riverboat Medley (“Waitin’ For The Robert E. Lee”, “Cruisin’ Down the River”, and “Here Comes The Showboat”) now!

“The Mark Twain Stage - For Television”

Since the beginning, Disneyland has synergistically worked with Walt Disney Studios to keep the Disney characters before the public and provide a source of material for television programs. Around Disneyland, the name Mark Twain became so synonymous with live entertainment, that the vessel began to be utilized as a set piece or stage for numerous television shows filmed at Disneyland. The Mark Twain has even been the Stage for numerous productions captured on film for motion picture usage, including television specials, commercials, and even music videos. Twice, the Mark Twain acted as the main stage for the production of “Meet Me At Disneyland” (during the 3rd and 12th episodes) airing on ABC television in August of 1962. The “Rhythm of the River” episode (partially filmed aboard the Mark Twain) starred The Excelsior Banjo Band and The Young Men From New Orleans, while “Dixie On The Delta” (filmed almost entirely on the Mark Twain) starred the Hot Jazz Society Marching Band, the Albert McNeil Choir, Voices of the Hope, The Young Men From New Orleans, and Kid Ory! After this, Louie Armstrong performed aboard the romantic river steamer during the Disneyland After Dark television special in 1963.

The Mark Twain was also staffed and operated for television advertisements. An RCA commercial (filmed April 9th, 1963) featured the Queen of the River. Then, the 26-minute “The New Christy Minstrels” (episode 4) sponsored by Ford, was recorded in front of the Mark Twain on August 3, 1964, and broadcast on NBC, August 13, 1964.

On Thursday, August 18, 1966, some Walt Disney Studio photographers (under the direction of Hamilton Luske) took a few long shots of the Mark Twain (and New Orleans Square from the Mark Twain) for use as background plates. During the 1970s, E.J. Peaker performed and sang aboard the Mark Twain during a segment of “Disneyland Showtime” (a c.1970 Wonderful World of Disney episode).

“Special Performances Aboard the Mark Twain”

During Friday and Saturday nights of the summer of 1962, The Young Men from New Orleans Dixieland group performed from the Mark Twain during Disneyland After Dark. Also during the 1970s, the Banjo Kings provided happy music to accompany your “first class circuitous” journey down the Rivers of America. During the winter of 1976, the Kids of the Kingdom performed a show while riding aboard the Mark Twain. They were followed by more Kids of the Kingdom performing aboard a a Keel Boat, and the Rivers of America Water Pageant (a fireworks display set off from three separate barges around Tom Sawyer Island)!

The Mark Twain was once even the site of the first Disneyland wedding reception aboard an attraction, on Sunday, September 24th, when a “Just Married” banner was unfurled from the stern of the vessel in honor of the union between Patricia Gazda and Kevin Sullivan.

Of course, the most entertaining aspects of the adventure are the scenery as the Mark Twain circumnavigates the Rivers of America. Many sights have come and gone since the maiden voyage of the ship - Cascade Peak, Big Thunder Falls, Twin Sisters Falls, Burning Settler’s Cabin, Catfish Cove, the Cider Mill, and the Indian Village Burial Grounds.

Vesey Walker leads The Disneyland Marching Band in an open-air concert aboard the Mark Twain
Vesey Walker leads The Disneyland Marching Band in an open-air concert aboard the Mark Twain
Vesey Walker and The Disneyland Marching Band Aboard the Mark Twain, c.1958.
Vesey Walker and The Disneyland Marching Band Aboard the Mark Twain, c.1958.
Vesey Walker and The Disneyland Marching Band Aboard the Mark Twain, c.1958.
Vesey Walker and The Disneyland Marching Band Aboard the Mark Twain, c.1958.
Vesey Walker and The Disneyland Marching Band Aboard the Mark Twain
Vesey Walker and The Disneyland Marching Band Aboard the Mark Twain
“Two Wonderful Ways To Enjoy Disneyland” Excerpt, (1961)
“Two Wonderful Ways To Enjoy Disneyland” Excerpt, (1961)

“Here Comes the Showboat”

1960 - The first annual Dixieland at Disneyland (featuring performances by six bands aboard rafts) was held October 1st, 1960, on the Rivers of America and other locations around Disneyland. The “two-beat Dixieland Jaxx and riverboat rhythms” of very first Dixieland at Disneyland attracted an attendance of 9,000 Guests (and drew “acclaim from guests and reviewers” according to The Disneyland Diary). According to Amusement Business magazine, “nearly 15,000 people… paid from $75,000 to $80,000 for admissions” to watch the shows. According to the same publication, “The Albert McNeil Choir of 50 opened on Tom Sawyer’s Island in the play of spotlights. Using river rafts as moving stages, Teddy Buckner and His Disneyland Band, Matty Matlock and His Dixieland All-Stars, The Firehouse Five Plus 2, The Young Men From New Orleans” and others were among the talent. Disneylander and “55er” John Gerlack recalled: “In my 20 years, I was most impressed by the show put on on Tom Sawyer Island for a Dixieland Night. there were pinwheels, rockets, everything. I thought the whole island was going to blow up!” “55er” electrician George Short remembered “The most exciting event was a big Dixieland Night on the River. The Mark Twain came around, blacked out except for hundreds of people with sparklers. The massed bands of Bob Crosby, Louis Armstrong, Teddy Buckner played on the bow.. and the fireworks on the Island!”

1961 - The second annual ‘Dixieland at Disneyland’ was held Saturday, September 30, 1961, from 8pm to 2am, bringing 14,000 guests. The event souvenir program cover featured the Mark Twain with good reason, for the advertised “conclusion” starred Louis Armstrong leading “the array of bands on rafts down the Rivers of America in Frontierland, followed by the ‘Mark Twain’ with 50 musicians playing ‘When The Saints Gio Marching In’ aboard.” Of the featured bands was “The Young Men From New Orleans,” (Johnny St. Cyr on banjo, Paul Barnes, Mike Delay on trumpet, Alton Redd on drums, with Monette Moore and by some accounts Harvey Brooks on piano), who performed their “St. Louis Blues” while “Floating Down the River.” By this time, The Young Men from New Orleans was considered a “permanent” band at Disneyland by 1961, appearing earlier from the deck of the Mark Twain, during Date Nites at Disneyland events, held during the Summer of 1961, (Fridays ‘til midnite and Saturdays ‘til 1:00a.m.). They would also perform their “pure” Jazz on Easter Sundays. Other headliners of the Second Annual Dixieland at Disneyland included Edwin “Kid” Ory, Teddy Buckner and his Dixieland Band, Matty Matlock and his Dixieland All-Stars (Eddie Miller, Moe Schneider, Dick Cathcart, Stan Wrightaman, Nick Fatool, and Ray Leatherwood) with special guest Louis Armstrong performing at the 20,000 Leagues Stage (and a specially designed floating Raft stage with crown atop), “housebands” The Firehouse Five + 2 (Eddie Forest, Danny Alguire, George Probert, Dick Roberts, Frank Thomas, and Don Kinch) at the Plaza Gardens, The Albert McNeil Choir (comprised of 50 voices) and The Disneyland Strawhatters (Warren Gale, Johnny Schmidt, Jim Barngrover, Ed Erickson, Sonny Anderson, and Jim Martin) at the Golden Horseshoe.

1962 - Louis “Satchmo” Armstrong would return alongside other musicians for Dixieland at Disneyland of 1962. Before that, the “Disneyland After Dark” live television broadcast (airing April of 1962) featured the previous (1961) appearance of Louis Armstrong singing “Up The Lazy River” aboard the Mark Twain.

1963 - “Dixieland at Disneyland” (of 1963) included “Al Hirt and a cast of 300 in a musical Mardi Gras”, and “drew 18,000 music lovers.”

The entertainers of the Fifth Annual Dixieland at Disneyland (of September 25 & 26, 1964) included Louie Armstrong joined by two of his “hot five,” (Kid Ory and Johnny St. Cyr of The Young Men from New Orleans), Sharkey Bonano and His Kings of Dixieland, Sweet Emma Barrett and Her New Orleans Jazz Band, Ben Pollack and His Dixieland All-Stars, the Clara ward Gospel Singers, the Elliot Brothers and their Big Band Dixie, and the Firehouse Five Plus Two. All appeared in “All That Jazz” staged on the Rivers of America in Frontierland, with a huge stage “being erected on the tip of Tom Sawyer Island for the production numbers staged and choreographed by Burch Mann. The entire river becomes a part of the stage as the starring musical groups drift by on colorfully decorated floats with settings taken from the streets and bistros of New Orleans. The climax comes when the entire cast of over a 100 is assembled together as the huge sternwheeler Mark Twain rounds the bend loaded with a full orchestra and hundreds of performers spinning lighted sparklers. At this moment a giant fireworks display is unleashed into the air and across the top of the water. It’s a thrilling sight, and one that will be remembered for years to come. Never in jazz history - even in New Orleans - have so many all-time greats gathered together for such a performance at that planned for this year’s ‘Dixieland at Disneyland.’” [as reported by Small World Newsletter, September 23, 1964, page 2] Film coverage of some acts took place on Thursday, October 1st, 1964. Maybe you recall the scene: “the riverboat Mark Twain steams round the bend twinkling with sparklers from bow to stern as Louis Armstrong leads 50 Dixieland jazzmen into When the Saints Come Marchin’ In.” [Walt Disney Disneyland, published 1964]

During the third week of January (c. 18th - 10th), of 1965, Tommy Walker, Card Walker, Ed Ettinger and Ben Harris (and others) spent some time at a Disneyland Staff Planning Meeting in Palm Springs. One of the subjects that was discussed was the forthcoming Dixieland at Disneyland event of 1965. While there, they met with Ben Pollack and His Five Piece Dixieland Band (at Ben Pollack’s Palm Springs home) over their appearance in Dixieland at Disneyland of 1964, as well as their ideas for 1965.

On September 22nd, 1965, a Ford car was prepared (washed and gasoline put in the tank) to pick up Louie Armstrong.

Dixieland at Disneyland was held Saturday, October 1, 1966 from 8pm to 2am.

The 1967 edition of Dixieland at Disneyland occurred Saturday, September 30, from 8 p.m. to 2 a.m. The edition starred Louis Armstrong and his band, Eddie Condon, Teddy Buckner and his band, Doc Souchon and his New Orleans All-Stars, the Firehouse Five +2, the Young Men from New Orleans, the Southern California Hot Jazz Society Marching Band, and the New Dixie Band (winner of Disneyland’s recent youth Dixie Band contest). Advance sale tickets (at $6 each) were available at the Disneyland Box Office, with $7 tickets available at several locations like Bank of America, Desmond’s stores, Wallich’s Music City, and the Disneyland Box Office.

Dixieland at Disneyland (Saturday, September 28, 1968, 8:30 pm to 2 am) brought Louis Armstrong and His Band, Turk Murphy and His Band, Teddy Buckner and His Band, the Firehouse Five + 2, and The Young Men From New Orleans! Louie Armstrong performed “Ten Feet Off the Ground” from “The One and Only, Genuine, Original Family Band”. This song was the third Sherman Song that Louis Armstrong recorded - first, in 1937, Robert “On A Little Bamboo Bridge.” Then, in 1955, Dick’s “Christmas In New Orleans.” And “Ten Feet off the Ground”!

During 1972, Banjo Kings (Sonny Helmer) performed.

Even after Dixieland at Disneyland ended its run, other bands (like The Banjo Kings, c. 1978) would perform from the Mark Twain.

Mark Twain Main Deck Stage, (1963)
Mark Twain Main Deck Stage, (1963)

According to the Guided Tour Script of 1962 : “On weekends and holidays the Young Men of New Orleans, an authentic Dixieland Jazz Band, play for your dancing and listening pleasure as you float down the river.” It has been said that Harvey Brook’s Young Men From New Orleans “evoke memories of Fate Marable” as they perform “A Variety Musical Treat” aboard the Mark Twain Stage, on the Main Deck of the Steamboat!

 A second dance floor was added on the upper  Texas Deck  of the  Mark Twain  for entertainment during the summer of 1961. The Disneylander (VOL. 5, NO. 6; JUNE, 1961) announced: “The real ‘show stopper’ is likely to be the newest addition authentic

A second dance floor was added on the upper Texas Deck of the Mark Twain for entertainment during the summer of 1961. The Disneylander (VOL. 5, NO. 6; JUNE, 1961) announced: “The real ‘show stopper’ is likely to be the newest addition authentic old New Orleans Dixieland jazz played in a setting to match the music aboard the Mark Twain. A dance floor has been added on the top deck of the stern wheeler and as it steams along the Frontierland river, ‘The Young Men From New Orleans.’ will rock the ship with all the Dixieland favorites.” According to the Guided Tour Script of 1962 : “On weekends and holidays the Young Men of New Orleans, an authentic Dixieland Jazz Band, play for your dancing and listening pleasure as you float down the river.”

Mark Twain Texas Deck and chairs in the present
Mark Twain Texas Deck and chairs in the present

Mark Twain Main Deck Stage, (1968)
Mark Twain Main Deck Stage, (1968)

The immortal Young Men From New Orleans (the legendary Johnny St. Cyr occasionally on banjo, Harvey Brooks leading on piano, Alton Redd on drums, Joe Darensbourg on Clarinet, Aldolphus Morris on bass, and Michael Delay on trumpet) were the genuine article “long-time greats, and each member is over 60” (in fact some of them 70 years of age) according to Vacationland (Summer, 1961). The Young Men of New Orleans appeared on the third episode of “Meet Me At Disneyland” (airing on ABC) alongside The Excelsior Banjo Band, beginning in June of 1962. They also were part of the 1962-63 Winter Holiday Talent Schedule.

They also performed their “St. Louis Blues” while “Floating Down The River” during several important celebrations like the New Year’s Eve Special Party of January, 1963, and Grad Nite of 1964. During late 1960s Date Nites at Disneyland, The Young Men From New Orleans generally played sets of two-beat “Dixie Melodies” from the Mark Twain’s stage (pictured). Guests gathered to either dance or just listen as the stern-wheeler made its way down the river. This evening entertainment generally lasted from 5 p.m. to twelve midnight, so heaters were regularly set up on stage to accommodate the musicians.

During the 6th edition of Dixieland at Disneyland, the Young Men from New Orleans (Harvey Brooks on piano, Alton Redd on drums, Joe Darensbourg on clarinet, Adolphus Morris on bass, and Michael Delay on trumpet) entertained aboard the Mark Twain in Frontierland.

During the 7th edition of Dixieland at Disneyland (which was also incidentally the Third Camp Pendleton Night at Disneyland), the Young Men of New Orleans (Harvey Brooks on piano, Joe Darensbourg on clarinet, Michael Delay on trumpet, Alton Redd on drums, and Bernard Carrere on bass) performed from the Mark Twain on the night of Friday, September 29, 1967 from 8:00p.m. to 1a.m.! The Young Men From New Orleans also performed seven shows daily, from the Promenade Deck during the winter (from December 16, 1967 to January 1, 1968). The following Disneyland “Spring Fling” (occurring April 6th, 1968) brought The Young Men From New Orleans to the Mark Twain, and that is possibly the event that has been captured in this Vintage View (above).

Louis Armstrong performing from the Mark Twain; ©️Walt Disney Productions.
Louis Armstrong performing from the Mark Twain; ©️Walt Disney Productions.

Other bands performed from the decks of the ship. For instance, Disneyland’s own Banjo Kings performed from the Mark Twain, in “American Music on Parade” on Memorial day, Monday, May 29, 1972. From November 26, 1972 through May 26, 1973, the Banjo Kings performed from 5:00 PM - 12:00 M.

(c. June, 1973)
(c. June, 1973)

McCall’s Magazine, (February of 1956)
McCall’s Magazine, (February of 1956)

The Mark Twain was used as a set piece or stage for numerous television productions. Twice (during the 3rd and 12th episodes), the Mark Twain acted as the main stage for the production of “Meet Me At Disneyland”, airing on ABC, in August of 1962. The “Rhythm of the River” episode (partially filmed aboard the Mark Twain) starred The Excelsior Banjo Band and The Young Men From New Orleans, while “Dixie On The Delta” (filmed almost entirely on the Mark Twain) starred the Hot Jazz Society Marching Band, the Albert McNeil Choir, Voices of the Hope, The Young Men From New Orleans, and Kid Ory! After this, Louie Armstrong performed aboard the romantic river steamer during the Disneyland After Dark television special in 1963.

The Mark Twain was also staffed and operated for an RCA commercial (filmed April 9th, 1963). The 26-minute “The New Christy Minstrels” (episode 4) sponsored by Ford, was recorded in front of the Mark Twain on August 3, 1964, and broadcast on NBC, August 13, 1964. On Thursday, August 18, 1966, some Walt Disney Studio photographers (under the direction of Hamilton Luske) took a few long shots of the Mark Twain (and New Orleans Square from the Mark Twain) for use as background plates. During the 1970s, E.J. Peaker performed and sang aboard the Mark Twain during a segment of “Disneyland Showtime” (a c.1970 Wonderful World of Disney episode).

The Mark Twain was featured in numerous pieces of promotional media and advertisements. Ten years after the first day of operation, the Mark Twain was featured in a Look Magazine photo shoot (in conjunction with new Disneyland 3-D post cards) on May 23, 1966.

During the 1970s, E.J. Peaker sang aboard the Mark Twain during a segment of “Disneyland Showtime” (a c.1970 Wonderful World of Disney episode). Karen and Richard Carpenter utilized the front of the lower deck during the filming of several scenes of their “Mr. Postman” music video released in 1975.

 The Mark Twain inspired many things. In 1960, Freedomland opened in New York with a Great Lakes Cruise by sternwheeler, boarded from its Chicago 1871 area.

The Mark Twain inspired many things. In 1960, Freedomland opened in New York with a Great Lakes Cruise by sternwheeler, boarded from its Chicago 1871 area.

1966, August
1966, August
CA072BB8-D930-40E1-B636-DEBBAF8CAB2D.jpeg
99010940-4637-49A4-A4B2-3533531FF1C1.jpeg
7B505AAF-6DE4-4CBA-BFB9-7EA18D9B26F0.jpeg
07D58113-B76F-4337-ACAA-B39B1C9317EF.jpeg
8E674108-4143-496D-912C-FB3D31F2F9B4.jpeg
F2D40171-A4FD-47E8-AA51-087EA43334C3.jpeg
39E827C6-21C5-4504-8D82-494ED7BFA6D6.jpeg
8BEF055B-592F-42DC-9FE0-F723C6BFFFE4.jpeg
1957
1957
32E43E2E-977C-4012-9AC5-B4A3FEE72238.jpeg
22C17DAC-F36B-4092-8444-E7507041F420.jpeg
1957
1957
43A6C029-07AA-439B-87CD-AEAAA27B9EF2.jpeg
F0EF10E2-9F90-470F-9C3D-1E9C4A61D464.jpeg
84AC0EB7-2B74-40FB-88E9-5B1127F3280C.jpeg
1956, July 7th
1956, July 7th
1957
1957
1956, July 7th
1956, July 7th
1963
1963
5E171876-1A02-4341-A89A-C39B1F970C0E.jpeg
E06D83C4-73CC-42D4-A19C-357E1443C7B0.jpeg
 The Mark Twain Sternwheeler’s single wheel propels the paddle-river steamboat down the Rivers of America.

The Mark Twain Sternwheeler’s single wheel propels the paddle-river steamboat down the Rivers of America.

7CD707C7-991B-4AEB-9B7C-575C5A2603D7.jpeg
4007E73F-E3B6-40AF-A7DC-B0704ED9607A.jpeg
1969
1969
3C6C826C-12D2-4FC5-A902-0E4E7BAB72F3.jpeg
618C501A-C97B-4825-96B9-F7B966ACE28A.jpeg
E6B98E4A-D94B-4576-A592-67AC9F943770.jpeg
1956
1956

We wait our turn at the dock, as the Mark Twain Steamboat passes Swift’s Chicken Plantation restaurant before heading deep into “Frontier” territory.

 Get ready for a nostalgic ride down the Rivers of America!

Get ready for a nostalgic ride down the Rivers of America!

3FA22DA8-1EDE-4E62-89A4-108FA830230F.jpeg
088603B0-D08D-4BAF-858B-8B561FCB5E76.jpeg
1957, March
1957, March
5E6C133D-7556-496A-9B06-38BFB0157AA6.jpeg
753F2B1E-4D18-490D-B553-2D44425FFDE4.jpeg
1958
1958

The Mark Twain rounds the southern bend of Tom Sawyer Island and the Rivers of America, passing the Chicken Plantation House.

1959
1959
1960, September
1960, September
1960
1960
1961
1961
CC2287AB-7C39-4442-8A45-B7F2B440D2FB.jpeg
1961
1961
E1221FA5-12CA-4491-AEC5-627C254A258F.jpeg
1614184D-8861-439F-B4CF-2BEDC7681881.jpeg
1961
1961

Fort Wilderness (the last stand between the unfriendly Indian camp and civilization), stands tall above the forest of Tom Sawyer’s Island.

(May, 1961)
(May, 1961)
1962, August.
1962, August.
1963
1963
(1964)
(1964)
August 1965.
August 1965.
1966, August
1966, August
August 1966.
August 1966.
2DBCF6D1-EC82-4EED-B5E0-BFFF28BFE07E.jpeg
September 1966.
September 1966.
(1967)
(1967)
1967
1967
1967, August
1967, August
C9BC0060-CE11-49F0-8DBE-3FF9C214E881.jpeg
1960s.
1960s.
D9BC610B-D0AB-4E43-872B-45DDF72F8917.jpeg
1960s.
1960s.
06146210-D123-4B5E-8473-6E571F7FE3D0.jpeg
1976
1976
1978
1978
1978
1978
69DC6016-B40C-4D3C-A85D-FC9FBA603063.jpeg
(c. July, 1967)
(c. July, 1967)

The Mark Twain offered transportation down the Rivers of America when other craft were in periods of seasonal non-operation.

727C693C-8EC3-4989-8425-69B269FCBF7D.jpeg
(1950s)
(1950s)
(August, 1963)
(August, 1963)
(1981)
(1981)
42B66D0A-741B-4262-BF32-1A3F0D01CB95.jpeg
1DAF37E2-9A14-4678-B270-DA2667937146.jpeg
4A899373-C778-49F9-B058-68458031A225.png
(January, 1977)
(January, 1977)
(December, 1964)
(December, 1964)
(September 17, 1970)
(September 17, 1970)
(December 2, 1960)
(December 2, 1960)
8EEF80A3-6097-467E-91F4-406B5B58B8D3.jpeg
October, 1961.
October, 1961.
0BD33D0D-2994-4EA7-8A6B-E14F77C53E5B.jpeg
97CDDFAF-B768-47C9-BABB-CC5D4F4479AC.jpeg
Mark Twain, (1957)
Mark Twain, (1957)
78555198-12DC-434F-89F4-3A04A2FF716D.jpeg
9E73378F-421D-45F6-97B6-3B29D8EBD0A5.jpeg
4D77F669-F6BA-42EC-A57B-D687622CA553.jpeg
C7845923-505C-4159-9868-A0CBEB4A80A0.jpeg
FF877A83-BFA3-4D48-9D06-BF109068C8C0.jpeg
307AC895-784E-4B80-A0F4-333D5112E273.jpeg
7433F618-1B5A-41E6-8176-6169EC37B9E7.jpeg
315E09AD-D55E-4B25-BEE1-830878629FC2.jpeg
425F544F-DD43-401C-AB64-990DECFFC033.jpeg
6B6AD302-122B-49B4-9063-D7602510165B.jpeg
B361DA2E-404E-40D7-837C-7002249B5A98.jpeg
3208250E-1D7F-4C5E-9F00-F060808FE56D.jpeg
A2426B2B-A0AC-477C-A0F3-202D729D6C33.jpeg
Mark Twain, September 1978.
Mark Twain, September 1978.
49A30841-C379-46A7-ACA8-DD43638A3ADD.jpeg
65884F3F-C0CF-4B84-AD8D-2D8E83471672.jpeg
Mark Twain passes Cascade Peak, October 30, 1971.
Mark Twain passes Cascade Peak, October 30, 1971.
5AC0BA71-B5D2-4EB0-A5BF-B694FD18AABF.jpeg
IMG_9640.jpeg
5ADCEF0D-5343-4581-84D7-7CC81D5ED594.jpeg
The Friendly Indian Village from the Mark Twain.
The Friendly Indian Village from the Mark Twain.
5FF359FB-6289-4BC4-AC63-CCF92D1C2270.jpeg
C0FF7899-C082-4C5B-8D9D-10C46580752C.jpeg
D8F5CEE0-565C-47F4-A29A-BD6A9756105A.jpeg
5E8AECB1-43B9-49AE-8C98-0F5289DD1BED.jpeg
1EACF430-F44E-4E33-AFC6-E313D1AD4F57.jpeg
183F165D-C85E-44CA-88C0-3EE18F2C3BA4.jpeg
8D68A668-2AB8-481A-A763-EEA343BF1CD0.jpeg
46590A24-DB09-4276-935D-A79413AF8C23.jpeg
F7C1CE19-F461-43E2-87C2-66EE943F1ED7.jpeg
0EF26A55-0FFC-4324-BAF9-9CD3A5B81850.jpeg
6488066F-EFE0-4AEE-87A8-6BD89CA75FE1.jpeg
3287ED9E-31D0-430F-97FE-385267DBAA05.jpeg
Mark Twain, 1978.
Mark Twain, 1978.
1830E91E-8AF7-4A22-A0F7-DA7EB03F7D29.jpeg
The Mark Twain Riverboat plies the Rivers of America.
The Mark Twain Riverboat plies the Rivers of America.
Mark Twain, January 1959.
Mark Twain, January 1959.
Mark Twain, 1959.
Mark Twain, 1959.
Mark Twain, May of 1966.
Mark Twain, May of 1966.
     “Rehabilitations and New Ideas Enhance Show Quality & Safety”    Safety has always been important to Show Quality at Disneyland. “55er”  Ray Schwartz  recalled:  “One time on the    Mark Twain    when Walt was aboard, he saw a bilge pump han

“Rehabilitations and New Ideas Enhance Show Quality & Safety”

Safety has always been important to Show Quality at Disneyland. “55er” Ray Schwartz recalled: “One time on the Mark Twain when Walt was aboard, he saw a bilge pump handle lying around. He picked it up, saying, Somebody's going to get hurt one of these days. The matter was very soon taken care of.”

The attraction was down for rehabilitation from Apr. 22-May 24, 1963.

After his purchase of WED in 1965, Walt wished to retain the Santa Fe and Disneyland Railroad trains, the Mark Twain, and the monorail trains. So he formed RETLAW Enterprises, Inc. for his privately held and owned vehicles and assets. Especially since that time, many changes and adjustments would continue to contribute to a safe show. For instance, by 1969-1970, one Motorola 2-way radio (Handie Talkie HT 200) Frequency 154.60 MHz. was assigned to the Mark Twain. This was in relation to River of America operation of the Mark Twain and to be used for emergencies on the river, breakdowns and first aid requirements. The price/unit was $646.00 without battery and antenna. Model #H23 DEN 3100 A.W. Also a By 1969-1970, two R.C.A. 2-way 2-frequency radios (Personalfone 150) Model # C.P. C. JIPNHTOA were assigned to the Rivers of America Mark Twain Dock. The price/unit was $546.00 with batteries and antenna.

Then, from March 5 to April 13, 1973 the Mark Twain was closed for a 6-week rehabilitation.

The “I Have an Idea” Program (est. 1978) would also come to yield many ideas that would influence and shape the efficiency and safety of how things were run. For instance, Disneyland Cast Member William Burnett had the idea to “attach floating keychains to key sets of attractions near the water, to support keys accidentally dropped in the water.” [Disneyland Line, March 1st, 1979]

As for the boat, though the paddle wheel’s parts had been replaced, the same paddle wheel (originally manufactured by Todd Shipyards) had churned the waters behind the steamboat for 32 years, until it was entirely replaced in 1987. According to Supervisor Frank Thomas, the Mark Twain was not in their plans when they went to take care of the usual rehabilitation in January of 1987. But when it was inspected, it was noticed that the wood had begun to rot after sitting omg the water for 32 years. Upon examination, it was decided that the entire structure needed to be replaced, so Todd Shipyards was contacted, and the original drawings of the paddle wheel were utilized. The old mahogany spokes of the paddle wheel were replaced with kapur wood (a native of Malaysia, and new to Disneyland - being used for the first time in the construction of a bridge in Adventureland during the 1980s). Douglas Fir was again utilized for the paddles, due to its density and resistance to torque forces at work. The wood was dipped in water sealant for extra protection. Then, the entire assembly took place in the Machine Shop with the help of hoists. U-Bolts (specially fabricated), clamps, and wedges were replaced, fastened, and then painted for a final touch (by employees like Bob Metz and Rudy Alvarez of the Paint Shop). The entire construction only took four weeks, and the wheel was back in action during February of 1987.

By 1989, Disneyland Plumbers used chemicals and processing to create the soft water necessary for the Mark Twain Steamboat.

Even the riverside scenery has changed through the years, to include unique vantages (from all decks) of New Orleans Square, Tom Sawyer Island (and Pirate’s Lair), and Critter Country!

“Routine Inspections”

Since it costs a fortune to drain the ride, Machinists (or highly skilled craftsmen) would learn scuba diving, and dive down to where the action is to check the equipment and the rails.

3C539E8D-6557-44DA-8E9E-8D6D21D209C8.jpeg
MARK TWAIN REFURBISHMENT, 1956
MARK TWAIN REFURBISHMENT, 1956

While some new structures have sprung up on that uncharted island, the Mark Twain receives some necessary repair work in Joe’s Ditch across the river. Just look at that construction scaffolding around the decks of the ship!

B477D754-3F25-4B5C-8F46-9613FE361F9D.jpeg
 At the  Frontierland Docks  (along the New Orleans Square section of Frontierland), cargo of boxes, barrels, buckets, sacks, and cotton bales wait to be loaded aboard the steam ship.

At the Frontierland Docks (along the New Orleans Square section of Frontierland), cargo of boxes, barrels, buckets, sacks, and cotton bales wait to be loaded aboard the steam ship.

AB1D24EA-89CF-4073-A8E1-B7A63AD9AEDC.jpeg
8D72E269-FA7B-4A15-A78B-7881F6C37482.jpeg
Mark Twain Dock sign.
Mark Twain Dock sign.

At Disneyland, signs are themed to support the stories with appropriate graphics, colors, fonts, terminology, overall design of the sign, materials (wood, metal, banners, etc.), and verbiage used on the signage.

(Summer, 1960)
(Summer, 1960)

Later (in 1965), the cast of admission for a ride aboard the gleaming sternwheeler was exactly one “D” coupon, or 60¢.

(c. 1971?)
(c. 1971?)
70D9C701-7160-4621-AD5F-E876A61B387C.jpeg
D02F69E7-A6C5-4E31-8140-450F6DF8FD73.jpeg
   “Legacy”    At this time, the Mark Twain nearly had a direct legacy through a new theme park that was being developed by Walt Disney Productions.  By 1963, Marvin A. Davis and W.M. Tuntke had prepared drawings of a  “Jean Lafitte Adventure”  (with

“Legacy”

At this time, the Mark Twain nearly had a direct legacy through a new theme park that was being developed by Walt Disney Productions. By 1963, Marvin A. Davis and W.M. Tuntke had prepared drawings of a “Jean Lafitte Adventure” (with bateaux; also called the “Blue Bayou Boat Adventure”), a “Lewis and Clark Boat Adventure” (with bateaux), “New Orleans Street” (with restaurants and shops), a “Mark Twain Type Restaurant”, an Audio-Animatronics Theatre (with a 750 audience capacity), two 6-minut Darkrides, and two Circarama Theatres (a 200 degree and 360 degree theatre) were being proposed for the Walt Disney Productions St. Louis Project.

BCC537A9-CCD1-4049-AFF6-B2AEEFC32248.jpeg
0E777B19-5007-4ADF-9BE7-132C398A0CE9.jpeg

MAXWELL COFFEE HOUSE (HILLS BROS. COFFEE HOUSE (& COFFEE GARDEN & AMERICAN EGG HOUSE)

 (December 1, 1955 - October 8, 1957)
(December 1, 1955 - October 8, 1957)

“Let’s dine at Disneyland,” on the 600 block of Main Street U.S.A.), in Town Square at Disneyland® Park!

“Participant Sponsorship”

Our story begins in 1951, when Walt Disney and Art Linkletter visited the famous entertainment complex Tivoli Gardens in Copenhagen. He was researching and talking notes to build a family entertainment center and Tivoli was much like what he envisioned. It was clean, directed to the entire family, fun, entertaining and educational. Walt noted how important it was to have a lot of places for guests to sit down and a wide variety of eating spots that served excellent meals.

Fast forward to 1954 when Walt was searching for participants to lease shop and restaurant spaces at Disneyland, and help generate the necessary capital to fund construction of Disneyland. In a synergistic relationship, the companies (in turn) could sell their products and advertise their corporate names in the Park. Disneyland Participant Corporate Sponsors were carefully selected. High quality, long term corporate sponsors would provide incremental income that enabled Disneyland to enhance its show and attractions, offset some operating expenses, and capitalize on marketing opportunities.

Several of these turn-of-the-century pioneers, “reliable old firms” sponsored the “abundance of restaurants devoted to pleasing all tastes and all budgets,” according to “The Story of Disneyland,” published 1955. Ultimately, Maxwell Coffee House Division of General Foods became one of those forty-seven lessees to sign a contract with Walt Disney Productions (regarding creating happiness at Walt Disney’s Disneyland)!

It was estimated that the table service facility would have the capacity to serve about 400 guests per hour. Despite the fact that Maxwell Coffee House Restaurant did not open in July of 1955, it became reckoned among Disneyland’s twenty eating facilities which were predicted to contribute to accommodating “15,000 persons daily, hitting a peak of 60,000 o holidays and week-ends…” and one of “twenty restaurants and snack bars, capable of saving 8,000 hourly,” at least according to “Building A Dream” (prepared by the Disneyland, Inc. Public Relations Department). Years later in 1958, Bank of America appraisers figured of the total income received from leases, 16.02% was derived from the selling of advertising rights and 40.12% from the leasing of space to concerns whose main reason for occupancy is for advertising purposes. The remaining 43.86% of the lease income was derived from stores that sell various products and food. It is this income that supported the construction and growth of Disneyland. Clearly, these participant corporate sponsors were not here to make money, but to create happiness!

“Initial Concept Designs by Disneyland, Inc.”

According to “THE DISNEY THEME SHOW - an introduction to the art of Disney outdoor entertainment: Volume II”: Of all the guests’ senses that come into play at Disneyland, the most difficult response to predict was taste. If 70,000 guests were to arrive on a single day, there would probably be 70,000 different ideas about food. Generally speaking, Disneyland food locations fall into three categories - sit-down restaurant service, “buffeteria,” and fast-food categories. The most extensive theming has always been found in the sit-down restaurant locations but all locations were housed in authentically motified facilities.

As Walt described to Bob Thomas (of Associated Press), “some industries will have exhibits, but all of them must be in keeping with the era.” Soon (c. 1954-1955), Sam McKim (with audiences in mind) and possibly other contributing artists were creating designs for the Maxwell Coffee House Restaurant Show Building Facade. This building would camouflage a construction wall.

Early thumbnail sketches and other concept artwork of Disneyland seemed to be unencumbered by restrictions of budget, schedule or the laws of nature and physics. Though guided by Walt, his artists appeared to engage in “free-thinking,” as if implementing the modern “Blue Sky” Imagineering process. Like some advanced “High Concept,” final designs were quickly generated and approved.

Next, architectural drawings helped define all designs, production and construction strategies, costs, schedule, and resource requirements. “Disneyland is unique in that some of the world's foremost creative artists and architects control all design at Disneyland.“ Models explored the various dimensional relationships, site-lines, flow patterns, ergonomics, and visual appeal to convey the desired creative intent.

“Architectural Designs by Lessees”

Disneyland, Inc. printed materials for Lessees detailing specifications for architectural designs of exhibit spaces. These were revised by March 16, 1955 and issued to Lessees.

All of the interior architectural drawings were done by competent registered architects or an approved display house of the lessee's choice. All of the designs submitted by the lessee's architect, whether for buildings or construction of interiors in DISNEYLAND, were approved as to the theme and general plan of DISNEYLAND as established by WED Enterprises, Inc.

Three sets of preliminary drawings were furnished DISNEYLAND, Inc. as soon as possible after signing of the lease. Two sets were retained by DISNEYLAND and one set was returned to the lessee’s architect with any revisions noted thereon and stamped “APPROVAL TO PROCEED TO FINAL DESIGN.” This stamp when properly signed and dated constituted the lessee’s authority to proceed with the final drawings.

The Lessees revised their final drawings to incorporate any revisions noted on the approved preliminary drawings, and submitted three sets of the revised drawings to DISNEYLAND. One set was returned to the lessee’s architect and any revisions noted thereon are to be incorporated on the original drawings. When the lessee had incorporated the final revisions on the drawings, two sets of transparent ozalids were forwarded to DISNEYLAND for approval. DISNEYLAND would stamp both sets “FINAL DESIGN APPROVED” and “LESSEE’S CONTRACT DRAWINGS”, and return one set to the lessee who could then release drawings for bid and/or construction.

   “Construction”     “When the giant earth-moving undertaking was completed, the building crews took over. Soon, the rat-tat-tat of riveters was shattering the air, and sparks were flying from welders’ torches as the steel frameworks, capable of wit

“Construction”

“When the giant earth-moving undertaking was completed, the building crews took over. Soon, the rat-tat-tat of riveters was shattering the air, and sparks were flying from welders’ torches as the steel frameworks, capable of withstanding the ravages of time and the elements rose above the newly formed ground. While carpenters hammered and masons laid row upon row of brick and stone and mortar, the permanent buildings began to take shape and form,” according to “The Disneyland Story” published 1955. One of the first buildings to be constructed was the Main Street Opera House, which was used as the Mill. Here, the woodwork of Disneyland was generated - from the functional to the aesthetic! Approximately three and one-half million board feet of lumber went into the Park’s construction. Much of the wood was processed here by McNeil Construction (which formerly constructed Walt Disney Studio sound stages in 1947 and 1953), and under the direction of George Mills Sr. (the Prime General Contractor and Mill Foreman).

Then, under the direction of Joe Fowler (Construction Supervisor), as well as Charles Alexander and Ray Conway (Construction Field Supervisors), the lumber was soon fashioned into the framing belonging to the very first buildings constructed at Disneyland - primarily the Main Street Complexes (on each side of the street).

In constructing each building, a concrete foundation and slab floors were prepared, followed by wood frame construction (while store units would have a combination wood and rigid steel frame). ”The first fabricated steel for the Main Street buildings arrived November 8 and was erected,” according to the narrator of “Disneyland - The Park,” a Disneyland anthology television series excerpt, first aired 1957 and Disneyland LINE (November 22, 1979). The roof covering was a variable, dependent on the architectural design.

While Walt Disney stands framed by the covered waiting room of the Disneyland railroad station note the Coffee House under construction; World Wide Photo 6892-aje-6/9/55
While Walt Disney stands framed by the covered waiting room of the Disneyland railroad station note the Coffee House under construction; World Wide Photo 6892-aje-6/9/55

As of June 2, 1955, C.V. Wood Jr. sent an Inter-Office Memorandum to Walt Disney regarding the best estimates that could be obtained at the time regarding the completion status of individual sections of the Park and Opening Day. C.V. wrote: “Building #612 - Maxwell House. Will not be completed. We will have to dress. Electric Signs: All are in work - with the exception of the shoe store and the Bank of America, all will be completed.“

The building (as each on Main Street U.S.A.) possessed complete fire sprinkling systems. By June 30, 1955, related Disneyland Site Work Fire Protection Utilities Plot Plans were prepared for Disneyland Inc., by J.E. Thomasson of WED Enterprises Inc.

All fixtures were placed in their correct motif and many light fixtures of Disneyland were authentic antiques. The Disneyland News added: “From its wrought iron and old stonework exterior to the patio-type serving area, the Maxwell House represents all that was fine and gracious in turn-of-the-century life in the New Orleans section of the Old South. Built to resemble a hotel of that time and place, it offers a jewel-like lobby sumptuously dec orated with crystal chandeliers and velvet and plush furnishings. Past the lobby is the intimate coffee shop, serving coffee and pastries. Although indoors, the coffee shop ceiling fades away to a midnight blue and stars twinkle above.”

The wrought iron work and staff work was also performed right on the jobsite by Lawrence G. and Bruce McNeil’s forces.

Food service equipment was provided by Coast Distributing Company of Los Angeles (who ran a “Congratulations” message to Walt Disney and Staff in “The Disneyland News”, Vol. 1, No.2 ; August 10, 1955).

Note the Maxwell House Grand Opening signs behind the Disney Characters; © Walt Disney Company.
Note the Maxwell House Grand Opening signs behind the Disney Characters; © Walt Disney Company.

“The Press Preview Day of Disneyland”

Bob Milek recalled: “Opening day was very exciting...a big parade with movie stars…and I took pictures from the roof of Hills Bros.” But Maxwell Coffee House was not ready by July 17, 1955. Disneyland Mill Foreman Scotty Cribbes remembered: “On opening day, I was walking down Main Street with a cup of coffee in each hand, when I ran into Walt Disney. Walt stopped me and I thought I was going to be fired, but Walt just wanted to know where HE could get a cup of coffee!”

In the meantime there were several places that served Maxwell House coffee. In a move of corporate synergy, the fabulous Disneyland exclusively served Maxwell House Coffee at 16 eating locations (i.e. Aunt Jemima’s Kitchen, UPT Food Stands, Carnation Ice Cream Parlor, Chicken Plantation, Railroad Station, Red Wagon Inn, Space Bar, Pirate Ship, Frito House, and the Tropical Saloon, to name but a few). The price for a cup of coffee? Maynard Swenson recalled that “Coffee was 5¢ a cup then!”

The Maxwell House Restaurant Front of House depicted in one press release photograph; ©️ Walt Disney Productions.
The Maxwell House Restaurant Front of House depicted in one press release photograph; ©️ Walt Disney Productions.

“The Maxwell Coffee House Grand Opening”

After Disneyland opened, the Disneyland News (of August, 1955) began advertising a Maxwell House opening soon in Disneyland. One advertisement (published in The Disneyland News, September 1955, page 22) announced that the Maxwell House would open soon on Main Street U.S.A.! It would be a few more months before the official opening occurred on December 1st, 1955, to “all the excitement of a Hollywood premier,” with “celebrities from the business and entertainment world” joining Walt Disney and Russell Kramer, General Manager of the Institutional Products Division of General Foods! “Some 1000 American Hotel Association conventioners were also on hand to mark the event, guests of General Foods and Maxwell House for the evening.” According to another headline added, “Televisions stars Eve Arden (‘Our Miss Brooks’), Spring Byington, and Dean Miller (‘December Bride’) were on hand to assist with the opening.”

Guests had the opportunity to meet “The Greatest Guy In The World, the Man Who Takes His Family Out to Dine, central figure in General Foods’ national advertising - the most dramatic promotion in the history of the food service industry,” according to The Disneyland News (Vol.1 -No.6 ; published December 10, 1955).

Marcy Smothers (in her book “Eat Like Walt - The Wonderful World of Disney Food”) adds that Walt attended “though he had a terrible case of laryngitis. Despite buckets of rain, the cancellation of the planned parade, and the postponement of Walt’s award as the ‘Greatest Guy In The World’, the dedication ceremonies in Town Square went off without a hitch. Following the ceremonies, two hundred of the Guests boarded the train at the Main Street Station for the brief ride to the Frontierland Station, while others followed the Disneyland Band to the Plaza. Everyone came together again for dinner and entertainment at the Chicken Plantation Restaurant. Maxwell House VIPs were then treated to an after-party at the Red Wagon Inn.”

The story “New Maxwell House Graces Main Street” covering the opening of the new Maxwell Coffee House (and the full-page advertisement “Maxwell House Welcomes American Hotel Association”) were both published in The Disneyland News (Vol.1 -No.6 ; for December 10, 1955).

Guests pose for a photograph near the Maxwell House Restaurant. Note the cresting and railing, possibly from plantations of Memphis and Nashville.
Guests pose for a photograph near the Maxwell House Restaurant. Note the cresting and railing, possibly from plantations of Memphis and Nashville.

Now, Maxwell House Restaurant became the prime table-service restaurant of two Town Square locations where guests would to “tarry for a moment’s relaxation” before the rest of the Park opened in the morning, and enjoy a delicious cup of “good ‘til the last drop” Maxwell House Coffee (with superior flavor, aroma, and body)!

After setting foot inside the “turn-of-the-century hotel lobby, complete with an authentic registration desk,” guests “may choose a table in the starlight dining room, or be seated on the open-air patio,” according to “Food Showmanship Disney Style.”

THE DISNEYLAND NEWS, December 10, 1955; Page Sixteen.
THE DISNEYLAND NEWS, December 10, 1955; Page Sixteen.

“The Greatest Guy In The World - The Man Who Takes His Family Out To Dine”

We are (of course) referring to another individual (in addition to Walt), who was key to the placement of the Disneyland lessee. The Maxwell Coffee House (as other restaurants and concessions) was strategically placed by Mister James D’Arcy. Owning to this, Ron D’Arcy would become part of the opening Maxwell House crew. Long before New Orleans Square, the decor of the Maxwell House represented “the New Orleans section of the ‘Old South’. Built to resemble a hotel of that time and place, it offers a jewel-like lobby sumptuously decorated with crystal chandeliers and velvet and plush furnishings. Past the lobby is the intimate coffee shop, serving coffee and pastries. Although indoors the coffee shop ceiling fades away to a midnight blue and stars twinkle above.” If some of the “railing and cresting (found here and other places on Main Street U.S.A. and Frontierland)” look authentic, its because some of them actually “came from old plantations in Nashville, Memphis, Tennessee, and some came from San Francisco, Oakland and Sacramento, California, dating back to the ‘49 days,” according to “News From Disneyland” (a Press Release document published c. 1956).

Maxwell Coffee House at Disneyland offered guests a variety of Maxwell House beverages including delicious Maxwell House Coffee, refreshing Maxwell House Iced Coffee, steaming Maxwell House Tea, refreshing Maxwell House Iced Tea, Baker’s rich Hot Cocoa, and Baker’s Ice Cold Chocolate Flavored Drink. Though the restaurant did not serve meals, it did carry a variety of light snacks (or, “Specialty items”) including Apple Sauce Cake, Homemade Danish pastry (served warm), Superb Cheese Cake (which paired well with a cup of Maxwell House Coffee), Old Fashioned Strawberry Short Cake, Assorted French Pastries, Hot Fudge Ice Cream Cake, and a fancy Jell-O gelatin dessert topped with whipped cream!

On December 10, 1956, George Banning, distributor of Maxwell House coffee provided beverages for the First Annual Christmas Party.

Both Walt Disney and those who held his business ethics, principles, and standards for Disneyland, made sure that the price of coffee was always economical and reasonable. Walt assured that coffee was “only worth a dime.” This was true during Maxwell’s participation and during participation of the following sponsor. After Walt’s passing, “Card Walker, Vice President of advertising and sales, further insisted, ‘Disneyland will always have a ten-cent cup of coffee.’ It wasn’t until after Walt’s passing in 1966 that the price increased,” according to “Eat Like Walt - The Wonderful World of Disney Food” by Marcy Smothers.

The corporate synergy was good for a time. Institutional lessee Maxwell House Coffee yielded some revenue for Disneyland Inc. - $28,599 for the fiscal year ending September 29, 1957 and $79 for the remainder of its occupation during the fiscal year ending September 28, 1958. The synergy was also beneficial for both. For instance, when the Disneyland Recreational Club and Athletic Coordinator Frank Smith sponsored a new Gun Club, Maxwell House Coffee Shop hosted Disneylanders attending the first meeting on January 10, 1958.

Future additions to Maxwell were soon planned for Building 600, which would have included a large room and an office.

The Disneyland News, February 10, 1956, page 12.
The Disneyland News, February 10, 1956, page 12.
Note the Maxwell House Coffee Lobby, “Back of House”  Office, and “Future Addition” in the Plan for 300 to 400 & 500 to 600, designed by WED Enterprises for Disneyland Inc., 1958.
Note the Maxwell House Coffee Lobby, “Back of House” Office, and “Future Addition” in the Plan for 300 to 400 & 500 to 600, designed by WED Enterprises for Disneyland Inc., 1958.

However (by September 28, 1958), Disneyland Participant Affairs (or, “Industry Sales”) and Maxwell House could not negotiate a cooperative agreement to maintain their ongoing relationship. So Maxwell House would depart from Disneyland at a lease termination expense of $34,730.

 If you would like to read more about  Maxwell Coffee House , it’s my pleasure to recommend adding  Marcy Smothers’    “Eat Like Walt - The Wonderful World of Disney Food”   to your personal Disney Home Library! If you would like to bring the magic o

If you would like to read more about Maxwell Coffee House, it’s my pleasure to recommend adding Marcy Smothers’ “Eat Like Walt - The Wonderful World of Disney Food” to your personal Disney Home Library! If you would like to bring the magic of Disneyland restaurants and concessions to your dining room table, “please step this way” toward www.eatlikewalt.com where Marcy has shared a few recipes for memorable Disneyland menu options, including that of the Santa Fe Express Sundae, so that you too, can “Eat Like Walt!”

 A number of Disneyland Participants sweetened the coffee of guests through the years! When Disneyland first opened in 1955, the  “extra-fluffy and silky-soft”  powdered sugar of  Spreckels   Sugar Company  (of San Francisco, California) was the excl

A number of Disneyland Participants sweetened the coffee of guests through the years! When Disneyland first opened in 1955, the “extra-fluffy and silky-soft” powdered sugar of Spreckels Sugar Company (of San Francisco, California) was the exclusive sugar of Disneyland. Creamy frostings were whipped up using Spreckels and guests dining at the Hills Bros. Coffee House would often sweeten their coffee with Spreckels sugar cubes and Spreckles sugar packets. Advertisements for Spreckels Sugar even ran in the earliest issues of “The Disneyland News.”

Spreckels Sugar Cubes
Spreckels Sugar Cubes

A Spreckels Sugar Cube wrapper.
A Spreckels Sugar Cube wrapper.
The Disneyland News Excerpt, June of 1956.
The Disneyland News Excerpt, June of 1956.
A Disneyland Spreckels Sugar Packet.
A Disneyland Spreckels Sugar Packet.
A Disneyland Spreckels Sugar Packet.
A Disneyland Spreckels Sugar Packet.
A cake inspired by the Mark Twain Riverboat was made with Spreckels Sugar.
A cake inspired by the Mark Twain Riverboat was made with Spreckels Sugar.
C&H Disneyland Advertisement
C&H Disneyland Advertisement

By 1972, Dixie Crystals became the official sugar of the Magic Kingdom and Walt Disney World. Soon, there was another “No. 1 Sugar on Main Street in Disneyland” - C and H Pure Cane Sugar from Hawaii. C&H became the official sugar of Walt Disney’s Magic Kingdom, in 1962! Still other sugar brands (like Domino Sugar) could be found contemporaneously at Wrather Corporation’s Disneyland Hotel.

Hills Bros Coffee Garden (June 13, 1958 - December, 1976)
Hills Bros Coffee Garden (June 13, 1958 - December, 1976)


The corporate synergy was “good ‘til the last drop,” until (after less than two years) Participant sponsor Maxwell Coffee departed from Disneyland. After a brief period of vacancy (at least by January 1, 1958), Hills Bros. Coffee stepped in to sponsor the 1,340 square-foot space and additional 180 square-foot kitchen. The remaining Maxwell Coffee House interiors were sold to Hills Bros. at a cost of $27,500.

Only now (by 1958-1959), the leaseholder - Hills Bros. - made an improvement. Disneyland Inc. opened Hills Bros. Patio Job #032-50-26 for the construction of an addition to the Kitchen and dishwashing area of the building and an open patio adjoining Hills Bros. premises on the East side of building and facing Town Square.

Preliminary Designs were created by the Studio at the cost of $1,549.47, and working drawings were created (by the studio at $390.65; by another party at $438.88). Curtains, shades, awnings & canopy were fabricated at a cost of $301.27. Including the Studio EB (part before direct distribution), Studio overhead @ 25%, Studio charges, Construction Overhead, Subcontracts (in the IBM job file), total costs for Job #032-50-26 totaled $26,144.47. After a portion of the job was billed to Hills Bros., the cost was $4,255.00, with a $21,889.47 net to capital.

The additions of enlarging both the kitchen and dish-washing areas were later appraised at $4,000. An 8’x12’ women’s dressing room (Job #032-50-50; constructed at $1,248.02) was also attached to the Hills Brothers storeroom in the service area.

Before long, “a taste of San Francisco” arrived with the Hills Brothers Coffee Shop and Coffee Garden operated by Food Service, Inc. The interior of the restaurant was still decorated in a “southern garden motif with an adjacent dining patio,” according to the “Disneyland Dictionary” (compiled by WED Enterprises, Inc. and WED Public Relations Department, c. 1968).

The Grand Opening of Hills Bros., 1958.
The Grand Opening of Hills Bros., 1958.

Guests were soon welcomed “to the garden of ‘Ahh!’” Hills Bros. remained the sponsor of the Hills Bros. Coffee Garden for almost twenty memorable years! During this time, the Hills Bros. Coffee Garden offered waitress service, with a maximum guest capacity of 125.

Better Homes and Gardens "Famous Foods from Famous Places" (published by Meredith Press, 1964) gave a glimpse of the "Coffee House."
Better Homes and Gardens "Famous Foods from Famous Places" (published by Meredith Press, 1964) gave a glimpse of the "Coffee House."

After the Park closed, the staff would take over with brooms, mops and dustcloths. Special attention was given to marred walls, posts and furniture. Items with marks that didn’t wash off were replaced or repainted. Floors were waxed and buffed to preserve their beauty and protect them from the thousands of feet that scuffled over them each day.

D3B84DF2-2844-4F1E-82FF-758A6D13BCD7.jpeg
Hills Bros. Coffee Garden
Hills Bros. Coffee Garden
Hills Bros. Coffee House Patio, (1960)
Hills Bros. Coffee House Patio, (1960)

These guests prefer to brighten their “morning with a cup of delicious Hills Bros. Coffee!” The Town Square tradition of enjoying a cup of coffee in the garden continues as guests were invited to start their morning with a refreshing cup of Hills Bros. Coffee.

Hills Bros. Coffee Garden, (1961)
Hills Bros. Coffee Garden, (1961)
 Disneyland visitors are welcome to relax with a  Hills Bros. Coffee  prepared either piping hot or icy cold. Youngsters can also recharge with nourishing drinks. Where the  Maxwell Coffee House  offered light snacks,  Hills Bros. Coffee Garden  offe

Disneyland visitors are welcome to relax with a Hills Bros. Coffee prepared either piping hot or icy cold. Youngsters can also recharge with nourishing drinks. Where the Maxwell Coffee House offered light snacks, Hills Bros. Coffee Garden offered meal items. According to one Disneyland Guide, guests could now “pause to enjoy freshly-made sandwiches and a variety of delectable desserts and beverages” at Hills Bros. Coffee Garden. Yes, in addition to beverages, doughnuts, breakfasts, and sandwiches were offered.

Hills Bros. Coffee House Menu, 1958.
Hills Bros. Coffee House Menu, 1958.
Hills Bros. Coffee House Menu with the addition of “Iced Tea,” Early 1960s
Hills Bros. Coffee House Menu with the addition of “Iced Tea,” Early 1960s

The option described as the “Delicious and Crunchy” suggestion was (on other menus) also referred to as the “Surprisingly Good” sandwich! But this sandwich was in like most - toasted fruit on a nut bread, with a Philadelphia Cream Cheese spread.

Hills Bros. Coffee House Menu, (1959-1960)
Hills Bros. Coffee House Menu, (1959-1960)
 If all these delicious options weren’t enough, guests could also schedule direct reservations for dining at the  Disneyland Hotel Gourmet Restaurant and Coffee Shop  from the  Hills Bros. Coffee House .

If all these delicious options weren’t enough, guests could also schedule direct reservations for dining at the Disneyland Hotel Gourmet Restaurant and Coffee Shop from the Hills Bros. Coffee House.

Hills Bros. Coffee House Menu Excerpt, (1959-1960)
Hills Bros. Coffee House Menu Excerpt, (1959-1960)
 While relaxing with a cup of Hills Bros. Coffee, guests could pick up a menu and read the success story of Austin H. and Rubin W. Hill, as well as their innovations - “Instant Coffee” and vacuum-packaged coffee beans!  The corporate synergy was good

While relaxing with a cup of Hills Bros. Coffee, guests could pick up a menu and read the success story of Austin H. and Rubin W. Hill, as well as their innovations - “Instant Coffee” and vacuum-packaged coffee beans!

The corporate synergy was good for a time. Institutional lessee Hills Bros. Coffee, Inc. yielded some revenue for Disneyland Inc. - $9,626 for the fiscal year ending September 28, 1958.

Hills Bros. Coffee Garden
Hills Bros. Coffee Garden

Not far from where Mickey Mouse greeted guests, the Disneyland Christmas Carolers (under the direction of Dr. Charles C. Hirt and lead by Mr. Robert G. Hasty), also known to perform near “Hills Bros.” during various times of the day, from December 16th, 1967 thru January 1st, 1968. [“Disneyland Holiday Talent Master Schedule,” prepared for the period of December 16, 1967 through January 1, 1968]

Hills Bros. Coffee Garden
Hills Bros. Coffee Garden
Hills Bros. Coffee House at Night
Hills Bros. Coffee House at Night
 The first Disneyland Dictionary (printed in October of 1959) noted “Hills Brothers Coffee Shop and Coffee Garden operated by Food Service, Inc.” served “Hills Brothers' Coffee and light refreshments.” Owning to Jack Sayers (of Lessee Relations),  Hi

The first Disneyland Dictionary (printed in October of 1959) noted “Hills Brothers Coffee Shop and Coffee Garden operated by Food Service, Inc.” served “Hills Brothers' Coffee and light refreshments.” Owning to Jack Sayers (of Lessee Relations), Hills Bros. Coffee was a proud and contributing sponsor of “Disneyland ‘59”! In fact by October of 1959, Hills Bros. was (1) of over sixty-eight other firms playing a vital part in the team effort to bring happiness to Disneyland’s Guests. Some were small, specialized individual operators; some were huge companies such as Swift & Co. - the Bank of America - United Paramount Theaters (which you hear as UPT) - Carnation - Richfield - General Dynamics - Crane - and many others. These companies used the park to publicize their wares, leased space in the Park to sell their wares, and Disneyland collected advertising fees from them.

Disneyland Map Excerpt, c. 1960s
Disneyland Map Excerpt, c. 1960s

The Hills Bros. Coffee House would have stood at the gateway to the planned “Future Attraction” of Liberty Square.

The Disneyland Band marches past Hills Bros. as seen in “Disneyland Summer ‘59” Supplement Excerpt.
The Disneyland Band marches past Hills Bros. as seen in “Disneyland Summer ‘59” Supplement Excerpt.
Hills Bros. Coffee, Inc. was a Disneyland Participant and thus “part of the Disneyland story according to this “Disneyland ‘67” Excerpt.
Hills Bros. Coffee, Inc. was a Disneyland Participant and thus “part of the Disneyland story according to this “Disneyland ‘67” Excerpt.
“Walt Disney’s Guide to Disneyland” Map Excerpt, c. 1968 - 1972
“Walt Disney’s Guide to Disneyland” Map Excerpt, c. 1968 - 1972

Sponsored by Hills Bros. Coffee Co., Hills Brothers Coffee House and Restaurant featured famous Hills Bros. coffee. The restaurant also offered tempting sandwiches and desserts within an interior that was in a southern garden motif with an adjacent dining patio.

Hills Bros. Coffee House and Coffee Garden, 1973.
Hills Bros. Coffee House and Coffee Garden, 1973.
Hills Bros. Coffee House and Coffee Garden, 1973.
Hills Bros. Coffee House and Coffee Garden, 1973.
Hills Bros. Coffee House and Coffee Garden, 1973.
Hills Bros. Coffee House and Coffee Garden, 1973.
Hills Bros. Coffee House and Patio Behind Guest
Hills Bros. Coffee House and Patio Behind Guest
An American Egg House Tip Tray by Camtray of Huntington Beach.
An American Egg House Tip Tray by Camtray of Huntington Beach.

(July 14, 1978 - September 30, 1983)

The American Egg House (presented by the newest Disneyland Participant - the American Egg Board) opened next door to the Disney Showcase on Friday, July 14th, 1978. The restaurant was renowned for its Victorian Decor, Demonstration Chef, and Breakfast and Lunch Menus.

Much like its predecessor, the new restaurant offered table service in the dining room and on the patio and was open for breakfast, lunch, and dinner. The Grand Opening Ceremonies included culinary demonstrations by World Champion Omelet Maker - Chef Howard Helmer (of the American Egg Board), who prepared 217 two-egg omelets in 30 minutes, breaking the previous Guinness World Record of 188. [Disneyland LINE, July 20, 1978]

The American Egg Board advertised the highlight of their menu this way : “Eggs are nature’s most nearly perfect food. Low in calories and high in protein, eggs are economical - especially important in preparing nutritious meals at low cost. Eggs are versatile, too. They’re good at any time of the day…in an elegant soufflé or a quick and easy omelet…delicious any way you fix them. The Incredible Edible Egg - a natural wonder incredibly good so many different ways.” By 1981, the restaurant offered a few sandwiches, but their predominant focus was on egg-related dishes - the American Egg House Deluxe

Two Large Farm Fresh Eggs or Eggs and Steak (served any style), the Omelet Extraordinaire, Egg Salad Sandwich, California Omelet, the Spanish Omelet, the Omelet Delight, Egg Sandwich Supreme, Eggs Benedict, The American Egg Burger, Grilled Steak and Cheese Omelet, and the American Egg Burger (one fried egg on Canadian bacon, topped with American cheese, tomato and mushrooms, served in a sesame seed bun). Even the “Luncheon and Dinner Menu” offered many egg options - omelets, salads, sandwiches, quiches, merengues, and custards containing healthy American eggs.

A particularly popular specialty beverage was “The Instant Egg Pick-up” - “a blend of fresh egg, orange juice, and honey”! There were also plenty of Belgian waffle menu options as well as fruit dishes which included grapefruit, fresh melon, strawberries, fresh orange juice and tomato juice. Pastries and baked goods offered included warm danishes, blueberry muffins, English muffins, cherry pie a La mode, strawberry and ambrosia crepe, and cheesecake with strawberry topping.

In 1981, the American Egg House with its Victorian decor, demonstration chef, and breakfast and lunch menus produced $518,000 in revenue for Main Street Food. This was owning to VIPs of Disneyland (guests), its Main Street Foods hosts and hostesses (totaling 176 summer/118 fall), two Main Street Foods Stage Supervisors, and Main Street Foods Area Stage Supervisor.

Ultimately, Disneyland Participant Affairs and Disneyland Participant and Lessee American Egg Board could not negotiate a new cooperative agreement to maintain their ongoing relationship regarding this Location, so the two “reliable firms parted ways.” Though there were three sponsors in this location since 1955, the American Egg House would live on when this location would be referred to as the “Egg Gate.”

American Egg House, (September, 1983)
American Egg House, (September, 1983)

American Egg House, (September, 1983)
American Egg House, (September, 1983)
Guests at American Egg House
Guests at American Egg House
Guests at American Egg House
Guests at American Egg House
A Town Square Cafe Tip Tray.
A Town Square Cafe Tip Tray.

Town Square Cafe (winter, 1976 - spring, 1978)

The first incarnation of Town Square Cafe opened for lunch and dinner with a number of omelets - Omelet Extraordinaire (three farm fresh eggs, ham, American cheese, mushrooms, green onions, and chili salsa), the California Omelet (three farm fresh eggs, sliced avocado, diced tomato, alfalfa sprouts, sour creme, and pine nuts), the Spanish Omelet (three farm fresh eggs, diced tomato, green Ortega chilis, Spanish sausage, green onions and cheese), and the Omelet Delight (three farm fresh eggs, ham, and American cheese)! Town Square Cafe also offered salads including the Seafood Louis (with pink shrimp, tuna, crisp greens, Louis dressing, hard-boiled egg, and lemon wedges). Other offerings included several choices of burgers (Ortega Cheese, Avocado and Bacon, Bacon Cheese, and the Original Hamburger Platter), the Fire House Favorite hot dog, a couple of sandwiches (Steak Sandwich and the Club Sandwich), desserts (Apple Pie, Cherry Pie, Cheesecake with cherry topping, Cinema Sundae), and plenty of beverages (including coffee, soft drinks, tea, hot cocoa, and milk).

Town Square Cafe (October 1, 1983 - August 23, 1992)

The new Town Square Cafe restaurant offered table waitress service, and was “a great place for breakfast and lunch with a menu featuring eggs, omelets, hamburgers, specialty sandwiches, salads, and desserts.” In addition, healthier menu options - Chicken Breast Sandwich, Chef’s Salad, Seafood Louis, and Omelettes with less cholesterol - were now available to guests! The Town Square Cafe occasionally hosted special events, like Private Parties (e.g. GM and Hughes Employees, January of 1986).

A1000847-99EC-4CDD-87EA-73839B1CCC30.jpeg
A Guest in front of the Town Square Cafe Patio
A Guest in front of the Town Square Cafe Patio

Mickey Mouse and a Guest Near the Town Square Cafe Patio
Mickey Mouse and a Guest Near the Town Square Cafe Patio

The Disney Characters often walked close-by the Town Square Cafe Patio.

Parade floats pass the guests of Town Square Cafe before heading Backstage.
Parade floats pass the guests of Town Square Cafe before heading Backstage.

The Town Square Cafe Patio also offered a fantastic view of parade units (as in this Vintage View which may have preserved a moment of Roger Rabbit’s very first Christmas, during December of 1988). Through the years, Parade Units would often headed from the “Parade Formation Area” and out of the old Hills Bros. Gate (also known as the Egg House Gate).

The view of the Mad Hatter and “Egg House Gate” (left) from the site of the former Maxwell House Coffee Garden.
The view of the Mad Hatter and “Egg House Gate” (left) from the site of the former Maxwell House Coffee Garden.

MINE TRAIN THRU NATURE'S WONDERLAND (RAINBOW CAVERNS MINE TRAIN)

Rainbow Caverns Mine Train (July 2nd*, 1956 - October 11, 1959)
Rainbow Caverns Mine Train (July 2nd*, 1956 - October 11, 1959)

*Some sources (i.e. “Disneyland Rides & Attractions and Attendance Report” Fiscal Year 1981) cite July 1st, 1956

“HOWDY FOLKS! Welcome to the little mining town of Rainbow Ridge - the gateway to Nature’s Wonderland.” When Disneyland first opened there were only a few ways to explore this portion of Frontierland - all of them by horse or mule. There were Stagecoaches, Conestoga Wagons, Yellowstone Coaches, and mule trains which traversed seven acres of Disneyland to bring it all to life.

“New Pages of the Disneyland Story”

Now, on the eve of Disneyland’s first day of operation, Walt had promised that “Disneyland will never be completed. It will continue to grow, to add new things, as long as there is imagination left in the world.” So it must have seemed strange to some when a year later (during 1956), “a few of Disneyland’s fabulous rides closed temporarily, [when] construction operations in Frontierland… made it necessary to shut down the three ‘Painted Desert’ rides - the Stage Coach, the Mule Pack Train and the Conestoga wagon,” according to “The Disneyland News” (Extra Edition). Only a few days prior, at a meeting of the Disneyland Merchant's Association (held January 25, 1956), a momentous announcement was made: “All horsedrawn vehicles in the Frontierland area will be shutdown for approximately two months, during the redesign and reconstruction of this area. This will be a whole new development to increase ride capacity. We are building a mountain to be called Rainbow Mountain. This will be seen from the River and the Mark Twain. The existing corral and Black smith Show will be the entrance to a new ‘Mine Train’ ride. This will be an old fashioned Mining Train with 6 open cars. The engine will look like a real engine. The ride will go through a canyon out into the desert; then into a Rainbow Mountain where you tunnell with stalagmites and stalactities and three different water falls of different colors, joining in the river. This ride will take about 6 minutes. One of the most interesting rides we have in the park is the True Life Boat Ride. Me hope to make the ‘Mine Ride’ an equal to that one.”

Though Walt set the “Painted Desert” budget at $400,000, nearly $500,000 of improvements (of a total $1.5 million total Park investments for 1956) brought major developments and “reconditioning” to the Painted Desert area of Frontierland! A new town sprang up in the hills overlooking Frontierland, newly rails were laid, and the opportunity arose to head past rushing rivers and into the uncharted caverns and caves of the Painted Desert! “Towering above the scene, Rainbow Mountain provides a snow-capped background for all this action,” according to the “Disneyland 1st Anniversary Souvenir Pictorial,” published 1956.

As some of these new Frontierland attractions appeared on page 5 of The Disneyland News (published June of 1956), the Rainbow Caverns Mine Train began to prove the truth of Walt Disney’s promise of an ever-expanding Disneyland! Similar to how Walt Disney’s True Life Adventure series spawned True Life Adventureland, Nature’s Wonderland (and its refurbishment) were directly influenced by films released from 1950 to 1954. But while those films were “two-dimensional in scope, the Theme Park surrounds the guests with the story and impacts all of their senses”, according to “Disney By Design” Tour scripts. Artists like set designer Wilson “Bill” Martin (who had left 20th Century Fox, to work on Walt Disney Productions’ Disneyland project) was influential in the design of Nature’s Wonderland, his talents as art director applied to the attraction.

Though total investment for Disneyland had now reached $18,500,000, the rich story of the Mine Train was among the attractions that were projected to add a 40% ride capacity to the Park!

Today, our story begins at a junction in the small mining town of Rainbow Ridge. Instead of saddling up atop a dusty pack mule, we’ll load into a mine train gondola for what would typically be a seven minute excursion, en route to a “wondrous” destination tucked deep in the earth! A place where (according to Holiday magazine, published Summer, 1958), “seven multicolored waterfalls cascade and stalactites and stalagmites form beautiful patterns.” However, today we won’t look at our watches, or worry about the uniform “trip time.” We won’t heavily rely on the pre-recorded voice-over narration of Dallas McKinnon, or the script. Instead, I’ll be providing a custom spiel along our journey, which will be of an undetermined time length.

Herb Ryman "Aerial Over Disneyland" Concept Drawing Excerpt, (c. 1953 - 1955)
Herb Ryman "Aerial Over Disneyland" Concept Drawing Excerpt, (c. 1953 - 1955)

Herb Ryman hand-inked, and hand-colored one of the original Disneyland concept drawings between September 26th and 27th, 1953. Subsequently, hundreds of drawings were made, based on the original (with constant modifications being made, as Walt Disney’s “Disneyland” developed). Some of these viable project Concepts (as above), were supported by a well-developed business case and built expectation.

“The Painted Desert” (the name used to identify this region during 1955), appeared on the early drawings of Disneyland that were shown to potential investors as early as 1953. However, it seems (as depicted in the drawings) that it was only meant to be traversed and explored by way of a Stagecoach or Mule Train. The “The Disneyland Story” describes the scenery of the “Painted Desert” : “As you go into the Painted Desert you will pass the Indian encampment, go through a Pine Forest, and Ford a stream. When you get to the Painted Desert you will see the things you usually find there, such as the beautiful cactus plants, trees, probably the water hole with the ‘poison sign’, the skeleton of a steer, and other appropriate dressings of the desert. As well as the stage coach ride, you will be able to take the Conestoga Wagon and Mule Pack ride into the Painted Desert.” For a time, it does not appear that a Mine Train was considered an option to explore the Painted Desert.

Official Guide to Disneyland Illustration, 1956.
Official Guide to Disneyland Illustration, 1956.

Above is a Walt Disney Artist's conception of a section of FRONTIER-LAND in Disneyland, featuring the awe inspiring Mine Train Ride, the exciting Stagecoach and Mule Pack Rides, where one can journey through the many fantastic sights of the Rainbow Desert and Rainbow Mountain areas, returning with a view of the famous Mark Twain River Boat and Tom Sawyer Island. Just outside the mining town of Rainbow Ridge sat the boarding station for the pack mule train. Now, there were “three wonderful ways” to enjoy the Painted Desert at Disneyland.

This illustration (created for Guide Books and merchandising) gave us a clear view of the ‘natural wonders’ that await Mule Trains, Stagecoahes, and little dark-green Mine Trains in the “Rainbow Desert” (the name used for this region from 1956 to 1959)! If you look real careful, you can see the destination reserved for the passengers of mine trains. A small cutaway on the side of Rainbow Mountain, reveals a preview of the magnificent Rainbow Caverns!

Elevation drawings were still being prepared as late as May of 1956, to assist in land grading, and the integration of the paths of the “Stage Road,” the “Mule Overpasses” and “Mule Crossings,” and railroad tracks. Soon, the “bandsawn” shadowy forms of Rainbow Caverns, and pipe water sources were installed to flow over “metal cones” for form. Then, the headline of “The Disneyland News” (Vol. 2, No.2 ; August, 1956) heralded the “Mine Train Ride Now Open!”

The Little Mining Town of Rainbow Ridge From Casa de Fritos' Patio
The Little Mining Town of Rainbow Ridge From Casa de Fritos' Patio

The Town was built in miniature with forced perspective on the side of Rainbow Mountain.

The Little Mining Town of Rainbow Ridge
The Little Mining Town of Rainbow Ridge

The Rainbow Caverns Mine Train was one of several exciting attractions debuting during 1956, that increased ride capacity (with all it’s gondolas). By the release of the “Disneyland 1st Anniversary Souvenir Pictorial,” it was reported that “new rides have added some 40 percent to the Park’s ride capacity,” listing “the Rainbow Caverns ride” among the contributors. Owing to this, one day in August of 1956 saw a peak total of “197,547 individual rides” enjoyed by Guests (according to a letter from Walt to Ward Kimball, dated January 23, 1957).

(Pictured above :  Adult & Child Rainbow Caverns Mine Train Tickets)
(Pictured above : Adult & Child Rainbow Caverns Mine Train Tickets)

Our “tickets for today’s adventure”, and a rare view of the magnificent Rainbow Caverns tickets (pictured above), come courtesy of collector and historian James Keeline. Further, James is “just the ticket” when it comes to the facts about these rare Rainbow Mountain attraction admission tickets!

What were the earliest Disneyland tickets like?

“In the first few years of Disneyland the tickets sold inside the park were often for specific attractions. There were also tickets sold, perhaps at a later date, with A-B-C-D-E.”

What was the original price of one admission to the “Rainbow Caverns”?
“We can fine tune it by noticing the adult price…on the ticket…(50¢). The price stayed the same for a few years but the lettered individual tickets started to appear in this era too.”

Why are these (previously pictured) tickets labeled ‘Rainbow Caverns’?
“The region was initially called the ‘
Painted Desert’ [in 1955]. It was redeveloped to add the Mine Train and the name became the ‘Rainbow Desert.’ The desert portion was called the ‘Living Desert’ for the Nature's Wonderland era.”

What do those punched holes (in the previous photo) indicate?

”The hole in each ticket was part of the distribution mechanism. ‘VOID’ was used when they wanted to have tickets to put on display in the park ticket booths if people wanted to trade them in towards passports, etc.”

Later, admission during 1958 was one “jumbo” “D” coupon (the price of 35 cents, for one child), the same as the Jungle Cruise, Indian War Canoes, or the Tom Sawyer Island Rafts.

Ticket inspectors - you’ve got to hand it to them! After you hand your ticket to them, they place it in the Ticket Box. The Ticket Box was usually made of fiberglass or metal and supported a ticket bag or container, and in which torn admission coupons are de-posited. The Ticket Bag was a canvas liner of a ticket box used to collect torn admission coupons. The Ticket Container was a plastic container which fit inside a ticket box (in place of a ticket bag) and was used to collect torn admission coupons.

Our Rainbow Caverns tickets will be taken by the Ticket Receptionist, on the Rainbow Ridge Boarding Platform, before embarking on our journey.

People like Dick Tryon (Manager of Ticket Sales, 1955-59) would have somewhat familiar with these tools and procedures.

Now, we’re ready to “get back on track” and take a ride!

Disneyland “D” Adult Admission Coupon (Value 35¢)
Disneyland “D” Adult Admission Coupon (Value 35¢)
Disneyland “C” Adult Admission Coupon (Value 30¢)
Disneyland “C” Adult Admission Coupon (Value 30¢)
Narrow-Gauge Rail, Courtesy of James Keeline
Narrow-Gauge Rail, Courtesy of James Keeline

Can you believe that 30” rail similar gauge to the one pictured, supported the weight of those mine trains and gondolas that ran thru the Painted Dessert (and the rest of Nature’s Wonderland)? The weight of the rails was roughly 20 pounds per yard.

82399B5E-C1C9-45B3-A464-35F5CD57E8E7.jpeg
0AB1CE06-EF84-4E15-9BB6-60D722633C76.jpeg
3E4D3923-284E-4BC9-A471-FD5E027861FB.jpeg
A Host of Ticket Hosts, Station Hosts and Engine Operators near the Audience Waiting Area (Guest Control queue) at Rainbow Ridge, 1958.
A Host of Ticket Hosts, Station Hosts and Engine Operators near the Audience Waiting Area (Guest Control queue) at Rainbow Ridge, 1958.
The Little Mining Town of Rainbow Ridge
The Little Mining Town of Rainbow Ridge

Guests board the dark green gondolas.

 The Rainbow Mountain Mining & Exploration Co. (Mine Ride-Frontierland) had two engines. Each engine was designed and built at the Walt Disney Studios under the supervision of machinist  Roger Broggie, Jr.  (who understood narrow gauge railroads,

The Rainbow Mountain Mining & Exploration Co.
(Mine Ride-Frontierland) had two engines. Each engine was designed and built at the Walt Disney Studios under the supervision of machinist Roger Broggie, Jr. (who understood narrow gauge railroads, because he had his own at home and helped fabricate Walt Disney’s Lilly Belle engine)!

Mine Train historian James Keeline shares some of the likely inspiration for these iconic locomotives :

“The locomotive that is the most likely inspiration for the Mine Train was the 0-4-2 called the Joe Douglass. It was used to help build the dam at Lake Arrowhead. Afterward it was left as a static display. The Broggie family notes that they visited this. It was moved at some point to the La Paz guest ranch in Palm Springs, CA. It is possible that Walt Disney saw it there during one of his visits to his property on Smoke Tree Ranch which was nearby. The locomotive was later donated to the Nevada State Railroad Museum in Carson, NV. The similarity in shape and the connections with the Broggie family, and perhaps Walt, make this the most likely inspiration when the Mine Trains were being designed.

The particular design of the locomotives was a little different from what was normally used. Typically, a small "pony engine" would have a saddle tank over the boiler….Note that Big Thunder (and the Calico Mine Train) use saddle tank versions….There was a family member of someone whose father worked for Mancha (later Goodman) who supplied the electric mining locomotives which were used.”

Each engine was powered by 530 amp electric batteries.

Each engine had a capacity of 64 Guests.

"Rainbow Mountain Mining & Exploration Co." Train Engine, c. 1959
"Rainbow Mountain Mining & Exploration Co." Train Engine, c. 1959

Originally (from 1956 to 1959), dark green locomotives (powered by 530 amp electric batteries) pulled the open ore cars of Rainbow Mountain Mining and Exploration Company. These transported a capacity of 64 Guests through the Painted Desert and mother-lode country of the old West, through Rainbow Caverns with its multi-colored fountains and falls.

“The climax for the ride was the trip through Rainbow Caverns. However, to give it more of a reason to be there, they came up with the name ‘Rainbow Mountain’ to describe the area where the mine (and Rainbow Caverns) was located.”

"Rainbow Mountain Mining & Exploration Co." Train Locomotive and Tender
"Rainbow Mountain Mining & Exploration Co." Train Locomotive and Tender
"Rainbow Mountain Mining & Exploration Co." Train Gondola and Guests
"Rainbow Mountain Mining & Exploration Co." Train Gondola and Guests
"Rainbow Mountain Mining & Exploration Co." Train and Painted Desert
"Rainbow Mountain Mining & Exploration Co." Train and Painted Desert
"Rainbow Mountain Mining & Exploration Co." Train and Giant Seguaro Cactus Forest
"Rainbow Mountain Mining & Exploration Co." Train and Giant Seguaro Cactus Forest
Giant Saguaro Cactus Forest from Mine Train Gondola
Giant Saguaro Cactus Forest from Mine Train Gondola

Even in these early days, the desert heat was known to “get” to guests. Sometimes the cacti appear to be “thumbing a ride”, or look like an eight-armed octopus! At times, the bellowing from these old pipe organ cacti sometimes even appear to form symphonies as the desert wind passes through them.

Painted Desert
Painted Desert

The proximity of multiple paths cut through the Painted Desert (or, “three fabulous ways to enjoy the Painted Desert”) are depicted in this Vintage View!

Rocky Gorge
Rocky Gorge

Passing Dead Man’s Spring, we come to Rocky Gorge with such formations as Coyote Rock, Inscription Rock, Elephant Rock, Natural Window Rock, and the Balancing Rocks, “teetering precariously on wind and sand worn points”, according to “News From Disneyland”, a press release published 1956).

"Natural Window", Pueblo & Balancing Rock Canyon
"Natural Window", Pueblo & Balancing Rock Canyon

While the tracks run through the shadows of desert canyons (like Horse Thief Canyon), Hopi dwellings can be seen high above the wind-swept cliffs. These stand “in silent tribute to the artistry of an ancient people”.

"Natural Window", Pueblo & Balancing Rock Canyon
"Natural Window", Pueblo & Balancing Rock Canyon
"Natural Window" Rock, Pueblo & Balancing Rock Canyon, (1957)
"Natural Window" Rock, Pueblo & Balancing Rock Canyon, (1957)

“Now folks, we gotta git through Balancing Rock Canyon!”

"Natural Window", Pueblo & Balancing Rock Canyon
"Natural Window", Pueblo & Balancing Rock Canyon
"Natural Window", Pueblo & Balancing Rock Canyon
"Natural Window", Pueblo & Balancing Rock Canyon
"15 Panorama Views of The Magic Kingdom" Postcard Image, (c. 1959)
"15 Panorama Views of The Magic Kingdom" Postcard Image, (c. 1959)

The Rainbow Mountain Mine Train chugs through the desert in this Rainbow Caverns Mine Train Panoramic Postcard Image. We can see Natural Window and Balancing Rock Canyon - two real mysteries of the desert!

Excerpt from Disneyland Holiday, Winter, 1957-58.
Excerpt from Disneyland Holiday, Winter, 1957-58.

This short paragraph (published only months after the Rainbow Caverns Mine Train opened), describes what guests will encounter as they pass through the Rainbow Desert.

Painted Desert
Painted Desert
Balancing Rock Canyon
Balancing Rock Canyon
Balancing Rock Canyon, (1957)
Balancing Rock Canyon, (1957)

It appears that the vibrations from our whistle have made“these rocks really ‘rock and roll’!” In reality, the sound from our train whistle has tripped a sound actuated switch and motors causing the rocks to tip wildly overhead!

"The Seven Dwarfs" sculpted by Ken O'Brien, (c. 1957)
"The Seven Dwarfs" sculpted by Ken O'Brien, (c. 1957)

Sometimes the desert heat really gets to our guests…why, somebody even saw the Seven Dwarfs out here yesterday. Sometimes, the desert heat gets to these here cactus, and makes them see strange things - like dark green mine trains heading through the wilderness!

Rainbow Caverns Mine Train, (1959)
Rainbow Caverns Mine Train, (1959)

Get ready to head deep into the earth to explore the dazzling Rainbow Caverns! Multiple publications tantalized readers with details of the sights. The complimentary Disneyland News (published for June of 1956) briefly mentioned a multi-colored waterfall, stalactites and stalagmites on all sides, a Bottomless Pit, and a River of Gold. “The First Annual Report To Disneyland Lessees” (prepared 1956, by Disneyland Public Relations Division, Disneyland Inc.) described this portion of the “New Attractions” :

“Then, destination is reached. The train passes though a jagged fissure in the face of Rainbow Mountain itself and is quickly swallowed up in the tomb-like stillness of an abandoned mine. Bones and skeletons glowing in the unnaturally lit interior of the mine give evidence that others have tried this path - - and failed to survive the hazards. The tracks easily span a yawning chasm - - formerly the great barrier to the mine’s interior - - - and the train is now in the Rainbow Caverns. Underground river rush past, showing flecks of pure gold. Mineral formations in the walls give the interior a particular glow, exhibiting all the colors of the rainbow but strangely refracted without natural light. The train rushes on in the half-dark. Many colored waterfalls and cascading streams contribute to the effect of being deep in the heart of the earth. Suddenly, round a bend, a narrow shaft of light appears and the train rushes to meet it, ascending abruptly and once again into the pleasant daylight of Disneyland’s summer. Close by, the Mule Pack Ride, the Stage Coach and the Conestoga wagon rides will be boarding passengers for a more leisurely trip through the desert area.”

All of this dark ride portion of the adventure was housed in the 18,250 square foot Mine Train Building.

A letter accompanying a Bank of America appraisal indicated big changes, including the estimated cost of reconstruction to the Mine Ride.
A letter accompanying a Bank of America appraisal indicated big changes, including the estimated cost of reconstruction to the Mine Ride.

By September 28, 1958, Disneyland, Inc. made approximately $389,181.00 of land improvements to the Rainbow Desert. That same year of 1958, an appraisal of the original ride structure valued it at $275,900 while the original equipment was valued at $91,600.

Rocky Gorge Postcard
Rocky Gorge Postcard

By 1959, Joe Fowler was Vice President of Disneyland Operations Committee and Doc Lemmon of Disneyland Operations was overseeing Operators of Rides & Amusements (like the Midget Autopia), Livestock, Parking Lot, and Ticket Sellers. The Disneyland “C” Coupon of the era once equated the value of a ride aboard the Rainbow Caverns Mine Train with the alternate desert route of the Conestoga Wagons. However, an incident would occur that would result in the end of an era for the “three wonderful ways to enjoy” the Painted Desert!

According to one headline (published just after the incident), “Eleven [were] injured as horses bolted at Disneyland”. The same article continues : “Eleven persons including six children, suffered minor injuries Monday at Disneyland when the four-horse team of a stagecoach bolted. The injured were the driver and 10 of the 12 passengers in the stagecoach at the amusement park. Several were thrown to the ground when the stagecoach collapsed after its undercarriage was torn off by the wild horses. A Disneyland spokesman said the horses became frightened at the sound of the Park’s train whistle.”

A few months later, another syndicated article divulged Walt’s thoughts and feelings over what had occurred. “‘We had stagecoaches riding through the Painted Desert area’, he explained. And we had a few minor accidents on them. Nothing serious, but enough to worry me. We have a fine safety record at the Park, and I wanted to keep it that way. So I redid the desert to do away with the stagecoaches.”

With that, the final horse-drawn vehicle made its way along the dusty trails of Frontierland, on September 13th, 1959.

7EE1386A-AF18-4E7E-8B04-531C5222938E.jpeg
Mine Train Through Nature’s Wonderland (May 28th, 1960 * - January 2nd, 1977)
Mine Train Through Nature’s Wonderland (May 28th, 1960 * - January 2nd, 1977)

*Official opening ceremonies took place on June 12th, 1960. Some sources (i.e. “Disneyland Rides & Attractions and Attendance Report” Fiscal Year 1981) cite January 3rd, 1977.

During the 1958-59 winter season, over $6,000,000 of new rides and attractions debuted, including the Matterhorn Bobsled Ride, the Submarine Voyage, the Monorail, and extensive revisions in other rides adjacent to them. The drawing power of those spectacular new features accounted for a larger attendance trend during the summer and winter. So to prepare for the following summer, a major project commenced, re-designing the desert area in Frontierland to provide more exciting and higher capacity rides.

Beginning October 11th, 1959, Mine Train excursions through the Rainbow Mountain Mining & Exploration Co. briefly ceased for refurbishments that were well worth the wait! About this time, Walt Disney was quoted (in Wisdom magazine, published December 1959), “I have great love of animals and laughter.” Given this expression, it wasn't any surprise when (during the following year of 1960), a $1.8 million construction cost far exceeded the preliminary construction estimate of $900,000 given Bank of America appraisers in 1959. This amount brought tunnels, bridges, a mountain, and an unprecedented cast and show to the 7-acre (or, 14 of “nature’s half acres”) parcel of “North American wilderness” in Frontierland!

Joe Fowler (Disneyland Operations Committee) and Earl Vilmer oversaw the Construction & Maintenance division including Engineering, New Construction, Maintenance, and Janitorial related to the installation of the attraction.

Show design was heavily inspired by Walt Disney’s award-winning True-Life Adventures! According to “A University of Disneyland Guide For Nature’s Wonderland Hosts and Hostesses” : “No dress designer can duplicate the wardrobe of nature ; no prop designer or special effects man can do better than a meek imitation of nature’s own trees, rocks…waterfalls. It’s impossible to compete with the Aurora Borealis or a Pacific sunset for a backdrop. But in Nature’s Wonderland in Disneyland, people from around the world can enjoy nature as it is…or as it was…with accuracy and fidelity. To bring the beauty of drama of nature to mankind has been one of Walt Disney’s interests.” This Walt had previously effected through his True-Life Adventures series of theatrical films, where those animals were viewed on a screen.

Many of those films would become most influential to the show design of the Disneyland attraction! There was “In Beaver Valley” which had previously been awarded for Best Two-Reel Short Subject of 1950. On November 10, 1953, Walt released “The Living Desert,” the first film distributed by the new Buena Vista Distribution. The film won an award for Best Documentary Feature, 1953. Later at the 1954 Oscars (a year before the Opening day of Disneyland), Walt Disney & RKO Radio Productions’ “Bear Country” was awarded an Oscar for “Achievement in Two-Reel Short Subject, 1953” at the 26th Academy Awards Ceremony. Upon accepting one of his awards that day, Walt declared, “Well, I just wanna say on behalf of my staff (and especially the naturalist photographers who have played such a great part in making the nature films), ‘Many, many thanks!’” Soon, “the youngster who never saw an elk except in a parade or convention” would soon be “able to see Olympic Elk as he lived his life in Nature’s Wonderland,” at least according to the same aforementioned publication. This “composite True-Life Adventure… based on elements of four Disney Films - Beaver Valley, Bear Country, The Living Desert and The Olympic Elk,” would be the product of a great deal of Walt’s studio staff. [“Walt Disney Disneyland,” page 44, printed by Officine Grafiche Arnoldo Mondadori - Verona; first published 1964]

Walt Disney’s Imagineers knew their audience. About a year after Disneyland began its first day of operation, Herb Ryman continued to produce rough drawings detailing proposed Show additions to the island and shores of Frontierland’s “River Ride.” One particular (c. 1956) rough sketch produced in ink (on exhibit at The Walt Disney Family Museum, Gallery 9) lists natural scenic elements - “Semi-Submerged Logs”, “Dead Trees With Moss”, a “Cave Up High On Bank”, “Rock Strata Ledges”, “Some Cypress Swamp Area,” as well as “Animals” (like “Bear, Buffaloes, Deer, Wild Turkey, Grouse, etc., Goat, Bighorn”). Claude Coats (a WED Project Designer with a talent for color and styling) played a key role in the attraction’s development, according to his “Capsule Biography” prepared for WED Enterprises.

By now, “One of the most popular, and beautiful, attractions in the Park, the Mine Train journey through Nature’s Wonderland,…[was] based on elements of four Disney films, three of them Academy Award winners. In Beaver Valley, Bear Country, The Living Desert, and Olympic Elk, provided the inspiration for the seven-acre adventure,” according to Disney News (published Winter 1967-1968). Recreating something “natural” requires work similar to that of a movie studio. “A University of Disneyland Guide For Nature’s Wonderland Hosts and Hostesses” continues : “To recreate Nature’s Wonderland required the skills of the photographer, the naturalist, the artist, the landscape designer, the mechanic, the plumber, and many others.”

RockWork and hardscape was designed with much tooth (texture and rough surface). Then areas were landscaped.

“The Flora of Nature’s Wonderland”

For instance, a total of 156 species of plants, trees, and flora were imported into Nature’s Wonderland and placed by landscape architects Evans and Reeves, to generate authentic settings. Among these were palo verde trees, mesquite, joshua trees, and cactus. According to Vacationland magazine (published Summer, 1960), the result was a Western Mine Train that would take guests through “a faithful recreation of the forest regions of Wyoming, the deserts of Arizona and New Mexico, mountain terrain of Colorado and many other sections of western wilderness…”

One arid rock canyon in Nature's Wonderland averaged 110 degrees of heat with virtually no water. It was the perfect home for California juniper, Joshua tree, piñon pine and red-flowering ocotillo.

In addition, Walt had the telephones along the backdrop of Frontierland removed, paying the utility company to place the telephone poles underground.

This attraction would be (according to the very same c.1960 Vacationland), “populated by the natural inhabitants : an assortment of 50 separate varieties of bird, beast, and reptile, representing every specie of animal still roaming the North American continent.” The larger (and more varied) animal cast of 204 life-like animals (according to “The Disneyland Diary”), were first envisioned by character animator Marc Davis and then translated and developed into three dimensions by artist Bob Mattey (who helped build the terrifying “40-ton” squid which James Mason battled in “20,000 Leagues Under The Sea”), who would now help bring these animals to life using similar methods (and new ones).

A Beaver simple figure.
A Beaver simple figure.

“Audio-Animatronics”

Developed by WED Enterprises, this amazing system utilizes pneumatics hydraulics and electronics to animate human, animal, and other three-dimenstonal figures. Many Disneyland attractions feature Audio-Animatronics figures. “The term ‘Audio-Animatronics’ was first used to describe the bears and beavers in Nature's Wonderland.”

To accomplish this show, the attraction would employ Audio-Animatronics® - the Disney-designed system that combines sound, mechanics and electronics for three-dimensional animation. The (more than two hundred) “mechanical marvels” included representatives of : Coyote, Beavers (pictured above), Frogs, Ravens, Raccoon, Prairie Dogs, Blue Jays, Black Bears, Rainbow Trout, Side Winders, Meadowlark, American Eagles, Bobcats, Owl, Burrowing Owls, Hawk, Elk, Jack Rabbit, Antelope, Gila monster, Swallows, Robins, Road Runners, Lizard, Grazing Elk, Woodpeckers, Wild Pigs, Mountain Lions, Wild Turkey, Badgers, Skunk, Fox, Quail, Ferret, Armadillo, Rattlesnakes, and Desert Tortoise. By this time, WED Enterprises, Inc. (which later created designs and held patents for Audio-Animatronics) had come a long way in making their animals move. These animated figures were not as the sophisticated Tiki Room Birds, pirates and presidents that followed, but they did have varying degrees of animation - “one or two movements to many complex body actions.” Most of this movement was accomplished through “electronic hydraulic-pneumatic” technology combined with the early “cam-lever” technology. There were hidden well - “skins” or the ground hiding metal bases. There were cement rocks (which animals were bolted to), hiding the mechanisms and self-contained hydraulics systems. Fiber-glas rocks and trunks (with doors) housed animation electronics. Other animals in the water (as fish and bears), had timer controls and proximity switches to trigger their “swimming” animations.

According to Bob Thomas (of Associated Press), “all of these [were]… formed in plastic, stuffed with mechanical innards, covered with real skins treated for weathering.” Unlike true-life animals, many of these animated characters (i.e. the Bears, Battling Elk, Prong Horn Antelope, the Mountain Lion, and even the Balancing Rocks) now “ran on timers,” typically following the script, and acting on cue when all went well. These actors were costly - for instance the Bears alone cost $64,733, the total cost of all Sheep was $29,449, all the Gray Foxes cost $2,933, and the Raccoons cost $3,294 (to highlight the value of a few). As a sidelight, part of this expense included the high cost of natural skin coverings, (which were swiftly changed to synthetic skins around 1962).

By April of 1960, the total cost of the Show had reached $1,800,000. By June of 1963, the cost of the props, dressings, and “actors” involved in this particular enormous Disneyland show was divulged in one publication, at a total of $2,581,000 - surpassing “the original combined cost of the Statue of Liberty, Grant’s Tomb, and the original production of Ben Hur”. Due to the large audience at Disneyland, many of these were conveniently inspected by Walt Disney at his Walt Disney Studio in Burbank. You may recall seeing images of Walt and Bob Sewell inspecting Mountain Lions, or Walt and Wathel Rogers inspecting scaled-down models of animated elk during this time.

The DISNEYLAND ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT was the coordinating group working between the world's most unusual creative organization - WED - and the world's most unique maintenance organization. Disneyland engineers work closely with maintenance artisans and WED personnel, who are responsible for the show at Disneyland. A conventional routine directed engineer may become involved in a bear who isn't properly scratching his back or some other critter. The Disneyland welding department staff was capable of working on all types of metal and using all types of welding techniques. They had to be flexible, fast, and ingenious, with a specific skill in performing ten rush jobs at one time. The staff performed their surgical work on crabs, elephants, hippos, battling elks, drunken pirates, and dancing dolls in Small World.

Bud Washo remembered how Walt would even act out animation. “I remember working on the Painted Desert and we were talking about the bobcat on top of the big cactus. He would stand up there and lift his hands up like paws, and he said...I want it to go ARRGGG!..like that.”

“Disney's technicians have done well --- too well, in fact. The birds in Nature's Wonderland are so realistic that blackbirds (real ones) have been attacking ravens (animated variety) perched in the trees of Nature's Wonderland. Owls (Disney created) are being pecked into the repair shops by frustrated crows and blackbirds (live ones). And to top it off, a nest of baby red-tail hawks --- the realistic but unreal kind - so confused a mother bird flying overhead that she tried to deposit her own children's dinner down the throats of the young hawks! Wathel Rogers, a Disneyland animator, just shakes his head in puzzlement. ‘These migrating birds flying through Nature's Wonderland are a sight,’ he says, ‘They swoop down like dive bombers on the attack, sink their beaks into a raven's wing and take off as though someone had fed them a loaded worm. Then, from a tree nearby, they stare at the raven and try to figure out why he doesn't fight back!‘ The casualty report includes three ravens in Disneyland repair docks for shattered wings, an owl with a busted beak, and feathers all over the place. Live bird injuries have been restricted to wounded pride and broken spirits. Bill Martin, project director, indicates how complicated this situation may become. ‘The other day a bird landed on my head out here. When I brushed him off, he flapped away as though he had just seen a ghost move. I guess he thought I was animated too!!’”

Those “brass-trimmed” locomotives (“patterned after the gold and silver ore carriers of a century ago) also received a rehabilitation and a new coat of paint (or two).

The result was an “all-new” exactly nine-minute (no more, no less), 2,307-foot Mine Train Thru Nature’s Wonderland route through “faithful recreations of the forest regions of Wyoming, the deserts of Arizona, and New Mexico, mountain terrain of Colorado and many other sections of western wilderness….These are dominated by Disneyland’s second great mountain, ‘Cascade Peak’, visible from almost all Frontierland and easily recognized by its giant waterfalls that plummet from rocky ledges high on its granite slopes”, according to Art Linkletter’s own description. In addition, the little mining town of Rainbow Ridge also experienced a “boom” of expansion and development as far as the highest ridge! The “D” (and ultimately “E” ticket attraction) featured multiple dramatic animatronic vignettes of “life and landscape” recreated from five of Walt Disney’s greatest True-Life Adventure movies (four of these Academy Award-winning) - Beaver Valley, The Olympic Elk, Bear Country, The Living Desert, and The Vanishing Prairie. The new attraction (which contributed toward carrying the total Park investment to $34,500,000) was both exciting and educational! Even more, it was Walt’s intention that those reflecting on “the animal world” would acquire “a renewed sense of kinship with the earth and all its inhabitants.”

Omnibus in Town Square, 1960.
Omnibus in Town Square, 1960.

The Main Street Omnibus heralded the newest attraction of 1960 - the old-west adventure of the Mine Train Through Nature’s Wonderland!

 By 1960, the Guided Tour of Disneyland included a fascinating trip, via mine train, through Disneyland's newest adventure, Nature’s Wonderland.

By 1960, the Guided Tour of Disneyland included a fascinating trip, via mine train, through Disneyland's newest adventure, Nature’s Wonderland.

Frontierland Stockade, (1960)
Frontierland Stockade, (1960)

The Mine Train Thru Nature’s Wonderland received much fanfare when it opened. The Frontierland Stockade celebrated Frontierland’s newest attraction with banners and bunting! All art work, posters, etc. were created by the Walt Disney Studios.

(Published by the “University of Disneyland,” 1964)
(Published by the “University of Disneyland,” 1964)

This Operating Guide/OG (approved by Dick Nunis), was created for the Ticket Sales Hostesses, Attraction Hosts and Operators, Engine Operators, Station Hosts, and Backstage Cast (of mechanics, electricians, craftsmen and others) of the Mine Train Thru Nature’s Wonderland! At seven acres and 2,307 lineal feet of track, this was Disneyland’s largest show at the time. To quote from the guide : “Now, it requires the many skills of the ‘backstage’ crew who maintain this attraction, and the ‘story telling’ skills of the ‘on stage’ crew to put on a ‘good show’.” From time to time, we’ll refer to this guide and “outline…the specific procedures for this attraction….to tell a good story.” We’re told, “your guests will appreciate it”.

Rainbow Ridge, August, 1965.
Rainbow Ridge, August, 1965.

Those trees behind the frontier town of Rainbow Ridge obscure the turn-of-the-century Main Street U.S.A. and Matterhorn mountain from guests. Note the Matterhorn in the following photo.

Rainbow Ridge, 1967.
Rainbow Ridge, 1967.
Frontierland Central Ticket Kiosk #1 (near Rainbow Ridge), 1975.
Frontierland Central Ticket Kiosk #1 (near Rainbow Ridge), 1975.

There were three ticket booths - FRONTIERLAND CENTRAL TICKET BOOTH #1 (FRITO AREA), FRONTIERLAND CENTRAL TICKET BOOTH #2 (BURRO AREA), and FRONTIERLAND CENTRAL TICKET BOOTH #3 (PLANTATION AREA). According to manuals (published, 1964), Ticket Sales Hostesses were (invariably) girls. These provided information for both the Mine Train Thru Nature’s Wonderland and the Mule Packs.

Disneyland “D” Coupon (Value 60¢)
Disneyland “D” Coupon (Value 60¢)

In 1958, admission for passage aboard the Rainbow Caverns Mine Train was one “D” coupon, or 35 cents. In 1965, the cast of admission for a ride aboard the western mine train through Nature’s Wonderland, Rainbow Caverns, and much more, was exactly one “D” coupon, or 60¢.

Disneyland “E” Coupon (Value 85¢)
Disneyland “E” Coupon (Value 85¢)
Rainbow Ridge, c. May, 1960.
Rainbow Ridge, c. May, 1960.

Welcome to the “little” mining town of Rainbow Ridge! If’n ya want ta see just how small it is, just make yer way towards those buildings up in the hills. Walt Disney’s Imagineers employed “forced perspective” and landscaping techniques to give the town depth! Art Director Bill Martin generated many conceptual drawings of Rainbow Ridge.

Rainbow Ridge Poster Prop, The Collection of James Keeline
Rainbow Ridge Poster Prop, The Collection of James Keeline

“Audience Waiting Areas” are especially designed as part of the attraction to make the guest's time waiting in line as comfortable as possible. Before we head out into the Painted Desert, we pause to look at a few Wanted Posters (perhaps hung by resident U.S. Marshall Willard P. Bounds). Be on the lookout for more of these scoundrels around the town of Rainbow Ridge. Why, only a few moments ago, the local sheriff engaged in a stand off with the villainous Black Bart after he robbed the Golden Horseshoe’s receipts and took off on foot near the outskirts of Rainbow Ridge! Of course, real vintage wanted posters didn’t have photographs on them as this would have been problematic considering the printing process of the era.

Rainbow Ridge, (August, 1966)
Rainbow Ridge, (August, 1966)
Rainbow Ridge, (1961)
Rainbow Ridge, (1961)
Rainbow Ridge
Rainbow Ridge
Rainbow Ridge, (Summer, 1966)
Rainbow Ridge, (Summer, 1966)

You’ll notice that nothing stops these little mine trains from running (not even a little minor refurbishment to the structures of Rainbow Ridge)!

Rainbow Ridge, (July, 1966)
Rainbow Ridge, (July, 1966)

This is the last chance to stock up on supplies before heading out into the rugged wilderness.

97D84296-0BE5-4E2A-AAAF-998688E4A901.jpeg
Rainbow Ridge
Rainbow Ridge
Rainbow Ridge, (1960)
Rainbow Ridge, (1960)

The sounds of the lively Rainbow Ridge can be heard as we make our way through town.

Rainbow Ridge
Rainbow Ridge

“Last Chance” for a couple of burly Mine Train engineers, before embarking on a routine excursion into Nature’s Wonderland!

Rainbow Ridge
Rainbow Ridge

You can blame it on the Walt Disney Production. Like many Frontierland elements (like Pecos Bill and Slue Foot Sue), the look of Pat Casey’s Last Chance was partially derived from designs used in backgrounds created for the Pecos Bill segment of Melody Time (1948). As a final (and loyal) touch to set the Stage, 36-star flags hang around this little mining town!

Rainbow Ridge
Rainbow Ridge
(1964)
(1964)
Rainbow Ridge, (August, 1965)
Rainbow Ridge, (August, 1965)
Rainbow Ridge
Rainbow Ridge
Frank Mc Nell at Rainbow Ridge, (October, 1961)
Frank Mc Nell at Rainbow Ridge, (October, 1961)

Before you come aboard, we’d like to introduce you to a very special Mine Train conductor Frank Mc Nell - an original and founding member of the Order of the Red Hankerchief - one of Disneyland’s oldest unsanctioned employee organizations! Thirty-six original members who operated the Mine Train Through Rainbow Caverns (like Ray Van de Warker) founded this organization during February of 1964. Many notable Disneylanders had a privileged part in the Mine Train rotation - the set order of operating positions established by the attraction's Working Lead. A total of 256 cast members would ultimately join (like George Kissinger, Clay Mitchell, John McCoy, and so many others). We just have one question - where’s Frank’s handkerchief?

Another distinguished title was that of “Most Mine Train Derailments”, a title held by Ron Dominguez (due to forgetting “to throw the switch”), according to accounts of Ray Van de Warker (to Disneyland LINE magazine, Vol. 25, No. 28). Ron Dominguez went from the Mine Train to the Director of Disneyland Operations.

Mine Train Host and Operator at Rainbow Ridge
Mine Train Host and Operator at Rainbow Ridge

Many a Disneylander has operated a Mine Train, including Frank Block (c.1966; former Submarine Captain).

The Collection of Gary Fravel of Disney University.
The Collection of Gary Fravel of Disney University.
Rainbow Ridge
Rainbow Ridge

“As we head for the wilderness, a couple of suggestions - please stay seated at all times…”

Rainbow Ridge
Rainbow Ridge

“…and [please] keep your hands and arms inside the train. The animals get mighty hungry. And uh, no smoking please, ‘cause we don’t want to start a forest fire.”

EAAEC2C2-0212-40EA-A825-4F1D014E021D.jpeg
Rainbow Ridge
Rainbow Ridge

Guests are grouped, loaded, and (once aboard) the five gondola doors are safely “buttoned” closed. Once complete, the Ticket Receptionist hollers “All Aboard”, and a dispatch signal to the Engine Operator!

Rainbow Ridge, (August, 1965)
Rainbow Ridge, (August, 1965)

Now that each ten-passenger car is loaded to capacity, we’ll get on our way!

Rainbow Ridge
Rainbow Ridge
(April, 1963)
(April, 1963)
IMG_6058.jpeg
66C494C1-EFFC-466F-9A21-9ABB3F6091E1.jpeg
Rainbow Ridge and cycled out train.
Rainbow Ridge and cycled out train.

This is the “Center Stage” of Nature’s Wonderland’s big show, the boarding and unloading area - a typical little California mining town of California’s “gold rush era”! Today, mine train engines and gondolas from this era are typically observed in the Northern California area, (of course) with the exception of Disneyland’s bright and shiny Mine Train Thru Nature’s Wonderland, in Southern California.

Rainbow Ridge Poster Prop, The Collection of James Keeline
Rainbow Ridge Poster Prop, The Collection of James Keeline

While the Golden Horseshoe Saloon has Slue Foot Sue, “Lotta the Miner’s Darling” performs daily (for your entertainment) in Rainbow Ridge. In fact that’s her voice emanating from the Raintbow Ridge Opera House now!

Rainbow Ridge Opera House, (April, 1961)
Rainbow Ridge Opera House, (April, 1961)

Rainbow Ridge
Rainbow Ridge
Rainbow Ridge
Rainbow Ridge
Rainbow Ridge, (1967)
Rainbow Ridge, (1967)
Rainbow Ridge
Rainbow Ridge
Beaver Valley Dam & Beavers, 1961
Beaver Valley Dam & Beavers, 1961

“As the passenger on the Nature's Wonderland Railroad emerges from the first tunnel on the mine ride, he sees beavers at work on their local dam project. Pine trees framing the scene are a mixture of Montereys from California and Aleppos from the Holy Land. The birch trees are from Europe, the cottonwoods from southwest United States. The mountain meadows of California supplied the thick stands of rushes found along the river. The other curious reed at the water's edge, known as "horsetail; is an old-time resident of the United States. It dates back about 40 million years, according to the paleontolo-gists. We also have native water primrose, which we inherited -it just crept out of the mud and joined us.” [Disneyland World of Flowers by Morgan Evans]

You may be wonderin’ who that little “rascal” is. “That little fellow…is one of your new friends in Nature’s Wonderland. No its not your foreman or supervisor ; its a Beaver, and he’s one of 200 of nature’s characters assigned to your stage,” according to Dick Nunis, Director of Operations. In fact, some 11 Beavers populate Nature’s Wonderland, turning heads, as they tug branches toward their dam, and dive in the water. Some of these show scenes were inspired by “In Beaver Valley,” 1951 Academy Award winning Best Two-Reel Subject of 1950.

You know, Walt Disney once said, “Animals have personalities like people and must be studied,” [Wisdom magazine, December, 1959]. “As we come out of this first tunnel, we’ll be entering Beaver Valley…”. It looks like these little fellows are “busy as a beaver”. Walt shared one observation and lesson he’d learned from the beaver this way: “Everyone needs deadlines. Even the beavers. They loaf around all summer, but when they are faced with the winter deadline, they work like fury. If we didn’t have deadlines, we’d stagnate.”

Speaking of deadlines, we’d better keep this scheduled train tour on the move.

Beaver Valley & Dam
Beaver Valley & Dam

You know what sends these waters over the dam? In reality, a 65 horsepower pump produces more than 3,800 gallons of water over Beaver Valley waterways, per minute. Some of the effects are owed to the power of water. “Beavers building a dam…swimming, diving, and carrying branches to their home in life-like fashion, these beavers are moved along on underwater tracks by means of a water jet. The flow from the jet is kept constant, assuring a smooth swimming action, by a pressure-reducing valve which is hidden and partially submerged in the beaver dam”, according to one ServiSoft Exchange periodical.

Racoons of Beaver Valley
Racoons of Beaver Valley

Many year later, people would populate a trail running through this area, clear from Frontierland to Fantasyland. For now, it’s home to this little rascal.

Big Thunder Falls, (c. September, 1970)
Big Thunder Falls, (c. September, 1970)
Big Thunder Falls
Big Thunder Falls
Big Thunder Falls
Big Thunder Falls
Cascade Peak and The Twin Sisters
Cascade Peak and The Twin Sisters

Most of the rocks and the mountains in Disneyland were products of the Staff Shop.

Cascade Peak and The Twin Sisters, (August, 1965)
Cascade Peak and The Twin Sisters, (August, 1965)

By 1974, the falls would recycle some of the 11 million gallons of water that comprise the Rivers of America.

Big Thunder Falls
Big Thunder Falls
Big Thunder Falls, (August, 1965)
Big Thunder Falls, (August, 1965)

The Tunnel from Beaver Valley lets out onto the Rivers of America, where we began to round Cascade Peak, with its roaring waterfalls!

“Now, beyond these hills lies Nature’s Wonderland. Yer apt to see a whole lot a wildlife, so keep a real sharp “hunter’s eye” .

Big Thunder Falls, (1967)
Big Thunder Falls, (1967)
9E34050D-7CB6-48C2-91F6-8B6BD6C9966B.jpeg
Big Thunder Falls, (1975)
Big Thunder Falls, (1975)
Cascade Peak and The Twin Sisters, (c. November, 1960)
Cascade Peak and The Twin Sisters, (c. November, 1960)

We’re heading towards Disneyland’s 75-foot-tall “second great mountain, ‘Cascade Peak’…easily recognized by the giant waterfalls that plummet from rocky ledges high on its granite slopes”, as described by Vacationland (Summer, 1960). “If ya never gone beneath a waterfall before, then get set cause we’re comin’ up on Big Thunder - the biggest falls in all these here parts!”

The Collection of Gary Fravel of Disney University.
The Collection of Gary Fravel of Disney University.

"Mountain Goat" on Cascade Peak
"Mountain Goat" on Cascade Peak
"Mountain Goat" on Cascade Peak
"Mountain Goat" on Cascade Peak
"Mountain Goat" on Cascade Peak RockWork, (December 2nd, 1960)
"Mountain Goat" on Cascade Peak RockWork, (December 2nd, 1960)

Keep a real sharp “hunters eye”, because you’re about to see one of the rarest Audio Animatronic creatures to ever set foot in Frontierland. We present the Mountain Goat near the top of the 75-foot RockWork of Cascade Mountain! The Mountain Goat had been spotted at the top of Cascade Peak, the Bounding Deer atop Rainbow Mountain over Beaver Valley, while the Bounding Big Horn Sheep were seen briefly along the Mule Train Trail in Beaver Valley). The Bounding Big Horn Sheep was even so prominently featured on the poster artwork for the Nature’s Wonderland Rail Road (which was modeled after the circa 1869 “Union Pacific Platte Valley Route Grand Opening” poster), which can be seen on the “Disneyland ‘60” handbills given to guests at the Main Gate! According to Bob Gurr’s True-Life tale, their bounding would spook the mule trains, so the Bounding Bighorn Sheep (atop Cascade Mountain), the three Bounding Deer (a buck, doe and fawn) at the top of Rainbow Mountain, as well as Mountain Goats would silently disappear within a month of the start of Mine Trains Thru Nature’s Wonderland. Similar precautions were taken by the Mine Train operators to not spook the mules with the bells or whistles.

“MATT LEIKER REALLY REMEMBERS SEEING SOMETHING ATOP CASCADE PEAK, c. 1990”

“Finally!!!! Something I have wondered about for over twenty years gets answered!!! When I was a trainer on Big Thunder Mountain Railroad in the early 90s I used to hop the fence with my trainees and take ‘em out to explore the mule trails. I would also take ‘em inside Cascade Peak and we’d climb the ladder and exit outside the top for the view. As soon as we would emerge there was a rusted base, and parts of a mechanical contraption that you can tell once held some sort of object that would move or rock back and forth. Vintage Disneyland photos and history are everywhere now but back in the pre-internet days of 1994 there was absolutely no place to find out what was once there. I sometimes marvel at that…how even while working at the park, there were really no sources for quality park history or people around who knew (or even cared) what much of the old stuff was. The best you could ever find were framed photos of old attractions adorning the walls of a scheduling office but even those were usually the same tired staged photos that were used and reused in the souvenir guide books through the years.

Anyway…I continued to wonder about this for years, always studying every old photo or postcard of the peak, looking for a sign of some animatronic, balancing rock or special effect that once existed up there. Over two decades passed with no luck but I remained absolutely sure that some show element used to exist up there. Finally, today the mystery question gets answered and confirmed!!!

Thank you.”

IMG_4698.jpeg
Cascade Peak and The Twin Sisters, (1967)
Cascade Peak and The Twin Sisters, (1967)

This “natural wonder” was actually a hollow seven story frame of wood and steel. Inside Cascade Mountain, are three pumps (totaling 510 horsepower) feeding 91 tons of water into pools and into the 11-million-gallon Rivers of America! You may be wonderin’ where all that water comes from, as it seems to spill forth endlessly. Well,… Disneyland actually has several wells on property. Coupled with a supply of city water, (some of which comes as far away as Parker Dam), this truly wonderful and “natural” scene is effected!

Cascade Peak and The Twin Sisters
Cascade Peak and The Twin Sisters

“Them other two falls - they call The Twin Sisters. I recon that’s because they’re always babblin’!” The sheer sound of the rushing water masks the song of robins and jays in the nearby tree branches.

Cascade Peak and Trestle Over The Twin Sisters, (c. July, 1966)
Cascade Peak and Trestle Over The Twin Sisters, (c. July, 1966)
Cascade Peak and The Twin Sisters, (1961)
Cascade Peak and The Twin Sisters, (1961)
Cascade Peak and The Twin Sisters
Cascade Peak and The Twin Sisters
Cascade Peak and The Twin Sisters, (June, 1961)
Cascade Peak and The Twin Sisters, (June, 1961)
Cascade Peak and The Twin Sisters
Cascade Peak and The Twin Sisters
Cascade Peak RockWork, The Twin Sisters, and a possible “101” Mine Train, August, 1965.
Cascade Peak RockWork, The Twin Sisters, and a possible “101” Mine Train, August, 1965.

It doesn’t look as if we’ve had a “breakdown”, so there’s no need to call Disneyland Operations or the Disneyland Maintenance Department (though this may ultimately end up in our Daily Maintenance Report). The Brakeman generally sits in the last car in case we need to bring the train to a halt.

Milo Rainey recalled standing on a little porch on the last car and giving a live spiel.

Mine Train Along The Rivers of America
Mine Train Along The Rivers of America
Mine Train Along The Rivers of America
Mine Train Along The Rivers of America
IMG_4697.jpeg
Deer Family Along The Rivers of America, (c. April, 1961)
Deer Family Along The Rivers of America, (c. April, 1961)
Tunnel to Bear Country
Tunnel to Bear Country

The next section of Nature’s Wonderland was inspired by the Academy First Award, Best Two-Reel Short Subject for Bear Country, 1953.

Bear Country, (1961)
Bear Country, (1961)

“Y’know bears is one of the most playful animals there is…lazy too. All they want to do is lay around and scratch, fish, an’ swim. That is, when they ain’t sleepin’.” Here, twelve Bears and cubs swim, fish, eat, and relax around Bear Country! Just one question - which one is “King of the Grizzlies”?

Bear Country
Bear Country

“We’re comin’ into Bear Country now folks, and while we’re crossin’ the ol’ tressle ya got ta sit real still. No tellin’ how long he’s gonna last.” Many of these “natural” vignettes were designed by Marc Davis (the same designer behind many of the Pirates of the Caribbean’s show scenes)!

If you look into the hills, you’ll notice just some of Nature’s Wonderland’s 156 different types of trees and other flora. Many of these were imported to Disneyland and placed under the direction of Landscaping employees Evans and Reeves.

Bear Country
Bear Country
Bear Country
Bear Country
Bear Country, (November 2, 1969)
Bear Country, (November 2, 1969)

You may notice a number of rocks across the landscape, along your tour today. Many of those rocks were not manufactured at WED, but are “true-life” rocks, carefully selected, imported, and “installed under the direction of a WED Enterprises Art Director”.

Bear Country, (August, 1965)
Bear Country, (August, 1965)
Bear Country, (1972)
Bear Country, (1972)
Bear River, Bear Country, (August, 1966)
Bear River, Bear Country, (August, 1966)
Bear Country, (1960)
Bear Country, (1960)
Bear Country
Bear Country
Bear Country
Bear Country
Bear Country, (April, 1968)
Bear Country, (April, 1968)
Bear Country
Bear Country
Bear Country, (1975)
Bear Country, (1975)
Bear Swimming in Bear River, Bear Country, (1972)
Bear Swimming in Bear River, Bear Country, (1972)

If you look off to the sides of the wooden trestle bridge, you’ll notice two swimming bears (one on each side of the Mine Train).

Bear Country
Bear Country
Bear Country, (October, 1960)
Bear Country, (October, 1960)
Jumping Fish in Bear River, Bear Country
Jumping Fish in Bear River, Bear Country

This was the scene as the train passed along a timber trestle over Bear Country. Some of these same jumping fish still inhabit an area near Big Thunder Mountain.

46E71F90-FC50-4A41-8D31-CBF9445778E7.jpeg
Bear Country Trestle Bridge Over Bear River, (1961)
Bear Country Trestle Bridge Over Bear River, (1961)

As we get to the other side of the wooden trestle, we hear what appears to be the sound of branches breaking.

Bear Country Trestle Bridge Over Bear River
Bear Country Trestle Bridge Over Bear River

On the right, at the end of the trestle, we get quite a show!

Battling Elk, (November 2nd, 1969)
Battling Elk, (November 2nd, 1969)

“Y’know Nature’s Wonerland can be awful pretty but sometimes she can be a mighty rugged place ta live. Out here in the wilderness, the struggle for survival leaves only the strong and sometimes the lucky. Say, look on that bank across Bear Creek there - now there’s a real struggle for survival. Two stags are battlin’ for them Cow Elk.”

Battling Elk, (c. April, 1961)
Battling Elk, (c. April, 1961)
Battling Elk
Battling Elk
Battling Elk, (1961)
Battling Elk, (1961)

The battling Olympic Elk scene was derived loosely on an exciting scene in the 1952 RKO release The Olympic Elk - a True Life Adventure presented by Walt Disney Studios. Like most films of the True-Life Adventures series, The Olympic Elk “presented the strange facts about the world we live in”, and was directed by James Algar, produced by Ben Sharpsteen, with some script by Winston Hibler and others. Unlike Disneyland’s big show, the films were “photographed in their natural settings” and were “completely authentic, unstated, and unrehearsed” - or, so read the opening dialogue.

True-life Bull Elk maneuver harems of cow elk as they migrate and graze through meadow pastures and mountainsides. Challengers occasionally gather and ambitiously confront the herd of Bull Elk, where they engage in combat, and perchance become antler-locked.

Here at Disneyland, these six animated elk recreate the drama for passengers of mine trains. The Disneyland Welding Department would occasionally perform surgical work on the battling elks.

Deer Family, (December 2nd, 1960)
Deer Family, (December 2nd, 1960)
Battling Elk, (1968)
Battling Elk, (1968)
Battling Elk
Battling Elk
Battling Elk, (August, 1965)
Battling Elk, (August, 1965)
Battling Elk
Battling Elk
Red Tail Hawks and Bobcat
Red Tail Hawks and Bobcat

Ward Kimball would sure agree, that it is “tough to be a bird” in Nature’s Wonderland. A chorus sound of Meadow Larks, Mocking Birds, and Thrush can be heard in the distance as we come upon a sight - a hungry Bobcat attempting to ascend to the nest of a family of Red Tail Hawks!

Disneylander and “55er” John Gerlack recalled: “My job was to WAKE UP' the NATURE'S WONDERLAND birds. You see, their beak's mechanism would get rusty and they couldn't sing very well. I would hold the bird's beak open with one hand and with an eye dropper in the other hand, I would squirt some lubricating oil into the beak. Well, one Sunday, while I was at my bird waking chores, Walt slipped up silently and said, ‘How ya doin, Doc?’”

Red Tail Hawks and Bobcat
Red Tail Hawks and Bobcat

You may have heard the true-life tale of how the “nest of baby red-tail hawks (animated ones) so confused a mother hawk (real) that she tried to deposit dinner down their throats.” [Walt’s Animation Is Too Successful, Associated Press]

Owls and Bobcat, (November 2, 1969)
Owls and Bobcat, (November 2, 1969)

Not every animal character had a name, so I’ve decided to call the large bird “Hootsie the Owl.” You may have also heard another true-life account of how “Hootsie” and other owls around Nature’s Wonderland were “being pecked into the repair shops by frustrated but real crows and blackbirds.” This sort of thing was happening as far back as 1964, according to “Walt Disney Disneyland,” page 44, printed by Officine Grafiche Arnoldo Mondadori - Verona; first published 1964. It’s a fact that the Blackbirds have also been known to attack animated ravens around these Frontier parts. [Walt’s Animation Is Too Successful, Associated Press]

Bear Country
Bear Country
Bear Country, (December 2, 1960)
Bear Country, (December 2, 1960)

Moose in thicket.

Natural Stone Arch Bridge, (August, 1965)
Natural Stone Arch Bridge, (August, 1965)

As we pass through ol’ Natural Arch Bridge, a passing Mule Train looks upon the great Living Desert down below. This portion of Nature’s Wonderland was inspired by the Academy First Award, Best Documentary Feature for The Living Desert, 1953.

As we pass through Natural Arch Bridge, we’ll refrain from blowing our whistle or ringing the bell of the engine. We also ask our guests to maintain their silence. The reason, is so as not to disturb the mule train crossing overhead.

"The Seven Dwarfs"
"The Seven Dwarfs"
Prong Horn Antelope and Desert Deer
Prong Horn Antelope and Desert Deer
Prong Horn Antelope, Desert Deer, and Howling Coyote at Desert Pond, (November, 1964)
Prong Horn Antelope, Desert Deer, and Howling Coyote at Desert Pond, (November, 1964)

Y’know, the desert’s a dry place, and full of some pretty mean varmints. It looks as if a herd of Pronghorn Antelope have made their way toward Desert Pond - a water source in the Living Desert! But, they’re being followed.

Prong Horn Antelope and Desert Deer
Prong Horn Antelope and Desert Deer
Prong Horn Antelope, Desert Deer, and Howling Coyote, (April, 1968)
Prong Horn Antelope, Desert Deer, and Howling Coyote, (April, 1968)

“But the desert’s got her beauty too! The yeller streaks runnin’ through them sandstone cliffs are called Coconino. The red we call them supai.”

The Living Desert, (1960)
The Living Desert, (1960)

“A Living Desert must, in truth, appear as a living desert”, reads the forward of Disneyland World of Flowers (published 1965), by Morgan Evans. This area of the Painted Desert was modeled after the American Southwest with reddish rock, sandy plateaus, cactus, and Joshua Trees.

The Living Desert, (1972)
The Living Desert, (1972)
Saguaro Castus Forest
Saguaro Castus Forest
Saguaro Castus Forest
Saguaro Castus Forest

“The desert heat sometimes gets to ya, and makes these here cactus take on strange shapes like animals and sometimes even people.”

“The Desert Blooms” of the Saguaro Cactus Forest, (August, 1965)
“The Desert Blooms” of the Saguaro Cactus Forest, (August, 1965)

Saguaro Cactus Forest
Saguaro Cactus Forest
Saguaro Cactus Forest, (August, 1967)
Saguaro Cactus Forest, (August, 1967)

“Now ahead of us folks, is a Giant Saguaro Cactus Forest!”

Saguaro Cactus Forest, (1961)
Saguaro Cactus Forest, (1961)

These colorful desert blooms stay fresh all year round!

Saguaro Castus Forest & Woodpecker, (August, 1965)
Saguaro Castus Forest & Woodpecker, (August, 1965)
Treed Bobcat & Saguaro Cactus Forest
Treed Bobcat & Saguaro Cactus Forest
Saguaro Castus Forest, Balancing Rocks & Treed Bobcats, (1964)
Saguaro Castus Forest, Balancing Rocks & Treed Bobcats, (1964)

This scene of a tweed bobcat atop a cactus was taken from Walt Disney’s Academy Award-winning “The Living Desert”.

Treed Bobcats
Treed Bobcats
Treed Bobcat on Cactus
Treed Bobcat on Cactus
Peccary
Peccary
Balancing Rocks and Bobcat
Balancing Rocks and Bobcat
Geyser Country & Bubbling ("Devil's Paint") Pots, The Living Desert, (1967)
Geyser Country & Bubbling ("Devil's Paint") Pots, The Living Desert, (1967)

Geyser Country features four geysers (including Old Unfaithful) that operate from an underwater deep well pump that pressurized air and water.

Bubbling ("Devil's Paint") Pots RockWork, c. April, 1961.
Bubbling ("Devil's Paint") Pots RockWork, c. April, 1961.

“A Real Mystery of the Desert”

“Say, ever hear of the Devil’s Paintpots? (You can see them off in the distance there.) REAL mystery of the desert - bubblin’ pots o’ mud in all kinds o’ colors”, (unless you read Popular Mechanics of November, 1957)!

These thermal fissures appear to throw bubbling, steaming multicolored lava up through the crust, only to be caught in cauldrons of yellow, rust, and blue, adding “a note of color” to the desert! According to conceptual artwork (published in Popular Mechanics, November of 1957), an underground air compressor sends air from a storage tank to a specially designed manifold (which releases varying amounts of air at intervals). It turned out that the actual device was much simpler - an air jet would release air into an submerged and inverted bucket. The large air bubble would become large enough, until it was ultimately released, creating this “real mystery of the desert”.

Bubbling ("Devil's Paint") Pots at Night
Bubbling ("Devil's Paint") Pots at Night
Old Unfaithful & Bubbling ("Devil's Paint") Pots, (October, 1968)
Old Unfaithful & Bubbling ("Devil's Paint") Pots, (October, 1968)
Old Unfaithful & Bubbling ("Devil's Paint") Pots
Old Unfaithful & Bubbling ("Devil's Paint") Pots
Old Unfaithful & Bubbling Pots, (1961)
Old Unfaithful & Bubbling Pots, (1961)
Old Unfaithful & Bubbling Pots, (August, 1965)
Old Unfaithful & Bubbling Pots, (August, 1965)
Old Unfaithful & Bubbling Pots, The Living Desert, (April, 1961)
Old Unfaithful & Bubbling Pots, The Living Desert, (April, 1961)
Old Unfaithful & Bubbling Pots, The Living Desert, (September, 1965)
Old Unfaithful & Bubbling Pots, The Living Desert, (September, 1965)

Geyser Country features four geysers (including Old Unfaithful) that operate from an underwater deep well pump that pressurized air and water.

Old Unfaithful & Bubbling Pots, The Living Desert, (c. April, 1961)
Old Unfaithful & Bubbling Pots, The Living Desert, (c. April, 1961)
Old Unfaithful & Bubbling Pots
Old Unfaithful & Bubbling Pots

“This is ‘geyser country’ too. Uh, oh. ‘There she blows’. Sure glad ya all brought yer rain coats. But look out now. Ya never know when she’s gonna go off. That’s why they call ‘er “Ol’ Unfaithful. LOOK OUT NOW! You folks in them last cars be ready. She’s threatenin’ again.”

It looks as if the geyser’s subsiding from shooting 70-foot high streams of water into the air, giving us just enough time to escape!

Old Unfaithful & Bubbling Pots
Old Unfaithful & Bubbling Pots
Old Unfaithful & Bubbling Pots
Old Unfaithful & Bubbling Pots
Old Unfaithful & Bubbling Pots
Old Unfaithful & Bubbling Pots
Old Unfaithful
Old Unfaithful
3638BD04-095D-4534-8B03-C911C76DFB86.jpeg
(1964)
(1964)
Old Unfaithful, (October, 1960)
Old Unfaithful, (October, 1960)
Old Unfaithful & Bubbling Pots
Old Unfaithful & Bubbling Pots
Old Unfaithful & Bubbling Pots
Old Unfaithful & Bubbling Pots

Apparently, rainbows weren’t just seen around the magnificent Rainbow Caverns. Sometimes the hydrogeological conditions of Geyser Country made momentary colorful displays for passengers of passing Mine Trains - rainbows!

Even long after these elements of Disneyland’s own “living desert” have vanished, there’s a rainbow at the end of the Disneyland “Geyser Country” story - a legacy. Decades later, yet another “Geyser Country” would be discovered along the railroad tracks of Euro Disney’s Frontierland! And then there’s Geyser Gulch (part of Grizzly Gulch at Hong Kong Disneyland), accidentally built on top of active geysers. Now it's a great place for water play and to get completely soaked!

The Living Desert
The Living Desert
Mountain Lion with Cubs atop RockWork, 1961.
Mountain Lion with Cubs atop RockWork, 1961.

The sounds of the Canyon Wren echo through the rock formations.

Mountain Lion
Mountain Lion
Mountain Lion & Vultures
Mountain Lion & Vultures
Rattlesnakes & Rattlesnake Gulch
Rattlesnakes & Rattlesnake Gulch
Rattlesnakes & Rattlesnake Gulch
Rattlesnakes & Rattlesnake Gulch
Dinosaur Fossils and Gila monsters at “Graveyard of the Dinosaurs”
Dinosaur Fossils and Gila monsters at “Graveyard of the Dinosaurs”

In the early days, “20,000 year old dinosaur tracks near the trail” were observed by Stage Coach passengers (according to “New Frontiers at Disneyland”, published in Mickey Mouse Club Magazine, Vol. 1, No. 3, by Bobby Burgess. Eventually, this fossilized skeleton and nest of eggs were “discovered” by a team of miners. Many years later (and not far away), another dinosaur skeleton would be unearthed near a pool of water at the bottom of Dinosaur Gulch.

The Living Desert, (1967)
The Living Desert, (1967)

A last look back at those wondrous “Devil’s Paintpots”!

Coyote Rock, (1965)
Coyote Rock, (1965)

We first encountered one Coyote in Beaver Valley and one Coyote near that den of Mountain Lions. Now, like a scene out of Walt Disney’s True-Life Adventure “The Vanishing Prairie”, six coyotes “howl” and “yip” from the top of a mesa called Coyote Rock. Many years later, the sound of Coyotes would be heard around a place called Coyote Canyon.

Coyote Rock
Coyote Rock
Coyote Rock
Coyote Rock
Kit Fox & Water Hole, (August, 1965)
Kit Fox & Water Hole, (August, 1965)

A few kit fox have found the Watering Hole. This seems to be a popular place for Kit Foxes, Jack Rabbits, Tortoise, and Badgers to gather.

(April, 1961)
(April, 1961)

We carefully pass by Rattlesnake Gulch (on the right), we can see a number of beasts and critters (on the left), including tortoises and badgers, who have made their way to the Watering Hole, and are now sunning themselves on the sun-baked terrain of the Living Desert!

Balancing Rock Canyon
Balancing Rock Canyon
Balancing Rock Canyon, (Late 1950s/Early 1960s)
Balancing Rock Canyon, (Late 1950s/Early 1960s)

“Look out, they’re startin’ to tumble!”

Balancing Rock Canyon, (August, 1962)
Balancing Rock Canyon, (August, 1962)
Natural Stone Arch, The Living Desert
Natural Stone Arch, The Living Desert
Natural Stone Arch, The Living Desert, (1975)
Natural Stone Arch, The Living Desert, (1975)
Natural Stone Arch, The Living Desert
Natural Stone Arch, The Living Desert
Natural Stone Arch, The Living Desert
Natural Stone Arch, The Living Desert
Natural Stone Arch, The Living Desert
Natural Stone Arch, The Living Desert
Natural Stone Arch, The Living Desert
Natural Stone Arch, The Living Desert
Bobcat on balancing Rock
Bobcat on balancing Rock
Bobcat on balancing Rock, (August, 1965)
Bobcat on balancing Rock, (August, 1965)

“Watch that wildcat, lady!…”

“Glad he stayed up there. We’ve known these critters to take on a full-grown deer, more than ten times their size in weight.”

Bobcat on balancing RockWork
Bobcat on balancing RockWork
Rainbow Caverns Entrance and Mountain Lion
Rainbow Caverns Entrance and Mountain Lion

I’ve seen some four Mountain Lions in all of Nature’s Wonderland. It looks as if one lonesome Mountain Lion (or, “cougar” near the geysers) may have tracked us to the tunnel. Some Disneyland Cast Members around these Frontier parts have gone to naming him, “Charlie.”

Rainbow Caverns Entrance and Mountain Lion
Rainbow Caverns Entrance and Mountain Lion
Rainbow Caverns RockWork, Entrance, and Mountain Lion
Rainbow Caverns RockWork, Entrance, and Mountain Lion

Well, it looks like we got the green signal to proceed inside the Rainbow Caverns. We’ll blow our whistle to alert any workmen or others who may be traversing the silver and gold lined caverns. Along our route, we’ll “pass bones and skeletons glowing in the natural light of the abandoned old mine, and cross a yawing chasm that once barred further exploration”, according to “News From Disneyland” (a press release document, published 1956). In the earlier years of the Rainbow Caverns, there was a many colored waterfall which “tumbles from great height in the Cavern’s weirdly lit interior to splash at the foot of the track right of way… the ‘Bottomless Pit’ and ‘River of Gold’ are other sights of the Rainbow Caverns,” according to The Disneyland News (Vol. 1, No. 12 ; June of 1956). Now guests had the opportunity to see other formations - Bridal Veil Falls, Paint Pot Falls, Red Devil Falls, Angel Falls, Geyser Grotto, Dance of the Seven Sisters, Rainbow Falls, and the Witches Cauldron.

Rainbow Caverns Entrance and Mountain Lion
Rainbow Caverns Entrance and Mountain Lion
Mountain Lion, 1964 (top) and 1967 (bottom).
Mountain Lion, 1964 (top) and 1967 (bottom).
Mountain Lion
Mountain Lion
Rainbow Caverns RockWork
Rainbow Caverns RockWork

Rainbow Caverns RockWork
Rainbow Caverns RockWork
Rainbow Caverns
Rainbow Caverns
Staircase Falls, as prominently featured on a souvenir postcard.
Staircase Falls, as prominently featured on a souvenir postcard.

“The Rainbow Ridge mine train tunnels deep into the beautiful Rainbow Caverns where surging waterfalls and multi-colored stalactites and stalagmites are viewed in breathtaking splendor.”

Rainbow Caverns Staircase Falls Rockwork, as prominently featured on a souvenir postcard.
Rainbow Caverns Staircase Falls Rockwork, as prominently featured on a souvenir postcard.

“The Rainbow Caverns”

“Now we’re going deep into the earth to view the dazzlin’ Rainbow Caverns. You’ll see giant stalagmites, stalactites ‘n colorful falls on ever side. Say, if yuh look real careful, you’ll see Geyser Grotto ‘n even the Witches Cauldron…!”

According to Disney News (Spring, 1985), “A designs challenge posed by the addition of the Mine Trains through Rainbow Caverns’ became a springboard to one of Disney’s creative axioms. After winding through the desert terrain, the ol’ prospector’s train was to end up in a cavern of multicolored waterfalls, iridescent pools and geysers.” The original Rainbow Caverns featured all sorts of “true-life-like” formations. There was the golden Bridal Veil Falls, Red Devil Falls (red water pouring over rocks shaped like a devil), the Witches Cauldron… (which had red water falling over rocks shaped like an old witch, and then into a bubbling pot below), Paint Pot Falls, Geyser Grotto (spelled “Gyser Grotto” on a directional sign in the Caverns), and the falls of the Dance of the Seven Sisters (which gave the appearance of women dancing).

All the “Cavern Building” dark ride features were created by Claude Coats with schematics (like elevations) drafted by Sydney Louis Lev. The Second Edition of “Disneyland - The Nickel Tour” preserves images of Claude’s colorful concepts and developmental designs on pages 133 & 134. “Claude first set out designing a series of caverns, set deep in the mountain. He began by using an interesting asset the Disney Studios still had lying around... some leftover set pieces previously used in Walt's live-action feature film, 20,000 Leagues Under the Sea. (The rest of the sets wound up in Tomorrowland.) … Claude employed a crew of carpenters for several weeks, nailing up lumber and welding metal, turning the random set pieces into believable caverns. Before long they would be reincarnated as a part of Disneyland history.”

Of course the most spectacular of these water features was the multicolored Rainbow Falls - a magical effect that did not come about by some mere “happy accident.”

“‘I was trying to work out a rainbow-colored waterfall for the Mine Train ride,’” said artist designer Claude Coats. “‘I thought I had the thing working pretty good.’” At this time, Walt “called on a noted scientist to determine if it could be done.” This scientist’s name was Heinz Haber, a colleague of Werner Von Braun’s, and he proceeded to prove that the waters would splash together, and “within a week all of the colors would turn to gray,” according to Disney News (published Winter 1967-1968). Claude continued, “I told Walt what Heinz said about the rainbow waterfall being impossible to bring off. He just winked at me and said: ‘It’s kind of fun to do the impossible.’ So I started working about twice as hard and figured out a way to make it work.” [“Insights” by Steven Hulett ; “Disneyland 25” Advertising Supplement, January 20, 1980] The attraction with its show-stopping pinnacle opened within months, and guests could spot six vibrant colors! Some of this success can be attributed to Walt Disney who had formed a habit of always “exploring new paths and experimenting with new technologies.” It was said that “Walt, who seldom turned away from a challenge, merely impressed upon his staff, ‘its kinda fun to do the impossible,’” according to Disney News (Spring, 1985).

Yes, “approximately 270,000 gallons of water per hour are circulated to create the seven multi-colored waterfalls seen in the Rainbow Caverns in Frontierland. This is at a 40 foot head,” according to “A Complete Guide To Disneyland,” published 1957. This was so impressive that the first eight Tour Guides were given a Backstage Tour of the various pumps and dye processes to help them understand how the colors were maintained. Those colors truly never faded and this was further proven by the comments recorded in publications. For instance, three years later (during the summer of 1960), “new lighting and creations in color and unusual formations of stalagmites and stalactites have been added to the seven multi-hued underground waterfalls which cascade into boiling pools,” according to Vacationland, (Summer, 1960). Two years after that, the Guide Tour Script (1962) added : “It might interest you to know that the colored waterfalls are created through the use of fluorescent dyes in the water and black light. An elaborate … [six-pump] system [which] circulates over 43,000 gallons of water per hour.”

In 1963, the author of one sanctioned “Disneyland” publication referred to the creation of the effect (on the eve of another rehabilitation) stating: “Seemingly ‘impossible’ things are done as a matter of course at Disneyland. As an art director explains, the scientist who claimed that the design for Rainbow Caverns was not possible was absolutely right. But with a little persistence and ingenuity, a lot of baffles to separate the streams of colored water, and a lot more luck, the impossible project turned out to be feasible. And so, seven years after it was first opened at Disneyland, Rainbow Caverns is under-going extensive changes. Walt Disney has decided to make the underground attraction even more spectacular. And, while he is at it, he may add a color or two.”

Finally, ultraviolet lamps were used in the attraction to give a glowing effect to the fluorescent paint. These new Show Quality enhancing fluorescent effects were so impressive, that scientist Edmund A. Braun drew attention to them in his book “Black Light Creates Fascinating Fluorescence” (published 1968) : “World-famous Disneyland makes use of fluorescence in its ‘dark’ rides…Disneyland’s Mine Ride also uses black light and fluorescence to great advantage.” By 1974, one quart of ultraviolet paint was still being used to keep the color balance just right, according to Cal Harnetiaux (Disneyland Paint Department). It is clear that by that time, the rainbow of colors hadn’t become one “authentic water-color gray” but continued to be distinct.

Nightly these pools and fountains were cleaned.

Now, if guests could actually explore the “backside” of the magnificent Rainbow Caverns, they would discover several necessary areas, including various pumps on the Fantayland side, a Mine Train Storage Area, the Machine Shop, Sub Station No. 4, and even Disneyland Offices.

Rainbow Ridge, (November, 1963)
Rainbow Ridge, (November, 1963)

“Well…I see we’re comin’ back to Rainbow Ridge again.”

907EA2C2-47B4-4D66-A11B-39766723DB4C.jpeg
Rainbow Ridge Under Rehabilitation
Rainbow Ridge Under Rehabilitation

Regular rehabilitations led to freshly repainted trains and even a new platform (pictured above, c. 1966).

Rainbow Ridge, (October, 1968)
Rainbow Ridge, (October, 1968)
Rainbow Ridge
Rainbow Ridge
Rainbow Ridge
Rainbow Ridge
Rainbow Ridge, (December 11, 1960)
Rainbow Ridge, (December 11, 1960)

It looks like the sun is setting over the town of Rainbow Ridge and Natures Wonderland. Y’know, dusk is one o’ the best times to spot critters in their natural habitat!

Character lighting was themed to enhance the overall appearance and complement the interior, such as a chandelier or kerosene lamp. These add to the show, but don't necessarily create enough illumination for operation.

Balancing Rock Canyon
Balancing Rock Canyon

Quite a few notable events occurred around the town of Rainbow Ridge and Nature’s Wonderland. First, Frontierland personality Black Bart usually attempted to escape into the outskirts of Rainbow Ridge before being foiled by the local law enforcement. The latter was part of a concept (popularized through World’s Fairs, like Expo ‘67), which Walt pioneered since Disneyland’s earliest days - entertaining queue lines with live performers. Fantasyland had its life-size characters, both Adventureland and Tomorrowland had their live musical entertainment, and Frontierland had its gunfighters near the town of Rainbow Ridge! The area also served as a “set” of sorts, home to a Character experience or meet and greet with Black Bart, the Sheriff, and other “Gunfighters.”

“Walt Disney’s Guide to Disneyland” books (published for 1960) contained inserts advertising the new adventure. As the Mine Train Through Nature’s Wonderland was one adventure often included along Disneyland Guided Tours and V.I.P. Guided Tours of Disneyland, many notable guests recall experiencing this adventure!

The first President of Sudan visited Disneyland (on October 8th, 1961). “As a pack of Peccaries move though the Living Desert (in the background), President Ferik Ibrahim Abboud (left foreground) and his party look at the sights in show, from the Mine Train ride at Disneyland. Showing Abboud the points of interest is Henning Bodenhoff (right foreground) of Disneyland’s staff.”

(Credit : UPI Telephoto)

Tony Curtis’ hilarious adventures in Disneyland; Copyright © 1962, Universal International
Tony Curtis’ hilarious adventures in Disneyland; Copyright © 1962, Universal International

Occasionally the town of Rainbow Ridge was utilized as a stage for filming (but more commonly) performances. On Wednesday afternoon (March 21,1962), Ben Harris “met with the Universal Pictures Survey Group and conducted them on a three hour tour of the Park in preparation for [their] forthcoming film.” Owning to this, both a Mine Train and the town of Rainbow Ridge can briefly be seen in the memorable and comedic chase scene of “40 Pounds of Trouble”, starring Tony Curtis (released 1962). Pictured above, Tony Curtis removes a mushroom costume near the Mine Train Through Nature’s Wonderland Queue.

The Mad Mountain Ramblers performed from a stage set up in this area during Grad Nite 1964. During the summer of 1966, Hearts and Flowers performed near the Mine Train from 1:00 PM - 8:00 PM.

“Schwinn Takes A Trip To Disneyland” Catalogue Excerpt, (1966)
“Schwinn Takes A Trip To Disneyland” Catalogue Excerpt, (1966)

“Maintenance”

Since the beginning, the Four Keys of the DISNEYLAND Show (operating priorities in presenting the DISNEYLAND Show) have been present - Courtesy, Safety, Show, and Efficiency. Guided by these Four Keys, are Walt Disney Imagineers, who are always seeking out new magical opportunities to increase the efficiency, safety, and showquality of Disneyland adventures.

“55er” Jim Harman remembered “l used to fight gophers in Nature's Wonderland At that time, the sound speakers were hidden in false rocks and the gophers would fill the speakers in with earth. They sent me into combat with the critters… I remember how, during the course of a season, the ants would eat the real fur off of the birds and animals.” During rainy seasons, the animals were covered to protect their fur and feathers.

In the name of the overall Park Show Quality, many rehabilitations kept Rainbow Ridge, and all of Nature’s Wonderland looking like a true-life adventure. For instance, Bob Johnson (who began working as the Park’s taxidermist under Bud Washo around 1960) made “the rounds of his 230 animals in Frontierland,” according to Backstage Disneyland (Fall of 1965). The same article continues : “In other scenes Bob has added a domestic touch by creating three baby skunks and two baby owls and placing them next to their adopted parents. Bob is also good at improvising. The plastic claws on the black bear broke repeatedly on the bottom of the stream as the bear scooped for fish. Bob solved the problem by designing a set of rubber claws.” Bob even rehabilitated the most difficult to recover - “the two diving bears” which “bob up and down and turn from side to side. The skin must have enough slack to allow movement yet not look too shabby.”

Owning to the maintenance and rehabilitations, Disneyland (and the Mine Trains) have occasionally been utilized as a backdrop for many advertising campaigns made for television and publications (like magazines and newspapers). For instance, during September of 1962, Max Stewart, Larry Clemmons, and Art Crookshank (of the Walt Disney Studio) filmed and shot scenery from a Mine Train for Studio Production #3185. In their “minutes” they described their shoot this way : “We moved to the Mine Train Loading Dock. The Mine Train was held up (8) minutes. We loaded two Mine Trains, backed them up into the Rainbow Caverns and cued them non-stop through the loading dock.”

About two years later, during July of 1964 (and in the name of Show Quality, before it was so-named), Bob Matheison (of the Customer Relations Division) was studying an area near the Mine Train and coming up with “a recommendation as to whether… [Disneyland] should have musicians there on Friday and Saturday evenings, within budget.” About one year later, photographs for the “Schwinn Takes A Trip To Disneyland” catalogue (including this one pictured above, where the town of Rainbow Ridge used as a background for the new Schwinn Fastback Sting-Ray models) were both shot at Disneyland during the Disneyland Tencennial celebration of 1965.

By 1964, the character of the 11th hole of The Magic Kingdom Golf Course of the Disneyland Hotel Golf Centre was still themed after the Painted Desert.

From April 30 to May 25, 1973 the Mine Ride was closed for a 4-week rehabilitation.

From late 1974 through early 1975, Marc Davis and George McGinnis worked on several proposals for the addition of an earthquake sequence for the Mine Train Thru Nature’s Wonderland in which the locomotive would detach from the train and its cars of passengers would “run away”, passing molten lava, a disturbed owl and a panicked bear. But they never got around to developing this concept further.

At least one Mine Train was used to carry Karen and Richard Carpenter during the filming of several scenes for their “Mr. Postman” music video released in 1975.

But by 1977, it was time to say “goodbye” and bid “farewell” to the two acres surrounding Rainbow Ridge as we knew it. The town of Rainbow Ridge disappeared from the hills overlooking Frontierland some time in 1977, when construction began, of the soon-to-be-iconic Big Thunder Mountain - ‘the wildest ride in the wilderness!’ Most of the buildings were temporarily moved to the Backstage, in order to be redeveloped for their relocation to Thunder Ridge. Some (like the Panhandle Hotel and the Big Thunder Epitaph) were present in 1956, and went on to exist for several decades.

Maintenance salvage and tree boxing began around March of 1977, to “determine those elements of scenery and animation which can be saved from Nature’s Wonderland and put to future use.” Any critters that could be salvaged needed to be cleared out by May, when major demolition was scheduled to begin. [Disneyland LINE, February 24, 1977] Some simple figures and static figures (like coyotes, desert deer and marmots) were preserved, or repurposed, while a few that could not be moved, were either paved over or left in the river.

Big Thunder Falls RockWork (the present)
Big Thunder Falls RockWork (the present)

Some descendants of Nature’s Wonderland still populate parts of Frontierland. For instance, “the legend of lobo” lives on near Big Thunder Mountain. Last (but not least), thanks to the c.1984 Imagineered renderings of Gene Johnson, at least one old Mine Train (the victim of a land slide) sat abandoned on tracks along the Rivers of America, where it became home to quite a few “playful marmots” from about 1985 to 2010. A 1984 report revealed that the Mine Ride Cars weighed 2,200 lbs. while the Mine Ride power unit weighed 9,600 lbs.

You may recall once purchasing a print of Gene’s concept through The Disney Gallery.

 We’ve heard of some strange happenings…stories of an abandoned old mine train vanishing from tracks along the  Rivers of America  (some time in 2010), and reappearing some 35 miles away in Griffith Park, California (during 2015)!  After some negotia

We’ve heard of some strange happenings…stories of an abandoned old mine train vanishing from tracks along the Rivers of America (some time in 2010), and reappearing some 35 miles away in Griffith Park, California (during 2015)!

After some negotiations and an agreement between the Walt Disney Company and the Carolwood Foundation and Carolwood Pacific Historical Society (which is known for its preservative nature toward train-related Walt Disney artifacts), the Mine Train locomotive, tender, and gondolas disappeared yet again (but this time for careful rehabilitation). In May of 2019, former Orange County Register contributor Mark Eades wrote a wonderful sneak preview of the Mine Train locomotive, tender, and gondola, as well as an update on the “Disneyland Mine Train Restoration Under Way” [which can be read by visiting the LINK HERE].

Finally (in 2019), one of the gondolas was unveiled through a limited engagement held at the MUZEO Museum and Cultural Center in Anaheim (another fine institution which perseveres some Disneyland history in relation to the story of Orange County)!

2019, Unveiling of a refurbished Nature's Wonderland Railroad Mine Train MUZEO Express
2019, Unveiling of a refurbished Nature's Wonderland Railroad Mine Train MUZEO Express
2019, Unveiling of a refurbished Nature's Wonderland Railroad Mine Train MUZEO Express
2019, Unveiling of a refurbished Nature's Wonderland Railroad Mine Train MUZEO Express

A designation has been applied to one of the two cars being restored - SAGUARO FOREST! What will the other cars designation be?

2019, Unveiling of a refurbished Nature's Wonderland Railroad Mine Train MUZEO Express
2019, Unveiling of a refurbished Nature's Wonderland Railroad Mine Train MUZEO Express

We’re looking at one of the “Mine Train Through Natures Wonderland” gondolas restored by TLJ Construction, Incorporated in Burbank, California. This much anticipated preview comes courtesy of The MUZEO museum (in Anaheim), and the Carolwood Foundation. According to curators : “this mine car was one of seven passenger cars coupled to Locomotive #1 on the Nature’s Wonderland Railroad.”

2019, Unveiling of a refurbished Nature's Wonderland Railroad Mine Train MUZEO Express
2019, Unveiling of a refurbished Nature's Wonderland Railroad Mine Train MUZEO Express
2019, Unveiling of a refurbished Nature's Wonderland Railroad Mine Train MUZEO Express
2019, Unveiling of a refurbished Nature's Wonderland Railroad Mine Train MUZEO Express

Will this speaker eventually broadcast a version of the pre-recorded spiel? Only time will tell.

2019, Unveiling of a refurbished Nature's Wonderland Railroad Mine Train MUZEO Express
2019, Unveiling of a refurbished Nature's Wonderland Railroad Mine Train MUZEO Express

Many of the original metallic parts (like this coupler), were the first parts to be cleaned up and restored to their former glory.

"EPISODE 4 - ARTIFACTS OF NATURE'S WONDERLAND"

Here, Mine Train enthusiast and historian James Keeline shares a few artifacts from the mining town of Rainbow Ridge, and “a tale of two critters” that once inhabited the desert-scape of the Painted Desert!

Engine No. 1 Mine Train Plate “Order of the Red Handkerchief” Plaque
Engine No. 1 Mine Train Plate “Order of the Red Handkerchief” Plaque

Upon retirement, replica engine plates were made into plaques. These plaques were given to members of the Order of the Red Handkerchief. This particular plaque was bestowed upon “Wild Bill” Berry, an engineer who operated engines from 1958, right up to the attraction’s close in 1979!

Engine No. 2 Mine Train Plate (c. 1960-1977), The Collection of James Keeline
Engine No. 2 Mine Train Plate (c. 1960-1977), The Collection of James Keeline

This is actually one of four Number Plates, from the Rainbow Mining & Exploration Company era (of green-colored mine trains). The trains of that era were 3, 4, and 5, and this Number Plate is actually No.5 repurposed into Plate No.2.

Nature’s Wonderland Railroad Sign
Nature’s Wonderland Railroad Sign

(Property of the Walt Disney Archives ; On loan from Walt Disney’s Carolwood Barn)

According to curators : “The Nature’s Wonderland Railroad sign is originally from Locomotive #1 of the Mine Train Through Nature’s Wonderland, which ceased operations in 1977 and was later replaced by Big Thunder Mountain Railroad.”

MULE PACK (RAINBOW RIDGE PACK MULES)

5E837680-6B47-4332-B2E3-C9F06F2FF78A.jpeg
 (July 17th, 1955 - February 1st, 1956)
(July 17th, 1955 - February 1st, 1956)

At Disneyland there is a "story behind the story" of every attraction, every attraction is a living experience for the guest. Disneyland ride-through attractions or adventures have officially been defined as an “individual show, ride, or exhibit designed to produce an entertaining Guest experience. Disney attractions stir the imagination, enliven the senses, and provide the participants with positive, innovative entertainment, which is the essence of the DISNEYLAND Show.” It is important to review the story of the attraction, tell the story, explain it, and create interest. This is the story of the Mule Pack.

Equine regularly factored into the plot of Walt Disney Productions (like “Don Donald”, released 1936, which co-starred Jenny the Burro), and equine have always been part of Walt’s vision for a Park. An early form of (what would come go be known as) the “Disneyland Prospectus” [prepared in 1953 for Disneyland Inc. by WED Enterprises], mentions a Mule Pack Ride - “Take a Mule Pack Ride with an old prospector for a guide through the colorful mother-lode country of the pioneer days.” The contemporaneous “Proposed Diagramatic Layout of Disneyland” (Marvin A. Davis’ plot plan, produced for WED Enterprises, by September 12, 1953) detailed a “Pack Mule Ride” as well as its route through this section of “Frontier Land.” It was also written that “the Mail-Order Catalogue will picture everything for sale in the Emporium or at any place in Disneyland. If you want a real pony and cart or a miniature donkey thirty inches high you’ll find it in the catalogue.” Clearly, the development of Disneyland necessitated Owen and Dollie living on the Walt Disney Studio Lot for the duration of their development.

One of the foremost aspects of future Disneyland attraction development that Owen supervised was fabrication of equine tack during 1954. Diane (eldest daughter of Walt Disney) once recollected, “Dad’s first grandchild, Christopher , was born in December of 1954. Disneyland was under construction at the time, and Owen and Dollie Pope were hired to acquire and train the horses and mules that the park would need to pull the horse cars and stage coaches down Main Street. To be close to the horses, the Popes lived in a trailer on the Studio’s back lot and then at Disneyland. Dad would often visit them and the horses. Owen was a skilled saddle maker and made this miniature saddle as a gift for Dad’s first grandchild. My husband Ron was in the army and stationed at Fort Ord, and we were living in Pacific Grove, California. When Mom and Dad flew up to see their first grandson, Dad brought this little saddle with him.”

Owen and Dollie also oversaw the breeding and care of these Sardinian Donkeys, which were intended for “Frontier Land, which is Disney’s favorite section of the fair,” according to Loius Berg (Reporter for “This Week Magazine”)! In fact, they looked after the first Disneyland Cast Member. The “lovable little mule, Picolino, was the first of his breed to be ‘hired’ to work at Disneyland.” On that day, Walt Disney personally commissioned Herb Ryman to paint a portrait of Picolino (the first Disneyland Cast Member) to celebrate the occasion, and this Herb did, while standing with brush in hand before the Studio coral, according to “A Brush with Walt Disney” edited by Bruce Gordon and David Mumford, page 1963.

 Many years prior, Walt had spent a number of his formative years on a farm run by his father Elias. So, it was only natural that Walt enjoyed the animals around the Studio. A testament to this was the account of Louis Berg, who had the privilege to

Many years prior, Walt had spent a number of his formative years on a farm run by his father Elias. So, it was only natural that Walt enjoyed the animals around the Studio. A testament to this was the account of Louis Berg, who had the privilege to tour the Walt Disney Studio “stud farm” late in 1954. He soon divulged : “I visited the stud farm where the midget horses, ponies, and Sardinian donkeys that will draw the wagons, carts and surreys are being nursed. And it’s a sight in this world to watch the tiny foals nuzzling up to mothers themselves no bigger than a normal foal. Disney knows every colt and every pony by name, and can tell you the characteristics of each of the several hundred animals : one likes to chew on cigarettes, another is a brat. ‘Get away, General,’ he said to a young colt that was biting his trouser leg affectionately.” Herb Ryman [in “Work With Walt” by Don Peri] collaborated Louis Berg’s observations, recalling how Walt “loved the the little animals - the little horses, ponies, and mules.” And Walt wasn’t the only one who loved the animals at the Studio. In his interview, Louis Berg continued : “Incidentally the pony corral is the favorite of Disney employees and their children. Most constant visitor is ‘Bunky’ Thompson, receptionist, who spends lunch hours feeding the animals.”

“55er” Day Sechler recalled: “At Disneyland, … Walt [sic] came to the Pony Farm a lot to watch us break horses. He was always concerned if he could do anything for you.”

Sharon, Walt and Owen at the Feed Yards of the 6-Acre Backstage Disneyland Pony Farm, c.1957.
Sharon, Walt and Owen at the Feed Yards of the 6-Acre Backstage Disneyland Pony Farm, c.1957.

Soon one authorized “Disneyland Information & Nomenclature List” (prepared by Bill Cottrell of Disneyland Inc., by May 25, 1955) divulged the details of the “Mule Pack Ride” to Disneyland, Inc. employees in the following way : “A pack ride into the motherlode country in the Old West.” Further, “2 packs” were detailed, consisting of “1 lead horse and 9 mules in each pack.”

While most employees of Disneyland attended an orientation program, during this era, there were many Pony Farm employees who did not attend these sessions. Van Arsdale France remembered: “I think I managed to schedule almost everyone through orientation, with one exception. My only failure was with the people who were to operate the horse drawn vehicles. This operation was controlled by a crusty man named Owen Pope, whose headquarters were in what is still called ‘The Pony Farm.’ When I cornered him, he explained by saying, ‘Van, you're dealing with people people. We're horse people out here.’ He finally sent me one or two of his men. But, he was. doing his own training program.”

Before the Park opened, the Mules, Burros, and all equine were prepared for the noises that they would hear once On Stage in Frontierland (and other parts of Disneyland). Van Arsdale France once wrote: “He [that is, Owen Pope] was worried about the horses ‘spooking’ with all the sights and sounds of Disneyland. So, a recording of sounds from arcades and shooting galleries, and yelling kids made up. This was used as an audio aid for horse training. Since the horses were not directly on the payroll, they had to be carried as assets. All were given names. They all received names of people in accounting. Lucy Cotton, for example had a mule on the records named, ‘Lucy Mule.’” In so doing, Mule Wranglers who assisted Owen knew each equine “in their strings” including the new mules born at Disneyland.

One insert in area newspapers described how “Some of the more stubborn animals slid around the training area on their haunches two or three times before accepting the idea the older, lead horse was trying to get across. Trainers say all horse drawn equipment, from Frontierland stages to Fantasyland's Sardinian carts, will show the Disney perfection on opening day, July 18.”

A press release photo depicting Atom the Burro & Walt Disney; ©️Walt Disney Productions.
A press release photo depicting Atom the Burro & Walt Disney; ©️Walt Disney Productions.

New additions to the “Pony Farm” stock stem back to Disneyland’s opening year, when Atom the Burro (“Disneyland’s first citizen…born on the Magic Kingdom’s Pony Farm”), was introduced into the world before Disneyland opened. You may recall this image printed on the cover of special newspaper sections published Friday, July 15, 1955.

A press release photo depicting Atom the Burro & Walt Disney; ©️Walt Disney Productions.
A press release photo depicting Atom the Burro & Walt Disney; ©️Walt Disney Productions.

Walt loved his Disneyland equine. For instance John Catone recalled seeing Walt “riding around the Park on a white horse.” Atom (above) is seen on the cover of the “Premier Souvenir Edition” of the Independent Press Telegram, published Friday, July 15, 1955 and on the inside cover of Disneyland Holiday (Spring of 1957) where he is depicted with the caption: “Walt Disney and a friend.”

Some mules were named after Disneylanders, like Lucy Mule (named after Lucy Cottom), and Burro Male Jim 2 (named after Jim Quigley). Occasionally, animals (including at least two mules) were sold - even before Disneyland opened. Hand-written notes made during the 1958-59 appraisal of Disneyland preserve this information.

Note the sale of two mules (during 1954-1955) itemized on this list of “Disneyland Direct Purchases Capitalized”; prepared by October 4, 1959.
Note the sale of two mules (during 1954-1955) itemized on this list of “Disneyland Direct Purchases Capitalized”; prepared by October 4, 1959.
The rarely-seen Blacksmith Room was divulged in Western Horseman, (September, 1957)
The rarely-seen Blacksmith Room was divulged in Western Horseman, (September, 1957)

While the horseshoes of the Belgians, Clydesdales, Percheron, and Shire-Percheron cross-breeds were made of rubber (to generate the “clip-clop” sound on Main Street), the horseshoes of the Frontierland equine (mules, Sardinian donkeys, midget horses and ponies) which travelled through unpaved areas were made of iron metal, the old fashioned way. The old Mule Shoes were once stored in a barn at the Pony Ranch. But many years later (and long after most of the Mule Trains had departed from Disneyland), the old shoes were relocated and piled high under trees (and behind a fence) near Big Thunder Ranch.

Some equipment was purchased, like 16 saddles which were specially rigged with a 14-inch seat, purchased for $1,248, by October of 1959.

By July 1, 1954, George Whitney of Disneyland, Inc. directed Amusements, with Ron Miller overseeing analysis, philosophy, capacities, planning, operator training, and amusement procurement.

 At last, the Press Preview Day arrived, with the  “Pack Mules - two packs - one lead horse and nine mules in each pack,”  escorting guests through the wild country of  Frontierland !  The Mule Pack  would go on to hold a special place in Disneyland

At last, the Press Preview Day arrived, with the “Pack Mules - two packs - one lead horse and nine mules in each pack,” escorting guests through the wild country of Frontierland! The Mule Pack would go on to hold a special place in Disneyland history, as 1 of 22 initial major attractions at Disneyland! “55er” Day Sechler recalled, “Where Fritos now stands was a loadin' dock for burros, we didn't have mules then. A burro belongs to the ass family." Earl Anderson recalled “On opening day, John Yarber and I got a call that the gate had fallen off the Mule Pack Ride, and that we were to go and fix it. We had not the slightest idea where the Mule Pack was.”

“Disneyland's Painted Desert was a playground for the James Unger family recently when they took one of the first pack mule trains a cross this miniature desert waste. Cactus and sagebrush was moved in and the area given its realistic appearance by Disney craftsmen and artisans. Led by a Disneyland trainer, the riders are Mrs. James Unger and sons, Melvin, 9; Albert, 12, and Richard, 2, riding with his father, James W. Unger.”

The Frontier Stage Depot.
The Frontier Stage Depot.

Many Hosts started out working the mule attraction, and assisting young guests onto the saddles and into the stirrups. For example, after some encouragement from Eugene Lemmon (of Park Management and Operations), the legendary Ron Dominguez even spent part of his first year with Disneyland, working with the Mule Pack (among other equestrian-based adventures). The adventure has been described as “unpredictable, certainly never the same ride twice.” Charley Brock recalled: “In May of 1956, I went to work on the Mule Pack Trip. I'd work the mules some and the horses some. A mule will only work so much and then he'll quit. A horse will work until he drops. Burros are pretty stubborn. I'd sure get mad at the mules sometimes out in the Park, but I'd save the swearin' at them fill I got 'em back in the barn. I'd call it 'MULE LANGUAGE!”

The attraction was very popular. Soon (within 1954-55), a Conestoga Wagon and Mule Pack model kit (potentially Walt Disney Productions licensed merchandise) was also suggested by the Strombeck-Becker Mfg. Co.

0AB1CE06-EF84-4E15-9BB6-60D722633C76.jpeg
(June 26th, 1956 - June 26, 1960 )
(June 26th, 1956 - June 26, 1960 )

The Mule Pack soon went down for a major rehabilitation. Several years later (during 1961), Eleanor Heldt (Magic Kingdom Club Administrator) commented that “During a major rehabilitation, it is sometimes necessary to close an attraction for several weeks. This of course, is when the smallest details are checked, replaced, or repaired as required for the maximum safety, convenience, and comfort of our guests.” Beginning on June 26th, 1956, several new attractions (and enhancements) proved the truth of Walt Disney’s promise that Disneyland would continue to grow! As the mules were included among several exciting attractions debuting during 1956, that increased ride capacity, one day in August saw a peak total of “197,547 individual rides” enjoyed by Guests (according to a letter from Walt to Ward Kimball, dated January 23, 1957).

Walt & Roy visit Marceline over Fourth of July weekend 1956; L-R: Roy Disney. Frank Van Tiger, Walt Disney
Walt & Roy visit Marceline over Fourth of July weekend 1956; L-R: Roy Disney. Frank Van Tiger, Walt Disney

In 1906 Frank had delivered fence posts to the Disney Farm in his Peter Schttler Wagon. When Walt and Roy came back for a visit in 1956 (not long after the reopening of the Pack Mules at Disneyland) they enjoyed a ride in the very same wagon pulled by mules.

Published July 15, 1955.
Published July 15, 1955.
"The Official Guide to Disneyland" Excerpt, 1956; This image was also the subject of a Disneyrama postcard.
"The Official Guide to Disneyland" Excerpt, 1956; This image was also the subject of a Disneyrama postcard.

Just outside the mining town of Rainbow Ridge sat the boarding station for the pack mule train. Now, there were “three wonderful ways” to enjoy the Painted Desert at Disneyland.

This is a Walt Disney Artist's conception of a section of FRONTIER-LAND in Disneyland, featuring the awe inspiring Mine Train Ride, the exciting Stagecoach and Mule Pack Rides, where one can journey through the many fantastic sights of the Rainbow Desert and Rainbow Mountain areas, returning with a view of the famous Mark Twain River Boat and Tom Sawyer Island.

A press release photo depicts a Mule Train on the trail overlooking a Stagecoach; ©️Walt Disney Productions.
A press release photo depicts a Mule Train on the trail overlooking a Stagecoach; ©️Walt Disney Productions.
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (September, 1957)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (September, 1957)

Similar to the Mine Train, the Rainbow Ridge Pack Mules also departed from the town of Rainbow Ridge!

A young guest gets excited iver the Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, August, c. 1958.
A young guest gets excited iver the Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, August, c. 1958.
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (August, 1958)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (August, 1958)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (August, 1958)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (August, 1958)

According to “Disneyland Inside Story”: “No animals in the Disneyland Pony Farm were more difficult to work with than the Frontierland Pack Mules. They began their show business careers by nibbling at guests' souvenir hats as they saddled up. When the operators got wise and started collecting the hats before loading, the mules occasionally retaliated by nipping shoes. One mule mistook a girl's long blonde ponytail for a ‘hay snack.’”

Rainbow Desert, (August, 1958)
Rainbow Desert, (August, 1958)

The Rainbow Ridge Pack Mules offered alternate views of the Painted Desert along a route not taken by the ore cars.

Pack Mules Ticket (1959), The Collection of James Keeline
Pack Mules Ticket (1959), The Collection of James Keeline

The tickets (like the ones for other early attractions), were likely produced by Globe. According to James Keeline, “The price [for ADULT and CHILD admission] stayed the same for the first few years but the lettered individual tickets started to appear in this era too.”

“‘VOID’ was used when they wanted to have tickets to put on display in the park ticket booths if people wanted to trade them in towards passports, etc.”

Pack Mules Ticket (1959), The Collection of James Keeline
Pack Mules Ticket (1959), The Collection of James Keeline

Admission during 1958 just was one “jumbo” “D” coupon (the price of 35 cents, for one child), the same as the Jungle Cruise, Indian War Canoes, or the Tom Sawyer Island Rafts.

A23E41BB-04B4-4096-8C49-6C8383A0B20E.jpeg
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge

Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge

While some prefer the gondolas of the Mine Trains, hardier pioneers find a tour of the desert via sturdy pack mule more to their liking!
In order to assure an adequate amount of transportation, mules and burros were kept at two locations. This is evident by reports of an appraisal was conducted (from 1958 to 1959) through Bank of America, to qualify Disneyland, Inc. for a loan that would support a massive expansion of Disneyland.

During 1958, a couple of Bank of America District Appraisal Officers (William Smith & K.E. Johnson) appraised the livestock owned by Disneyland, Inc. Located in Disneyland, Orange County were found five small mules (ages 4-7; valued at $125 each) and 50 burros (ages 4-10; valued at $50 each). Other animals were pastured at Rock Creek Ranch in Llamo, California. There, were 35 burros (valued at $35 each) and five small crossbred mules (valued at $75 each) subsiding on pasture grass and alfalfa. A final account revealed that there were 88 burros (3 at Disneyland, 85 pastured) and 11 mules (4 at Disneyland, 11 pastured).

Appraiser representative (e.g. K.E. Johnson) of the District Appraisal Officer (J.C. Biggers) of the Bank of America Fullerton Branch was sent to Disneyland in November of 1959 to inspect assets including the related equipment and livestock. In addition, the mules and burrows were also appraised - one mule gelding valued at $100 a head; two burrow mares valued at $50 a head, totaling $350; 4 burrow geldings valued at $50 a head, totaling $200.

Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (1950s)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (1950s)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (1959)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (1959)

The Rainbow Caverns Mine Train attraction (of 1956) brought scenic “natural” wonders to the mule train route. That same year, a covered awning (similar to the ones in the Mexican Village) was added to the queue to protect guests from the rays of the sun before ‘saddling up’.

Mule Pack Queue and Loading Area at Rainbow Ridge
Mule Pack Queue and Loading Area at Rainbow Ridge
 Once upon a time, Mule Packs, Conestoga Wagons, and Stagecoaches transported guests through the Rainbow Desert. This was the scene until July of 1959, when the horse-drawn vehicles began to disappear from Frontierland. During that year of 1959,  Joe

Once upon a time, Mule Packs, Conestoga Wagons, and Stagecoaches transported guests through the Rainbow Desert. This was the scene until July of 1959, when the horse-drawn vehicles began to disappear from Frontierland. During that year of 1959, Joe Fowler was Vice President of Disneyland Operations Committee and Doc Lemmon of Disneyland Operations was overseeing Operators of Rides & Amusements (like the Mule Packs, Conestoga Wagons, and Stagecoaches), Livestock, Parking Lot, and Ticket Sellers.

By this late date of October 4, 1959, several related direct purchases had been made including “16 saddles special rigged with a 14” seat” valued at $1,248. That very month, the first printing of the internal publication “Disneyland Dictionary” described the adventure in this way: “Pack mule ride into the mother-lode country of old West on mules such as were used by gold miners and settlers of the era.” By this time, the Rainbow Ridge Pack Mules consisted of two (2) packs - one (1) lead horse and nine (9) mules in each pack.

(June 10, 1960 - December 9, 1973*)
(June 10, 1960 - December 9, 1973*)

*Some sources state February 1st, 1973 and December 9th, 1973, while Disneyland LINE asserts October of 1973.

In 1960, a brand-new “seven acre composite True-Life Adventure called Nature’s Wonderland” would be “based on elements of four Disney films - Beaver Valley, Bear Country, The Living Desert and The Olympic Elk… a journey by mine train or pack mule into a wilderness populated by more than 200 life-like animals, birds and reptiles,” according to “Walt Disney Disneyland,” page 44, printed by Officine Grafiche Arnoldo Mondadori - Verona; first published 1964. Yes, the mules would now embark along a trail that offered alternate vantages of The Living Desert and the rest of Nature’s Wonderland! Youthful explorers could now see the “back country” of Nature’s Wonderland from the back of a sturdy and sure-footed pack mule, from dawn ‘til dusk.

As quickly as the Bounding Big Horn Sheep appeared atop Cascade Mountain (among the approximate 200 critters), it quickly disappeared so as to not threaten the mules. Precautions were also taken to not frighten the mules passing over Natural Arch Bridge. Operators would refrain from ringing the bell or blowing the whistle while the Mine trains passed below.

Back in 1957, Disneyland maintained around 200 head of horses, ponies, mules, and burros. Despite all the equine-powered vehicles at Disneyland, most of these “200” were mules and burros. By 1962, Disneyland had a total of 195 horses and mules [according to an article by Art Linkletter published in The Ford Times Guide To Travel In The USA, published 1962]. Of course the latter figure still mostly included the mules and burros (98 mules and 68 burros were most of the head of horses kept by Disneyland by the summer of 1966). One may wonder why there were so many mules on hand and the reason is because the Mule Trains consisted of eight mules, and there were as many as “10 trains running during the summer” seasons, accruing to Backstage Disneyland (Summer, 1966).

None of these animals worked more than 4 hours a day, six days a week. When they weren’t working, the horses were stabled in clean and individual tie stalls, while the mules and burros had their own corrals and lots. “They receive excellent care, as does everything connected with Disneyland. Gear is kept clean, polished, and in good repair. A full-time farrier is kept on hand, and barns, stalls, tackrooms, and corrals are kept spic and span”, [according to The Western Horseman, published September of 1957].

According to “Disneyland Inside Story”: “Although blessed with extraordinarily short work hours, the mules would stop for no apparent reason along the trail and refuse to continue, regardless of the verbal lashings applied by the mule skinner. And almost anywhere, at any time, one of the creatures would break into a loud and repetitious series of brayings that sounded astonishingly like ‘hee haw.’”

Disneyland Map Excerpt
Disneyland Map Excerpt

In 1965, Backstage Disneyland published the following short report: “Famous Mule Master, WALT BRICKER, placed his feet comfort ably on his ‘desk’ in the old Blacksmith Shop at Rainbow Ridge. ‘Yessir,’ he mused, ‘It was quite a Summer. Had one of the finest crews in the Park. Broke the ride record on July 14 with 3848 guests carried. The riders and loaders operated together as a team.’ Then he told how the operators were all taken to Owen Pope's Pony Farm to see the magnitude of the Disneyland equestrian operation. The mules consume a ton and a half of hay a day and, thus, must work to pay for their keep. Each rider lines up his (or her) string of mules and then combs, grooms and saddles each one.

JIM LINDSAY, foreman of the riders, is tremendous with the animals and calls every mule by name. He personally rides every new mule to see if he is safe for the guests. If a shoe becomes loose on one of the mules, Jim opens his old tool chest in the Blacksmith Shop and removes the shoe.

Walt tilted farther back in his chair and his eyes twinkled. ‘Sure have some good looking girl riders,’ he beamed. And that CAROL SPAETH is a real sharp horse trader. Watch out for her.’ ‘And take that DANNY JOHNSON. She is quite a gal with animals. She can out work most men. She used to saddle forty horses at her father's stable before starting her shift at Disnevland.’ CHARLEY YATES is an old timer. He used to be a jockey. AL HOWRY used to ride for Betty Grable. FLETCHER SKELTON comes from New Mexico where he used to punch cattle. He still rides a horse as if he was on the range, spurs and all.’”

Another rehabilitation ended with an extended Loading Dock added for the summer of 1966.

Pack Mules Attractions Hosts (possibly Charley Brock, left) and Guests at Rainbow Ridge Guest Control queue area, August 4, 1960.
Pack Mules Attractions Hosts (possibly Charley Brock, left) and Guests at Rainbow Ridge Guest Control queue area, August 4, 1960.

Charley Brock recalled: “Well, one day we were workin' 10 string o' mules in the Park and the Santa Ana winds got to blowin' Limbs were fallin' on the trail. There was a big tree at the end of the loadin' dock and it started cracklin. I stopped loadin' and I was scared and shakin' as the tree kept creakin. I had just got my last string out when the big tree fell with an awful crash!”

Disneylander and “55er” Frank Pfannenstiel went to work on the mules in 1961. Eddie Dixon also alongside the chute where his mules were bein’ loaded.

Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (August 4, 1960)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (August 4, 1960)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (August 4, 1960)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (August 4, 1960)
Mule Pack, (December, 1961)
Mule Pack, (December, 1961)
Mule Pack, (December, 1961)
Mule Pack, (December, 1961)
Mule Pack, (December, 1961)
Mule Pack, (December, 1961)
96780F68-7314-43CA-9389-6B79D0E3EA66.jpeg
 The  Mule Pack Ride  was occasionally featured in media. For instance, in August of 1962, Lloyd Richardson, Larry Clemmons, Joe Marquette, Coy Watkins, and Jack Leppert (of the Walt Disney Studio) filmed and shot scenery  “(1) near the fighting stag

The Mule Pack Ride was occasionally featured in media. For instance, in August of 1962, Lloyd Richardson, Larry Clemmons, Joe Marquette, Coy Watkins, and Jack Leppert (of the Walt Disney Studio) filmed and shot scenery “(1) near the fighting stags, (2) behind a building in Rainbow Ridge and (3) on the Mule Train itself,” for Studio Production #3185.

Disneyland "E" Adult Admission Coupon, 50¢ Value, c. 1961-1964.
Disneyland "E" Adult Admission Coupon, 50¢ Value, c. 1961-1964.
 Many notable Disneylanders had a privileged part in the Pack Mule rotation - the set order of operating positions established by the attraction's Working Lead. Plenty of Disneyland Cast Members had their start as Mule Riders, like “55er”  Charlie Br

Many notable Disneylanders had a privileged part in the Pack Mule rotation - the set order of operating positions established by the attraction's Working Lead. Plenty of Disneyland Cast Members had their start as Mule Riders, like “55er” Charlie Brock, Mike Leslie (eventual successor of Disneyland Pony Farm Supervisor Day Sechler), Walt Joseph Jackson Brickner (who was often mistaken for either Walt Disney or the late Clark Gable), and Eddie Dixon (another c.1965 Cast Member). Many of these had a passion for working with equine and most animals, like John Jay Pelletier. This is John’s story :

“I had just come from canada in 1960 and gone from country living to city living. I think in 1961 dad had just got a new job and took the family to Disneyland. At that time they had Tom sawyer’s Island (and I enjoyed that), the canoes, and the mule train. I was 15 the first time I went. Mom and dad loved the jamboree and the Golden Horseshoe saloon. We had ice cream, pop corn, apple candy, and that sort of stuff. I remember the fantasy of it all, and the characters. That was my first experience with Disneyland.

Then there was a Grad Nite. The gal I dated was a senior, and I had never seen Disneyland at night. It was all lit up, and so pretty. I lived in Fullerton and if we got on top of the house we could see the fireworks at night. One of my teachers worked for Disneyland, and mentioned that Disneyland was hiring. A friend of mine said, “Do you want to go work for Disneyland?” Come middle of may of 1965, he got a job right away on the monorail, and the Horseless Carriages, and the train. I never got the call, and went to work with my dad in the oil fields. I got the call [later] in the middle of June, and they asked if I had experience working with animals and mules. They said we have an opening on the mule train, and the pay starts around $1.75 an hour 1965. So, I went to work for the mule train, and the next thing I knew, I had my own train. I would load the kids, get the animals, feed them a little, give them a break, and then get back in line and do it again.

Having been raised on a farm in Canada, I learned to saddle up horses and teams of Mules to pull logs out of the forest. So I felt at home…it was fun. The hardest part was to tell people that they were too big [to ride]. Kids were the best, …I spent time with each one while adjusting the stirrups. I always carried pieces of carrots in my pocket for the stubborn ones. Mertal always got excited when she would see me. She knew I had carrots for her.”

The Mule Team was particularly close. Charlie Brock recalled one Thanksgiving. “There was a girl rider, name of Margaret Karl, and she said that she would fix the turkey and everybody to bring the trimmings. She brought a tablecloth and set the table in the old mule shed. She had a 23 pound turkey, and we had olives, cranberries and punkin' pie!”

Disneyland "E" Adult Admission Coupon, 75¢ Value
Disneyland "E" Adult Admission Coupon, 75¢ Value

In 1965, the cast of admission for seeing Nature’s Wonderland from the back of a sturdy Pack Mule was exactly one “E” coupon, or 75¢ for adults and 65¢ for children.

Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge Guest Control queue area, c. August, 1965.
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge Guest Control queue area, c. August, 1965.

Younger guests also had the opportunity to mount their very own Pack Mules Through Nature’s Wonderland!

Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (August, 1965)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (August, 1965)

How exciting to not be required the accompaniment of an adult during the duration of your journey!

Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (August, 1965)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (August, 1965)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (September 17, 1970)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (September 17, 1970)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (September 17, 1970)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (September 17, 1970)
Disneyland "E" Adult Admission Coupon, 85¢ Value
Disneyland "E" Adult Admission Coupon, 85¢ Value
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (c. July, 1967)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (c. July, 1967)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (February, 1967)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (February, 1967)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (c. August, 1962)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (c. August, 1962)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge

As we head across the bridge, and near the outskirts of Rainbow Ridge (c. July, 1967), we come to a small house perhaps owned by the proprietor of the Rainbow Ridge Hotel. We’ll be heading up into the hills now, so hold tight!

Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (January, 1971)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (January, 1971)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (1960s)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (1960s)

The Pack Mules also gave an alternate view of the town of Rainbow Ridge, because their arrival and departure wound the train into the hills.

Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (January, 1971)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (January, 1971)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (1970s)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (1970s)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (1970s)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (1970s)
Pack Mules in Bear Country, (1967)
Pack Mules in Bear Country, (1967)
Pack Mules Near Cascade Peak, (1967)
Pack Mules Near Cascade Peak, (1967)
Pack Mules at Natural Stone Arch
Pack Mules at Natural Stone Arch

The Pack Mules Through Nature’s Wonderland would head over Natural Stone Arch (the gateway into Nature’s Wonderland) while Mine Trains would pass beneath. Natural Stone Arch gave a breathtaking view of the Bear River on one side, and the Living Desert on the other.

Rainbow Ridge Pack Mules Passing Coyote Rock
Rainbow Ridge Pack Mules Passing Coyote Rock
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (June, 1962)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (June, 1962)
0624B876-7B98-4CCB-A1F0-AAB9DFE4AF15.jpeg
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (June, 1962)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (June, 1962)
Pack Mules On The Trail, (September, 1970s)
Pack Mules On The Trail, (September, 1970s)

8C5DB6AF-9CB0-48F1-B656-BFA228C25EF0.jpeg
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (1967)
Pack Mules at Rainbow Ridge, (1967)
The Palace Dance Hall at Rainbow Ridge
The Palace Dance Hall at Rainbow Ridge

To the side of the Pack Mule trail, we pass The Palace Dance Hall at Rainbow Ridge.

Disneyland "D" Child Admission Coupon, 35¢ Value
Disneyland "D" Child Admission Coupon, 35¢ Value
Pack Mule Ceramic Souvenir Once Sold Through The Mineral Hall
Pack Mule Ceramic Souvenir Once Sold Through The Mineral Hall

Just about a stone’s throw from the Mule Loading Area, the neighboring Rainbow Ridge Mineral Hall carried many Mule-themed souvenir gems, like this Pack Mule Ceramic.

3CEA770F-5910-4AD8-8B83-1DC8CCE9E1BF.jpeg
 Safety is a major concern of Engineering. Every year they would make a complete test and inspection of all structural parts of Disneyland. And since Guests would look to Disneyland for their safety the department team was continuously designing new

Safety is a major concern of Engineering. Every year they would make a complete test and inspection of all structural parts of Disneyland. And since Guests would look to Disneyland for their safety the department team was continuously designing new guest and personnel safety devices.

If an attraction at the Park proves to be dangerous, the problem is corrected or the attraction is eliminated. One casualty to safety was the Mule Train Ride. The Mule Train was responsible for the Park’s largest damage payouts, with at least four or five cases, major losses for Disneyland. Milo Rainey recalled: "Sometimes runaways would be caused by ducks flying across the river.” In the early 1970s, a man who fell off a donkey won a $146,000 verdict the largest single damage payout in the Park’s legal history. A Berkeley fashion model won $58,000 after she fell from a donkey and was stepped on, leaving a horseshoe shaped scar on her bank. As a result, the Mule Train would close.

“Creative Idea” Program Suggestion (by Jack Kehoe) and Response (by Disneyland Operations), (1973)
“Creative Idea” Program Suggestion (by Jack Kehoe) and Response (by Disneyland Operations), (1973)

Jack Kehoe (Operations, Security) suggested that the “Pony Farm” receive a sign labeled “The Disneyland Pony Farm,” but the official response would have been hard for some to handle. Though included in the Disneyland Admission Media Ride and Attractions Report of 1971, it seems that the “Pack Mules” was nearing the end of the trail. By February of 1973, the last pack mule had walked through Nature’s Wonderland.

While most of the mules would disappear from Frontierland (and Disneyland), the old Pony Farm wasn’t going anywhere (at least, for a while). And Jack was sure on to something. Seven years later (in 1980), another Disneyland Cast Member (Main Gate Ticket Seller Sandy Oleson) helped give the Pony Farm a new name - Circle D Ranch!

As a “sidelight,” another equestrian relic from the past - “the original trail for the Pack Mule attraction (1957-1978)” was still extant in the hills of Frontierland by 1990, according to “Disneyland - A Treasure Chest of Trivia,” prepared by Walt Disney Productions, 1990.

 Not far from the “Big Thunder Mining Operation,” the “Happiest Horses on Earth” exhibit brought a familiar face On Stage - a mule!

Not far from the “Big Thunder Mining Operation,” the “Happiest Horses on Earth” exhibit brought a familiar face On Stage - a mule!

OMNIBUS

E56D0407-C3BE-4771-A3A6-240C31993E59.jpeg
(August 24, 1956 - Present)
(August 24, 1956 - Present)

At Disneyland there is a "story behind the story" of every attraction, every attraction is a living experience for the guest. Disneyland ride-through attractions or adventures have officially been defined as an “individual show, ride, or exhibit designed to produce an entertaining Guest experience. Disney attractions stir the imagination, enliven the senses, and provide the participants with positive, innovative entertainment, which is the essence of the DISNEYLAND Show.” It is important to review the story of the attraction, tell the story, explain it, and create interest. This is the story of the Omnibus.

“Walt was reared in the mid-western town of Marceline, Missouri. As with other lands, he wanted Main Street to be a Main Street - authentically recreated to get the feel of a typical small town thoroughfare of the 1900 era with which he was familiar.”

Take a close look at Main Street. “Note the results of years of research to determine and design a composite Main Street of the typical small town of the early century. Note the demanding attention to detail designed and built into every nook and cranny by Walt and his ‘Imagineers’ at WED Enterprises. This same demand for detail is designed into Main Street vehicles.”

Please watch your step aboard the 5/8 scale open-air, 13’ 3” - high, double-decked Omnibus that recalls the days of old in-city transportation while giving guests a view of the sights from the heights.

I would like to begin our Omnibus story with an interesting sidelight. I would like to recall one of the first times this method of “old in-city transportation” was referenced in a work of Walt’s, it was in Alice's Brown Derby. You may be surprised to hear that the first time the words “Disneyland Omnibus” appeared in print, it was two decades later, on the cover of a c. 1945 Walt Disney Mickey Mouse, Ltd. licensed hardcover book published by Collins Publishers (of London and Glasgow). The illustration on the cover even featured Mickey Mouse at the wheel of a double-decker bus with the words “To Disneyland” over the drivers’ section of the cab. This depiction was astoundingly made more than a decade before the Disneyland Omnibus became a reality.

"The Disneyland Omnibus" Cover, c. 1945
"The Disneyland Omnibus" Cover, c. 1945

“Construction of Disneyland’s Largest ‘Horseless Carriages’”

As the Omnibus was reckoned a type of Horseless Carriage (and of WED, Enterprises’ design), it shared many similarities with some of Main Street’s other vehicles. According to “Main Street Vehicles”, published 1966 by Disney University, “The Horseless Carriages are sometimes called the ‘1903’s’, but you could pick any year - 1904, ‘05, or ‘06, and be just as accurate. These little cars are of WED ‘composite’ design. On the basis of extensive research, Studio designers created a horseless carriage which was a composite of the design and size of many gas-driven cars of that early period in automobile history. And our Horseless Carriages are a little bit of everything.” Some of these very things ring true with the Omnibus.

The Omnibuses were built at the Walt Disney Studios, under the direction of both Roger Broggie and Robert Gurr (though they were referred to as “Gurrmobiles” for perhaps the first time in “Walt Disney’s Magazine”, Vol. 2, No. 5 ; 1957). The gasoline-powered Omnibuses were “patterned after French and English buses of 1908,” and compared to those that one operated on 5th Avenue. Despite their outer appearances and yet these vehicles were unlike any old-city bus. For example, its drop frame chassis was taken from a modern truck. According to Vacationland (published Winter, 1958), “this was the only bus of its kind that ever had power brakes and power steering,” owning to its modern engine. “The two-cylinder engines are actually not auto engines, but have the horsepower, the sound - and even a slight case of the shakes - as did the originals. WED designers selected today’s most efficient two-cylinder water pump engine. Some of the external parts, such as lights are authentic… Certain adaptations in height and seating to provide greater comfort, safety, and convenience for our guests were made by Studio designers, but the busses are as nearly authentic as possible. The motor takes advantage of modern improvements which provide for better operation - and no smog,” [“Main Street Vehicles”, published 1966 by Disney University]. Lastly, the electric English Klaxon horn adds an authentic touch to the vehicle.

  Make : International    Model : BD 264    Maximum Passenger Capacity : 37    Height : 13’ 3”    Length : 26’ 3”    Width : 7’ 6”    Weight : 8,250 Lbs.    Engine Numbers : 376257 (Omnibus 1) ; S160S121766 (Omnibus 2)    License Numbers : E26668 (Om

Make : International

Model : BD 264

Maximum Passenger Capacity : 37

Height : 13’ 3”

Length : 26’ 3”

Width : 7’ 6”

Weight : 8,250 Lbs.

Engine Numbers : 376257 (Omnibus 1) ; S160S121766 (Omnibus 2)

License Numbers : E26668 (Omnibus 1) ; J-64561 (Omnibus 2)

 You may recall hearing how Walt Disney, on the eve of Disneyland’s first day of operation, promised that  “Disneyland will never be completed. It will continue to grow, to add new things, as long as there is imagination left in the world.”    “Main

You may recall hearing how Walt Disney, on the eve of Disneyland’s first day of operation, promised that “Disneyland will never be completed. It will continue to grow, to add new things, as long as there is imagination left in the world.”

“Main Street vehicles play an important part in the Disneyland show. First, they are essential to the staging of Main Street, U.S.A. The contrast to the hustle and bustle of our modern world and its streamlined modes of transportation is sharp and penetrating. Suddenly, as a guest comes onto Main Street, the entire mood changes. The years roll backward. back to Main Street, U.S.A., circa 1900. It wouldn't be Main Street without the leisurely clop-clop of a horse-drawn surrey, or the chug-chug of a horseless carriage.”

Second, they serve as much-needed transportation for our guests. They provide a convenient and colorful way to reach the heart of the Magic Kingdom - or back to Town Square after a long day in the Park. Third, hosts assigned to operate these vehicles play an important part in answering questions - giving tips and directions - to guests who are either starting out or winding up their day at Disneyland. Their role falls into what might be called our ‘first impression - last impression’ group. They can start guests off on the right foot - in the right mood, and send them away with a warm feeling - and a desire to come back.

Omnibus #1 (license #E-26668) began operation a year later (during August of 1956), proving the truth of Walt Disney’s promise of an ever-expanding Disneyland! Brief footage of Omnibus #1 (devoid of any attraction advertisements) has been preserved on film, in the motion picture “Disneyland U.S.A.” and “Disneyland - The Park,” a Disneyland anthology television series short film (originally aired in 1957). Some (c. 1956) guests may have recollected riding a double-decked omnibus during the 1920s in London, New York City, Chicago, or Boston. Now, (up to 37) guests could take a scenic ride down Main Street U.S.A. to the hub of Disneyland, and the entrance of the four “lands”! “Camera fans especially like the unique angles the Omnibus’ second deck provides.”

All art work, posters, etc. displayed on the sides of the bus were created by the Walt Disney Studios.

Ron Dominguez (in interview with Disneyland LINE (Vol. 25 No. 28) recalled meeting Walt one Sunday afternoon, after the Omnibus debuted in 1956. Ron recalled being “in the back area of the Omni Bus with a little mechanical problem and Walt walked up.” Ron continues: “When we first brought out the bus, I personally thought it was the wrong scale for Main Street. Walt asked me how I liked the bus. Being real honest - and young - but still wanting to be diplomatic, I said that I thought it looked pretty good, but I had a bit of doubt in my voice. So he said, ‘What do you mean it looks pretty good? It looks damn good out there!’ So he put me in my place real quick.”

The Omnibus (of the Disneyland Transportation Company) was one of several exciting attractions debuting during 1956, a two-block ride that increased ride capacity, and (owning to this) one day in August saw a peak total of “197,547 individual rides” (on all attractions) enjoyed by Guests (according to a letter from Walt to Ward Kimball, dated January 23, 1957). Aside from the observations of Ron Dominguez, “it was such a hit with all who rode it that a second one was built,” according to “Walt Disney’s Magazine” (Vol. 2, No. 5 ; 1957).

Omnibus Stop Circles the Plaza
Omnibus Stop Circles the Plaza

A number of Disneylanders operated the Omnibuses like Homer Holland and Wes Demens (in 1967).

Omnibus at Fantasyland, c. 1956
Omnibus at Fantasyland, c. 1956

Obviously, the fastest way to move people over the extended areas of Disneyland is with moving vehicles. You’ll note the stops on a sign over the cab - “Town Square, Main Street, Plaza, Fantasyland.” Yes (once upon a time), after a tour through Tomorrowland, the Omnibus arrived at its stop near the Junior Autopia in Fantasyland.

Omnibus Stop at Fantasyland, c. 1956
Omnibus Stop at Fantasyland, c. 1956

While Skyway Cabins soared over the tree-lined Holiday Hill, the Omnibus circumvented it. It was a Visual Intrusion. Though not evidence of “the real world”, this contradiction to the story was ultimately discontinued as Guests were transported back to the 21st century.

Disneyland is in the habit of selling a belief in fantasy and storytelling, and if the background isn’t believable, people won’t buy it. Marty Sklar recalled “walking through Disneyland with Walt Disney when a publicist drove up to them near the Mike Fink Keel Boats. Disney was horrified: ‘What,’ he asked, ‘are you doing with a car here in 1860?’” This story may explain why the Omnibus operation through Tomorrowland was discontinued. That urge for ersatz-authenticity has lived on into the present.

Omnibus and Guests at Town Square, (October, 1957)
Omnibus and Guests at Town Square, (October, 1957)
8B2C52F5-46D5-439A-A046-F6220D2331E8.jpeg
  Omnibus #2  (license #J-64561; the same scale as  Omnibus #1 ) began operation the following year, during December 25, 1957. Though it may be unthinkable by Tomorrowland’s current show standards, by 1958 the  Omnibuses  operated though the two-bloc

Omnibus #2 (license #J-64561; the same scale as Omnibus #1) began operation the following year, during December 25, 1957. Though it may be unthinkable by Tomorrowland’s current show standards, by 1958 the Omnibuses operated though the two-block length of Main Street and Tomorrowland. Once reaching Central Plaza, the buses entered “a side road to a turnaround at one of Fantasyland’s entrances,” according to one article contemporaneous with the Omnibus’ Disneyland debut!

When preliminary work on the Disneyland Guided Tours began (c. 1958), a ride aboard the Omnibus was included among the stations visited along the route. While aboard, the Omnibus operator generally handled the spiel for Main Street, until guests and their Disneyland Tour Guide disembarked the bus at the entrance to Tomorrowland. At this time (c. 1958), admission aboard an Ominibus (bound for Main Street U.S.A. or Tomorrowland) was one “jumbo” “A” coupon (the price of 10 cents, for one adult), the same as the 20,000 Leagues Under the Sea Exhibit, the Surreys, or the King Arthur Carrousel.

Soon (by September 28, 1958), the Omnibuses were appraised at a value of $27,550 to $32,900 by Bank of America representatives. Omnibus #1 was reconned a Park Asset valued at $20,069 while Omnibus #2 was valued at $26,916.

By the October of 1962, it was common to see just one Omnibus operating daily. This was common during winter operating schedules.

The Omnibuses appeared in many shows, parades and a great deal of visual media. For example, one of the Omnibuses (without its canopy) was used to transport the Elliot Brothers Band down the parade route during the televised “Disneyland ‘59” pageant and parade. One of the Omnibuses was used to transport E.J. Peaker, Kurt Russel, and the Osmond Brothers, as they sing “Down On The Street”, while heading down Main Street, in the c.1970 “Disneyland Showtime” episode of “The Wonderful World of Color”. One of the Omnibuses was also notably used to transport members of the All-American Singers down Main Street during the American Bicentennial celebratory year (from 1975 through 1976).

Yellow Omnibus Stop at Town Square
Yellow Omnibus Stop at Town Square
April, 1957.
April, 1957.

Once upon a time, when guests boarded one (of two) Omnibuses (or any DMC, including the Horseless Carriages), the fare was payed with either a Disneyland Letter denomination Coupon, or a small amount of change currency. When Guests payed with coins, they were deposited in a meter, which was attached to the front passenger side of the vehicles.

Omnibus with "Disneyland '59" Banner Leaves Central Plaza, (1959)
Omnibus with "Disneyland '59" Banner Leaves Central Plaza, (1959)

If you look closely, you can see the Ominibus’ banner advertising the six new attractions of 1959! Notice how the “Disneyland Dictionary” (published October 1958) described the route of the two (Disneyland Transportation Co.) double-decker buses: “Town Square, down Main Street, through Plaza and around Matterhorn. Return trip - Matterhorn, through Plaza, Main Street to Town Square.”

8E950186-8E63-4270-A996-092F85026B45.jpeg
Omnibus with "Disneyland '59" Banner at Central Plaza
Omnibus with "Disneyland '59" Banner at Central Plaza
August, 1958.
August, 1958.

By 1959, Joe Fowler was Vice President of Disneyland Operations Committee and Doc Lemmon of Disneyland Operations was overseeing Operators of Rides & Amusements (like the Omnibuses), Livestock, Parking Lot, and Ticket Sellers.

Omnibus at Town Square
Omnibus at Town Square
Omnibus with "Nature's Wonderland" Banner, (June, 1960)
Omnibus with "Nature's Wonderland" Banner, (June, 1960)
Omnibus, (August, 1960)
Omnibus, (August, 1960)
Disneyland "A" Coupon (December 1961 - September 1963)
Disneyland "A" Coupon (December 1961 - September 1963)
Omnibus with "Disneyland '61" Banner, (c. June, 1961)
Omnibus with "Disneyland '61" Banner, (c. June, 1961)
Omnibus with "Disneyland '61" Banner, (1961)
Omnibus with "Disneyland '61" Banner, (1961)

When the Monorail reopened with its new route to the Disneyland Hotel, the Omnibus heralded this new line along the side of the Omnibus!

Omnibus at the Plaza, (1961)
Omnibus at the Plaza, (1961)
Omnibus Point-of-View, September, 1962.
Omnibus Point-of-View, September, 1962.

The Omnibus offered a wonderful panoramic of Town Square, Main Street USA, and the Plaza. Owing to this, in August of 1962, Lloyd Richardson, Larry Clemmons, Joe Marquette, and Jack Leppert (of the Walt Disney Studio) filmed and shot scenery from the Omnibus for Studio Production #3185.

The Omnibus operated with one unit during weekdays and week ends during the winter season of 1962. The “Ride Operating Schedule” effective October 3, 1962 described the attraction as having a 280-Guest capacity during winter week end days and a maximum daily capacity of 560 Guests.

Omnibus Leaving Town Square
Omnibus Leaving Town Square
Omnibus at the Plaza, (January, 1964)
Omnibus at the Plaza, (January, 1964)

The importance of the attraction ceasing operation during performances was emphasized in a short piece published in Backstage Disneyland, 1965: “JACK WHITTINGTON, Main Street foreman, will always remember the day the Chinese Girls Drill Team performed on Main Street. The girls paraded up to Carefree Cor-ner, gave an interesting exhibition of their skill, and then marched back down the street to presumably make their exit. So Jack gave the order for the vehicles to resume their usual functions. Much to his amazement, half of the Drill Team wheeled around and started another tour up the street. This must have been a sight to behold. There they were girls marching, with drums beating, batons flying, whistles blowing, trying to dodge street cars, Omnibuses, and horseless carriages with their horns honking and bells ringing. There's never a dull moment for the Main Street Supervisors.”

Omnibus in Town Square
Omnibus in Town Square
Omnibus Leaving The Plaza, (1964)
Omnibus Leaving The Plaza, (1964)
(1967)
(1967)
Omnibus at Town Square, (November, 1967)
Omnibus at Town Square, (November, 1967)
An Omnibus Leaves Central Plaza, (October, 1967)
An Omnibus Leaves Central Plaza, (October, 1967)
Omnibus, (1971)
Omnibus, (1971)
Omnibus, June, 1973.
Omnibus, June, 1973.
3841BD6C-4B89-4E00-9732-72F3689102BA.jpeg
Omnibus, (1967)
Omnibus, (1967)
Omnibus
Omnibus
Omnibus at Town Square, (April, 1971)
Omnibus at Town Square, (April, 1971)
Omnibus, (c. 1972)
Omnibus, (c. 1972)
All American Marching Band Dancers and All American College Singers making Disney magic and performing from an Omnibus, 1975-1976.
All American Marching Band Dancers and All American College Singers making Disney magic and performing from an Omnibus, 1975-1976.

The Omnibus was often utilized during parades. During “La Fiesta de Cinco de Mayo Parade” of May 3 & 4, 1969, the Omnibus was driven by Operations with 40 Corina Valdez Dancers on board throwing serpentine confetti. More than a decade later, the Omnibus was decorated with red, white, and blue ribbons and bunting for the American Bicentennial celebration and carried the All-American College Singers down Main Street, U.S.A.!

The Band Director aboard an Omnibus, 1975-1976.
The Band Director aboard an Omnibus, 1975-1976.
Omnibus Ferries Guests During American Bicentennial Celebration, (1975-1976)
Omnibus Ferries Guests During American Bicentennial Celebration, (1975-1976)
Omnibus Ferries Guests During American Bicentennial Celebration, (1975-1976)
Omnibus Ferries Guests During American Bicentennial Celebration, (1975-1976)

The Omnibus played a role in the American Bicentennial Celebration at Disneyland from 1975 to 1976. The “double-decker” Omnibus was all decked out in red, white, and blue ribbons and bunting in honor of the America on Parade event.

A Disneyland Transportation Co. Omnibus on Main Street U.S.A.
A Disneyland Transportation Co. Omnibus on Main Street U.S.A.

“55er” Dave Bartchard recalled: “I was very impressed when we transferred the vehicles to natural gas. They asked for my opinion about it and I said that I favored the change because I like clean air. The Omnibus was the first to go over to natural gas, then the Jungle boats, and the Motor Boats, Rafts and the Keel Boats followed along. We couldn't do it for the Submarines because there was no place to put the tanks.”

A Disneyland Transportation Co. Omnibus on Main Street U.S.A. (Note the missing signs.)
A Disneyland Transportation Co. Omnibus on Main Street U.S.A. (Note the missing signs.)

By 1981 Main Street Vehicles were open-air, double-deck busses of the type used in major cities at the beginning of this century. They traveled the Town Square-Plaza route with the driver providing a colorful live-narration along the way. As a result they contributed $24,000 in revenue (of $94,576,000 area sales) for Center Stage at Disneyland.

Omnibus, (2019)
Omnibus, (2019)

By 1996, the Main Street Vehicles (Fire Engine, Horseless Carriage, Omnibus, Horse-Drawn Streetcars, ‘03 Red, ‘03 Yellow, Double-decker touring bus (5/8-scale), and Horse-powered trolley cars were presented by National Interrent.

In recent years the Omnibus is accounted as part of the Main Street Transportation Co., the fictitious business for the old-fashioned gasoline-powered Main Street vehicles. Disneyland actually looses money on Main Street vehicles, but they are vitally important to the showmanship of Walt’s recreation of Main Street U.S.A. They are operated by the “first impression” and “last impression” representative host of Disneyland.

Omnibus, (2019)
Omnibus, (2019)
Omnibus, (2019)
Omnibus, (2019)

Hosts and Hostesses re-create Main Street, U.S.A. and their show is played up to Walt Disney standards. Hosts show an enthusiastic personality - an appearance, smile, and both outgoing and enthusiastic personality. They wear proper attire, a prescribed wardrobe in good repair and properly worn at all times. Hosts deliver an interesting narration - a good one. They know their facts, state them in an interesting way, and give them with enthusiasm. Hosts have a sparkling and clean appearance, that is essential to Disneyland showmanship. Hosts do their part in keeping their vehicle clean at all times. They are “popcorn picker-uppers”. Their realistic performance is most-important, living their role. The Disneyland Omnibus Host is a conductor or driver at the turn of the century - only much more friendly and courteous!

Omnibus, (2019)
Omnibus, (2019)

A Hand Painted Omnibus Panel; Signage that was looking pretty worn and stressed was replaced.
A Hand Painted Omnibus Panel; Signage that was looking pretty worn and stressed was replaced.

Of course, I saved the best for last - At Disneyland, signs are themed to support the stories with appropriate graphics, colors, fonts, terminology, overall design of the sign, materials (wood, metal, banners, etc.), and verbiage used on the signage. These hand-painted Omnibus panels have surfaced at auction several times, at Van Eaton Galleries and Heritage Auctions.

A Hand Painted Omnibus Panel.
A Hand Painted Omnibus Panel.
A Hand Painted Omnibus Panel.
A Hand Painted Omnibus Panel.
A Hand Painted Omnibus Panel.
A Hand Painted Omnibus Panel.
 The  Omnibus  had an immediate legacy and may look familiar to anyone who has ever been to the  Magic Kingdom  or  EPCOT Center  in Florida. In 1971, guests could get an overview of the Magic Kingdom’s Main Street aboard an old-fashioned double-deck

The Omnibus had an immediate legacy and may look familiar to anyone who has ever been to the Magic Kingdom or EPCOT Center in Florida. In 1971, guests could get an overview of the Magic Kingdom’s Main Street aboard an old-fashioned double-decker bus. In 1982, Bob Gurr was asked to oversee a fleet of new Omnibuses. Bob Gurr’s 1956 engineering drawings were used for the buses built for Epcot Center in 1982. The two Disneyland buses had their bodies removed from the original 1956 and 1957 International Harvester chassis and mounted on 1982 Chevrolet truck chassis.

By 1984, both Disneyland Omnibuses had been sent to Walt Disney World and Bob Gurr’s design was swiftly utilized to provide Guests a colorful mode of transportation around the World Showcase. Mickey’s Express also transported Characters around Epcot. By c.2007, Guests May recall “Disney Characters on Holiday” (DCOH), a group of Characters that performed in several locations in Epcot, entering and exiting on a European double-decker bus.

Ever wonder what became of those buses? We spotted a World Showcase Bus along a California highway in 2023.
Ever wonder what became of those buses? We spotted a World Showcase Bus along a California highway in 2023.

The World Showcase Omnibuses have turned up in many locations - ranging from downtown Kissimmee to the Volo Auto Museum in Illinois, and even New Jersey, and New York. The Londoner Omnibus was one of the longest operating Omnibuses at Walt Disney World. After being decommissioned during the 2000s, it was purchased in Central Florida by Robin and Brook Lopez of the Milwaukee Bucks Basketball Team. The bus was moved to Southern California and restored to its 1982 appearance. While driving on the 5 Freeway in California (outside of Los Angeles) we serendipitously passed the Londoner Omnibus headed to Fresno for maintenance.

 A few months later, we saw that same Omnibus lined up to appear in the 2024 Tournament of Roses Parade in Pasadena, California. It was used to transport the Tournament of Roses President Aghajanian.

A few months later, we saw that same Omnibus lined up to appear in the 2024 Tournament of Roses Parade in Pasadena, California. It was used to transport the Tournament of Roses President Aghajanian.

 The  Omnibus  continued to have a legacy on other continents, at Tokyo Disneyland. By the spring of 2003, the Main Street Vehicle was also included among the concepts produced for Hong Kong Disneyland by Walt Disney Imagineering.

The Omnibus continued to have a legacy on other continents, at Tokyo Disneyland. By the spring of 2003, the Main Street Vehicle was also included among the concepts produced for Hong Kong Disneyland by Walt Disney Imagineering.

Disneyland Matchbook, 1960s.
Disneyland Matchbook, 1960s.

The Omnibus has appeared as the subject of occasional Disneyland souvenir merchandise. By far, this is one of my favorite - a complimentary matchbook covered with iconic Main Street vehicles. How many can you identify?

Marx Toys Omnibus
Marx Toys Omnibus

You may have heard of the “yellow and green Omnibus,” but have you ever heard of the red Omnibus?

Disneyland 50th Anniversary Pewter Figure by Kevin Kidney & Jody Daily.
Disneyland 50th Anniversary Pewter Figure by Kevin Kidney & Jody Daily.

The timeless Omnibus, continues to be the subject of artwork and other merchandise made available for purchase. One of the cutest is this adorable Disneyland 50th Anniversary Pewter Figure designed by Kevin Kidney & Jody Daily.

Disneyland 50th Anniversary Omnibus limited-edition replica by Kevin Kidney & Jody Daily.
Disneyland 50th Anniversary Omnibus limited-edition replica by Kevin Kidney & Jody Daily.

One of my personal favorites is this loyal Disneyland 50th Anniversary limited edition replica designed by Kevin Kidney & Jody Daily.

Disneyland 50th Anniversary Omnibus limited-edition replica by Kevin Kidney & Jody Daily.
Disneyland 50th Anniversary Omnibus limited-edition replica by Kevin Kidney & Jody Daily.

PLAZA (CENTRAL PLAZA) HUB

(1955 - present)
(1955 - present)

There is a simple attraction to this part of the park. The Plaza is a circular area in front of Sleeping Beauty Castle providing a gathering place, a central location at the end of Main Street, and access to the lands of the Magic Kingdom.

Walt once acknowledged, “Well, a lot of people come back and just like to sit and listen to the band, see the horses going around.” It seems as if Central Plaza was designed for this sort of attraction! In addition, light snackers found that Popcorn Cretors were stationed in the Central Plaza, and old-fashioned ice cream pushcarts often parked here for guest’s accommodation and refreshment. Guests who were searching for a dining destination at Disneyland, could look no further than three major restaurants aptly placed “on the Plaza.”

This is (and has always been) the “hub” of Disneyland, with its central spokes leading through five cardinal lands - Adventureland, Frontierland, Fantasyland, Tomorrowland, and Main Street U.S.A. Disneyland was so designed that an actual walking distance of one-and-one-quarter (1 1/4) miles takes you through the park. Those central spokes of Disneyland’s (5) realms converge here, at the veritable cross roads - the Central Plaza!

The very idea of a “hub and spoke” layout isn’t new - having been around for at least 200 years in Paris, France.

“Disneyland Preliminary Scheme #1”
“Disneyland Preliminary Scheme #1”
The expression “Hub of Happiness” in an advertisement published in Vacationland, for Spring 1959.
The expression “Hub of Happiness” in an advertisement published in Vacationland, for Spring 1959.

It’s also worth mentioning that during the 1960s, one major U.S. artery - the U.S. 70 (or, “the hospitality route”) - was once advertised as “the road to Disneyland” because it carried residents of North Carolina, Tennessee, Oklahoma, Arkansas, Texas, New Mexico, Arizona, and California “coast to coast,” all the way to Walt Disney’s Disneyland and Disneyland Hotel! The surrounding Anaheim area developed the nickname “America’s Hub of Happiness” for its convenient, leisurely location at the convergence of two major freeways (the Riverside and Santa Ana Freeways) in addition to major roads. These led to an abundance of Southland attractions and adventures like Knott’s Berry Farm and Ghost Town, the Alligator Farm, the Wax Museum, Marineland, Capistrano Mission, and Newport Dunes.

“Anaheim Progress” (Vol.3, No.2) Feauturing “Anaheim Hub of Play Area” Headline
“Anaheim Progress” (Vol.3, No.2) Feauturing “Anaheim Hub of Play Area” Headline

It’s clear that “cross roads” and “hubs” were marvels of urban planning, controlling (or dividing) crowd traffic volume, and we are not surprised to see them wisely utilized at Disneyland! Step this way please, to the north end of Main Street, as we set foot in the Central Plaza of Disneyland!

Disneyland Holiday (Winter 1957-1958) Map Excerpt
Disneyland Holiday (Winter 1957-1958) Map Excerpt

Though Walt’s longtime friend and architect Welton Becket would suggest that “the best people to design the Park were his own animators and directors,” there are many original aspects of Disneyland that would be attributed to the designs and work of outside firms, laborers, and individuals. That is why for a time, Walt retained the Pereira and Luckman architectural firm, with recently hired former Walt Disney Studio employee and Art Director Richard Irvine (away from his recent position with Twentieth Century Fox) to act as a liaison. Still, many more Walt Disney“Studio employees were taken out of their old jobs of cartooning and set to work on their boss’ latest endeavor. Architects, engineers, and designers were hired. Bill Martin, an art director from Twentieth Century Fox came in on the early stages of planning and was amazed at Disney’s attention to detail: ‘He went over my plans with a fine toothed comb. I’d drawn sidewalks on the blueprints with square corners and Walt said: ‘Bill, people aren’t soldiers! They don’t turn at sharp angles! Curve the sidewalks! Make the corners round!’” [“Insights” by Steven Hulett ; “Disneyland 25 - Happy Birthday to a Dream” Supplement.]

After Disneyland Incorporated was founded in 1952 (and changed to WED Enterprises, Inc. in 1953), Disneyland development (designs and engineering) really progressed. Richard Irvine’s fellow artists from 20th Century Fox (like Marvin Davis and Bill Martin) came to work for the corporation. Soon, the earliest of plot master-plans - the “Proposed Diagramatic Layout of Disneyland” (Marvin A. Davis’ plot plan), was prepared for WED Enterprises, by September 12, 1953.

Herb Ryman recalled Walt’s recollections of the layout of a famous theme park: “‘You know,’ he said, ‘When I was in Europe, where I've been studying this thing, one of the great problems about amusement parks, any kind of park, is that people get exhausted walking. Now,’ he said, ‘I want to have these radiating spokes from the hub. So that people who are tired, or sick, or old could say, ‘Well, you kids go on ahead, we'll meet you here in forty-five minutes.’” And there again was the secret of Walt's amazing concept of entertainment. He knew that people had to be comfortable.’” —HERB RYMAN, artist. Herb’s concept would depict the Central Plaza area (which was simply labelled “Park”). The drawing had eight “spokes” originating from the “hub”, leading to eight cardinal lands : (1) “Main Street”, (2) “Holiday Land”, (3) Frontier Land”, (4) Recreation Park”, (5) “Fantasy Land”, (6) Lilliputian Land, (7) “Land of Tomorrow”, and (8) “True Life Adventure” Land.

This excerpt of a “Plot Plan of Disneyland” (and seeming Landscape Drawing Plan) by Marvin Aubrey Davis (produced February 14th, 1955) looks much like a landscape drawing.
This excerpt of a “Plot Plan of Disneyland” (and seeming Landscape Drawing Plan) by Marvin Aubrey Davis (produced February 14th, 1955) looks much like a landscape drawing.

“Marvin Davis’ Plot Plan of Disneyland”

Marvin Davis’ Plot Plan (produced early as September 12, 1953) also featured the “Plaza” with several wide and inviting paths flanked by “greenscaped” landscape areas. These lead in the direction of detailed and un-detailed areas (like the small pocket in front of the “Root Beer Garden,” seen upper left). Over the next two years, developments would reduce the number of timeless realms (and “spokes”) to the five. “Marvin Davis who did something like seventeen different master plans before Walt finally signed off. Nobody had ever built a theme park like Walt was planning. It was a first… the genesis of that kind of park,” according to “Creating the Disney Landscape - An Interview with Bill Evans,” published in The “E” Ticket, Spring 1966.

“Herb Ryman’s Arial Over Disneyland”

At this time, Walt Disney continually required some visual element to show potential Disneyland investors what the realized Park would be. One particular piece was more massed produced than any other (more than 140 times) - the “Aerial View Over Disneyland” drawings, first produced over September 26 & 27, 1953, by the hand of Herb Ryman. A large Plaza or “Hub” of Main Street can readily be seen in his concept sketches. According to his own words (as recorded in “A Brush with Disney”): “Walt had the wise conception that there was going to be a hub, everything should radiate, as the spokes from a wagon wheel.” And so the spokes of the “crossroads of the world of Disneyland” would branch off into the different realms of Disneyland - the Main Street, Frontierland, Holidayland (a sort of recreational park), Fantasyland (a huge complex, entered by way of a castle), and Adventureland (with its exotic jungle river, and entrance through a solarium off the Plaza).

A few years prior (in 1952), Jack and Bill Evans owned a nursery and catered to Hollywood clients like Walt Disney. In fact the duo had previously helped landscape Walt’s Carolwood Drive property. Bill once remembered: “‘We started on Disneyland in 1954, just a year before it opened… We got an aerial photograph, and a transparency of the master plan, showing Main Street and the hub, and the Town Square and everything. We overlayed the aerial with the orange trees, with the master plan in the same scale. We identified the trees that were not in the middle of the street,… and decided to try to work around some of them… We also saved a dozen trees around the hub,” according to “Creating the Disney Landscape - An Interview with Bill Evans,” published in The “E” Ticket, Spring 1966. A little later (in 1955) Herb continued to make suggestions toward beautifying the Hub, even creating at least one gouache and chalk drawing “suggestion for lighting of the Hub” featuring small lights in the trees of the Hub and illumination of the Castle.

“Draw Concept” - Herbert Ryman’s "Aerial Over Disneyland" Charcoal Pencil Drawing Excerpt, originally produced September 26 & 27, 1953.
“Draw Concept” - Herbert Ryman’s "Aerial Over Disneyland" Charcoal Pencil Drawing Excerpt, originally produced September 26 & 27, 1953.

Some of these viable project Concepts (as seen above), were supported by a well-developed business case and built expectation.

Female architect and landscaper Ruth Shellhorn was brought in to help with Disneyland planning related to pedestrian (or, guest) circulation (during March of 1955), but she also subsequently ended up making contributions to the surveying, grading, and engineering of the Park. Ruth was most instrumental in the paths as well as the disciplined, Victorian, formal “planting schemes” of the Central Plaza [according to “Ruth Shellhorn” by Kelly Comras]. Her schemes for Disneyland (including the Hub) were then effected by the 15-20 person staff of Bill & Jack Evans’ Evans and Reeves Landscaping, Inc. of Los Angeles - all within 11 months.

The Plaza as it appears on a c.1960s WED Plot Plan Excerpt
The Plaza as it appears on a c.1960s WED Plot Plan Excerpt

Everywhere you looked around Disneyland, there was attention to people comfort and crowd flow. The layout of Disneyland was likely impressive to the members of the “National Associating of Amusement Parks, Pools, and Beaches” from September 18-20 (Tuesday through Thursday), of 1956. Owning to this innovative design, “one of the biggest tributes to WED was given by James W. Rouse, developer of the new town of Columbia in Maryland, who opened the 1963 Urban Design Conference at Harvard University with these words, ‘Disneyland is the greatest piece of urban design in the United States today. I find more to learn in the standards that have been achieved in the development of Disneyland than in any other single piece of development in the country’”, according to Disney News (published Winter 1967-1968).

This design was so innovative, that it was utilized in EPCOT Center’s original designs, more than a decade-and-a-half later, and even improved upon and utilized to make the utilities of EPCOT accessible without interruption of audience traffic.

Mattel “Disneyland Musical Map” Record Set Illustration, 1955
Mattel “Disneyland Musical Map” Record Set Illustration, 1955

This illustration (produced for an early licensed Disneyland product), granted a glimpse of the “Hub (Center of Disneyland)”! This early artwork goes so far as to depict shade trees, floral beds, and lawns in the Plaza at the end of Main Street U.S.A. The following two excerpts (from a c. 1954 Dell Giant Comic) briefly depict the Central Plaza twice before Disneyland’s big Opening Day, with Mickey Mouse (and the gang) scurrying off into the four realms!

Mickey and friends demonstrate the pedestrian arteries in “Donald Duck in Disneyland,” A Dell Giant, published 1954-1955
Mickey and friends demonstrate the pedestrian arteries in “Donald Duck in Disneyland,” A Dell Giant, published 1954-1955
“Donald Duck in Disneyland”, A Dell Giant, published 1954-1955
“Donald Duck in Disneyland”, A Dell Giant, published 1954-1955
BD6B7208-9065-4F21-A04A-B251505CC773.jpeg
LOOK magazine presented a “first view” of Disneyland as illustrated by Peter Ellenshaw. The area was depicted but not named in the text.
LOOK magazine presented a “first view” of Disneyland as illustrated by Peter Ellenshaw. The area was depicted but not named in the text.

As of June 2, 1955, C.V. Wood Jr. sent an Inter-Office Memorandum to Walt Disney regarding the best estimates that could be obtained at the time regarding the completion status of individual sections of the Park and Opening Day. C.V. wrote: “Plaza and Hub Landscaping: If all goes according to plan, I think we can be fairly certain that both will be green for opening.”

The Central Plaza Hub as it appears in the “Disneyland Scene-O-Rama” by Lido, (1955)
The Central Plaza Hub as it appears in the “Disneyland Scene-O-Rama” by Lido, (1955)
Map Excerpt Featuring the Plaza reveal the lands beyond its periphery.
Map Excerpt Featuring the Plaza reveal the lands beyond its periphery.

“Where One Magical Land Leads To Another!”

Main Street, U.S.A. was “America at the turn of the century, at the crossroads of an era.“ Soon maps depicted the spokes (or roads) branching off toward Disneyland’s true-life five cardinal lands - Main Street U.S.A., Adventureland, Frontierland, Fantasyland, and Tomorrowland! You’ll also notice that the entrance to Adventureland has moved to the western side of the Plaza (since Disneyland’s conceptual “brownline” drawings were made). Holidayland isn’t gone, but its entrance is accessible from another area in Disneyland. In its place, Magnolia Park will temporarily hold the Bandstand, where Disneyland Marching Band concerts (including the annual Christmas Bowl) are held. Still, the Plaza has always been reckoned as a compass rose (of sorts), leading to all manner of adventures at Disneyland!

A Complete Guide To Disneyland Map, (1957)
A Complete Guide To Disneyland Map, (1957)
Disneyland Plaza, (1955)
Disneyland Plaza, (1955)

“This cool and shady plaza is the heart and hub of Disneyland. From here, you can enter all the different realms,” according to the narrator of “An Adventure in the Magic Kingdom” episode of Walt Disney’s “Disneyland” television series (airing in 1958)! ”A Complete Guide To Disneyland” (published 1957) divulged, “Disneyland is so designed that an actual walking distance of 1 1/4 miles takes you through the Park.” This short walk through Disneyland is easily navigable (by even first time guests) due to this one major design element, which we will now explore. We’ll take a stroll to the end of Main Street U.S.A., during an early morning in 1955. The popcorn creators don’t even appear to be open yet. Usually we find a lot of moisture on the ground, because Main Street U.S.A.’s buildings and streets were hosed down before guests arrive. However, this appears to be a true-life damp morning in Disneyland. The smell of damp soil and precipitation-soaked oak bark lingers fresh in the air as we near the Plaza.

Disneyland Plaza
Disneyland Plaza

“In the Plaza Hub, visitors sat beneath the shade of seventy-five-year-old olive trees and paused to admire the object of their journey,” according to “Ruth Shellhorn” by Kelly Comras. These trees were carefully placed in their positions under the direction of Landscape Architect Ruth Shellhorn. Subsequent designs of the “Terrace Dining” area on “the Hub” created by artists like Herb Ryman featured details of “geraniums” and “tall slender trees with high foliage” granting an “unobstructed view of castle.” During the construction of Disneyland, the trees were likely personally selected by Jack Evans.

That very year, Herb Ryman would soon create suggestions for lighting for the trees of the hub during the Christmas season of 1955, in gouache and chalk on colored board.

Disneyland Plaza
Disneyland Plaza
Disneyland Plaza, (1955)
Disneyland Plaza, (1955)

Now, we’ll turn our attention to particularly sunny afternoon in the Plaza, when those shady olives may somewhat fulfill one of their main purposes - to shade guests from the heat.

Disneyland Plaza, 1960s
Disneyland Plaza, 1960s

Main Street trees were selected to blend with the theme of a typical turn-of-the-century Main Street, as is the case with other areas and attractions.

As for those massive trees in the Plaza, Disneyland World of Flowers (published 1965) shares : “Disneyland's Plaza at the end of Main Street is a formal little park from which radiates paths to Tomorrowland, Fantasyland, Frontierland and Adventureland. The principal trees here are gnarled olives, about 75 years old, and representative of a vanishing California industry. Olives were among the first trees in cultivation, dating back to early Mesopotamia. They came to California via South America and Mexico. The Franciscan monks brought seed and planted groves around the missions; later commercial orchards covered between thirty and forty thousand acres in California. The olive industry began to decline many years ago, however, and the huge groves have fallen before residential land developers.

Unlike many other California crop trees, the olive can be easily transplanted at any age; one group of trees has been moved in Disneyland no less than six times. We pick them up with a skip-loader, hose off the roots to remove excess soil, and relocate them in a different area-it's that simple.“

A gnarled olive.
A gnarled olive.

“Thousands upon thousands of olives are now cast in the role of ornamental shade trees, and Disneyland has some particularly fine examples. The purpose of commercial growers, when the industry was thriving, was obviously to produce a large crop of olives - the bigger the better. In landscape use, productivity has become a liability, particularly if the trees shade a patio or path ; the ripe black fruit is slippery under foot and leaves an unsightly stain on the pavement. The raw material for several tons of pickled olives could become a real problem at Disneyland.” If left unchecked, the olives would become problematic to clean up and disastrous to the clothing of guests.

“We use a special spray on the olive flowers to prevent production of fruit. As a result, though we have many large trees in the Park, it would be hard to find an Olive in the ground in harvest season. Olive trees are evergreen, affording year-round shade and enjoy normal garden culture. Their graceful overall contour, and pleasing open structure is maintained by yearly pruning. In the Plaza you will see some of our finest olives interspersed with fern pines, India laurels and evergreen pears from China.”

Central Plaza, (1965)
Central Plaza, (1965)

As we look at these massive trees we are reminded of the words of Walt Disney (published in Wisdom magazine, December, 1959) : “The way I see it, my park, Disneyland, will never be finished. It’s something I can keep developing and adding to. A movie is different. Once I’ve wrapped it up and turned it over to Technicolor to be processed, I’m through with it. As far as I’m concerned, the picture I’ve finished a few weeks ago is done. There may be things in it that I don’t like, but if there are I can’t do anything about them. I’ve always wanted to work on something alive, something that keeps growing. I’ve got that in Disneyland. Even the trees will grow and be more beautiful every year.”

Disneyland Plaza Olive Trees, (June, 1973)
Disneyland Plaza Olive Trees, (June, 1973)

You may notice that the lampposts in the Central Plaza look different from those that run down Main Street U.S.A. That’s because the lamps on Main Street were purchased in Baltimore, Boston and Philadelphia, while the lamps in the Plaza come distinctly from Chicago. All but the Chicago lamps, were once lit by a lamp lighter. According to “Did You Know” documents (prepared c.1990), “The type of gas lighting used at the turn of the century would be unsafe to use today so, the gas lamps have been converted to electricity.”

Disneyland Plaza Olive Trees
Disneyland Plaza Olive Trees

The lampposts running down Main Street U.S.A. (all the way to the Central Plaza Hub) come from Baltimore, Maryland and were purchased at 3 cents per pound.

560F7CA0-D01C-4DEF-B352-056992178EF9.jpeg
Disneyland Central Plaza, (July, 1974)
Disneyland Central Plaza, (July, 1974)
Looking toward the Central Plaza from Tomorrowland.
Looking toward the Central Plaza from Tomorrowland.
Guests Enjoying The Plaza, (November, 1980)
Guests Enjoying The Plaza, (November, 1980)
Disneyland Plaza, (1955)
Disneyland Plaza, (1955)

Beyond the magnolia, olive, pine, oak, and rubber trees of Disneyland Plaza, Main Street Horse-Drawn Cars made regular trips from Town Square, down Main Street before arriving at Disneyland Plaza.

Surrey at Central Plaza
Surrey at Central Plaza
Main Street Horse Car at Disneyland Plaza, (c. September, 1970)
Main Street Horse Car at Disneyland Plaza, (c. September, 1970)
Main Street Horse Car at Disneyland Plaza, (August, 1967)
Main Street Horse Car at Disneyland Plaza, (August, 1967)
Guest Departing a Horse Car at Disneyland Plaza
Guest Departing a Horse Car at Disneyland Plaza

19E6CEED-F6B5-4A23-B62D-C20C6DAF2D02.jpeg
Main Street Horse Car at Main Street Transportation Vehicles at Disneyland Central Plaza
Main Street Horse Car at Main Street Transportation Vehicles at Disneyland Central Plaza
Main Street Transportation Vehicles at Disneyland Central Plaza
Main Street Transportation Vehicles at Disneyland Central Plaza
Frontierland Stockade on the Plaza Hub.
Frontierland Stockade on the Plaza Hub.
Disneyland Plaza Horse Hitching Posts with Brazilian pepper tree behind.
Disneyland Plaza Horse Hitching Posts with Brazilian pepper tree behind.

Speaking of horses, Horse Head Stanchion Hitching Posts line parts of Main Street to tether the reins of Horses, though we don’t recollect ever seeing them utilized for any of the equine Disneylanders and Cast Members.

By September of 1965 and then 1970, drawings of Horse Head Stanchion Mounts were created by T.M. Marsden.

A Surrey Circumnavigates Disneyland Central Plaza
A Surrey Circumnavigates Disneyland Central Plaza
Main Street Transportation Vehicles Pass By Disneyland Central Plaza
Main Street Transportation Vehicles Pass By Disneyland Central Plaza
Double Decker Omnibus Stops at Disneyland Central Plaza
Double Decker Omnibus Stops at Disneyland Central Plaza
76A2511D-61B3-4125-9EBA-0C7A418EB6AE.jpeg
Double Decker Omnibus Stops at Disneyland Central Plaza
Double Decker Omnibus Stops at Disneyland Central Plaza
Double Decker Omnibus Leaves Disneyland Central Plaza, 1959
Double Decker Omnibus Leaves Disneyland Central Plaza, 1959
3E36D5F6-1AC2-47C9-9F6C-855BA0886989.jpeg
Matterhorn Mountain Towers High Above the Disneyland Central Plaza
Matterhorn Mountain Towers High Above the Disneyland Central Plaza

As newer, spectacular adventures would rise above Disneyland’s skyline, some of them could be previewed from Disneyland’s Central Plaza! In fact Matterhorn Climbers could often be seen from benches in this comfortable Park setting.

Matterhorn Mountain Towers High Above the Disneyland Central Plaza
Matterhorn Mountain Towers High Above the Disneyland Central Plaza
06B5BC89-DFEE-4538-B7EA-941DDA1E9D91.jpeg
 Now, there were many things that one could enjoy at Central Plaza, but most of all, - the view! Why, for the Opening Day telecast, one 60-foot-high  “tower was rigged in the hub looking down Main Street.”  The cameramen would also be afforded a pano

Now, there were many things that one could enjoy at Central Plaza, but most of all, - the view! Why, for the Opening Day telecast, one 60-foot-high “tower was rigged in the hub looking down Main Street.” The cameramen would also be afforded a panoramic view of Disneyland’s realms (with its respective visual “wienie”) from that awesome vantage!

What sort of entertainment and attractions were in sight of the Plaza? Since Disneyland’s first year, Popcorn Cretors were stationed here (you can read all about their story HERE), and striped old-fashioned ice cream pushcarts often parked here for guest’s accommodation and refreshment. For those interested in “dining at Disneyland”, there were (and continue to be) two restaurants located just “off the Plaza” - the Red Wagon Inn and the Plaza Pavilion. In the beginning, these were described: “Two distinctive types of restaurant facilities are located here to serve your needs-a buffeteria, a completely new conception in high quality, low cost food service and a re-creation of early century elegance of the Delmonico-style restaurant, where complete meals are served at moderate cost.” Today, these restaurants are known as the Jolly Holiday and the Plaza Inn! In addition, the Ice Cream Cart, the Churro Cart, and the Hot Dog Wagon (since their institution) have also been favorite places for guests to find a snack for several decades.

You may recall visiting Walt Disney’s Disneyland, thinking of a friend, and wanting to convey that you wish they were here with you! To this end, the Central Plaza also had three Public Mail Boxes (the contents of which were collected by Disneylanders and delivered to the local designated U.S. Post Office in Anaheim). These were placed for Guest’s convenience (in case they would like to send a Souvenir Postcard to a friend or family member). One was located near each restaurant (on both the east and west sides of the Central Plaza), and one south of Central Plaza.

While guests rested and refreshed themselves (and perhaps wrote a message to a friend on the back of a postcard), the Central Plaza often offered entertainment. The Disneyland Band’s route often brought the sound of the marching band right through the middle of the Plaza, during the construction of Plaza Gardens and Magnolia Park. Even after the Opening Day telecast, Disneyland Central Plaza Hub was still the site of ceremonies, radio broadcasts (like KFB Radio Show Djs during 1960’s Grad Nite at Disneyland), and even utilized as a film location for a motion picture.

Ice Cream Cart on the Plaza
Ice Cream Cart on the Plaza
Ice Cream Wagon Post Card
Ice Cream Wagon Post Card

The final product looked very similar to Bruce Bushman's designs for the "Main Street Ice Cream Cart" with its "stock wagon side wheels". The Ice Cream Carts were operated by UPT Concessions, offering popcorn, peanuts, and Ice Cream Bars during peak seasons.

Disneyland Plaza Cretor
Disneyland Plaza Cretor
Disneyland Plaza Cretor
Disneyland Plaza Cretor
Disneyland Plaza Cretor, (August, 1966)
Disneyland Plaza Cretor, (August, 1966)
Hudson Automobiles in the Central Plaza
Hudson Automobiles in the Central Plaza

If you look behind these guests, you’ll see quite a few Hudson automobiles (like the 1955 Hudson Hornet, furnished by Hudson Dealers of Southern California). These were on display in various parts of Disneyland during this brief era.

Disneyland Band Performing in Disneyland Plaza, (1958)
Disneyland Band Performing in Disneyland Plaza, (1958)

By September 28, 1958, some $71,934 of land improvements had been made to the Hub. While improvements were added to Carnation Plaza Gardens, the Disneyland Band performs a concert in the park, right atop their band stand (which has been placed over the floral bed) in the middle of Central Plaza!

Central Plaza Hub with "Disneyland '59" Banners, (October, 1959)
Central Plaza Hub with "Disneyland '59" Banners, (October, 1959)
Organ Grinder and Monkey Near Central Plaza
Organ Grinder and Monkey Near Central Plaza

Since the beginning, Atmosphere Entertainment complimenting the theme of areas was staged to entertain Disneyland Guests on an immediate and personal level. Organ Grinders and Monkeys were still commonplace at some amusement centers (like neighboring Knott’s Berry Farm), as well as parks and gardens during the 1950’s. In addition to the Disneyland Band (and breakaway sets), the sounds of the Organ Grinder (with his Molinari & Sons Music Box) and his Monkey friend entertained guests of all ages (from about 1956 to 1959) in various locations around the Central Plaza. One of my friends recalled meeting Josephine on his first trip to Disneyland, when she leapt into his stroller. “55er” Marion Schawacha also recalled: “There used to be an organ grinder and he had a monkey named Josie. All the little kids would crowd around and throw him pennies and Josie would jump around picking them up.”

The organ grinder yielded much happiness but little revenue for Disneyland Inc. - $49 for the fiscal year ending September 29, 1957. Eventually, the monkeys did “go home,” and when the “Organ Grinder and Monkey” finally disappeared from Disneyland, the sight of non-human primates at Disneyland was a rare occurrence indeed - limited to a few circus-themed events, some seasonal parades, and (of course) the occasional chimpanzee seaman aboard the Columbia.

The Organ Grinder and Monkey can still be seen at Disneyland today, in a framed print on the wall of Carnation Cafe!

601B5974-17B1-427E-B49C-72F8549B6869.jpeg
Tony Curtis hilarious adventures in Disneyland Plaza; Copyright © 1962, Universal International
Tony Curtis hilarious adventures in Disneyland Plaza; Copyright © 1962, Universal International

The Plaza was host to occasional special events. In 1962, a “squirrel cage” (a round ticket drawing box with a handle on it) was set up on the Plaza Platform for an event.

One comedic sequence written and shot for “40 Pounds of Trouble” starring Tony Curtis featured characters meant to portray Disneyland Security Hosts. These actors (dressed in Constable Uniforms similar to the silent film-era Keystone Kops) chased Tony Curtis’ character around Disneyland Plaza.

In addition to the scene in this film, there were several commercials which made use of the Central Plaza stage. According to Ron Yeakley (Disneyland Advertising Department Manager), a number of toys (as well as other props) and production equipment were assembled in the Central Plaza Hub (on August 3, 1966, from 7 a.m. to 10 a.m.), for a “Toys For Tots” commercial shoot involving Walt Disney and possibly actress Greer Garson.

La Coquette Hot Air Balloon, 1967.
La Coquette Hot Air Balloon, 1967.

Central Plaza was the stage for all sorts of unusual exhibits at Disneyland. Back in 1956, Around the World in 80 Days won the Academy Award for Best Picture, and the balloon was fondly remembered by audiences. In 1967, one particular Old Fashioned Easter event even attracted the hot air ballon that was featured in “Around the World in 80 Days” !

You are not observing the reappearance of "that Tour Group we lost in 1955," but an unauthorized "Yippie" Demonstration in Town Square, August 6, 1970.
You are not observing the reappearance of "that Tour Group we lost in 1955," but an unauthorized "Yippie" Demonstration in Town Square, August 6, 1970.

Town Square was utilized for a number of special events and ceremonies, however it also made history when (on August 6, 1970) an unsanctioned anti-war protest was organized by a radical antiestablishment group known as the Youth International Party (or, “Yippies”). Walt had always intended that his Park keep out the sights and sounds of the rest of the world, with the cares and troubles of the daily world dissolving the instant guests entered Disneyland. Disneyland Security Hosts were previously instructed: “Any actions which interfere with the guest's enjoyment of Disneyland will be dealt with strictly.“ On August 6, 1970, undesirable and problematic people attempted to take advantage of the magic atmosphere. Notice the “long haired youths forming a human [chain]…to demonstrate in the Town Square at Disneyland yesterday, shortly before officials closed the Park.” Sadly, the melee resulted in 23 arrests, and these unpleasant, unauthorized demonstrations in Town Square and other areas of the park forced Disneyland to unexpectedly close for the day.

 For a sidelight: Now,  Disneyland  was not against holding hands in the Park, for a cause. More than a decade later, a Park-sanctioned event “ Hands Across America ” (a project of the USA for Africa Foundation) would appropriately sponsor 1,320 Disn

For a sidelight: Now, Disneyland was not against holding hands in the Park, for a cause. More than a decade later, a Park-sanctioned event “Hands Across America” (a project of the USA for Africa Foundation) would appropriately sponsor 1,320 Disneyland Cast Members to join hands with a total of six million Americans standing in a line from coast to coast on Memorial Day Weekend (Sunday, May 25th, 1986). The proceeds would go toward “helping the hungry and homeless in the U.S. through emergency relief, existing programs, and long-term development projects” related to the “USA For Africa Foundation,” according to Disneyland LINE (Vol.18, No.4 ; April 3, 1986).

The Strawhatters Perform in Disneyland Central Plaza
The Strawhatters Perform in Disneyland Central Plaza
The Dream Machine, (1990)
The Dream Machine, (1990)

In Disneyland Central Plaza, the dazzling “Dream Machine” gave away millions of dollars in prizes. The giveaway was in celebration of the biggest party in Disneyland’s 35-year history!

The Little Red Wagon on the Plaza.
The Little Red Wagon on the Plaza.

In the present, there is still a red wagon in the Plaza Hub of Disneyland. In fact this particular “Little Red Wagon” is one of the veritable “weenies” at the north end of Main Street. If you don’t believe me, then try one of their incredible Hand Dipped Corn Dogs!

A Little Red Wagon Corn Dog
A Little Red Wagon Corn Dog
Your Field Guide Beth Enjoys Freshly Popped Disneyland Popcorn
Your Field Guide Beth Enjoys Freshly Popped Disneyland Popcorn

In a Pre-Opening Day interview with Bob Thomas (of Associated Press) Walt once divulged “one of the biggest attractions will be the people themselves. It will be a show just to watch their faces.” There was even a portion of the short film “Disneyland - The Park” (a Disneyland anthology television series short film, originally aired in 1957), which was dedicated to the people of those so-called pedestrian arteries (including Characters, parades, marching bands, and other entertainers) to be found in the Central Plaza Hub. If you agree with Walt, you may also feel that Disneyland Central Plaza is still one of the best locations to watch Very Important People - both Guests in the Audience and Disneyland Cast Members (especially while enjoying a box of Disneyland Popcorn)! Now, I invite you to relax your feet for a moment, and join me as we take it in the “everyday magic.”

Guests Commemorating Their Visit at Disneyland Plaza
Guests Commemorating Their Visit at Disneyland Plaza
Zorro Fans at Disneyland Plaza
Zorro Fans at Disneyland Plaza

A couple of young guests don their Zorro masks and hats for a memorable photograph in Disneyland Plaza during Disneyland’s Zorro Days! Zorro Days were first held at Disneyland, during April (and then November) of 1958.

By 1969, Disneyland had about 52,000 square feet of lawn, which was replaced in one to three years depending on how the Guests treated it. This was in addition to the grasses which covered the berm and other large areas.

Guests Enjoying The Plaza, 1957
Guests Enjoying The Plaza, 1957

Guests Enjoying The Plaza
Guests Enjoying The Plaza
Guests Enjoying The Plaza
Guests Enjoying The Plaza
Guests Enjoying The Plaza, (1957)
Guests Enjoying The Plaza, (1957)
Guests enjoying little Carnation samples on the Plaza
Guests enjoying little Carnation samples on the Plaza
A group of Guests enjoying Ice Cream Treats in the Central Plaza Hub, (September, 1962)
A group of Guests enjoying Ice Cream Treats in the Central Plaza Hub, (September, 1962)

The families that pass remind me much of Walt’s initial musings over “something built where the parents and the children could have fun together,” as he himself sat on a bench during “Daddy’s Day” in Griffith Park. As Walt also said: “You can't live on things made for children-or for critics. I've never made films for either of them. Disneyland is not just for children. I don't play down.”

Trinidad, the outstanding "Whitewing" of Disneyland Janitorial keeps the Plaza Hub clean.
Trinidad, the outstanding "Whitewing" of Disneyland Janitorial keeps the Plaza Hub clean.
 The Disneyland Janitorial Staff dressed like the “white wing” (with the occasional receptacle and shovel in hand) kept the  Plaza Hub  clean, picking up refuse, emptying trash bins, and even performing service with the help of the “Honey Wagon.” Abo

The Disneyland Janitorial Staff dressed like the “white wing” (with the occasional receptacle and shovel in hand) kept the Plaza Hub clean, picking up refuse, emptying trash bins, and even performing service with the help of the “Honey Wagon.” Above, is one of the most photographed characters - Trinidad and an unidentified Cast Member.

Guests Enjoying The Plaza
Guests Enjoying The Plaza

By 1969, Disneyland Building and Grounds Department would regularly wash 700 benches (including those in the Plaza). Every morning, chipped paint was touched up, the dew was wiped off the benches, and other minute details were looked after before the day's first guests come through the turnstiles.

Guests Passing Through Disneyland Central Plaza
Guests Passing Through Disneyland Central Plaza
It could still be said, that "the pedestrian is king" in the Central Plaza Hub, c.1975.
It could still be said, that "the pedestrian is king" in the Central Plaza Hub, c.1975.
745E6F10-6A8B-427E-9C28-F4974DEE193A.jpeg
7146E474-5FA2-43BB-8A0E-940CE0480A6C.jpeg
Guests Make Their Way Toward Fantasyland from the Central Plaza
Guests Make Their Way Toward Fantasyland from the Central Plaza
Guests Wait for a Parade While Facing the Compass Rose, From the Shady Central Plaza
Guests Wait for a Parade While Facing the Compass Rose, From the Shady Central Plaza
E4B7F0D2-B73E-487A-9672-4BE1BA234035.jpeg
Central Plaza Hub, (August, 1967)
Central Plaza Hub, (August, 1967)
3A17915E-5988-4698-831A-49F609E64789.jpeg
 Parade units march right down  Monorail Road  toward the  Plaza Hub .

Parade units march right down Monorail Road toward the Plaza Hub.

Goofy and Pluto Stroll Through Central Plaza
Goofy and Pluto Stroll Through Central Plaza
Goofy creates a magical moment in the Plaza for two Very Important Persons in the Audience.
Goofy creates a magical moment in the Plaza for two Very Important Persons in the Audience.

With our eyes, we take snapshots of the Guest experience in action. We look on as Cast Members observe the Four Keys to Guest Service.

“Adults Are Only Kids Grown Up, Anyway”

Disneyland opened as a fresh, new concept in family entertainment. For Grandparents and Grandchildren - for Mom and Dad, Disneyland was designed for the enjoyment of every individual and family member. Walt Disney wisely spoke the words of this subheading: “Adults Are Only Kids Grown Up, Anyway”. Proof of this is a quote published in “The Disneyland Story”: “In the winter time you can go out there during the week and you won't see any children. You'll see the oldsters out there riding all these rides and having fun.” One of the best places to watch “oldsters” (or, “young at heart”) having fun is the Central Plaza.

 Walt’s wishes were that Disneyland look as if it were in perpetual Springtime! A fantastic example of this philosophy in motion continues to lay at the center of  Disneyland Central Plaza , where a floral centerpiece offers a colorful backdrop for p

Walt’s wishes were that Disneyland look as if it were in perpetual Springtime! A fantastic example of this philosophy in motion continues to lay at the center of Disneyland Central Plaza, where a floral centerpiece offers a colorful backdrop for photographs over the decades. When Disneyland was being developed, Ruth Shellhorn was responsible for master planning the tree and plant placement around the lands of the Park (including here in the “hub”).

The Plaza Hub Landscape Plan & Twenty Scale Plot Plan by Weldon Paige; 1968.
The Plaza Hub Landscape Plan & Twenty Scale Plot Plan by Weldon Paige; 1968.

Ten years later, Vacationland magazine (published for Winter/Spring of 1965) described the delightful free attraction of “year-round blooming flowers.” Disneyland World of Flowers comments on the seasonal arrangements within the centerpiece of the Central Plaza Hub : “The Plaza also delights our guests with showy flower beds of seasonal color. Here we endeavor to maintain a continuous floral display, and depending upon the season you may find Iceland poppies, begonias, zinnias, pansies, petunias, or poinsettias in bloom.” While Disneyland is always changing, some of Ruth’s original selections guided by the Disney tradition of “perpetual springtime” have continued to endure for decades.

EF27B8C7-0A46-4374-9FA1-5E08F28726F8.jpeg
Disneyland Plaza Central Floral Bed
Disneyland Plaza Central Floral Bed

The Plaza’s floral centerpiece as well as nearby Sleeping Beauty Castle created a dynamic backdrop for photographs (even when there were few angiosperm in bloom within the flower beds).

Disneyland Plaza Central Floral Bed
Disneyland Plaza Central Floral Bed
Disneyland Plaza Central Floral Bed
Disneyland Plaza Central Floral Bed
Disneyland Plaza Central Floral Bed
Disneyland Plaza Central Floral Bed
Disneyland Plaza Central Floral Bed, (1965)
Disneyland Plaza Central Floral Bed, (1965)
1188C85B-973A-4E93-9FDE-58FB7A24FEC6.jpeg
Disneyland Plaza Central Floral Bed, (March, 1959)
Disneyland Plaza Central Floral Bed, (March, 1959)
Disneyland Plaza Central Floral Bed
Disneyland Plaza Central Floral Bed
Disneyland Plaza Central Floral Bed
Disneyland Plaza Central Floral Bed

It was also during the 1960’s, that the Central Plaza floral bed was given a higher bench-like berm.

6C98CE02-DC6D-407C-8372-D19987511354.jpeg
Disneyland Plaza Central Floral Bed, (February, 1966)
Disneyland Plaza Central Floral Bed, (February, 1966)

During the late 1950s or early 1960s, “a recent innovation, an idea imported from British Columbia, is the Hanging Baskets, displayed from the light post at Disneyland’s Central Plaza. Annual and perennial flowering plants such as pansies, ageratum, and lobelia (Winter) and begonias, petunias and succulents (Summer) bloom in the baskets,” according to Vacationland, (Winter 1961-1962). The idea of utilizing these accenting baskets has endured on Main Street, in Town Square, and around Central Plaza to the present! Notice them hanging around a few of the Vintage views below.

The next time you visit Disneyland, stop and notice the Hanging Baskets’ colorful arrangements of Chrysanthemums, Petunias, and edging Lobelia!

Disneyland Plaza Central Floral Bed
Disneyland Plaza Central Floral Bed
Disneyland Plaza Central Floral Bed during the winter season.
Disneyland Plaza Central Floral Bed during the winter season.

According to “Walt Disney Disneyland World of Flowers” by Morgan Evans, page 18: “During the Christmas season, the Plaza glows with especially grown, short-stemmed poinsettias.”

Disneyland Plaza Central Floral Bed during the winter season.
Disneyland Plaza Central Floral Bed during the winter season.
Disneyland Wall Map Excerpt, (1962)
Disneyland Wall Map Excerpt, (1962)

When did the Plaza ever have a water fountain for a centerpiece? The answer is, “Never.” But, this 1960s map excerpt gives the idea that a fountain may have still been part of the grand landscaping plans for a “future attraction” during that era.

Original Map Art from “Walt Disney’s Guide to Disneyland”, (1962)
Original Map Art from “Walt Disney’s Guide to Disneyland”, (1962)

Perhaps the Plaza fountain in Sam McKim’s c.1960 map was not creative liberty. Two years earlier (by September 28, 1958), Disneyland Inc. job number 4062-050 was opened for what was described as a “Hub Fountain,” with $2,602 currently allocated toward the project. Four years later, the Original Map Art from “Walt Disney’s Guide to Disneyland” (published 1962; above) also featured a fountain in the Central Plaza.

Disneyland Map Excerpt
Disneyland Map Excerpt

It seems that the idea of some grand non-floral centerpiece (like a fountain) was done away with (at least on Fun Maps) during the late 1960’s and early 1970’s. In the years that followed, Disneyland Operations and Walt Disney Imagineering had many ideas for a Plaza centerpiece, and one of the most iconic was to come.

Pink Trumpet Tree (or Pau 'D Arco) in Central Plaza
Pink Trumpet Tree (or Pau 'D Arco) in Central Plaza

Over the years, new flowering plants and trees have been added to enhance this part of the Disneyland show (like the Pink Trumpet Tree, or Pau 'D Arco pictured above). In 1986 (concurrent with the contributions of Disneyland Landscape Superintendent Ken Inouye), “Disney News” (published spring of 1986) described the flora of the paradisiac Central Plaza Hub in the following way:

“Seventy-five year-old California olive trees spread graceful branches amongst neighboring fern pines, India laurels and evergreen pear trees from China. Only yards away, carefully pruned Siberian elms and a few Brazilian pepper trees cast their welcome shade from the noonday sun. While beneath them, a bed of red begonias ringed by sweet alyssum and golden feather completes the scene with a dazzling splash of color. The above description only sounds like a horticulturist's dream spot in the midst of some lush arboretum or botanical garden. In actuality, it is a landscaping account of the Main Street Plaza in Disneyland, a place where spring is a special event for ‘things that go bloom’.”

Disneyland State Fair Plans depicting a Ferris wheel in the center of the Plaza.
Disneyland State Fair Plans depicting a Ferris wheel in the center of the Plaza.

Around 1987 to 1988, and unrepeated site occurred when a ferris wheel was positioned in the center of the Plaza for Disneyland State Fair.

This Plan of Disneyland depicts the square-footage of Landscaped areas in the Plaza.
This Plan of Disneyland depicts the square-footage of Landscaped areas in the Plaza.
Partners Statue, depicted in the present above.
Partners Statue, depicted in the present above.


“The Partners Statue”

Today, it may seem natural to see Walt brought to life through “Walt Disney - A Magical Life”. However, was it Walt’s intention to be the subject of a monument, especially in his own Magic Kingdom? 

First of all, Walt did not want monuments around Disneyland and this is emphasized by a later account recorded by one of his Imagineers, within “The Spirit of Disneyland”. In a section titled “No Monuments,” where we read: “Walt rejected a design for a building with the comment… ‘I think the fellow is attempting a monument to himself rather than designing something that is for people.’ He would allow no monuments in Disneyland.” 

Did Walt ever desire a monument to himself anywhere - especially inside Disneyland? Herb Ryman recalled : “Back in 1955, I had been commissioned to do a mural at Forest Lawn… Walt wanted to see that mural and the Great Hall at Forest Lawn. As we were driving over, we were talking about death and cemeteries and such things. Somebody said, ‘I don’t like Forest Lawn. I think it’s a commercial cemetery.’ Walt said, ‘Well, now, don’t say that. I used to bring my father and mother over here. I’d let them off on a Sunday and they’d walk around inside and then I’d come back and pick them up. I remember how much it meant to them. It means a lot to a lot of people.’ Then somebody said a thing that I was very shocked to hear, ‘Walt, what’s going to happen to you when you die?’ I thought, ‘Boy, what a question.’ Walt was sitting next to me. He took both of his hands and BANG he hit the back of my front seat. He said, ‘Well, for one thing, when I go I don’t want anything left around. Now this means monuments.’” [Working With Walt - Interviews With Disney Artists” by Don Peri]

This does not mean that artwork of Walt was never created within his lifetime. In fact, the first bust of Walt Disney was realized in clay, by Blaine Gibson, during the 60's, while Walt was still alive. Blaine was unhappy with the foundry work and it was nearly destroyed.

Bronze Bust of Walt Disney by Blaine Gibson, c. 1965; Collection of the Walt Disney Family Foundation, ©Disney, 1999.4.53
Bronze Bust of Walt Disney by Blaine Gibson, c. 1965; Collection of the Walt Disney Family Foundation, ©Disney, 1999.4.53

“I had sculpted this earlier bust of Walt a long time ago. It was done while he was still alive, and I was never satisfied with it. In fact, I was in the process of destroying this first head when they asked me to do another bust. I intended to discard the bronze that I gave to Walt, and replace it at cost, but Retlaw had it and they never agreed to destroy it. This is the clay original and you can photograph it. I had started to break it up but I couldn't bring myself to put a hammer to it. Dick Irvine talked me into doing it in 1962. I was working overnight, I was tired and I felt that it didn't do Walt justice. Also, the foundry work wasn't very good and back then I couldn't control their work like I can now. I do think this first one looks like Walt. When he first saw it he said, ‘What am I gonna do with it?’ and then they kept it over at WED.”

A Bust of Walt Disney, produced c.1967 by an unknown artist. Newspapers trapped in the clay help date a period of the bust’s production.
A Bust of Walt Disney, produced c.1967 by an unknown artist. Newspapers trapped in the clay help date a period of the bust’s production.

Now, after Walt’s passing on December 15, 1966, there was much talk about how to honor the man who created such a rich show business legacy, and brought so much joy to the people of the world! Artists around the world made tributes to the memory of Walt (like the c.1967 bust pictured above).

The Walt Disney Commemorative Medal.
The Walt Disney Commemorative Medal.

According to Disney News (published Winter 1967-1968), the first honor came when “In an announcement on July 15, 1967, Governor Reagan declared July 17 as Walt Disney Appreciation Day and then asked the state legislature to make the observance an annual event.” The second honor…[was] in the form of a bill, which authorized “the President of the United States to present a gold medal to Mrs. Walt Disney in recognition of her husband’s services to the nation…unanimously passed into resolution by both Houses of Congress. It was announced [during September of 1967]…that the United States Post Office would issue a 1968 stamp in commemoration of Walt Disney.”

“On March 25, 1969, President Richard M. Nixon presented the gold Walt Disney Commemorative Medal to Mrs. Walter E. Disney during a special ceremony at the White House. The medal, the President said, was in recognition of Walt Disney's ‘distinguished public service and outstanding contributions to the United States and the world.’ The single gold medal was authorized on May 24, 1968, by joint resolution of the United States Congress, which also sanctioned the minting of 100,000 replicas of the medal in bronze.

Congress specified that these special medals be made available to and distributed by California Institute of the Arts. Walt Disney was instrumental in the formation of this non-proft, college level school of the creative and performing arts which was founded in 1961 upon the merger of two distinguished professional schools: the Chouinard Art Institute and the Los Angeles Conservatory of Music. The new Institute has obtained this limited issue of bronze medals at the cost of manufacture, and has made them available to individuals who give significant support to the realization of Walt Disney's dream of a "community of the arts'.

The three-inch, eight-ounce bronze medallions were struck by the U.S. Mint in Philadelphia. The portrait of Walt Disney on the obverse side of the medal was designed and sculpted by Blaine Gibson. The reverse side was designed by Bob Moore and executed by Joe Kaba.” All were Disney artists.

Still, much more recognition and honor of Walt Disney (the man) as well as his contributions to society would follow in subsequent years.

A Pre-Parters Statue Disney Designs "Walt Disney - A Legacy for the Future" Disneyland Cast Member Credit Union Pin, 1970.
A Pre-Parters Statue Disney Designs "Walt Disney - A Legacy for the Future" Disneyland Cast Member Credit Union Pin, 1970.

Two years later, Disneyland unveiled “Walt Disney - A Legacy for the Future” - a “multi-screen show and display presenting Walt Disney’s endeavors in the fields of art and education. Included are plans for his cherished dream, California Institute for the Arts, and the first public display of all 29 Academy Awards received during his lifetime.” After the exhibit ran its course (from 1970, to the summer of 1972) ideas and discussion about some permanent tribute persisted.

All the while, quite a few artists (like Charles Boyer) imagined what may have been an influential reference for what would come.

Charles Boyer's "Partners" Created in a Limited Run for Disneyland Cast Members, (1980)
Charles Boyer's "Partners" Created in a Limited Run for Disneyland Cast Members, (1980)

According to “Disneyland - I Have An Idea” published August 21, 1986, in Disneyland LINE (Vol.18, No.34), there were many suggestions to avoid (for one reason or another) including “construct a Walt Disney Audio-Animatronics attraction. Disneyland itself is a memorial to Walt’s creativity in a way that could never be captured in an animated figure.”

Academy of Motion Pictures Arts and Sciences Hall of Fame Garden, North Hollywood
Academy of Motion Pictures Arts and Sciences Hall of Fame Garden, North Hollywood

A three-dimensional tribute was viewed differently outside the Company. In 1991, Blaine Gibson (prior Director of Sculpting for WED Creative Development, who had retired in 1983) was commissioned to create a bust of Walt Disney for the Academy of Motion Pictures Arts and Sciences Hall of Fame Garden in North Hollywood, California. This project likely prepared Blaine for what would come next.

Academy of Motion Pictures Arts and Sciences Hall of Fame Garden, North Hollywood
Academy of Motion Pictures Arts and Sciences Hall of Fame Garden, North Hollywood

“Partners” concept sketches by Blaine Gibson.
“Partners” concept sketches by Blaine Gibson.

Walt once said : "I hope we never lose sight of one thing, that it was all started by a mouse." In the spirit of those very words, the Partners Statue was designed as a tribute to “the founding fathers of Disneyland” - Mickey Mouse & Walt Disney. “The Partners Statue” was designed by legendary Disney artist John Hench (who began work for Walt Disney Studios in 1939) and sculptor Blaine Gibson.

Reflecting on his Partners Statue, Blaine once shared : “I chose to depict Walt as he was in 1954. I think that was when Walt was in his prime. It was tough trying to match the media image of Walt Disney, the one the public knows, to the real Walt, the one we knew. I think Walt is admiring the Park and saying to Mickey, ‘Look what we’ve accomplished together,’ because truly they were very much a team through it all. ‘Look at all the happy people who have come to visit today.’”

Sculptor Blaine Gibson with his wife Coral and the Partners Statue as they appeared on a seasonal card, c.1993.
Sculptor Blaine Gibson with his wife Coral and the Partners Statue as they appeared on a seasonal card, c.1993.

Among the details of the sculpt were Walt’s Smoke Tree Ranch tie and his Claddagh ring (purchased as set for he and Lillian, while on a 1948 holiday in Ireland). There were challenges to producing a permanent tribute. For instance (according to Blaine’s own account): “we had some trouble with the patina as there was always an element of the unpredictable.”

Partners Statue, (present)
Partners Statue, (present)

Walt once said : "I hope we never lose sight of one thing, that it was all started by a mouse." In the spirit of those very words, the “Partners Statue” was also unveiled in 1993 (in honor of Mickey’s 65th birthday). Yes, on November 18, 1993, Jack Lindquist lead the ceremonies where the bronze Partners Statue of the founding fathers of Disneyland was unveiled in the Plaza by Walt’s nephew, Roy E. Disney.

Partners Statue, (present)
Partners Statue, (present)

Partners Statue, (present)
Partners Statue, (present)

Surrounding (and enhancing) this central showpiece is the (aforementioned) “continuous floral display, and depending upon the season you may find Iceland poppies, begonias, zinnias, pansies, petunias, or poinsettias in bloom.” In our final Vintage Views, note the color and variety of the flowers, just a sampling of some 40,000 shrubs and perennials at Disneyland.

Partners Statue, (present)
Partners Statue, (present)

Partners Statue, (present)
Partners Statue, (present)
Partners Statue, (present)
Partners Statue, (present)
Partners Statue, in the present.
Partners Statue, in the present.

As a tribute to Walt and his life-long pal Mickey, this bronze statue represents the partnership that built the Walt Disney Company. The Partners statue is now featured at four additional Disney locations.

A "Dreams Never End" Bronze Statue by Blaine Gibson was released in multiple dimensions and edition sizes.
A "Dreams Never End" Bronze Statue by Blaine Gibson was released in multiple dimensions and edition sizes.

These statues were entitled “Dreams never End” and were created in bronze, in an edition size of 275 (25 Artist Proofs and an edition size of 250). The original molds used in the creation of the statues were destroyed at the end of production and the statues were limitedly issued throughout the 1990s.

The Distinguished Partners in Excellence Award.
The Distinguished Partners in Excellence Award.

Before long, the statue was incorporated into the “Partners in Excellence” Award issued to Cast Members of Walt Disney World.

An excerpt of “Partners in Excellence: Global Recognition” reveals the Partners in Excellence Award.
An excerpt of “Partners in Excellence: Global Recognition” reveals the Partners in Excellence Award.

The very name of the Partners in Excellence Program and lifetime-achievement Award (a pin featuring the Partners Statue) designed to inspire and recognize excellent Cast Members was directly inspired by the work.

 In the years that followed the dedication of the  Partners Statue , many artists have interpreted their view of  Blaine ’s work onto canvas. Perhaps you’ve had the pleasure of viewing or purchasing limited edition giclees of “Partners In A Dream” (b

In the years that followed the dedication of the Partners Statue, many artists have interpreted their view of Blaine’s work onto canvas. Perhaps you’ve had the pleasure of viewing or purchasing limited edition giclees of “Partners In A Dream” (by Maggie Parr), “Disneyland Is Your Land” (by Tim Rogerson) and many others. These incorporate one of the most iconic aspects of the Central Plaza into their work.

AE5BA870-2299-4708-AE0D-082B0C97438C.jpeg
C&H Disneyland Advertisement
C&H Disneyland Advertisement

You may recall the old marble fountains placed in Town Square and the Central Plaza. Guests once enjoyed refreshing drinks of water from these modern plumbing to the facilities. Each facility was maintained by the Plumbing Department.

If you ever saw the advertisement campaign (which utilized the marble fountains as pedestals) to herald the “No. 1 Sugar on Main Street in Disneyland” - C and H Pure Cane Sugar from Hawaii! Once the fountains were retired, they were just too beautiful to dispose of.

Disneyland 50th Anniversary Map by Nina Rae Vaughn.
Disneyland 50th Anniversary Map by Nina Rae Vaughn.

In 2008, WDI master plans involved “reactivating the geographic heart of Disneyland.” Other statues were soon added, in honor of some of Walt’s character creations!

Minnie Mouse Bronze Statue sculpted by Valerie Edwards and cast by Bill Toma.
Minnie Mouse Bronze Statue sculpted by Valerie Edwards and cast by Bill Toma.

“Disney Character Bronzes”

In recent decades, a magical opportunity involved some of the taller fountains being repurposed as pedestals presenting Mickey Mouse’s Disney Character co-stars.

Valerie Edwards joined Walt Disney Imagineering in 1988, where she soon became chief sculptor. She was a second-generation Disney artist. (Her father worked in Feature Animation during the early years of the Studio.) Currently, as director of sculpture, Valerie watched over sculpture in all theme parks and Imagineering venues. This included everything from architectural ornamentation and robotics to traditional bronzes and character sculpture. Valerie created the sculptures of these characters. The fine craftsmanship of Bill Toma’s foundry may have also contributed to the project. If their work looks familiar to Cast Members, its because Valerie and Bill were the same artistic craftspeople behind the distinguished Disney Parks Character-themed statues that accented the Cast Member Service Awards.

Minnie Mouse Bronze Statue  sculpted by Valerie Edwards and cast by Bill Toma.
Minnie Mouse Bronze Statue sculpted by Valerie Edwards and cast by Bill Toma.

The idea of character statutes in Walt’s Park isn’t new, in fact the very idea predates Disneyland by some twenty years. According to “Walt Disney Disneyland” (published c.1964; with forward by Marty Sklar), “Rough drawings for a park had been found at the Disney Studio dating back to the early 1930’s. His close associates recall that Walt often talked of building a small, intimate park adjacent to his new studio in Burbank - a studio the Disney team moved into in 1940. It was to be a magical little park, about two acres in size, with trains and pony rides. One long-time staff member recalls mention of singing fountains. Another remembers plans for statues of Mickey Mouse, Donald Duck, and all the other beloved cartoon characters. But the magical little park never materialized.”

Snow White Grotto (near the Disneyland Plaza Hub) would receive marbles of Snow White, the Seven Dwarfs, and woodland creatures, in 1967. However, it would be more than 49 years after Walt’s passing, that statues of Mickey Mouse and Donald Duck would appear at the heart of Walt Disney’s Disneyland.

Clockwise (from top left) :  Chip ‘n’ Dale, Minnie Mouse, Goofy, Pluto, Pinocchio (and Jiminy Cricket), Dumbo (and Timothy Q. Mouse), Donald Duck and the White Rabbit.
Clockwise (from top left) : Chip ‘n’ Dale, Minnie Mouse, Goofy, Pluto, Pinocchio (and Jiminy Cricket), Dumbo (and Timothy Q. Mouse), Donald Duck and the White Rabbit.

On Friday, February 7th, 2015, similar statues were unveiled at Walt Disney World Magic Kingdom (only with Br’er Rabbit swapped for the White Rabbit).

Tokyo Disneyland Plaza Hub Character Replicas.
Tokyo Disneyland Plaza Hub Character Replicas.


“Plaza Hub Tradition and Legacy”

The tradition of the Plaza Hub has a legacy in other Disney Parks worldwide. When the 111-acre Tokyo Disneyland opened near the city of Urasu, in Chiba Prefecture on April 15, 1983, its five themed lands (World Bazaar, Adventureland, Westernland, Fantasyland, and Tomorrowland) surrounded a central “hub,” called the Plaza. The Plaza Terrace even hosted daily concerts by the Tokyo Disneyland Band, the Dapper Dans, Main Street Maniacs, and Sax Five. Other Disney Parks also carried these Disney traditions, following suit.

Central Plaza at Disneyland was preserved by Olszewski, right down to the glittering lights, Cretors Popcorn Kiosk, Character Statues, and Partners Statue.
Central Plaza at Disneyland was preserved by Olszewski, right down to the glittering lights, Cretors Popcorn Kiosk, Character Statues, and Partners Statue.

When certain design principles of the Central Plaza Hub (wide pathways and visual “wienies”) were ignored, audience confusion and pedestrian traffic ensued. One example are some original pathways of Disney’s Animal Kingdom. On this topic, Marty Sklar once quoted Joe Rohde who said: “‘When we designed Animal Kingdom we were working to a high concept based on adventure. We wanted the park to feel adventurous. One of our techniques was to obscure the destination at the end of a pathway so that you’d have to walk forward to reveal the destination. A mini-adventure. Often we would curve the pathway just enough so that you couldn’t see the other end, but just barely. Now of this worked. People just woudnt’t walk in a direction where they couldn’t see the destination. It wasn’t everyone, but from an industrial engineering point of view, it was enough to clog the pathways as crowds backed up behind people who were confused. They need more reassurance that the pathway led somewhere. So we widened pathways just enough so you could see through, and straightened out those that were too twisty, and people began to move.’… Once the pathways were clear to Harambe Village, DinoLand, the Festival of the Lion King live show, Kali River Rapids, Maharajah Jungle Trek, Kilimanjaro Safaris,… Expedition Everest, and the park’s visual and spiritual icon - the 145-foot-tall Tree of Life - Animal Kingdom took its place among the elite Disney Parks experiences.” Clearly, the Central Plaza Hub was a wise, time-tested engineering marvel, exhibiting fundamental principles which have the ability to contribute to each guest’s happy experiences.

As for our own Plaza Hub, Walt Disney Imagineers have continued to seek “new magical opportunities” to reactivate the Hub of Disneyland in Anaheim, California. You may recall that in 2008 (in an effort to “reactivate the geographic heart of Disneyland”), WDI master planners entertained the concept of a “Fantasy Faire franchise collaborative opportunity for all Disneyland business units” under the “Disney’s Princesses initiative.” This resulted in a maximization of resources and enhancement of show components in the Plaza Gardens Area in addition to the nearby expansion of Fantasyland. The Hub also became the site of an Information Board where guests can inquire about wait times for major attractions and scheduled times for shows and parades. In the present, the Plaza Hub is the site of attractions, shops, restaurants, landscaping, lighting, props, and dressings between facilities. Considering all of these added magical opportunities and efficient additions, we optimistically look toward what the future holds for the Area Developement of this essential area of Disneyland!

Partners Statue, (present)
Partners Statue, (present)

Before we depart for adventures at Disneyland, I would like to thank you for joining me on this tour of Disneyland Central Plaza. I am hopeful that you have received a newly gained perspective on the purpose of the Hub, as well as many of its elements, ready to enjoy the surrounding scenery, sounds, and other “TBD” attractions at the heart of the Disneyland Resort Show.

POP CORN (& CRETORS)

(1955 - Present)
(1955 - Present)

“Prologue”

Popcorn has been around almost as long as our country has been around. But even before that, the First Peoples of this land have been eating popcorn for over 5000 years!

Popping corn has a small amount of moisture which is caught inside the hard shell of the kernel as it grows. When heated, this moisture vaporizes to steam, exerting a tremendous amount of pressure, and “explodes” the kernel. In addition, there are two colors of popping corn . . . yellow and white. Of these, the yellow variety was preferred by gourmets for its flavor!

Today, popcorn is sold as the number one treat in over 99% of all movie theaters! Around Disneyland, popcorn cretors are a common sight in each land, the smell of popcorn fills the air, and the warm snack continues to be very popular with Guests.

“Cretors”

Many have asked, ‘What exactly is a Cretor?’, so I would like to address this inquiry first. The word takes its origin from the C. Cretors & Company - the 1855 company that first manufactured the old-fashioned carts and “doll” vendors! It is no surprise that the old-fashioned Cretor (Popcorn Cart) vendor has been synonymous with the smell of freshly-popped kernels in Disneyland since 1955! The gay red Cretors were imported from Germany, and rehabilitated (with the help of Ferro Sheet Metal). The final products can be seen on Dateline Disneyland (aired July 17, 1955), and one can readily be seen on East Center Street, in some footage of “Disneyland, U.S.A.” (a “People and Places” feature film, released in the U.S. on December 20, 1956 through Buena Vista Film Distribution Company). At the same time, A Complete Guide to Disneyland (c. 1956) tantalized Guests with the following advertisement : “Eager adventurers with hearty appetites find Disneyland’s popcorn vendors and their shiny red wagons irresistible.”

Cretors Cart, October of 1956.
Cretors Cart, October of 1956.

By July of 1954, Raul Grizante of Disneyland, Inc. was overseeing food philosophy, area & location, food specialties, and beverages for Disneyland.

Through the 1950s and early 1960s, the Popcorn Wagons were operated by UPT Concessions. These offered popcorn and peanuts to Disneyland Audiences in multiple On Stage locations (like in Town Square and on Center Street) during peak seasons.

Frontierland Cretor Cast Members & Guests, Late 1950s
Frontierland Cretor Cast Members & Guests, Late 1950s

By the time that the previous Vintage View was captured, the Cretors (operated by UPT Concessions) also offered a selection of Fritos brand snacks (including Fritos brand peanuts). According to The Story of Walt Disney by Diane Disney as told to Pete Martin, peanuts were sold without shells because they had potential to dirty up the sidewalks at Disneyland.

Guests Photographed Near A Popcorn Cretor Cart, c. 1956
Guests Photographed Near A Popcorn Cretor Cart, c. 1956
Disneyland Central Plaza Cretor
Disneyland Central Plaza Cretor
1958.
1958.
At least one Walt Disney's Coloring Book (published 1957), featured two pages pertaining to Popcorn and Peanuts. Note the bags.
At least one Walt Disney's Coloring Book (published 1957), featured two pages pertaining to Popcorn and Peanuts. Note the bags.
Disneyland Popcorn Box; All art work, posters, etc. created by the Walt Disney Studios.
Disneyland Popcorn Box; All art work, posters, etc. created by the Walt Disney Studios.

Don’t be fooled by those coloring book illustrations. Until about 1960, Disneyland Popcorn was served in rectangular boxes.

Disneyland Popcorn Box, (c. 1958)
Disneyland Popcorn Box, (c. 1958)

These boxes had the capability of being sealed (to take the extra popped and unpeopled kernels home). Still, these boxes were found small, and a newer design would soon allow guests to easily reach the popcorn at the bottom of the box.

Guests enjoying Popcorn in Town Square
Guests enjoying Popcorn in Town Square

The first Disneyland Dictionary (printed in October of 1959) noted that the Popcorn Wagons
were operated by UPT Concessions served popcorn and peanuts, with two locations “in Town Square and on Center Street during peak seasons.”

A family of V.I.P.s with Popcorn Boxes near the Submarine Lagoon, c. 1959 - 1960
A family of V.I.P.s with Popcorn Boxes near the Submarine Lagoon, c. 1959 - 1960
Guests of All Ages Love Disneyland Popcorn in Frontierland
Guests of All Ages Love Disneyland Popcorn in Frontierland
"A Word About Feeding the Birds," c. March, 1960.
"A Word About Feeding the Birds," c. March, 1960.

“A Brief Word About the Birds”

Human guests weren’t the only ones who found the “hot and fresh” popcorn served from Disneyland’s Cretors, irresistible! In the beginning, exotic wild geese, mallards, and other birds migrated to Disneyland. Others were either donated or purchased by Disneyland, Inc. something of an attraction in Disneyland. By 1959, the Rivers of America were teeming with white ducks whom were both raised and cared for by Disneyland, Inc. The Disneyland News (October 1956) once told the tale of Gertie the Duck who was “brought to Disneyland, and launched into the ‘Rivers of America’ from aboard the Mark Twain.”

Soon, other wild life of North America had “‘discovered’ Disneyland. Flocks of wild geese, mallards, and other birds have found Frontierland’s River a safe retreat in their pilgrimages south. The birds pause to rest here, and in some cases stay on for several months,” according to “A Complete Guide to Disneyland” (published 1956, 1957). The “Disneyland Dictionary” (published 1959) noted: “Wild geese, mallards, and other birds around the island and mainland in Frontierland migrated here, and the white ducks on the Rivers of America were raised by Disneyland.”

“55er” Mary Van Thyme recalled: “One time I was in my booth down on the raft dock and Milo Rainey and Bob Allen were on the dock. All of a sudden two ducks started fighting and biting each other's necks. So I called to Milo and Bob to put a stop to it. Milo strolled over, and with a big grin, said, ‘Don't be silly, dearie, haven't you heard about the BIRDS AND THE BEES?!’”

These feathered guests also took the opportunity to do more than rest - they dined! As you can see in the picture (above), some guests couldn’t help treating their feathered fellow guests to morsels of popcorn. The Wonderful World of Disney episode “Holiday Time at Disneyland” (1962) displayed images of a young guest tossing popcorn to feathered guests in the water, while the narrator joked, “Its no wonder when ducks fly into Disneyland, they make it their permanent home!” But therein was highlighted a problem - once the birds learn where to find “hand-outs,” they would never leave the Park. Even more, according to Backstage Disneyland magazine (Vol.1, No. 2, December, 1962), there persisted a “problem of ducks sleeping on our many ferocious wild animals throughout our park.”

These charming “Disney ducks” have continued to captivate guests, proving it isn’t so “tough to be a bird” as they manage to discover occasional "handouts” near concessions. While at Disneyland, never mind what the “little old bird woman” says, because Guests are presently discouraged from feeding the birds! Ducks they do not require them, as they cleanup show contradictions like fallen popcorn that have a huge impact on the guest experience.

The Town Square Cretor
The Town Square Cretor

A Cretor services the Main Street USA crowd!

Disneyland Central Plaza Cretor, (May, 1963)
Disneyland Central Plaza Cretor, (May, 1963)
A c.1963 Walt Disney’s Guide to Disneyland excerpt.
A c.1963 Walt Disney’s Guide to Disneyland excerpt.
Disneyland Central Plaza Cretor, (August, 1966)
Disneyland Central Plaza Cretor, (August, 1966)

During the 1960s, Disneyland Concessions (like Fantasy 1 & Fantasy 2), the Ice Cream carts, and the Popcorn Cretors were run by United Paramount Theaters. During this same era (c. 1966), Disneyland Popcorn Cretors offered more than hot fresh popcorn. Hot and fresh Fritos Brand Peanuts were also offered, as an alternative light snack, at 20 cents a box!

Your Field Guide Beth Enjoys Popcorn From an Early 1960s Popcorn Box
Your Field Guide Beth Enjoys Popcorn From an Early 1960s Popcorn Box

Still, long before the novelty popcorn buckets, the main attractions at the Cretor carts were (and continue to be) each and every one of their hot and freshly-popped buttery kernels! Now, packaging is essential to catching the attention of guests. As Disneyland would enter the 1960s, Disneyland popcorn boxes would feature new designs and eye-popping design graphics (similar to the one pictured above)! These were used until 1967.

Disneyland Central Plaza Cretor, (September, 1967)
Disneyland Central Plaza Cretor, (September, 1967)
Disneyland Frontierland Popcorn Cretor, (1967)
Disneyland Frontierland Popcorn Cretor, (1967)

A Cretor sits in the main thoroughfare of Frontierland, along the Rivers of America, c. 1967.

Disneyland Frontierland Popcorn Cretor, (Possibly 1967)
Disneyland Frontierland Popcorn Cretor, (Possibly 1967)
Disneyland Frontierland Popcorn Cretor, (1968)
Disneyland Frontierland Popcorn Cretor, (1968)

Popcorn prices would increase slightly (by five cents) in 1968.

By 1969 it was figured: “Our popcorn supplier figures it out. We sell enough popcorn every year to cover an area of 30 acres with a layer of popcorn three inches thick, and our guess is that about five acres of that is spilled at one time or another.“ [“THE MAINTENANCE OF MAGIC IN THE ‘MAGIC KINGDOM’”]

Disneyland Frontierland Popcorn Cretor, (1970)
Disneyland Frontierland Popcorn Cretor, (1970)

By the 1970s, Disneyland’s Popcorn Cretor pots were changed from Cretor brand to Manley brand. Also, by about 1971, McGlashan Enterprises a division of Buena Vista Distribution Co., Inc. (the same company that manufactured and designed air cannons, lead shot, and plastic ammunition in addition to shooting galleries and air rifles for Disneyland) had designed and was manufacturing a line of custom-crafted popcorn wagons for Disneyland, Walt Disney World and other amusement facilities in the U.S., Canada, and Belgium.

The price point for one serving of Disneyland Popcorn - 20¢. Still, during peak periods of operation (c. 1973), “as many as 1,000 people” bought “a box of popcorn from one wagon in just one hour,” according to “Food Showmanship Disney Style”, published 1973. According to the same publication, “On a busy day the outdoor food hosts, working from seven wagons located throughout the Park, will sell as many as 33,000 boxes of popcorn.”

Disneyland Main Street U.S.A. Town Square Popcorn Cretor, (1972)
Disneyland Main Street U.S.A. Town Square Popcorn Cretor, (1972)
Disneyland Popcorn Cretor, (1975 - 1976)
Disneyland Popcorn Cretor, (1975 - 1976)
15B05C28-2938-4E67-8543-5637A05FBFC5.jpeg
 In the early days of Disneyland corn was purchased from farms.  Cal McMurtrey  recalled: “We got a farm near Pismo Beach and we raised hybrid corn for poppin...it had small kernels. We had 500 acres and I remember one time I had gotton the whole cro

In the early days of Disneyland corn was purchased from farms. Cal McMurtrey recalled: “We got a farm near Pismo Beach and we raised hybrid corn for poppin...it had small kernels. We had 500 acres and I remember one time I had gotton the whole crop sold to Disneyland. It was in 600 sacks and each sack was a hundred pounds. But by the time I got back to tell Dad, he'd had it all ground up into chicken feed!”

Decades later, Orville Redenbacher became the official popcorn of Disneyland during a special daytime ceremony on February 24th, 1977! After this momentous occasion, “hot, buttery and finger licking good” Orville Redenbacher Gourmet Popping Corn continued to be offered at various Popcorn Wagon locations throughout the Park. Over in Walt Disney World, an average of 90 tons of popcorn was sold to guests annually. Soon, Cast Members were invited to attend festivities and meet Orville Redenbacher in person at the Village.

After Orville Redenbacher became the official popcorn of Disneyland, Disneyland LINE magazine (published for Cast Members) ran the following story.

Disneyland Line, (February 24, 1977)
Disneyland Line, (February 24, 1977)

By 1990, Disneyland audiences were purchasing 3.2 boxes of popcorn annually from various locations around the Park.

A young Guest enjoys a popcorn near Swan Lake.
A young Guest enjoys a popcorn near Swan Lake.
A couple of V.I.P.s enjoy a popcorn in the Plaza Hub of Disneyland.
A couple of V.I.P.s enjoy a popcorn in the Plaza Hub of Disneyland.
545074E6-1B6E-4A31-B9FD-3EE582C02078.jpeg
  Con Agra’s Orville Redenbacher  brand continued the official popcorn of Disneyland until new Disneyland Participant  Diamond Foods’  (and  Pop Secret ) were brought aboard in 2015. The new Participant sponsor of Disneyland and Walt Disney World Res

Con Agra’s Orville Redenbacher brand continued the official popcorn of Disneyland until new Disneyland Participant Diamond Foods’ (and Pop Secret) were brought aboard in 2015. The new Participant sponsor of Disneyland and Walt Disney World Resorts signed a multi-year deal which included the sponsorship of Fantasmic at Disney’s Hollywood Studios.

    “MODIFICATIONS AND MAINTENANCE”   The Arcade Mechanics team regularly repaired the popcorn machines.  David  (a  Disneyland Arcade Department “Electro-Mechanical Technician" ), who worked around these carts between 1974 and 1998, shares some of t

“MODIFICATIONS AND MAINTENANCE”

The Arcade Mechanics team regularly repaired the popcorn machines. David (a Disneyland Arcade Department “Electro-Mechanical Technician"), who worked around these carts between 1974 and 1998, shares some of the history of the antique Disneyland Popcorn Cretors :

“My knowledge goes back to 1974. I believe we had 6 or 7 wagons back then. We rehabbed each one every year over the winter months. Back then I watched the Arcade Department add sheet metal, rebuild, modify, and restore each wagon. I can’t say for sure that they were the same ones from 1955/1956. However, looking at all the early photos and knowing what we had in 1975, I believe they just kept upgrading the originals. I saw when they removed the old Cretors signage (original cast iron sign). The modifications always kept the original look, but made the wagons operate more efficient.

The early carts had no storage space…supplies on the ground in metal open boxes.” David adds that a “lower section [was] added so storage would be off the ground. I remember when we upgraded the wheels so they would hold the added weight of the modifications.

Each year every wagon was stripped of its sides exposing the angle iron frame. The parts were steam cleaned and primed to keep from rusting. The wiring would be improved to reduce ‘down time’. Oil storage and delivery was modified many times over the years. The sign shop would hand paint and letter the signage like new every year. I believe we probably fabricated additional wagons in-house and we also had a couple of wagons made in Japan by the company that made them for Tokyo Disneyland.

…As of 2019, the last ‘vintage’ red popcorn wagon still in operation, [was] currently in New Orleans Square. It [was] used as a spare when one of the new wagons needed work in the shop.”

One of the Toastie Roasties (or, Tosty Rosties) animations.
One of the Toastie Roasties (or, Tosty Rosties) animations.


“CRETOR’S CHARACTERS”

The Cretors carts created tangible and delicious memories for Guests through Merchandise and Show!

By 1991, a team of six Disneyland Cast Members (comprised of the Audio and Costume Divisions) would check the Audio-Animatronics® figures to assure the current standards of Show Quality were met. The walk-through of this attraction and 14 other attractions (in addition to a few other locations like the Br’er Bar, which had figures), would occur some four-to-five hours before the Park opened. Oil stains were cleaned away, and rips and tears were repaired on the one-of-a-kind pieces of wardrobe belonging to some 700 figures. Meanwhile one costume (of three spares kept in cabinets of the attraction’s Backstage Areas) was used to re-dress the figure. Some of these figure’s locations pose a challenge for the Costume Division Cast Members.

As for character maintenance, David recalls :

“The animation was restored and put in a cabinet. Later the cabinets were replaced with ‘trophy cases’. Everything stayed in the old frames. The clowns were kept, and more were purchased over the years. They are probably still available. Costuming would sew replacement clothes [for them]. Though the lever-cranking figures have been altered to thematically match the land that hey inhabit, the Main Street Town Square Cretor still carries a clown figure as a nod to its origin!”

A Donald Duck Big Figure pays homage to the Disneyland Popcorn Box (and the Disney Ducks that love popcorn).
A Donald Duck Big Figure pays homage to the Disneyland Popcorn Box (and the Disney Ducks that love popcorn).
Disneyland Ceramic 1960s Popcorn Box; Limited Edition of 1,955, by artists Kevin Kidney & Jody Daily
Disneyland Ceramic 1960s Popcorn Box; Limited Edition of 1,955, by artists Kevin Kidney & Jody Daily

The 1950s box art was so memorable, that ceramic reproductions (by Kevin Kidney and Jody Daley) paid homage and were made available as a limited collectable for Disneyland’s 55th Anniversary in 2010.

A cretor character appears in Mickey & Minnie's Runaway Railway.
A cretor character appears in Mickey & Minnie's Runaway Railway.

“Popcorn Cart Legacy”

The cart attraction has a legacy, “popping up” in areas of lands in Disney Parks worldwide. For instance, Hong Kong Disneyland has Popcorn Carts on Main Street, U.S.A., in Grizzly Gulch, Fantasyland and Tomorrowland.

The very concept of Outdoor Vending Carts continues to have a legacy through Disney Parks worldwide. Hong Kong Disneyland has Outdoor Vending Carts featuring Korean Squid, Turkey Legs, and Frozen Lollipops Presented by Dole.

A Disneyland Food Operations Award, c.2000s.
A Disneyland Food Operations Award, c.2000s.

Today Outdoor Vending/Outdoor Ventures/ODV is the business unit responsible for selling popcorn, ice cream, balloons, etc., in outdoor locations. It’s called Outdoor Vending at Disneyland Park and Outdoor Ventures at Disney's California Adventure Park.

RAINBOW MOUNTAIN STAGECOACH RIDE (and CONESTOGA WAGONS)

Disneyland Stage Lines Stage Coaches (July 18, 1955 - February, 1956)
Disneyland Stage Lines Stage Coaches (July 18, 1955 - February, 1956)

At Disneyland there is a "story behind the story" of every attraction, every attraction is a living experience for the guest. Disneyland ride-through attractions or adventures have officially been defined as an “individual show, ride, or exhibit designed to produce an entertaining Guest experience. Disney attractions stir the imagination, enliven the senses, and provide the participants with positive, innovative entertainment, which is the essence of the DISNEYLAND Show.” It is important to review the story of the attraction, tell the story, explain it, and create interest. This is the story of Rainbow Mountain Stagecoaches.

“Horse-Drawn Coaches and Frontier America”

Since the early 1700s, coaches have transported Americans from place to place. In 1791, even George Washington toured 1,900 miles of the colonies in his White Coach. Before long, there were the (occasionally covered) stage wagons, or “mud wagons,” used for passengers and freight. The heavy Brewster Coach could transport many more passengers inside and atop.

Conestoga wagons appeared in Walt Disney Educational Media Company Print “F” from Set 200 - “Early American Transportation.”e
Conestoga wagons appeared in Walt Disney Educational Media Company Print “F” from Set 200 - “Early American Transportation.”e

Soon, Conestoga, Pennsylvania gave birth to the Conestoga wagon, used to transport folks West along the Oregon Trail and Santa Fe Trail. “Many Americans, with everything they owned piled high in the back of a covered wagon, headed out to explore and settle the wilderness.” The Conestoga wagon could be pulled by a four or six-horse (or even oxen) hitch. While it was not so comfortable, the driver often walked alongside the vehicle, the Conestoga wagon got the job done, moving goods and people West. Not long after, the town of Concord, New Hampshire gave birth to the Concord coach. While the Concord coach was generally pulled by a team of horses, it much more luxurious, typically outfitted with comfortable seats, and even leather straps which acted as shock absorbers against the rough terrain. Both vehicles become the standard of transportation for some time across America by the time Horace Greeley uttered those famous words - “go west.” As for the Concord, it outlasted the Conestoga, and was used to transport passengers, mail, a strong box, and a man riding “shotgun.” In fact, a Concord stage line began to operate from Missouri to California, and a concord stage made the first transcontinental trip. And before the railroad replaced the Concord coach, a form of the vehicle was even adapted as a railroad car.

While the horse-drawn methods of transportation became archaic an outdated with the advent of the motorcar, a passion for horseback riding and equestrian sports persisted into the new century.

A stagecoach appeared in Walt Disney Educational Media Company Print “E” from Set 200 - “Early American Transportation.”
A stagecoach appeared in Walt Disney Educational Media Company Print “E” from Set 200 - “Early American Transportation.”

“Walt Disney & Horses”

Now it’s a fact that Walt Disney was one such person who had an affinity for horses! Beginning in 1932, Walt became an avid polo player with his very own Mickey Mouse Polo Team engaging at Uplifters and Riviera Fields. Walt even had a small stable of horses. Despite an untimely polo injury, Walt continued to ride horses along with the elite Ranchos Vistadores (a group of celebrities and prominent Californians who enjoyed equine), in the mountains of Santa Barbara just like true-life cowboys.

Walt and the Ranchos Vistadores
Walt and the Ranchos Vistadores

All the while, Walt Disney’s love for horses was evident as his studio produced a couple of live action films with equestrian-related themes a stars. Similar to Walt, Mickey Mouse acquired a couple of horse friends - Horace Horsecollar his plow horse appeared in early animated shorts and Tanglefoot appeared later in the comics. Many films featured horses, including Mickey’s Polo Team (released 1936), How To Ride a Horse starring Goofy (released 1941), Stormy the Thoroughbred Horse (released 1954) and The Littlest Outlaw (released 1955).

So, it wasn’t any surprise (to some Walt Disney Studio artists) when Walt began developing a few equestrian-related ride concepts among his earliest plans for a Mickey Mouse themed amusement park which first appeared on paper as far back as 1932.

“Blue Sky for Walt Disney’s Amusement Park Stagecoaches”

The Mickey Mouse Park Stage Coaches were perhaps the some of the earliest attraction vehicles to be both researched and developed. Yes, their earliest “stage” of development begins more than a decade later, on August 31, 1948, when Walt was dreaming about a Park (to be located across the street from the Studio in Burbank). Obviously, the fastest way to move people over the extended areas of Walt’s Park would be by utilizing moving vehicles. A memo was circulated among artists of the Walt Disney Studios, mentioning a “Horse-Drawn Carriage” attraction. It is clear that stage coaches were reckoned to be a part of the drawings and other plans for “Mickey Mouse Park” on an 11-acre plot of land (to be located near Griffith Park, in Burbank, California).

"Mickey Mouse Park" Illustration Excerpt by Harper Goff, 1951
"Mickey Mouse Park" Illustration Excerpt by Harper Goff, 1951

The excerpt (pictured above) is from an early artist’s rendering of the aforementioned “Mickey Mouse Park.” By the time that the project’s name was changed to Disneyland, the attraction’s story had begun to develop much further beyond what you see here, but the coaches were retained and featured on plot plans like “Disneyland Preliminary Scheme #1”.

“Disneyland Preliminary Scheme #1”
“Disneyland Preliminary Scheme #1”
Herb Ryman “Aerial Over Disneyland” Concept Drawing, originally produced September 26 & 27, 1953.
Herb Ryman “Aerial Over Disneyland” Concept Drawing, originally produced September 26 & 27, 1953.

“Designing & Selling Disneyland”

While many artists contributed, the talented Herbert Ryman is of note. Herb had joined the Disney Studio in 1938, after Walt saw a public show of his work in New York. (Herb's paintings were being exhibited with those of another up and coming artist, Andrew Wyeth.) Herb Ryman acted as art director for such films as Fantasia and Dumbo, but had left Walt Disney Studios in 1946 and (by 1953) was employed by 20th Century Fox. Walt reached out to Herb and during one weekend (September 26 & 27, 1953) the first “Schematic Aerial View” over Disneyland originally produced!

After new economic research reports had recommended a final resting place for Walt Disney’s Disneyland, artist Herb Ryman had hand-inked, one of the original Disneyland concept drawings - “Aerial Schematic View” over Disneyland - between September 26th and 27th, 1953. Subsequently, his original drawing was copied, and hundreds of resultant drawings were made (some of them hand-colored), based on the original (with constant modifications being made, as Walt Disney’s “Disneyland” developed). An excerpt from one is pictured above, with the stagecoaches and wilderness trails clearly part of the plans (Marvin Aubrey Davis’ Plot Plan even labeled “Canastoga Road” and “Stage Coach Rd.,” implying separate trails for the vehicles). By this time, some of the vehicles of this attraction were briefly referred to as “Yellowstone Stagecoaches.”

But, what scenery lay in store for passengers of the Stage Coaches? It seems that many elements of drawings produced for the 11-acre Burbank plot were retained. Proving this is an early form of (what would come go be known as) the “Disneyland Prospectus” [prepared in 1953 for Disneyland Inc. by WED Enterprises], which reads : “Frontier Country….where the Stagecoach meets the TRAIN and the RIVERBOAT for its trip down the river to New Orleans…Ride shotgun on the STAGE COACHES…past GRANNY’S FARM, a practical working farm operated with real live miniature horses, cows, oxen, and donkeys…through the pine forest, fording streams into Indian country and through the Painted Desert.”

“The Painted Desert” (the name used to identify this region during 1955), appeared on the “Proposed Diagramatic Layout of Disneyland” (Marvin A. Davis’ plot plan, produced for WED Enterprises, by September 12, 1953) that was shown to potential investors as early as 1953. According to “Disneyland” (prepared for Disneyland Inc. by WED Enterprises, 1953), “Ride shotgun Stage Coaches…past Granny’s Farm, a practical working farm operated with real live miniature horses, cows, oxen, and donkeys…through the pine forest, fording streams into Indian country and through the Painted Desert.” However, it seems (as depicted in the drawings) that it was only meant to be traversed and explored by way of a Stagecoach or Mule Train. The “The Disneyland Story” describes the scenery of the “Painted Desert” this way : “As you go into the Painted Desert you will pass the Indian encampment, go through a Pine Forest, and Ford a stream. When you get to the Painted Desert you will see the things you usually find there, such as the beautiful cactus plants, trees, probably the water hole with the ‘poison sign’, the skeleton of a steer, and other appropriate dressings of the desert. As well as the stage coach ride, you will be able to take the Conestoga Wagon and Mule Pack ride into the Painted Desert.” Later, another early document describing Walt Disney’s Disneyland included that of a “Stage Coach Ride.” So it seems (at least for a brief period), that the Conestoga Wagon (and not a Mine Train or Stage Coaches) were considered as options to explore the highroads and byroads of the Painted Desert in Frontierland.

On December 3, 1953, Walt wrote his sister Ruth Beecher: “Our DISNEYLAND project is getting nearer an actuality all the time and I'm anxiously awaiting the time when it does get under way. In the meantime we are gathering up all sorts of things for our exhibits. We have… about thirty miniature ponies that we keep out on the back end of the studio lot, with most of the mares in foal. Then there are three stage coaches that we made here at the studio - they're real beauties, painted in bright red, with gold trimmings. We're all very excited about this project and feel It will be a wonderful thing for everybody.”

Meanwhile, viable project Concepts (as seen above) featuring stage coaches, were supported by a well-developed business case and built expectation. These were carried to potential investors back East. Frank Pfannenstiel recalled how Walt was preparing to ride one of his horses when he received important news: “I was getting Walt's horse saddled, when Roy came over and put an arm around Walt, saying, ‘I’ve got the money, let's go to work.”

By September 16, 1954, Walt excitedly wrote to his sister Ruth Beecher in Portland, Oregon, briefly describing Frontierland and its stage coaches and “prairie schooners” (another term for Conestoga wagons): “We are very busy here at the studio, what with the television program and getting our DISNEYLAND Park under way, we’re knee-deep in work. The Park is scheduled to open in July of next year. It will be a miniature world’s fair idea. There will be trains, river boats, prairie schooners, fantastic rides, etc., etc… FRONTIERLAND… will be of the gold rush period, with Indians, Buffalo, Stage Coaches, etc.”

Owen Pope's Disneyland Stage Lines "Concord" Stage Coach, 1955
Owen Pope's Disneyland Stage Lines "Concord" Stage Coach, 1955

So while alternative modes of desert transportation were “on the drawing table,” the Disneyland Stage Lines Stage Coaches were perhaps the earliest of Disneyland’s attraction vehicles to be researched and developed. As aforementioned, their story actually begins in 1950, when Walt was toying with the idea of a “Mickey Mouse Park.” About this time (in 1951), a couple by the name of Owen and Dollie Pope (who had previously manufactured horse trailers in Fort Worth, Texas) was running an equestrian show at the Pan Pacific Auditorium (in Sacramento, California), and Disneyland production artist Harper Goff attended. Harper recommended their show to Walt, who was subsequently so impressed with the showmanship and their ponies that he arranged a meeting with the couple during the spring of 1951. The idea was to get their assistance with “putting together some livestock for his future park.” After some negotiation and throught, the Popes (Owen and Dolly) were ultimately persuaded by Walt Disney, under the offer that he give him room and board. So Owen and his wife Dolly were hired by Walt Disney. This happened on the Sunday after Thanksgiving in November of 1951 - four years before Disneyland opened its gate to the public.

It is important to note that the “Proposed Diagramatic Layout of Disneyland” (Marvin A. Davis’ plot plan, produced for WED Enterprises, by September 12, 1953) mentions three equestrian rides in “Frontier land” : (1) a “Pack Mule Ride”, (2) a “Stage Coach Road” for Stage Coaches, and (3) a “Pony Ride” next to a “Corral.” All of these massive projects necessitated Owen and Dollie living on the Walt Disney Studio Lot for the duration of their development. Both Owen and Dollie supervised the fabrication and built the original four (what would become to be known as) the Disneyland Stage Lines Stage Coaches during 1954. The three “80 percent” scaled-down stage coaches (named after the states of California, Arizona, and Colorado), were designed and developed to be drawn by a “six pony hitch” of a miniature breed of midget horses, ponies, and Sardinian Donkeys.

“Breeding and Training Stock”

Now it has been said that “a cowboy needs a horse.” To meet this need, Owen and Dollie also oversaw the breeding, care, and training of these animals, most of which were intended for “Frontier Land, which is Disney’s favorite section of the fair,” according to Loius Berg (Reporter for “This Week Magazine”)! Louis Berg had the privilege to tour the Walt Disney Studio “stud farm” late in 1954, when he divulged : “I visited the stud farm where the midget horses, ponies, and Sardinian donkeys that will draw the wagons, carts and surreys are being nursed. And it’s a sight in this world to watch the tiny foals nuzzling up to mothers themselves no bigger than a normal foal. Disney knows every colt and every pony by name, and can tell you the characteristics of each of the several hundred animals : one likes to chew on cigarettes, another is a brat. ‘Get away, General,’ he said to a young colt that was biting his trouser leg affectionately.” While many of the other 5/8-scale ponies would become known to Park visitors at the time of their big debut to the public during Disneyland’s Opening day Parade, one (often famously seen pictured with Walt Disney) was born at the studio. “‘We call him ‘General George’ because he was born on George Washington’s birthday,’ Disney explained,” to Louis Berg. Herb Ryman [in “Work With Walt” by Don Peri] recalled how Walt “loved the the little animals - the little horses, ponies, and mules.” You may have seen a few images of Walt welcoming the new arrivals - foals, colts and fillies born at the studio during this era. As a sidelight, Walt even rode horse in one of Disneyland’s parades alongside Davy Crockett. Columnist Louis Berg continues : “Incidentally the pony corral is the favorite of Disney employees and their children. Most constant visitor is ‘Bunky’ Thompson, receptionist, who spends lunch hours feeding the animals.”

An insert which accompanied area newspapers mentioned how “Disneyland stables were turned into a nursery tem-porarily, with nine mares expecting the stork before Disneyland's opening day, and five colts having arrived after the move to Anaheim from the Burbank stables. More than 200 ponies are working in the park.”

In addition to feeding, the equine were trained. Van Arsdale France once wrote: “He [that is, Owen] was worried about the horses ‘spooking’ with all the sights and sounds of Disneyland. So, a recording of sounds from arcades and shooting galleries, and yelling kids made up. This was used as an audio aid for horse training. Since the horses were not directly on the payroll, they had to be carried as assets. All were given names. They all received names of people in accounting. Lucy Cotton, for example had a mule on the records named, ‘Lucy Mule.’”

Concord Stage Coaches were not commonplace in the typical society of 1951. After “Museum authorities devoted their knowledge and skill to the accurate reproduction Conestoga wagons, Concord stages, [and] Western Buckboards,” it was deemed a requirement that certain arts and crafts were resurrected in order to fabricate the hubs, wheels, thoroughbraces, and other parts. One of the main crafts that was revived, was that of the wheelwright - the art of making wheels like the pioneers of frontier America! Studio Craftsmen had to heat the metal rim to the exact temperature, then fit and cool it, without scorching the wood. “Because of the great number of guests carried, the wheels are more sturdy than those on most of the catalogue models - another safety factor built into the attraction”, states one Disneyland Operation Manual. As a final touch, small details like the pin-striping on the wheels and stenciled letters were completed on the Walt Disney Studio backlot, by sign painters. According to Park historians : “One of the artists working on the coaches took issue with Walt about all those details. ‘People aren’t going to get this. It’s too much perfection,’ the artist said. With his disapproving eyebrow raised, Walt responded, ‘‘Yes they will. They will feel good about it. And they will understand it’s all done for them.’”

“In 1954, Day Sechler [sic] went to the STUDIO, where he helped Owen Pope make street cars, surreys, stage coaches and even a fire engine.”

Charley Brock recalled: “I had an older brother who was helping to build Disneyland and the Mark Twain. One day he came to see me and said that there was goin' to be a lot of horses at Disneyland. He told me to put on a clean shirt and overalls, and come with him. I saw Owen Pope and started workin' in the barn, gettin' horses and stage coaches ready.” Soon, publications explained that “Museum authorities devoted their knowledge and skill to the accurate reproduction of Conestoga wagons, Concord stages, and Western buckboards.”

It is perhaps around this time that Walt Disney Studios animator Willie Ito (hired June 1954) recalled wandering onto the back lot and, in one of the workshops, seeing “large molds of the Dumbo ride, miniature trains, stagecoaches, huge blueprints on the walls, etc. It was teaming with activity.”

Walt was personally interested and involved in his Stagecoaches. About this time Louis Berg (of This Week Magazine published for September 19, 1954) wrote: “And into this dreamland, Disney has already escaped. If you want to see him nowadays, don't look for him in his office. Seek him out in the workshops. Like as not, he'll be polishing a wagon tongue for one of the stage coaches… In the carpenter shop, Owen Pope one of the last great wagon builders, was putting the finishing touches on a stagecoach - there will he four of them - scaled down 80 per cent from the Deadwood model.”

The rarely-seen Blacksmith Shop was divulged in Western Horseman, (September, 1957)
The rarely-seen Blacksmith Shop was divulged in Western Horseman, (September, 1957)

The horseshoes of the hoof-branded Belgians, Clydesdales, Percheron, and Shire-Percheron cross-breeds were made of rubber (to generate the “clip-clop” sound on Main Street). However, the horseshoes of the Frontierland equine (mules, Sardinian donkeys, midget horses and ponies) that travelled through unpaved areas were made of iron metal, the old fashioned way.

“Anaheim Progress” Publication (Vol.3, No.2) Features A Photo of Walt and a Concord Stagecoach with a six-horse hitch in Palm Springs
“Anaheim Progress” Publication (Vol.3, No.2) Features A Photo of Walt and a Concord Stagecoach with a six-horse hitch in Palm Springs

When at least one of the scaled-down Disneyland Stage Lines Stage Coaches was complete, Walt was so proud of it! Louis Berg (“This Week Magazine” Reporter), noted (by September of 1954) that “one of these coaches is already finished, and when Disney is in good humor, he’ll drive visitors in it though his grounds, handling the reins like Deadwood Dick.” Walt invited almost everyone to step aboard his new Stage Coach. The six-and-a-half-foot-tall Claude Coats recalled “Walt and a driver were giving rides around the lot, but he wouldn’t let me get in. He said I spoiled the scale.” Walt even took one completed Stage Coach down to the location of his former vacation home and “laughing place” in Palm Springs, for the Desert Circus (an annual springtime Palm Springs parade and community event). This was (of course) great pre-opening day Disneyland promotion, and resulted in Walt acquiring a few sponsors (through his former neighbors at Charlie Doyle’s Smoke Tree Ranch).

Now, by the time Disneyland was in development, Stage Coaches were not unheard of by area residents of Orange County. After all, Walter Knott had his Butterfield Stagecoaches and his Overland Southern Coaches running through Wild West routes of his own Knotts Berry Farm! So, part of what would set Walt’s stagecoaches apart would be their setting - the aforementioned “pine forest, fording streams into Indian country and through the Painted Desert.”

By July 1, 1954, George Whitney of Disneyland, Inc. directed Amusements, with Ron Miller overseeing analysis, philosophy, capacities, planning, operator training, and amusement procurement.

DISNEYLAND MUSICAL MAP by MATTEL EXCERPT, (1955)
DISNEYLAND MUSICAL MAP by MATTEL EXCERPT, (1955)

“Stagecoach Roads Construction and Landscaping”

Fortunately, Disneyland was constructed with enough space for the expansive area that would become Frontierland. As to the “greenscape,” it began to take form when Bill Evans helped save a number of orange trees along the route of the Conestoga Wagons, according to “Creating the Disney Landscape - An Interview with Bill Evans,” published in The “E” Ticket, Spring 1966. Walt continued to oversee the progress of the other Stage Coaches, according to Look Magazine (November of 1954). “As construction progresses on the Park, no detail is too picayune for Walt Disney’s attention. He bobs in and out of the workshops almost every day to check on the accuracy of the scaled- down stage coaches.” Walt also drive a jeep (at least on one occasion, as it “bounced over a stagecoach trail which will lead through the Painted Desert and along a river,” (according to one construction-era Bob Thomas article). Meanwhile, the finishing “natural” touches were being added to Disneyland’s own true-life desert, in Anaheim, California. Even before Disneyland opened, Walt’s friend (and Hollywood columnist) Hedda Hopper divulged, “Had a sneak preview of Disneyland…It was the planting that awed me. Walt bought $400,000 worth of trees and shrubs ; he depleted our nurseries and is now importing trees from Santa Barbara and San Diego. Cactus from Arizona already dots Disney’s painted desert”. [“Disneyland Park Found as Fantastic as Its Creator”, Published in “Looking at Hollywood”, May 22, 1955]. As for the outcome, the author of “Disneyland World of Flowers” reminisced about the greenscape: “If you were an early visitor to Disneyland you will recall a stage coach and Conestoga wagon ride that departed from this same area and carried the traveler through pine-covered country, a sun-baked desert, and back along the tree-lined river shore.”

All of this work was performed by the team of Jack and Bill Evans, under the direction of female architect and landscaper Ruth Shellhorn (to whom much of the Park’s original plant and tree selection is credited). This early piece of artwork (pictured above) was included inside the Disneyland Musical Map by Mattel - a mail-away preview of Walt Disney’s Disneyland, and perhaps one of the first pieces of licensed Disneyland merchandise. Those who purchased this c. 1954-1955 Disneyland promotional item could view the many roads (fit for wagons) coursing through the hills and desert of Frontierland’s Painted Desert!

As of June 2, 1955, C.V. Wood Jr. sent an Inter-Office Memorandum to Walt Disney regarding the best estimates that could be obtained at the time regarding the completion status of individual sections of the Park and Opening Day. C.V. wrote: “Wagon Rides: Okay. We still need design decision regarding some of the things you will see on the ride.”

"Donald Duck Goes To Disneyland" by Whitman Publishing, (1955)
"Donald Duck Goes To Disneyland" by Whitman Publishing, (1955)

Though the conestoga stage coach looks different from Owen Pope’s final products, contemporaneous licensed Disneyland merchandise tantalized future guests, by granting these potential visitors a preview of Disneyland adventures.

Huey and Louie aboard a atagecoach in “Donald Duck in Disneyland,” Artwork by Campbell Grant, published 1955
Huey and Louie aboard a atagecoach in “Donald Duck in Disneyland,” Artwork by Campbell Grant, published 1955

Soon one authorized “Disneyland Information & Nomenclature List” (prepared by Bill Cottrell of Disneyland Inc., by May 25, 1955) divulged the details of “Disneyland Stage Lines” to Disneyland, Inc. employees. The three Coaches (California, Colorado, and Arizona) were to have a “4 horse hitch per stagecoach,” while the related Conestoga Wagons attraction consisted of “2 wagons” with a “6 mule hitch per each wagon.” In addition to these, the same documents mentioned “other wagon rides” which included the “Disneyland Transportation Company” or “Yellowstone Coaches,” - “3 Coaches - 4 horses per. each Coach.” There were also to be “3 Surreys - 1 horse per Surrey, 1 Buggy - 1 horse hitch, 3 wagons - 2 horses per wagon, and [sic] 4 Wagons - 2 horses per wagons.”

A collectable card from the Disneyland Fun Box by Whitman, c.1955.
A collectable card from the Disneyland Fun Box by Whitman, c.1955.

"She's late, she's late!" exclaimed the White Rabbit checking his big watch. "Don't you know the Queen's never on time!" explained Alice. "Let's take our ride across Disneyland's Painted Desert without her. "Oh me, oh my!" replied the Rabbit. "I was supposed to meet the Queen yesterday! I'm the one who's late!"

The Coaches and Wagons were previewed in the “Disneyland” Excerpt published June 15, 1955
The Coaches and Wagons were previewed in the “Disneyland” Excerpt published June 15, 1955

Disneyland’s horse-drawn vehicles made the news in many publications even before they hit the Frontierland trails. Panorama magazine (published spring of 1955) mentioned that “Buckboards and Conestoga wagons carry visitors to a Wells Fargo station for a stage-coach trip through the Painted Desert.” The pre-opening “Go Santa Fe to DISNEY-LAND” brochure printed sometime between July 4 and July 18 mentioned Conestoga Wagons, Surreys, Buggies, Buckboards, and Disneyland Stage Lines (3 stages and a four horse hitch) among the rides to open.

Day Sechler recalled: “Trying to get ready for Opening Day, I worked a double shift from 7 A.M. until 11 P.M. from May through Jul 17. I was training co-ordinator and we were breaking green horses."

 Finally, a thirteen-star flag was hoisted to the top of the  Frontierland Stockade   Flagpole , and the doors of the  Frontierland Stockade  were opened for a train of  Frontierland   “Conestoga Wagons, riders and all.”  Now that Disneyland opened,

Finally, a thirteen-star flag was hoisted to the top of the Frontierland Stockade Flagpole, and the doors of the Frontierland Stockade were opened for a train of Frontierland “Conestoga Wagons, riders and all.” Now that Disneyland opened, “The Story of Disneyland” souvenirs advertised the Yellowstone Coach, Stage Coach Ride, Surrey Rides, Buggy Rides, and the Buckboard Ride.

8E025AE4-548D-41B6-B731-D65F3FCE1329.jpeg
A press release photo depicts a Stagecoach carrying Richard Nixon & family; ©️Walt Disney Productions.
A press release photo depicts a Stagecoach carrying Richard Nixon & family; ©️Walt Disney Productions.

Once through the Frontierland Stockade, they headed off into (what Art Linkletter described as) “Stage Coach country.” Day Sechler recalled Danny Thomas and family riding aboard one of the Buckboards. Gale Storm and her kids rode inside on of the Stage Coaches.

D26D75B1-0D56-467D-9DD6-B32582CA9666.jpeg
66BADDB2-C471-4EAE-913E-8B20C6C89B68.jpeg
A press release photo depicts a Mule Train on the trail overlooking a Stagecoach; ©️Walt Disney Productions.
A press release photo depicts a Mule Train on the trail overlooking a Stagecoach; ©️Walt Disney Productions.

At long last, the Disneyland Stage Coaches (and their four-horse hitches) became 1 of 22 initial major attractions at Disneyland, on July 18th, 1955!

 Your Guide To Disneyland, published 1955 featured a map of Disneyland depicting the  Painted Desert  and  Wagon Trails  stretched out over half of Frontierland (as drawn by artist Michael Harvey). The same map detailed where guests could experience

Your Guide To Disneyland, published 1955 featured a map of Disneyland depicting the Painted Desert and Wagon Trails stretched out over half of Frontierland (as drawn by artist Michael Harvey). The same map detailed where guests could experience a multitude of adventures by stepping aboard “Buggy Rides”, “Buckboard Rides”, “Wagon Rides”, “Stage Coach Rides”, and “Mule Pack Rides”! At the neighboring Blacksmith Shop, guests could “watch ponies being shod,” and “next door… the harness maker hard at work,” according to c. 1955 “Welcome to Disneyland” maps.

Disneyland Souvenir Book in Natural Color, c.1955.
Disneyland Souvenir Book in Natural Color, c.1955.
A Buckboard in a Disneyland Souvenir Book in Natural Color, c.1955.
A Buckboard in a Disneyland Souvenir Book in Natural Color, c.1955.
Disneyland Stage Lines Stage Coach
Disneyland Stage Lines Stage Coach
Disneyland Yellowstone Stage and Disneyland Lines Stage Coach Near Loading Platform and Guest Control queue area, c. 1955-1956.
Disneyland Yellowstone Stage and Disneyland Lines Stage Coach Near Loading Platform and Guest Control queue area, c. 1955-1956.

“Audience Waiting Areas” are especially designed as part of the attraction to make the guest's time waiting in line as comfortable as possible. The antler-crested structure (near the center) was the old Frontierland Depot, where passage was booked and tickets acquired aboard one of the Stage Coaches, Conestoga Wagons or Pack Mules. It was Just beyond the Frontierland Stockade, guests step aboard a Disneyland Stage Lines Stage Coach (and a Yellowstone Coach in the foreground) prepared to wheel across the desert and rugged wilderness, as their passengers relive the Frontier days of hardy western pioneers!

Disneyland Stage Lines “Concord” Colorado Stage Coach, (1955)
Disneyland Stage Lines “Concord” Colorado Stage Coach, (1955)

Younger guests loved sitting inside, above, and (especially) riding “shotgun” in the Driver’s Box of the Disneyland Stage Lines Stage Coach. You may recollect the loading and unloading process took a few minutes to complete. During one Spring of 1956 Disneyland photoshoot, actress Spring Byington (of “December Bride) and child actor Bobby Diamond (of “Fury”) were photographed aboard the “Colorado” Stage Coach (with the tree artwork on the door) for their 1956 “TV Radio Mirror” photoshoot at Disneyland!

Disneyland Stage Lines Stage Coach and Guests
Disneyland Stage Lines Stage Coach and Guests
Disneyland Stage Lines “Concord” Arizona Stage Coach with Four Horse Hitch, (1955)
Disneyland Stage Lines “Concord” Arizona Stage Coach with Four Horse Hitch, (1955)
Disneyland Stage Lines Stage Coach
Disneyland Stage Lines Stage Coach
Unidentified Disneyland Stage Lines Stage Coach
Unidentified Disneyland Stage Lines Stage Coach

A Disneyland Stage Lines Stage Coach passes on the other side of the wall running from the Frontierland River “Boat Dock” to the Stage Coach Loading Platform and queue.

The Mouseketeers ride aboard a Stage Coach for a Mickey Mouse Club Circus publicity shot in this "Disneyland 1st Anniversary Souvenir Pictorial" Excerpt, published 1956.
The Mouseketeers ride aboard a Stage Coach for a Mickey Mouse Club Circus publicity shot in this "Disneyland 1st Anniversary Souvenir Pictorial" Excerpt, published 1956.
Walt Disney's Disneyland Stage Coach Model Kit Box, (Late 1950s - 1960s)
Walt Disney's Disneyland Stage Coach Model Kit Box, (Late 1950s - 1960s)

Disneyland provided an excellent outlet for licensed merchandising that was also available through retailers outside the park. Many of Disneyland’s iconic attractions were licensed as merchandise - from frame-tray puzzles and plastic toys, to salt-and-pepper shakers and ash trays. Some of them even received the “model” treatment - from the Global Van Lines Truck, to the “Jolly Roger” (known around these Disneyland parts as the Chicken of the Sea Pirate Ship Restaurant)! Strombecker manufactured several models of craft featured in Walt Disney’s “Man in Space” and “Mars and Beyond” (i.e. the Satellite Launcher, Moon Rocket, Space Station, and Space Ship), both Disneyland anthology series episodes of which first aired during 1955 and 1957. But now (by 1954-1955), Strombeck-Becker, Mfg. would commemorate the quaint and terrestrial Disneyland “Concord” Stage Coaches. By June 8, 1955, Mr. Lozier (of Walt Disney Productions Character Merchandise Division) had produced a model with horses, which had been approved by C.S. Olson (of Strombeck-Becker Mfg. Product Developement) and was ready to be presented to Philip Sammeth (of WDP Character Merchandise Division).

The final product was a Strombecker-manufactured easy-to-assemble 45-piece plastic Disneyland Stage Coach Model Kit, which was “a scale model of [an] actual stage coach in use in Disneyland Park” (as advertised on the box). The model kit came with decals to recreate the Disneyland Stage Lines Arizona Coach. This model was so popular (within 1954-55), that both Conestoga Wagon and Mule Pack kits (potentially Walt Disney Productions licensed merchandise) were also suggested by Strombeck-Becker Mfg.

Disneyland Stage Coach Model Kit Wall Poster, (Late 1950s - 1960s)
Disneyland Stage Coach Model Kit Wall Poster, (Late 1950s - 1960s)
Walt Disney's Disneyland Stage Coach Model Kit
Walt Disney's Disneyland Stage Coach Model Kit
Disneyland Lunch Box Featuring (Perhaps) the Disneyland Stage Lines Colorado Coach, Aladdin Industries (1950s)
Disneyland Lunch Box Featuring (Perhaps) the Disneyland Stage Lines Colorado Coach, Aladdin Industries (1950s)

From iron-on transfers to lunch boxes - many other pieces of licensed Disneyland merchandise featured the character of the Rainbow Mountain Stage Coaches.

Stage Coach, Mine Train and Mule Pack Attraction Poster designed by Bjorn Aaronson, 1956.
Stage Coach, Mine Train and Mule Pack Attraction Poster designed by Bjorn Aaronson, 1956.
 (June 26th, 1956 - September 13th, 1959*)
(June 26th, 1956 - September 13th, 1959*)

*Some sources as the Disneyland Rides, Attractions & Attendance Report cite February 10th, 1960 (though it is unlikely, as Nature’s Wonderland was under construction).

Times were “a changing’” and soon, new features of the desert were added to maps. At a meeting of the Disneyland Merchant's Association (held January 25, 1956), a momentous announcement was made: “All horsedrawn vehicles in the Frontierland area will be shutdown for approximately two months, during the redesign and reconstruction of this area. This will be a whole new development to increase ride capacity. We are building a mountain to be called Rainbow Mountain. This will be seen from the River and the Mark Twain. The existing corral and Black smith Show will be the entrance to a new ‘Mine Train’ ride. This will be an old fashioned Mining Train with 6 open cars. The engine will look like a real engine. The ride will go through a canyon out into the desert; then into a Rinbow Mountain where you tunnell with stalagmites and stalactities and three different water falls of different colors, joining in the river. This ride will take about 6 minutes…Stage Coach Rides route will be changed and we will add three new Stage Coaches.”

Other vehicles also started offering an alternate view of what was now billed as the “Rainbow Desert” (formerly the Painted Desert) beginning in 1956. The Disneyland Stage Lines Stage Coaches would embark from a cross-roads for all sorts of desert explorational vehicles - the new little mining town of Rainbow Ridge! Only now, the Disneyland Stage Lines Stage Coaches (also referred to as the “Yellowstone Stage Coaches”) would be renamed as the Rainbow Mountain Stagecoaches, and would soon be replaced by three Mud Wagons, or Buckboards - No. 4, No. 5, and No. 6 (intended to be pulled by a four-pony hitch). Once completed a 1958 appraisal placed the old western stage coaches and Conestoga wagons at a value of $172,800 (ride structure) and $36,790 (equipment).

This proved the truth of Walt Disney’s promise of an ever-expanding Disneyland! These new modes of desert transportation were among some of the exciting attractions debuting during 1956, that increased ride capacity! Owing to this, one day in August saw a peak total of “197,547 individual rides” enjoyed by Guests (according to a letter from Walt to Ward Kimball, dated January 23, 1957).

Mine Train Elevation Drawing, (c. 1956) ; The Jeff Ino Collection at Walt's Carolwood Barn
Mine Train Elevation Drawing, (c. 1956) ; The Jeff Ino Collection at Walt's Carolwood Barn

The region was initially called the ‘Painted Desert’ [in 1955]. It was redeveloped to add the Mine Train [July 2nd, 1956] and the name became the ‘Rainbow Desert.’ This was the name of the desert territory that the Disneyland Stage Lines Stage Coaches would traverse, for their duration of operation! These same Concord Stage Coaches (now renamed Rainbow Mountain Stage Coaches) would continue to give passage through the desert (from dawn until dusk) for three years.

Rainbow Mountain Mud Wagon #5; ©️Walt Disney Productions.
Rainbow Mountain Mud Wagon #5; ©️Walt Disney Productions.
Walt & Roy visit Marceline over Fourth of July weekend 1956; L-R: Roy Disney. Frank Van Tiger, Walt Disney
Walt & Roy visit Marceline over Fourth of July weekend 1956; L-R: Roy Disney. Frank Van Tiger, Walt Disney

In 1906 Frank had delivered fence posts to the Disney Farm in his Peter Schttler Wagon. When Walt and Roy came back for a visit in 1956 (not long after the addition of the Mud Wagons at Disneyland) they enjoyed a ride in the very same wagon pulled by mules.

Disneyland Stage Lines Mud Wagon Coach, (1958)
Disneyland Stage Lines Mud Wagon Coach, (1958)

The Rainbow Mountain Stage Coaches continued through Friendly Indian territory, and once gaining passage, come to a fork in the road. Instead of heading over the berm (and toward the Pony Farm), the Stage Coaches head into the desert!

Disneyland Stage Lines Mud Wagon Coach #5
Disneyland Stage Lines Mud Wagon Coach #5

After departing the town of Rainbow Ridge, the Disneyland Stage Lines Stage Coaches ran along a route parallel with the waters of the Rivers of America!

Disneyland Stage Lines Rainbow Mountain Mud Wagon Coach #4, (August, 1966)
Disneyland Stage Lines Rainbow Mountain Mud Wagon Coach #4, (August, 1966)
 This image was also the subject of a Disneyrama postcard.
This image was also the subject of a Disneyrama postcard.

"The Official Guide to Disneyland" Excerpt, 1956. This is a Walt Disney Artist's conception of a section of FRONTIER-LAND in Disneyland, featuring the awe inspiring Mine Train Ride, the exciting Stagecoach and Mule Pack Rides, where one can journey through the many fantastic sights of the Rainbow Desert and Rainbow Mountain areas, returning with a view of the famous Mark Twain River Boat and Tom Sawyer Island.

Disneyland Stage Lines Mud Wagon Coach #6 at Rainbow Ridge
Disneyland Stage Lines Mud Wagon Coach #6 at Rainbow Ridge

Rainbow Ridge would prove to be the crossroads for mine trains, pack mule trains, and the Disneyland Stage Lines Mud Wagon Coaches!

Disneyland Stage Lines Stage Coach in the Painted Desert
Disneyland Stage Lines Stage Coach in the Painted Desert

The Painted Desert was a true-life living desert of sand dunes and dry soil! Here Joshua Trees (pictured), Sahura trees, cactus, sagebrush, and other brightly colored flora line the dusty roads which the buckboard wagons and Conestoga wagons travel.

Disneyland was encircled by an earth wall called, the ”Berm.” Walt Disney's purpose was to make Disneyland a place separate from the world of today. It was intended that lush foliage screen out even more of the real world from sight. You may have noticed those telegraph lines at the horizon, behind that dirt berm in the background. Eventually those twentieth-century visual intrusions were removed from the sight of this On Stage area.

According to “Ripley’s Legends - pioneers of the Amusement Park Industry” by Tim O’Brien, Volume One: If the environment wasn’t believable, people wouldnt buy into the story. Martin Sklar recalled “one afternoon in Disneyland when he and a photographer drove a cat behind the scenes to Frontierland to take publicity photos. Walt saw what they were doing and was quite dismayed. ‘What are you doing with a car here in 1860?’ Walt queried as he was making a very strong point to both Marty and the photographer. Walt's point was that we had just destroyed the story. There was the Mark Twain (sternwheeler) with all these people aboard out in the wilderness and here we were with an automobile from another age. We had broken the continuity of the story. Visual intrusion is something we are constantly aware of today.”

Rainbow Desert, (1956)
Rainbow Desert, (1956)

Because the drivers of the Disneyland Stage Lines Stage Coaches, Buckboards, and Conestoga Wagons were wise to not travel through Balancing Rock Canyon, passengers received this preview of the hoodoos and arches that await them along a different desert route! Horses and mules are known to be spooked easily, sometimes by wildlife, like bounding Big Horn Sheep (but that’s another tale). It’s best that they keep their distance, because those toppling rocks overhead would (no doubt) have spooked the horses.

Disneyland Jumbo "D" Coupon 35 Cent Value
Disneyland Jumbo "D" Coupon 35 Cent Value

Admission for the Rainbow Mountain Stagecoach adventure during 1958, was one “jumbo” “D” coupon (the price of 35 cents, for one child), the same as the Jungle Cruise, Indian War Canoes, or the Tom Sawyer Island Rafts.

Stagecoach and Conestoga Wagon, (August, 1959)
Stagecoach and Conestoga Wagon, (August, 1959)

From Fort Wilderness and Tom and Huck’s Treehouse, we can see the Rainbow Mountain Mud Wagon Coach and another type of vehicle - Covered Conestoga Wagons - that blaze the trails of the Rainbow Desert on the other side of the Rivers of America!

733910E0-A2BF-430E-807C-EFD82555C2B5.jpeg
B403D314-CC9D-4886-BFA9-4CD7227F8F23.jpeg
Disneyland Stage Lines "Mud Wagon" #4, (1950s)
Disneyland Stage Lines "Mud Wagon" #4, (1950s)
Disneyland Stage Lines Mud Wagon Coach and Santa Fe & Disneyland Railroad Train
Disneyland Stage Lines Mud Wagon Coach and Santa Fe & Disneyland Railroad Train

The rails of the Santa Fe & Disneyland Railroad also ran through the Rainbow Desert, offering a view of the wonders of the desert, as well as their trafficked roads.

A panorama view of the Stage Coach Ride through the Painted Desert in "13 Panorama Views of The Magic Kingdom," (c. 1959)
A panorama view of the Stage Coach Ride through the Painted Desert in "13 Panorama Views of The Magic Kingdom," (c. 1959)

One of several wonderful ways to see the Rainbow Desert is immortalized on this souvenir panoramic postcard!

Before they disappeared, the Disneyland Stage Lines Coaches made a couple of appearances on film. One Stage Coach was utilized in filming a scene of Slue Foot Sue, Can-Can Dancers and the Traveling Salesman arriving at the Golden Horseshoe (perhaps on Saturday, October 5, 1957) for the “An Adventure in the Magic Kingdom” episode of Walt Disney’s Disneyland (airing in 1958). Perhaps this is when costume designer Renié Conley crafted costume concepts for the “Disneyland Frontier Land Stage Coach.”

The craftsmanship of the old Disneyland Stage Lines Stage Coaches was just too good, and the Stage Coaches were not disposed of, but brought back to Walt Disney Studios. They were soon featured within the second season “Talent Round Up” Roll Call act of the Mickey Mouse Club television show (featured from 1956 to 1957).

During 1959, one of the Rainbow Mountain Stage Coaches was notably utilized to transport celebrity Richard Eastham (of Tombstone Territory fame) along the route of the “Disneyland ‘59” pageant and parade! A few months later, the Rainbow Mountain Stage Coaches took their last excursion through the Rainbow Desert, and then closed on September 13th, 1959. By this date, a grand total of 1,350,589 guests had the privilege of riding aboard one of Disneyland’s Concord Stagecoaches!

(August 16, 1955 - June 14, 1959)
(August 16, 1955 - June 14, 1959)

A covered wagon appeared in the Press Preview Day Parade. Frank Pfannenstiel recalled “the covered wagon going down Main Street on Opening Day, with Fess Parker and the governor of Tennessee.”

  Very soon, “to provide transportation throughout Disneyland, the almost forgotten art of wagon making was revived. We built    Conestoga Wagons   …,”  according to the narrator of “Disneyland - The Park,” a Disneyland anthology series episode (firs

Very soon, “to provide transportation throughout Disneyland, the almost forgotten art of wagon making was revived. We built Conestoga Wagons…,” according to the narrator of “Disneyland - The Park,” a Disneyland anthology series episode (first aired 1957) which briefly preserves the construction of the Conestoga wagons. After Walt Disney Productions’ Westward Ho the Wagons! “wrapped” production (and was released during December of 1956), some props were utilized in the Disneyland Indian Village. “Cross-pollinations” (between Walt Disney’s studio and Disneyland) were commonplace during the 1950s and 1960s. Free exhibits in Tomorrowland and Main Street Opera House would feature props and sets of Walt Disney Productions’ feature length films (like, “20,000 Leagues Under the Sea” and “Babes in Toyland”) and Walt Disney’s Mickey Mouse Club television variety show. As for the Conestoga Wagons featured in the production of “Westward Ho!,” some were redecorated to match the theme of the feature film, reading “Westward Ho!” and “Oregon or Bust!” on the cover.

A Conestoga Wagon; ©️Walt Disney Productions.
A Conestoga Wagon; ©️Walt Disney Productions.

To pull these 5/8-scale vehicles along desert dusty road, over bridge, and across ford also required the breeding of specially-bred scaled-down equine. Some of these mules (of the Backstage Pony Farm) are briefly preserved on film, in “Disneyland - The Park,” a Disneyland anthology television series short film (originally aired in 1957). According to a “Nomenclature List” (updated May 25, 1955), there were “2 wagons and [sic.] a six mule hitch per wagon.” Both of these Conestoga Wagons officially enter the Frontierland Stockade during the live ABC Broadcast on July 17th, 1955.

 Now (a month after Disneyland’s first day of operation), “ Along [Frontierland’s own stretch of the] Oregon Trail” , the  “wringle, wrangle, jinggy, jong, jangle”  of the  Conestoga Wagons ’ mighty fine equine (and their gear) were heard from August

Now (a month after Disneyland’s first day of operation), “Along [Frontierland’s own stretch of the] Oregon Trail”, the “wringle, wrangle, jinggy, jong, jangle” of the Conestoga Wagons’ mighty fine equine (and their gear) were heard from August 16, 1955 to June 14, 1959. In these new vehicles, passengers were put in the middle of another true-life adventure - an alternate experience of the Painted Desert attraction in Frontierland, and a better understanding of how some early Americans moved west!

“Oregon or Bust” Conestoga Wagon & Horses at Rainbow Ridge
“Oregon or Bust” Conestoga Wagon & Horses at Rainbow Ridge

We’ll depart the false-fronted store buildings and hitching rails of the town for a trek out west!

Conestoga Wagon & Horses
Conestoga Wagon & Horses
“Westward Ho!” Conestoga Wagon at Rainbow Ridge, (Late 1950s)
“Westward Ho!” Conestoga Wagon at Rainbow Ridge, (Late 1950s)
 Once upon a time, Mule Packs, Conestoga Wagons, and Stagecoaches transported guests through the Rainbow Desert.

Once upon a time, Mule Packs, Conestoga Wagons, and Stagecoaches transported guests through the Rainbow Desert.

Disneyland "B" Junior Admission Coupon, (June, 1957 - August 15, 1958)
Disneyland "B" Junior Admission Coupon, (June, 1957 - August 15, 1958)

The original cost of passage through the desert aboard one of the Conestoga Wagons was one “B” Coupon (or, 25 cents).

Disneyland "B" Adult Admission Coupon
Disneyland "B" Adult Admission Coupon
Disneyland "B" Adult Admission Coupon, (June, 1957 - August 15, 1958)
Disneyland "B" Adult Admission Coupon, (June, 1957 - August 15, 1958)

Admission for the Conestoga Wagons (during 1957) was one “jumbo” “B” coupon (or, 25 cents, for one adult), the same as a round of ammunition in the Main Street Shooting Gallery, entry into the Mickey Mouse Club Theater, or a ride aboard the Fantasyland Viewliner or Tomorrowland Viewliner!

Disneyland Horses
Disneyland Horses

Before we step aboard we take a look at our faithful horses that are hitched to one of the Conestoga Wagons (those old “Prairie Schooners”). We’re mighty careful not to spook the horses, as we note the beautifully hand-crafted tack (brow bands, bridles, collars, and other harness parts) which were created under the direction of Owen Pope, and will generate the “wringle” and “wrangle” as the horses head down the dirt road.

Conestoga Wagon, (May, 1957)
Conestoga Wagon, (May, 1957)

In the hills, “children of the covered wagon” pass pines, oaks, and olive trees.

Conestoga Wagon Along the Rivers of America
Conestoga Wagon Along the Rivers of America
Conestoga Wagon, (August, 1966)
Conestoga Wagon, (August, 1966)
Conestoga Wagon Passes One of the Indian Camps Along the Desert Trail
Conestoga Wagon Passes One of the Indian Camps Along the Desert Trail
A Disneyland Conestoga Wagon, Sharon, Walt and Owen Pope on the Pony Farm Feed Yards, (c.1957)
A Disneyland Conestoga Wagon, Sharon, Walt and Owen Pope on the Pony Farm Feed Yards, (c.1957)

You’ll recall that Owen cared for both the animals and the equestrian equipment on the 10-acre Pony Farm, in Backstage Disneyland. Note one of the Conestoga Wagons on the service road behind the Mule corral. “55er” Day Sechler recalled: “At Disneyland, … Walt [sic] came to the Pony Farm a lot to watch us break horses. He was always concerned if he could do anything for you.”

A few Children of the Covered Wagon depicted on A Day at Disneyland; 1957 Walt Disney Productions Printed in U.S.A.
A few Children of the Covered Wagon depicted on A Day at Disneyland; 1957 Walt Disney Productions Printed in U.S.A.

Painted Desert Postcard Image
Painted Desert Postcard Image

This rare Disneyland Postcard features a rare sight one of the Rainbow Ridge Mud Wagons, a Conestoga Wagon, and one of the Rainbow Mountain Mining & Exploration Co. trains! Art would soon imitate life, when the more archaic forms of desert transportation would make way for the steam-powered future! For now though, engineers of those engines were mighty careful about their whistle-blowing, so as to prevent spooking the equine that pulled the horse-drawn vehicles.

A c.1956 Walt Disney’s Davy Crockett Frontier Wagon by Morestone.
A c.1956 Walt Disney’s Davy Crockett Frontier Wagon by Morestone.
Disneyland Conestoga Wagon Souvenir
Disneyland Conestoga Wagon Souvenir
257A50B8-E426-4CA2-8573-E569F7635253.jpeg
Disneyland "C" Coupon, (Late 1958 - 1960)
Disneyland "C" Coupon, (Late 1958 - 1960)

By 1959, Joe Fowler was Vice President of Disneyland Operations Committee and Doc Lemmon of Disneyland Operations was overseeing Operators of Rides & Amusements (like the Conestoga Wagon and Rainbow Mountain Mud Wagon Coaches), Livestock, Parking Lot, and Ticket Sellers. By that time, Disneyland Admission media “C” Coupons (above) equated the value of a ride aboard the Rainbow Caverns Mine Train with the alternate desert route of the Conestoga Wagons.

“Incidents & Liability”

Owing to incidents, by September of 1958, Disneyland, Inc. had a liability - a Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance Policy valued at $ $80,250 (according to an appraisal by Bank of America). By 1959, Disneyland, Inc. had many more types of insurance policies. Disneyland, Inc. had “liability property damage” at coverage of $500,000 per person and $2,000,000 per incident, $500,000 on property and $2,000,000 on aggregate products, at an annual premium of $165,957. Disneyland, Inc. had also increased its “multiple perils” insurance policy coverage twice; from a coverage of $6,000,000 for 5 years, increased by 3,700,000 for 4 years, and increased by 490,000 for 3 years. After all, the policy had a coverage of $10,190,000 at an annual premium of $9,717. Despite the coverage, incidents would occur that would result in the end of an era for the Disneyland stage coach and its route!

Milo Rainey recalled: “Sometimes runaways would be caused by ducks flying across the river.” Day Sechler recalled: “We were loadin' a stage coach one time when we looked up and people were hollerin' and yellin' from the MARK TWAIN, pointin' at a stage coach with four ponies on the dead run- and NO DRIVER! They ran into a coach that was loading and turned it clear over on its side - with JIM LINDSEY UNDERNEATH!”

Day Sechler also recalled: “Another time, a coach turned over with 17 people when a shot of steam from the train scared the ponies at Rainbow Bridge. A safety device released the coach from the front wheels. It sure was a sight to see the ponies come racing home draggin' only the 2 front wheels!”

According to a related newspaper headline (published just after the latter incident), “Eleven [were] injured as horses bolted at Disneyland.” The same article continues : “Eleven persons including six children, suffered minor injuries Monday at Disneyland when the four-horse team of a stagecoach bolted. The injured were the driver and 10 of the 12 passengers in the stagecoach at the amusement park. Several were thrown to the ground when the stagecoach collapsed after its undercarriage was torn off by the wild horses. A Disneyland spokesman said the horses became frightened at the sound of the Park’s train whistle.”

The wrecked Disneyland Stage Lines “Mud Wagon” Coach #4 goes “101.”
The wrecked Disneyland Stage Lines “Mud Wagon” Coach #4 goes “101.”

A few months later, another article (by Bob Thomas of the Associated Press) divulged Walt’s thoughts over what had occurred. “‘We had stagecoaches riding through the Painted Desert area’, he explained. And we had a few minor accidents on them. Nothing serious, but enough to worry me. We have a fine safety record at the Park, and I wanted to keep it that way. So I redid the desert to do away with the stagecoaches.”

This decision may not have been easy for Walt. Years later (in 1973) an interview with Joe Fowler perhaps revealed Walt’s feelings over the stagecoaches going “101”: “You know, I could go on for hours with the great understanding that man had and the things he loved and the way that he recognized that he had to make compromises. One of the things he loved, I guess, more than anything else was the stagecoaches that we had, the six horses in Frontierland. Well, we had three accidents. The damn thing was top-heavy where we'd put the people on top of the coach as well as inside. Of course, a horse is the one thing that, as Owen Pope will tell you, you can't predict. He may go along three hundred days and then suddenly bang! He shies at some damn thing. And it was a problem with these horses. We'd had three accidents and fortunately no injuries, but there might have been people killed. I went to Walt and I said, ‘Walt, I'm sorry but we just have to take the people off the top of the stagecoaches or we’re going to have an accident. We've had three near ones!’ Walt said, ‘Oh, Joe, if we don't have the people on top of the coaches, it's no show. Besides the damn horses are gettin’ their heads off. Let's discontinue it and have the mule ride,’ which we did. But I knew him well enough by that time to know what it cost him.”

It may as well be a “Safe ‘D’ Fact” that if an attraction at the Park proves to be dangerous, the problem is corrected or the attraction is eliminated. Dangerous attractions just aren’t “Good Show” as they do not support a positive Disney image. So, the stagecoaches would experience a “Show Failure” situation and go “101.” After three tip overs, Walt Disney got rid of the ride.

Wrecked Disneyland Stage Lines “Mud Wagon” Coach #4, as Seen in a Local Newspaper, July of 1959.
Wrecked Disneyland Stage Lines “Mud Wagon” Coach #4, as Seen in a Local Newspaper, July of 1959.

There wasn’t a “pioneer’s prayer” that could help Disneyland Stage Lines “Mud Wagon” Coach #4 ever go “102” again. However, not withstanding these incidents, one of the Rainbow Mountain Mud Wagon Coaches was still notably utilized to transport celebrity Richard Eastham (of “Tombstone Territory” fame) along the route of the “Disneyland ‘59” pageant and parade! But alas, the Conestoga Wagons would suddenly ceased operation on June 14, 1959, ahead of the Rainbow Mountain Mud Wagon Coaches. By the end of their run, a grand total of 560,646 guests had experienced dessert passage aboard a Conestoga Wagon. A few months later, the Rainbow Mountain Mud Wagon Coaches took their last excursion through the Rainbow Desert, before closing on September 13th, 1959. By this date, a grand total of 1,350,589 guests had the privilege of riding aboard one of Disneyland’s Concord Stagecoaches and Disneyland Stage Lines’ Mud Wagons!

While some publications (like the “Golden Magazine for Boys and Girls”, June of 1965) mistakenly still included photos of the stage coaches in descriptions of Frontierland within their pages, this was “the end of the trail” for the Conestoga Wagons, the Rainbow Mountain Mud Wagon Coaches, and their desert routes. However, it wasn’t the end of the Rainbow Desert territory. In fact, construction was now brewing, regarding a large refurbishment centered around one of two wonderful ways to explore Frontierland’s Rainbow Desert - the Rainbow Caverns Mine Train! But, that’s another story, for another time. (However, if you wish, you may STEP THIS WAY to explore the history of the Mine Train Thru Nature’s Wonderland.)

Disneyland Stage Lines Mud Wagon Repurposed for A Pleasure Island Parade Unit, (1969)
Disneyland Stage Lines Mud Wagon Repurposed for A Pleasure Island Parade Unit, (1969)

“Legacy”

Owen Pope regularly oversaw the acquisition and fabrication of equestrian-related parade vehicles (like the Scarecrow Band Hay Cart for Fantasy on Parade of 1965). In addition, through special arrangements, Owen’s pony teams often pulled some of the vehicles (like the Biggest Bass Drum).

Even some ten years later, one of the old Disneyland Stage Mud Wagon Coaches was repurposed (likely under Owen’s oversight and direction) as a parade vehicle for a Pleasure Island Unit of a seasonal winter holiday parade. This time, the equines also rode in the body, driver’s box and shotgun.

A Rainbow Ridge Stagecoach Homage near the periphery of Frontierland and Star Wars Galaxy’s Edge, c.2019.
A Rainbow Ridge Stagecoach Homage near the periphery of Frontierland and Star Wars Galaxy’s Edge, c.2019.

In the present, Stagecoaches haven’t completely disappeared from Disneyland altogether. During the stages of “Project Stardust,” this stage coach came to sit alongside one of Frontierland’s main roads. It may look similar in style to the Stagecoaches that operated out of Rainbow Ridge (from 1955-1960). However, it is surely not one of them. There are numerous differences between the overall shapes of the bodies, the wheel hubs, railings, and overall cargo sections, to name a few differences. Rumors abound that this is one of the neighboring Knott’s Berry Farm’s stagecoaches, yet we are still in search of a source to validate this claim.

Still, this stagecoach carries several story references to Frontierland elements! First, the words “Wilderness Expeditions and Delivery” appear on the doors - an acronym that (when abbreviated) spells “WED.” Maybe you’ve also noticed the name of Tony Baxter’s original Big Thunder Mountain Railroad character Jason Chandler, referenced on a luggage tag on the back of the Wilderness Expeditions and Delivery Service Coach. According to legend, Jason Chandler was the founder of Discovery Bay.

If you would like to see (what are perhaps) two of the last surviving true-life Disneyland Stage Lines vehicles(including the Disneyland Stage Lines “California” Stage Coach, which was previously on exhibit at the Park during the Disneyland 50th Anniversary ; and Disneyland Stage Lines Mud Wagon No.6), you will need to be invited to visit the Circle D Ranch in Norco, California.

In Florida, Walt Disney World Stagecoach Ride carried the Frontier tradition at Fort Wilderness.

ROYAL STREET BACHELORS

(1966 - 1992)
(1966 - 1992)

It has been said that “Disney magic” begins with the Disneyland Cast Member who support a “Good Show” - a positive Disney image! Since the beginning, Atmosphere Entertainment complimenting the theme of areas was staged to entertain Disneyland Guests on an immediate and personal level. A variety of live shows entertained Guests throughout the day.

“Disneyland revolutionized outdoor entertainment and established a new approach to showmanship. The concept of a living stage was a radical change from the conventional amusement park, fair or fun zone. A variety of live shows entertained Guests throughout the day.”During early years of Disneyland (1955 to 1965), Frontierland featured a riverfront path known as Orleans Street. One of the popular attractions along Orleans Street was the Dixieland Gazebo Bandstand, where several dixieland bands performed throughout the day and night. Of these, the most notable band was the Disneyland Strawhatters.

However, in 1966 new waterfront “land” (New Orleans Square) was introduced, and with that land came brand new entertaining Atmosphere units. One band in particular would have such a profound effect on New Orleans Square, that their image would become synonymous with New Orleans Square, and their name immortal. Yes, long before the Bootstrappers, or the Jambalaya Jazz Band, the original “one-of-a-kind” Royal Street Bachelors (occasionally billed as the “Royale Street Bachelors”) once performed signature Dixieland notes on the quiet streets and courtyards of New Orleans Square, Disneyland. INA Guides described their contribution to the Disneyland show as : “Sparkling, toe-tapping Dixieland melodies… heard in New Orleans Square from 11:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.”

Please step this way, as we meet both the founding and supportive members of the original Royal Street Bachelors, and learn a little about their work and legacy!

  Jack McVea  (November 5, 1914 - December 27, 2000) was the son of Los Angeles musician Satchel McVea (of  Satchel McVea and his Howdy Entertainers ). Owing to his father’s talent, Jack learned to play the banjo from the age of 12, and he also learn

Jack McVea (November 5, 1914 - December 27, 2000) was the son of Los Angeles musician Satchel McVea (of Satchel McVea and his Howdy Entertainers). Owing to his father’s talent, Jack learned to play the banjo from the age of 12, and he also learned to read music. Even more, Jack soon became fond of playing both tenor and baritone saxophone (for which he is now, most remembered), and after leaving school, had the privilege to play with both Lee Williams and Lionel Hampton’s big bands.

In 1946, the door would open to Jack McVea & His All Stars, when they recorded the hit song “Open the Door Richard” on the Black and White record label. Though his group disbanded some years later, “fortuosity” was in his favor. Jack was specifically sought out by Disneyland, to contribute a New Orleans sound to the atmosphere of Disneyland’s future developement! A Disneyland Press Release divulged, “According to McVea, he was not much of a clarinetist but learned overnight to play three songs to secure the job.” After his diligence, he was hired immediately, and became the face of his Royal Street Bachelors.

  Herb Gordy , was a cousin of music publisher  Berry Gordy . From an early age, the left-handed artist became a skillful double bassist. He performed with Tiny "Mac" Grimes and the Rocking Highlanders. According to one account,  “he also painted the

Herb Gordy, was a cousin of music publisher Berry Gordy. From an early age, the left-handed artist became a skillful double bassist. He performed with Tiny "Mac" Grimes and the Rocking Highlanders. According to one account, “he also painted the edges of his bass in green phosphorescent paint. When Herb did his solo, they turned out all the lights, and the audience saw a ghostly green double bass dancing on stage.” This talent would provide the essential bass for the Royal Street Bachelors, and provide Herb a long career with Disneyland! If you’re a Cast Member, you may have heard the nickname of the large New Orleans Dressing Room - the “Herb Gordy Dressing Room” - in his honor.

  Harold Grant  joined the band after the passing of the original banjo player*. He had a talent for both banjo and guitar, and was featured in recordings (like Fred Clark’s “Ground Hog Snooper”, recorded 1953).  Harold  loyally continued with the tr

Harold Grant joined the band after the passing of the original banjo player*. He had a talent for both banjo and guitar, and was featured in recordings (like Fred Clark’s “Ground Hog Snooper”, recorded 1953). Harold loyally continued with the trio for some 25 years. If you have any information or experiences involving Harold’s time with the Royal Street Bachelors, we hope to preserve more about his story here.

*The original Royal Street Bachelors banjoist is believed to have been a musician named Herman “Tiny” Burrell Mitchell). If you have any information or images leading to confirming his identity, please contact us. We would just love to preserve his story alongside those of his band members!

“Disneyland ‘66 Presents 3 New Attractions for Your Enjoyment,” 1966.
“Disneyland ‘66 Presents 3 New Attractions for Your Enjoyment,” 1966.

Jack McVea (clarinet), Herb Gordy (on bass), Harold Grant (banjo), 1967
Jack McVea (clarinet), Herb Gordy (on bass), Harold Grant (banjo), 1967

During their early days, the Royal Street Bachelors performed at one of their usual Royal Street locations near the opened Hench doors off the One-of-A-Kind Shop in New Orleans Square. Shows generally occurred throughout the day, from 10:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. Billed as the “Royale Street Bachelors,” the trio performed alongside other legendary jazz musicians at the 6th annual Dixieland at Disneyland (held Saturday, October 1st, 8pm to 2am).

Jack McVea (clarinet), Herb Gordy (on bass), Harold Grant (banjo), 1967
Jack McVea (clarinet), Herb Gordy (on bass), Harold Grant (banjo), 1967
Jack McVea (clarinet), Harold Grant (banjo), Herb Gordy (on bass)
Jack McVea (clarinet), Harold Grant (banjo), Herb Gordy (on bass)

299A2318-0B29-499C-8037-08E7D4CB46B8.jpeg
ABAE396D-C4DA-450A-85CA-44124852BD4D.jpeg
The Royal Street Bachelors and The Strawhatters
The Royal Street Bachelors and The Strawhatters

The Royal Street Bachelors occasionally teamed up with another iconic Disneyland act - the Strawhatters. The Strawhatters predated the Royal Street Bachelors by nearly a decade, performing from the Dixieland Gazebo Bandstand along Frontierland’s waterfront thoroughfare originally known as Orleans Street. When New Orleans Square debuted (and the streets were renamed), the Royal Street Bachelors regularly played the One-Of-A-Kind Shop storefront, and the Strawhatters were moved to the French Market Stage. But occasionally the two (now) legendary bands met, and when they did, the result was something special!

Though the Royal Street Bachelors and other New Orleans Square musicians performed in different areas of the land, the “Bachelors” occasionally performed alongside the Shoeshine Boys (Teddy and Kenny) and the Delta Ramblers, as their shifts overlapped.

The Royal Street Bachelors embodying “the Disney Touch” of teamwork as they perform with the Strawhatters
The Royal Street Bachelors embodying “the Disney Touch” of teamwork as they perform with the Strawhatters
Jack McVea (clarinet), Herb Gordy (Bass), Harold Grant (banjo), (January, 1967)
Jack McVea (clarinet), Herb Gordy (Bass), Harold Grant (banjo), (January, 1967)

Jack McVea (clarinet), Herb Gordy (Bass), Harold Grant (banjo), (June, 1970)
Jack McVea (clarinet), Herb Gordy (Bass), Harold Grant (banjo), (June, 1970)

The trio can briefly be seen wearing this very ensemble for their Court of Angels performance of “When The Saints Go Marching In”, while Donnie Osmond, Jay Osmond, Br’er Bear, and Br’er Fox enjoy their melodies and beats, in “Disneyland Showtime” (a c.1970 Wonderful World of Disney episode).

Jack McVea (clarinet), Herb Gordy (Bass), Harold Grant (banjo), 1972
Jack McVea (clarinet), Herb Gordy (Bass), Harold Grant (banjo), 1972

The trio was also known to frequent the little cool alcove near LaFitte’s Silver Shop. Here, they would perform for 30 or 45 minutes. A typical daily schedule looked like this:

11:00 - 11:45

12:00 - 12:45

1:00 - 1:30

2:30 - 3:15

3:45 - 4:15

4:30 - 5:00

5:15 - 5:45

The same year that the preceding “Vintage View” was captured, the Royal Street Bachelors provided evening entertainment for the “Lead-Foreman “End-of-Summer Dinner” (held during the Fall of 1972) for more than 2,000 Park Employees of Disneyland’s Food Division.

Jack McVea (clarinet), Herb Gordy (Bass), Harold Grant (banjo), (June, 1974)
Jack McVea (clarinet), Herb Gordy (Bass), Harold Grant (banjo), (June, 1974)

The trio played in the streets of New Orleans Square, nearby Le Gourmet and La Boutique d’Orleans.

Jack McVea (clarinet), Herb Gordy (bass), Harold Grant (banjo), (1974)
Jack McVea (clarinet), Herb Gordy (bass), Harold Grant (banjo), (1974)

The “one-of-a-kind” trio forms a New Orleans Square “welcoming committee” as they perform in one of their most common locations - the corner of Esplanade and Royal Street, near the One-of-a-Kind Shoppe! During the very year that this Vintage View was captured, Disney News (the official magazine for Magic Kingdom Club Families) told the story of the Royal Street Bachelors in its Spring, 1974 issue.

Disney News, (Spring, 1974)
Disney News, (Spring, 1974)
Disney News, (Spring, 1974)
Disney News, (Spring, 1974)
Disney News, (Spring, 1974)
Disney News, (Spring, 1974)
Disney News, (Spring, 1974)
Disney News, (Spring, 1974)

There’s another Disney connection on this page - Herb guest starred on Art Linkletter’s People Are Funny television show. If you’ve ever seen Disneyland’s opening day broadcast, then you know that Art Linkletter has been involved with Disneyland’s most momentous occasions since the beginning!

Jack McVea (clarinet), Herb Gordy (Bass), Harold Grant (Banjo), (c. March, 1980)
Jack McVea (clarinet), Herb Gordy (Bass), Harold Grant (Banjo), (c. March, 1980)

During their later years, the Royal Street Bachelors continued to welcome guests to New Orleans Square near one of their original prime locations, and Disneyland Employee Newsletters occasionally mentioned the members of the Royal Street Bachelors! The band even performed special shows for Disneyland Cast Members only, during the Family Open House of 1980.

Disneyland LINE (vol. 15, no. 25), published June 23, 1983, gave honorable mention to Jack McVea (17 years), Herb Gordy (16 years), and Harold Grant (15 years) - veteran Cast Members who possessed a “world famous Disneyland smile” that was “guaranteed to shine throughout the Park all summer long”! The accolades had not ceased three years later, when Disneyland LINE (vol.18, no. 6) of February 6th, 1986, highlighted Jack McVea’s contributions in the column “It Takes People”. The Royal Street Bachelors continued to be featured in Park media, for instance, they can be seen performing for a brief few seconds, on the c.1993-1994 VHS format “A Disneyland Day - Relive The Memories” souvenir.

Jack McVea (clarinet), Herb Gordy (Bass), Harold Grant (Banjo)
Jack McVea (clarinet), Herb Gordy (Bass), Harold Grant (Banjo)
Herb Gordy
Herb Gordy
Jack McVea
Jack McVea

By 1986, the Royal Street Bachelors were performing between 10:30 a.m. and 5:15 p.m., Wednesday through Friday.

A PICTORIAL SOUVENIR OF WALT DISNEY'S Disneyland.
A PICTORIAL SOUVENIR OF WALT DISNEY'S Disneyland.
  Ernest  (a.k.a. “ Ernie ”)  McLean  would later substitute for  Harold Grant  (on banjo). In an excerpt of a Disney Parks interview (which can be read at the  DisneyParks Blog  HERE  ).  Ernest  recalled how he was personally called by Walt Disney,

Ernest (a.k.a. “Ernie”) McLean would later substitute for Harold Grant (on banjo). In an excerpt of a Disney Parks interview (which can be read at the DisneyParks Blog HERE). Ernest recalled how he was personally called by Walt Disney, to be a part of the Royal Street Bachelors in Disneyland : “I auditioned as a guitar player for a tour. I didn’t think I was going to get the job. Then they started to talk about rehearsals and going to the studio, so I stopped them and said, ‘You haven’t offered me the job,’ and they replied, ‘Why do you think we are telling you this if you didn’t get the job?’ Once the tour ended, [Walt] Disney eventually called me to sub for the banjo player at Disneyland. That is when I became permanent at Disneyland.” When he wasn’t playing a solo (near a hidden amplifier) in one of New Orleans Square’s quiet alleys, Ernie was a Royal Street Bachelors regular on guitar and banjo. This he did for more than 30 years.

Jack McVea (clarinet), Herb Gordy (Bass), Ernie McLean (Guitar), (c. 2000)
Jack McVea (clarinet), Herb Gordy (Bass), Ernie McLean (Guitar), (c. 2000)

Two years after this Vintage View was captured, Jack would retire from Disneyland.

Jack's retirement was announced in this Disneyland Line, February 14, 1992, Vol.24, No.7, Excerpt.
Jack's retirement was announced in this Disneyland Line, February 14, 1992, Vol.24, No.7, Excerpt.

Yes, Jack McVea led his original Disneyland band - the Royal Street Bachelors - for a total of twenty-six years - from 1966, until his retirement in 1992! During that time, Jack encouraged the principles involved in a process that Walt called “Performance Excellence.” He encouraged the members of the Royal Street Bachelors to strive to excel each day in the fulfillment of their individual roles and responsibilities in an environment consistent with defined Disney behaviors. As a result, the Royal Street Bachelors were continually challenging themselves and each other to try new methods of working more effectively and efficiently. This was evident through their harmonious teamwork as they accomplishing these efforts.

The Royal Street Bachelors appeared in Walt Disney’s Original Disneyland Souvenir Pictorial, 1993.
The Royal Street Bachelors appeared in Walt Disney’s Original Disneyland Souvenir Pictorial, 1993.
1C417024-00B0-400E-ADB2-D5AE598EB763.jpeg
 Unlike other successive bands which would appear on Disneyland’s “stage,” this trio would become immortalized as both a  New Orleans Square  icon and tradition (well beyond their lifetime). Their images can be seen in numerous pieces of promotional

Unlike other successive bands which would appear on Disneyland’s “stage,” this trio would become immortalized as both a New Orleans Square icon and tradition (well beyond their lifetime). Their images can be seen in numerous pieces of promotional printed items (like Disneyland Souvenir Guides, and advertisements). The measure of the Royal Street Bachelors’ contributions, can be seen, felt, and heard, in the rich and living legacy which they have left behind. The presence of the Royal Street Bachelors is still certainly felt in New Orleans Square!

Though the present Royal Street Bachelors band consists of more than three members (on stage at one time), it carries on the spirit of the original band, by channeling some of the same Dixieland melodies that the original trio played. Members over the years have included Kenny Treseder (saxophone), Terry Evens (guitar), Jefferey Littleton (bass), and many others. Instead of performing in various locations along Royal Street, the Royal Street Bachelors now generally perform from the French Market Restaurant Stage. The present showtimes occur occasionally in the morning, around noon, and generally hourly after that, until around 5p.m.

"The Royal Street Bachelors" by John Horny, (1991)
"The Royal Street Bachelors" by John Horny, (1991)

During 1991, Imagineer John Horny immortalized “The Royal Street Bachelors” in a painting that would be released as a limited lithographic print thru The Disney Gallery. One of the prints hung in the original foyer stairway of Club 33 at Disneyland for a number of years. An associated plaque read : “John Horny captures the true spirit of ‘the birthplace of jazz’ in his painting of the Royal Street Bachelors - Jack, Herb, and Ernest performing in New Orleans Square as they have since the land debuted in 1966.” The homage likely had the approval of the current members, who autographed an original print (which was auctioned through Van Eaton Galleries many years later). A print currently resides in the foyer of Disneyland’s redesigned Club 33.

“A ‘Hidden’ Royal Street Legacy”
“A ‘Hidden’ Royal Street Legacy”

The Royal Street Bachelors also inspired another iconic New Orleans Square attraction which is unseen by most Disneyland guests (but must be seen to be believed) - an animated painting, which hangs in the Members-Only Lounge of the new Club 33! At intervals, members of the trio (plus one Strawhatters member) will “disappear” to “play” a solo or a duet. The wall mounted instrument animates and seems to play by itself. Once silenced, the Royal Street Bachelors member reappears yet again in the painting. Designers of this Club 33 Members Only Lounge went to great lengths to make sure that the feel and tone of the accompanying music honor the memory of the original Royal Street Bachelors!

SPACE BAR

(July, 1955 - September, 1966)
(July, 1955 - September, 1966)


Get ready to “dine at Disneyland” like never before - enjoying “Tomorrow’s food service today!” A long time ago…before General Electric’s Carousel of Progress…before Innoventions…and (definitely) long before Star Wars Launch Bay…was Tomorrowland’s “Stratosnak” Space Bar!

Space Port and Automat concepts by Herb Ryman.
Space Port and Automat concepts by Herb Ryman.

According to “THE DISNEY THEME SHOW - an introduction to the art of Disney outdoor entertainment: Volume II”: Of all the guests’ senses that come into play at Disneyland, the most difficult response to predict was taste. If 70,000 guests were to arrive on a single day, there would probably be 70,000 different ideas about food. Generally speaking, Disneyland food locations fall into three categories - sit-down restaurant service, “buffeteria,” and fast-food categories. The most extensive theming has always been found in the sit-down restaurant locations but all locations were housed in authentically motified facilities.

The Space Bar was to be the first West Coast version of the automat (a common type of dining experience in New York during the 50s and 60s), with a catch - guests would dine in the futuristic year of 1986. Both Herb Ryman and Gabriel Scognamillo created many concepts (rough layouts, elevations, and artistic drawings) which contributed to the final design of the “futuristic” automat. [Some of these designs were refined and published later on July 15, 1955, as a supplement for the “Register” of Santa Ana, California.]

Meanwhile (in 1954), Walt was searching for participants to lease shop and restaurant spaces at Disneyland, and help generate the necessary capital to fund construction of Disneyland. In a synergistic relationship, the companies (in turn) could sell their products and advertise their corporate names in the Park. Several “reliable old firms” sponsored the “abundance of restaurants devoted to pleasing all tastes and all budgets,” according to “The Story of Disneyland”, published 1955. “55er” Rima Bruce (who started with Jim D'Arcy in Food when all food was Lessee and typed memos and menus) recalled that “the phone never stopped ringing with everybody trying to get a food lease in the Park.“

By October 195, 34.48% of Disneyland Inc. stock was owned by American Broadcasting-Paramount Theatres, Inc.

By July of 1954, Raul Grizante of Disneyland, Inc. was overseeing food philosophy, area & location, food specialties, and beverages for Disneyland. This colorful quick service pavilion would be both partially designed and operated by UPT Concessions Inc. a subsidiary of American Broadcasting-Paramount Theaters Inc. Food service equipment was provided by Coast Distributing Company of Los Angeles (who ran a “Congratulations” message to Walt Disney and Staff in “The Disneyland News,” Vol. 1, No.2 ; August 10, 1955). “55er” Marion Schawacha recalled: “one day I put in an application and I saw Chet Miller with the U.P.T. We were taken around the property, climbing over piles of lumber, as projects were pointed out. On the first of June, I went to the Space Bar, doing everything… stocking the shelves and getting set up for hamburgers. chicken pot pies, tuna burgers, chili beans.”

The Space Bar as depicted in one promotional photo; ©️Walt Disney Productions.
The Space Bar as depicted in one promotional photo; ©️Walt Disney Productions.

The Space Bar structure was a one-story cafe comprising 2,779 square-feet. The Space Bar was of stucco and cemesto board on steel frame composition, built atop a concrete foundation and slab. The entire plywood interior structure was covered by a flat composition roof, with a formed steel canopy covering the concrete and terazzo floors. The Space Bar also had three restrooms (containing 19 fixtures) and was connected to the 1,760 square-foot Skyway Station. Altogether, the Space Bar was valued between $63,100 and $65,900.

The UPT Stratosnak depicted at “Disneyland” in this newspaper Supplement Excerpt, (July 15, 1955)
The UPT Stratosnak depicted at “Disneyland” in this newspaper Supplement Excerpt, (July 15, 1955)

Some of these viable project Concepts (as seen above), were supported by a well-developed business case and built expectation.

Disneyland, Inc. continued to team with the Participant sponsor to develop the attraction. As late as May 25, 1955, “ABC’s Automat type restaurant… was [sic] changed from Autosnak to Stratosnak,” according to one official and authorized “Disneyland Information & Nomenclature List” (prepared by Bill Cottrell of Disneyland Inc., by May 25, 1955). It was estimated that the Stratosnak Space Bar would have the capacity to serve 800 guests per hour. With that, the Space Bar would become one of Disneyland’s eating facilities which was predicted to contribute to accommodating “15,000 persons daily, hitting a peak of 60,000 on holidays and week-ends…” and one of “twenty restaurants and snack bars, capable of saving 8,000 hourly,” at least according to “Building A Dream” (prepared by the Disneyland, Inc. Public Relations Department).

As of June 2, 1955, C.V. Wood Jr. sent an Inter-Office Memorandum to Walt Disney regarding the best estimates that could be obtained at the time regarding the completion status of individual sections of the Park and Opening Day. C.V. wrote: “Stratosnack: Will be completed.”

“55er” Dean Penlick was a Chef Manager in a very successful Beverly Hills Restaurant when it was purchased by the American Broadcasting Company. Then UPT was the Lessee for all fast foods in Disneyland, and brought Dean to Disneyland as a food consultant.

“55er” Marion Schawacha recalled opening day: “The waiting lines were all mixed up and criss-crossing each other. The line from Autopia would end up at the Space Bar, and vice versa. All you could see in Tomorrowland was PEOPLE!”Beginning in July of 1955, a variety of food and refreshments were available! Guests could order soft drinks (Root Beer, Coca-Cola, Pepsi-Cola, and Orange Drink), salads, sandwiches (hamburgers, hot dogs), desert (pastry and pie), Coffee and candy. Carnation Farms would also serve this and 14 other wholesale customers who operated restaurants and snack bars in Disneyland.

Dean Penlick recalled: “I was working in Tomorrowland at a food facility that was an automat. It was all vending machines. This operation would take in many thousands of dollars a day in coin… but we were too busy to count the coins. So we worked up a formula where we weighed the coins and used that weight as a basis for our deposits.”

A few Disneylanders fulfilled a starting role at the Space Bar, like Terry Carnes.

Tomorrowland “StratoSnak” Space Bar, As Depicted In "A Complete Guide to Disneyland", 1956.
Tomorrowland “StratoSnak” Space Bar, As Depicted In "A Complete Guide to Disneyland", 1956.

Guests selected these items from immaculate, fully-automated vending machines, and placed them on their trays, before making their way toward the Patio Seating area. The Space Bar Patio Seating Area was located in a rather central location - providing a great view of several attractions, like the busy Tomorrowland Autopia race track and (later) the Skyway cabins ascending from the Tomorrowland Skyway Station! This early Disneyland Map excerpt (though rather simple) gives an idea of what the Space Bar Patio’s table arrangement under the Space Bar awning looked like.

“It’s Bigger Than You And Me” - The Space Bar was a popular place for celebrities (like Sammy Davis Jr.) attending the Press Opening of Disneyland in 1955.
“It’s Bigger Than You And Me” - The Space Bar was a popular place for celebrities (like Sammy Davis Jr.) attending the Press Opening of Disneyland in 1955.
Before he flew to the moon, Frank Sinatra visited the Space Bar.
Before he flew to the moon, Frank Sinatra visited the Space Bar.
The Space Bar, 1955.
The Space Bar, 1955.
A U.P.T. Concessions Sanitary Drinking Straw Cover.
A U.P.T. Concessions Sanitary Drinking Straw Cover.
Disneylanders were encouraged to let U.P.T.  know that they read their “Merchants Mart” advertisement, published February 1958.
Disneylanders were encouraged to let U.P.T. know that they read their “Merchants Mart” advertisement, published February 1958.

The Space Bar was operated by U.P.T. Concessions with a scope of sales on snacks and soft drinks for VIPs and Disneylanders. Marion Schawacha recalled: “Walt was a fantastic man...he had great pride in the place. He liked popcorn and he liked hot dogs and he would always PAY for his food! Instead of taking his guests to a fine restaurant, he would bring them to the SPACE BAR!”

Guests Dining in the Additional Seating Area of the Tomorrowland “StratoSnak” Space Bar, c. 1957 - 1958.
Guests Dining in the Additional Seating Area of the Tomorrowland “StratoSnak” Space Bar, c. 1957 - 1958.

Additional covered seating was available nearby, offering another amazing view of Tomorrowland! At one time there were a total of 26 metal canopies (measuring 4’x4’) on steel posts.

The Space Bar was notably mentioned in “Disneyland 1st Anniversary Souvenir Pictorial.”
The Space Bar was notably mentioned in “Disneyland 1st Anniversary Souvenir Pictorial.”

In a move of corporate synergy, the Space Bar was one of 16 Disneyland “eating places” which featured “fine food with fine coffee - Maxwell House,” from 1955 to 1957, as well as Carnation Farms products!

The vending machines at Disneyland also yielded some revenue for Disneyland Inc. Notwithstanding annual operating expenses (at $1,429 in materials) and repair and maintenance materials (at $15), a total of $8,497 (less $154 for expenses) for the fiscal year (52 weeks) ending September 29, 1957 and a total of $10,333 (less $1,468 for expenses) for the fiscal year (52 weeks) ending September 28, 1958.

  Space Bar  construction (and barriers) as seen from a shaky  Skyway  gondola descending into Tomorrowland.

Space Bar construction (and barriers) as seen from a shaky Skyway gondola descending into Tomorrowland.

Tomorrowland “StratoSnak” Space Bar; August, 1958.
Tomorrowland “StratoSnak” Space Bar; August, 1958.
Th Space Bar.
Th Space Bar.
Tomorrowland “StratoSnak” Space Bar, 1958.
Tomorrowland “StratoSnak” Space Bar, 1958.

A storage addition was added to the Space Bar in 1958. After labor, materials, purchases, and sub contracts (Automatic Sprinklers, Allstate Roofers, and Jezowski & Markell), the cost of the job totaled $1,615.57. By September of 1958, an appraisal of Disneyland “land improvement” assets valued the Automat at $129,117.

Tomorrowland, 1950s
Tomorrowland, 1950s

In the left corner of the photo, you’ll notice a space in the midst of the Tomorrowland “StratoSnak” Space Bar seating area. This location was often utilized for dancing and Date Night Dance bands during peak seasons.

According to Disneyland World of Flowers by Morgan Evans, “On each side of the dining terrace you will see a curious tree called ‘star pine’ (Araucaria excelsa). It comes from faraway Norfolk Island in the south Pacific, where it is known (not surprisingly) by yet another name, ‘Norfolk Island pine.’ It is not truly a pine, but a sort of second cousin. If you are a tree and have needles, and your seed is borne in cones, it's all in the family - the conifer family.”

Tomorrowland “StratoSnak” Space Bar Patio, (August, 1962)
Tomorrowland “StratoSnak” Space Bar Patio, (August, 1962)

This was the view from underneath the StratoSnak Space Bar awning.

Guests Dining on the Tomorrowland “StratoSnak” Space Bar Patio
Guests Dining on the Tomorrowland “StratoSnak” Space Bar Patio
Tomorrowland “StratoSnak” Space Bar Additional Seating, (September, 1962)
Tomorrowland “StratoSnak” Space Bar Additional Seating, (September, 1962)

Tomorrowland “StratoSnak” Space Bar and Space Bar Dance Area as Depicted On The Disneyland Map by Sam McKim Excerpt, c. 1960s.
Tomorrowland “StratoSnak” Space Bar and Space Bar Dance Area as Depicted On The Disneyland Map by Sam McKim Excerpt, c. 1960s.

According to Dave Smith (previous Chief Archivist Emeritus of the Walt Disney Archives), “In its early years, Disneyland did not have the atmosphere bands that are used today… It would be several years before other bands appeared on a regular basis : Kay Bell and the Spacemen first performed in 1961.” [Disney Facts Revealed by Dave Smith, 2016] In addition to the usual Tomorrowland ambiance, entertainers made appearances at the Space Bar. Chuck Corson (Disneyland Entertainment casting Director, 1959 - 1973) was responsible for much of the big-name talent (and big bands) that appeared in the Park, it was Sonny Anderson (of Disneyland Entertainment) who was largely responsible for many of the youthful bands that performed at the Space Bar (and later, Tomorrowland Terrace). Acts like the Mustangs and the Spacemen owe their appearance at Disneyland, predominantly to Sonny Anderson.

The area had a permanent, covered dance floor for Date Night dance bands during peak seasons. Guests also found plenty of room to swing at the Space Bar Dance Area (labelled in some guides like “Walt Disney’s Guide to Disneyland”, published 1964). Both the Space Bar Band (debuting during the summer of 1961), and the Astronauts (the band) could be found providing swingin’ melodies during Date Nites (perhaps starting during the Summer of 1961) at the nearby the Space Bar! During 1962, both Teddy Buckner and his Band performed during Disneyland’s 2nd Annual Grad Nite, and Bobby Rydell performed in a segment of “Disneyland After Dark,” from the Space Bar Stage. The 5th Annual New Years Eve Party (held Monday, December 31st, 1962 thru Tuesday, January 1st, 1963) brought the vocalist Kay Bell and the Spacemen to the Space Bar. Grad Nite 1964 continued to bring performances by the Spacemen and Kay Bell to this dining area. Also during 1964, Gary Lewis (Jerry Lewis’ son) won the contract to perform with his six-piece rock and roll band (at the Space Bar in Tomorrowland) on Friday and Saturday nights. Charlie Barnet and His Orchestra also performed at the Space Bar.

By January, 1966, Disney had bought out the UPT facilities, a subsidiary of American Broadcasting Company.

I’m 1967, the Space Bar tarmac was raised in front to a point, level with, or just a bit higher than the dance floor.

Note the Space Bar Patio in the distance of Tomorrowland.
Note the Space Bar Patio in the distance of Tomorrowland.
Space Bar Patio
Space Bar Patio

For about a decade (during the 1960s), the Patio Seating area was elevated and enclosed with panels.

Space Bar Patio
Space Bar Patio
A Guest Poses Near the Elevated Space Bar Patio
A Guest Poses Near the Elevated Space Bar Patio

According to Bill Evans (“Walt Disney Disneyland World of Flowers”): “Yucca and Australian spear lily, seasonally highlighted by cockscomb and verbena, greet visitors to the Space Bar.”

The Space Bar is soon to be replace by the “GE Exhibit” on a site plan of Tomorrowland.
The Space Bar is soon to be replace by the “GE Exhibit” on a site plan of Tomorrowland.

During the construction of the New Tomorrowland, the site of the old Space Bar was utilized for the Carousel Theater.

New Tomorrowland Space Bar, (1970)
New Tomorrowland Space Bar, (1970)

While located beneath the PeopleMover station, the new Space Bar offered “soft drinks, ice cream, popcorn and other refreshments.”

New Tomorrowland Space Bar
New Tomorrowland Space Bar

During the development of Space Mountain, a new form of the Space Bar was renamed The Lunching Pad. About 1981, the Tomorrowland fast food location offered Popcorn, Space Mist, Ice Cream Bars, Ice Cream Sandwiches, Frozen Bananas, Coffee, Hot Chocolate, Twinkies, Milk, Almonds, Raisins, and Ham and cheese sandwiches.

 If you would like to read more about the original  Space Bar , it’s my pleasure to recommend adding  Marcy Smothers’    “Eat Like Walt - The Wonderful World of Disney Food”   to your personal Disney Home Library! Therein, Marcy has extensively resea

If you would like to read more about the original Space Bar, it’s my pleasure to recommend adding Marcy Smothers’ “Eat Like Walt - The Wonderful World of Disney Food” to your personal Disney Home Library! Therein, Marcy has extensively researched and finely crafted a small section of a chapter dedicated to “Walt Disney’s Disneyland - Tomorrowland” If you would like to bring the magic of Disneyland restaurants and concessions to your dining room table, “please step this way” toward www.eatlikewalt.com where Marcy has shared a few recipes for memorable Disneyland menu options, so you too can “Eat Like Walt.”

SPACE MOUNTAIN

  Construction : June of 1975 - 1977    Opening : May 4*, 1977    Dedication : May 27, 1977     *Disneyland Rides & Attractions and Attendance Report, Fiscal Year 1981.   One can easily slip into the jargon of “ride” but at Disneyland there are a

Construction : June of 1975 - 1977

Opening : May 4*, 1977

Dedication : May 27, 1977

*Disneyland Rides & Attractions and Attendance Report, Fiscal Year 1981.

One can easily slip into the jargon of “ride” but at Disneyland there are attractions and every attraction is a living experience for the guest. Disneyland ride-through attractions or adventures have officially been defined as an “individual show, ride, or exhibit designed to produce an entertaining Guest experience. Disney attractions stir the imagination, enliven the senses, and provide the participants with positive, innovative entertainment, which is the essence of the DISNEYLAND Show.”

There is also a “story behind the story” of every attraction. It is important to review the story of the attraction, tell the story, explain it, and create interest. This is the story of Space Mountain.

When Disneyland was being conceived, Walt intended that his Park have no roller coasters. However, Walt Disney also said : “Disneyland will never be completed. It will continue to grow, always adding new things to provide its visitors with exceptional and entertaining attractions.” In Walt’s eyes, Disneyland was “like a piece of clay,” because if there was something he didn’t like, he wasn’t stuck with it. He could reshape and revamp it. After years of personally reshaping and revamping, Walt divulged: “I’m not the perfectionist anymore. It’s my staff - they’re the ones always insisting on doing something better and better.”

The success of the Matterhorn Bobsleds a few years prior (in 1959), had proved the viability of thrill rides within Walt Disney’s Magic Kingdom! While some early research and development was conducted through Arrow Development, Space Mountain would become one of the Park’s first roller coaster-type attractions to be developed through WED Enterprises. In 1964, Walt assigned WED Enterprises artist “Captain” John Hench (an old sketch artist from the Hyperion Avenue Studios era of 1939; a background artist) with the task of researching and creating initial concepts and sketches for future indoor roller coaster attraction at Disneyland. This potential adventure would be included in the New Tomorrowland expansion project of the mid-1960s.

“Draw Concept” - “Tomorrowland Space Adventure” concept in charcoal & colored pencil by John Hench print, The Disney Gallery, c. 1997.
“Draw Concept” - “Tomorrowland Space Adventure” concept in charcoal & colored pencil by John Hench print, The Disney Gallery, c. 1997.

Walt Disney’s Imagineers knew their audience. Even while Tomorrowland featured the Flying Saucers attraction, early 1960s maps began to depict another space-themed attraction - a “Spaceport & Rocket Flight Future Attraction” (also referred to as “Space Voyage.” Some of the earliest visions of the Show Complex Building (with its towering white spires) were created by the Legendary John Hench, who made “the first little sketches on the thing.” Even such early renderings proved that the building was designed to have ”draw concept” - designed in a manner in which it would generate interest and beckon the observer. In the words of John Hench, “It's all very obvious: careful communication, watching what you say, and being explicit and having something to say in the first place.”

According to Marty Sklar “I like to think that I interpreted and reinforced Walt's creative approaches because it was really Walt Disney who set this whole thing up. I've worked hard to be the champion of Walt's philosophy and values over the years… John Hench was the king of design, but even being as smart as he was, he wasnt able to communicate easily down the line, so there was a role for me in helping to achieve what the great designers had developed.” [“Ripley’s Pioneers: Legends of the Amusement Park Industry Volume One” by Tim O’Brien]

“Disneyland is unique in that some of the world's foremost creative artists and architects control all design at Disneyland.“ Walt Disney Productions artist Herbert Ryman was influential to some exterior elements, while some interior settings were sketched by WED Enterprises Employee George McGinnis. Notable WED Enterprises, Inc. engineers and artists like Bill Watkins and Roger Broggie Sr. would also be involved in the development of the space adventure - “Space Voyage”!

“In the Disneyland Future” - Tomorrowland Space Adventure in Summer ‘67: Disneyland U.S.A.
“In the Disneyland Future” - Tomorrowland Space Adventure in Summer ‘67: Disneyland U.S.A.
A Space Mountain concept.
A Space Mountain concept.

According to LINE Magazine, “John remembers his first meeting with Walt about the project in late 1964. ‘Walt didn’t call it Space Mountain at that time but he felt we needed an attraction in Tomorrowland that would present the future through space travel. Walt had a prophetic ability and knowledge of how to bring different experiences together in a perfect blend…and he knew Space Mountain would be attraction that would serve to enrich the guest’s experience one step further.’” Space Mountain was likely one of several attractions that Walt had in mind when mentioning he had ”plans afoot - some on the drawing board or in model form, others only in the ‘dreaming’ stage…to be added through the year 1980.” [“Walt Tells Problems Studied for New Disneylands,” by Ted Thackery Jr., published Thursday, February 11, 1965, for the Herald Examiner of Los Angeles, California.]

“Walt Disney’s Guide to Disneyland” Map Excerpt, c.1972
“Walt Disney’s Guide to Disneyland” Map Excerpt, c.1972

Early concepts featured four “tracks” (some of which wove inside and outside of the Show Building), complete with “soaring spires” (borrowing some style from Herb Ryman’s c.1964 “suggestions” for the New Tomorrowland). About the years 1965 to 1966, the job of “Space Ride R & D” (No. 034-53-22) was opened at WED Enterprises, Inc. Project 034-53-22 was described as Research & Design of a “Matterhorn-type ride with a structure housing four separate loading areas and ride tracks.”

According to “Progressland at Disneyland: a proposal for the General Electric Company from Walt Disney Productions” ©1965: “The word for 1967 is Tomorrowland -a New Tomorrowland. When the present Tomorrowland was designed, in the early 1950's, Early Bird, Gemini and Apollo were space age terms of the distant future. Even the household word ‘astronaut’ was still to be coined. Times-and-tomorrows have changed. So recently Walt Disney and his creative staff have taken a new look at the Tomorrowland area. To research ideas. Walt and his team visited Houston, Huntsville and Cape Kennedy, discussing the latest Space Age wonders with astronauts and scientists, including Dr. Wernher Von Braun. The result: a decision to close the entire Tomorrowland section of Disneyland in the Fall of 1966 for complete redevelopment - the re-building and enlarging of an entire area of Disneyland to provide for dramatic and exciting new attractions and exhibits. In New Tomorrowland, a towering structure will serve as spaceport and theme center. Inside, guests will experience the sensation of racing through distant space.“

Internal materials published in 1966 mentioned: “With four maior new attractions nearing completion for summer, 1966, openings at Disneyland, Walt and his staff af WED are looking toward 1967 - 1968.“ By May 25, 1966, an allowance of $150,000 was allocated toward the cost. By October 1, 1966, an actual cost of $119,000 with a write off of $119,000 was pending approval.

According to John Hench (who led the project), even back in 1965, plans called for a two-level building with guests entering from the second level. “Walt had originally thought of having the lifts on the outside”, John recalls, “but we could control the light much better with an enclosed structure.” Testifying to this is image of this design can be seen in the pages of “A World of Smiles” (the Tencennial Tour Guide scrapbook). Soon, the “Walt Disney Productions Annual Report to Shareholders and Employees Fiscal Year Ended October 2, 1965” announced: “In New Tomorrowland, a towering structure will serve as a spaceport and theme center. Inside, guests will board four-passenger ‘rocket ships’ to experience the sensation of racing through distant space. Spiraling upwards as high as an 18-story building, the ‘Tomorrowland Mountain’ will be the highest point in the Magic Kingdom, a magnet visible for miles.”

"A World of Smiles - Dedicated to the Summer Tour Guides 1965" Excerpt Prepared Guides for Potential Future Attractions and Guided Tour "Stops." Note a certain unnamed Tomorrowland show building.
"A World of Smiles - Dedicated to the Summer Tour Guides 1965" Excerpt Prepared Guides for Potential Future Attractions and Guided Tour "Stops." Note a certain unnamed Tomorrowland show building.


“A ‘Hold’ on Space Mountain, and a ‘Gap’ in Development” -
It’s a fact, that the “Space Mountain” name was first attached to the project during 1966. During this time, Herb Ryman produced mode concepts of the spire-topped show building and WED Enterprises, Inc. engineers were utilizing “far-ahead” computers to conduct stress and design analysis (including those of the curves and turns of the track). The layout revolved around utilizing gravity and kinetic energy to keep the cars moving forward. Some of these viable project Concepts (as seen above), were supported by a well-developed business case and built expectation. However, it seemed that there was not the necessary space to house this attraction, as Walt was “running out of building room inside the 20-feet Hugh earthen berm surrounding Disneyland.”

Flying Saucers & “Future Space Mountain” detailed on a Disneyland Plot Plan, c.1966.
Flying Saucers & “Future Space Mountain” detailed on a Disneyland Plot Plan, c.1966.

Then there was the matter of the computer technology to control the safety “Block (brake) System.” The Automatic Block System was a series of consecutive blocks governed by block signals that were actuated by a train, engine or by certain conditions affecting the use of a block. The system was used on the Disneyland Railroad but was seemingly limited for application toward Space Mountain. So after Walt’s passing (in December of 1966), any plans for this particular future Disneyland attraction were put on hold while Walt Disney’s Magic Kingdom was brought to reality.

A WED philosophy is that there is no bad idea. “We say that because if you get in a meeting and somebody comes up with something and someone turns to him and says, ‘That's a stupid idea!’ you'll probably never get another idea from that person. So, we try to create an open environment where people can say anything. Quite often, something that sounds dumb at the time will turn out to be just the little spark that sets everything off Somebody will come in later and say, You know, I thought what so and so said was dumb, but I’ve been thinking about it and I think there's a little gem here.’ Its amazing how many times that happens…‘ Marty said that he's been around so long and has discussed so many ideas that he has seen many resurface after many years. ‘When that happens, I know from experience that a lot of them won't work, but I don't say, 'Well, you know what? We tried that 20 years ago and it won't work; because so much changes. If we went back through our archives, we'd probably find a lot of things that we could do today that we couldn't do at the time because the technology wasn't there.’“ [“Ripley’s Legends - pioneers of the Amusement Park Industry” by Tim O’Brien, Volume One]

Walt once said: “Since my outlook and attitudes are ingrained throughout our organization, all our people have this curiosity; it keeps us moving forward, exploring, experimenting, and opening new doors.” So began the blending of creative and technological innovation with the essence of great Disney storytelling. Soon, one of the Magic Kingdom’s planned adventures included the “Space Voyage” - the first incarnation of Space Mountain! Four years later (and by the early 1970s), true-life space-age computer technology had advanced enough to control the proposed safety “Block System” enabling multiple cars to safely run along the rails simultaneously. In fact, the block system was controlled with the help of two Data General Nova 2/10 computers. Sensors (electronic elements in the track) monitored the speed and spacing of vehicles.

So, the plans (employing research, development, and conceptual artwork of John, George, and Herb) were “dusted off” by the WED Creative Development Division members. New concept art was created by artists like Walt Disney Imagineer Clem Hall (c.1974). New software from NASA was utilized to design the support structure and required specs of the attraction. Though the original four “track” concept was reduced to two “tracks” and the attraction would be fully-enclosed in the Show Building (design by WED Enterprises Imagineering Project Engineers Glenn Durflinger, Bud Stacy and Randy Carter), the attraction would make use of the old c. 1966 working title.

A c.1975 Space Mountain concept of those tandem vehicles by George McGinnis (released through The Disney Gallery); ©️The Walt Disney Company.
A c.1975 Space Mountain concept of those tandem vehicles by George McGinnis (released through The Disney Gallery); ©️The Walt Disney Company.

True life astronauts Gordon Cooper (of the Mercury 9 & Gemini 5), James Irwin (of the Apollo 15), and Scott Carpenter (of the Mercury 7) helped open Space Mountain at Walt Disney’s Magic Kingdom, on January 15th, 1975. Space Mountain was a grand success.

Meanwhile, Disneyland had managed to “maintain its levels of attendance in the face of rapidly expanding competition for California's leisure dollar, and despite the fact that the Park has not opened a major new area since Bear Country in early 1972.” As approximately 60% of the Park's attendance came from within the state of California, “new attractions remained a vital factor in stimulating repeat visits and assuring the Park's continued future growth. Therefore, in 1975, the Company committed itself to a major new capital development program for Disneyland.” By September of 1975, construction crews received the “All Clear” (under the supervision of Maintenance Lead Bud Poole) to begin work on the second incarnation of Space Mountain, and Disneyland's second “mountain.” Construction commenced during September of 1975.

Space Mountain Construction, (December, 1975)
Space Mountain Construction, (December, 1975)

The steel frame of the Space Mountain show building is 200 feet in diameter, holding more than 1 million cubic feet of space. It is hard to see from this “Vintage View”, that the base of the structure is set 17 feet below grade (or, ground level). A considerable portion of Space Mountain was placed below the ground level in order to reduce the height visually in relation to the smaller Sleeping Beauty Castle. From ground-level, the structure would measure 75 feet tall not including the spires. If Imagineers did not scale down and sink part of Space Mountain deep into the earth it would have become a Visual Intrusion and a contradiction, dwarfing Sleeping Beauty Castle and all of Main Street.

Space Mountain Construction, (1975)
Space Mountain Construction, (1975)

There are a total of thirty-six steel support beams atop forty-five concrete pilings.

Space Mountain Construction, (December, 1975)
Space Mountain Construction, (December, 1975)
Space Mountain Construction, (January, 1976)
Space Mountain Construction, (January, 1976)

Before the 1,100 seat Space Stage was installed in front of the Space Mountain Complex, this was the look of its facade and the Tomorrowland Stage.

Space Mountain Construction, (January, 1976)
Space Mountain Construction, (January, 1976)
Space Mountain Construction, (January, 1976)
Space Mountain Construction, (January, 1976)
Space Mountain Construction, (February, 1976)
Space Mountain Construction, (February, 1976)
Space Mountain Construction, (April, 1976)
Space Mountain Construction, (April, 1976)

The show building was 75 feet tall (without the external spires).

Space Mountain Construction, (April, 1976)
Space Mountain Construction, (April, 1976)

But it was 117 feet from the ground to the top of the tallest spire point.

Space Mountain Construction, (c.April, 1976)
Space Mountain Construction, (c.April, 1976)
Space Mountain Construction, (1976)
Space Mountain Construction, (1976)

The show building would measure 117 feet from ground-level to the top of the tallest spire.

Space Mountain Complex Construction, (August, 1976)
Space Mountain Complex Construction, (August, 1976)
Space Mountain Complex Construction and Crane
Space Mountain Complex Construction and Crane

While the tubular steel track layout of the Matterhorn Bobsleds was installed before much of the wood frame and stucco was applied, the Space Mountain show building exterior was enclosed before the steel track was laid. The length of the competed ride track was 3,035 feet, (not including the spur track, and storage track, which brought the approximate total to 3,450 feet). Soon, one Program Logic Controller (PLC) system and a Nova system (“for message generation” and alerting operators and engineers to any conditions of units) was installed. These were similar to those first installed at Walt Disney’s Magic Kingdom in Florida.

Plans for the majestic Space Mountain Show Building were still being approved by February of 1975. But as soon as construction began, LINE magazine often published the “Space Mountain Update”, to educate Cast Members on the progress of the attraction.

For instance :

•Saturday, March 5, 1977 : 2400 pounds of sand was cycled through the Mountain to evaluate structural aspects of the attraction.

•By March 10, 1977 Disneyland LINE reported : “The Spaceport Load/Unload Area construction is progressing rapidly an assembly has started on the Intergalactic Probe. All attraction control equipment has been delivered and installed, and initial ride control testing will begin [during the remairing days - March, 10th-12th] this week. All catwalks along the track have been installed. Installment of the five speed ramps is currently in progress. Regrading of the area in front of Mission to Mars was started this week. Regrading is necessary for a smooth thematic transition into the new Space Mountain complex.”

Air-conditioning controls dust, and a practical mechanical application of the technology was essential in the attraction where projection equipment and film was used.

Space Mountain Complex Construction
Space Mountain Complex Construction

The lower areas of the Space Mountain Complex will house a modern arcade, a merchandising shop, a fast food facility, and a large amphitheater for live entertainment.

Space Mountain Complex Construction
Space Mountain Complex Construction
Space Mountain Complex Construction
Space Mountain Complex Construction
Space Mountain Complex Construction
Space Mountain Complex Construction
Space Mountain Complex Construction
Space Mountain Complex Construction

This is where Guests will wait in an orderly fashion (queue) to board Space Mountain.

Space Mountain Goodyear Speed Ramp Construction
Space Mountain Goodyear Speed Ramp Construction

Disneyland “queue lines” were designed as part of the attraction to make the Guests' time in line as comfortable as possible.

Space Mountain Goodyear Speed Ramp Construction
Space Mountain Goodyear Speed Ramp Construction
Space Mountain Goodyear Speed Ramp Construction
Space Mountain Goodyear Speed Ramp Construction
Space Mountain Goodyear Speed Ramp Construction
Space Mountain Goodyear Speed Ramp Construction

Two moving sidewalks (similar to the Stephens-Adamson Speedramp at the Tomorrowland Monorail Station) were installed in front of Space Mountain. These Speedramps would help guests to the upper concourse (and ride entrance).

Space Mountain Goodyear Speed Ramp Construction
Space Mountain Goodyear Speed Ramp Construction
Space Mountain Concourse and Goodyear Speed Ramp Construction
Space Mountain Concourse and Goodyear Speed Ramp Construction

In 1981, the “I-Have-An-Idea” Program yielded new Starcade and Space Mountain Speed Ramp handrails, courtesy of Phil Hilde, Larry Johnson, and Virgil Stroud of the Disneyland Mechanical Department. Under the older system the handrails were wearing out and being replaced every three weeks. Under the new Guest Control queue area routing system, the handrails only needed to be replaced every four or five months.

Space Mountain Complex Overhaul Construction
Space Mountain Complex Overhaul Construction
Goodyear Speed Ramp Installation
Goodyear Speed Ramp Installation
Slurry Completed After Space Mountain Complex Overhaul
Slurry Completed After Space Mountain Complex Overhaul
Overhaul (both installation and completion) of Space Mountain and its efficient Goodyear Speed Ramp.
Overhaul (both installation and completion) of Space Mountain and its efficient Goodyear Speed Ramp.

Two coats of an Elastomeric Coating are applied (over a span of weeks) to the 100,000 square feet of peaks that comprise the surface of the Space Mountain complex. The resulting finish will last up to five years according to Disneyland LINE (June 29, 1978).

Due to the ongoing construction in the Backstage Area, the Hills Bros. Gate was not used during the Easter Parade of April 10, 1977 (at 2:00 pm). The route would run from the Fire Station Gate to the Small World East Gate.

After 12 years of planning and two years of construction, Space Mountain was completed during May of 1977. Press Release packets divulged the following “operational data” about Space Mountain.

Operating Guide/OG
Operating Guide/OG

  Disneyland Publicity Writers  of the  Marketing Division  ( Bob Roth ,  Frank Whiteley , and  Al Flores ) were very busy brainstorming Press campaigns related to the big grand opening! Meanwhile, quite a few  Disneyland Cast Members  recall becomin

Disneyland Publicity Writers of the Marketing Division (Bob Roth, Frank Whiteley, and Al Flores) were very busy brainstorming Press campaigns related to the big grand opening! Meanwhile, quite a few Disneyland Cast Members recall becoming “test pilots.”

 According to writer Donia Ruescher:  “Space Mountain captures the essence of Superspace. The expectant ‘space voyager’ is transported through the space station launch portal, and through the vast man-made ‘solar field.’ He then orbits the glowing ‘s

According to writer Donia Ruescher:

“Space Mountain captures the essence of Superspace. The expectant ‘space voyager’ is transported through the space station launch portal, and through the vast man-made ‘solar field.’ He then orbits the glowing ‘satellite,’ become engulfed in spectacular nebulae and plunges past myriads of strange stars and unknown galaxies to begin reentry.”

Space Mountain - Disneyland Summer '77 Cast Premier Ticket, (May 19, 1977)
Space Mountain - Disneyland Summer '77 Cast Premier Ticket, (May 19, 1977)

While a few fortunate Disneyland Cast Members recalled test piloting Space Mountain well before the official Disneyland Cast Premier, most of the Cast attended the Disneyland Cast Premier to be accounted among the Inaugural Flight Crew. These lucky astronauts were given these mementos of their journey!

787A3D3E-BED3-4552-AEB8-01DC5788D72F.jpeg
Disneyland Cast Premier Inaugural Flight Crew Button
Disneyland Cast Premier Inaugural Flight Crew Button

“More than 6,000 Disneyland Cast Members and their guests enjoyed Space Mountain Cast Premiere ceremonies over five nights during the last two weeks in preparation for the Grand Opening of our new Tomorrowland addition this Friday, May 27.” [Disneyland Line, May 26. 1977]

Disneyland Cast Premier Sticker
Disneyland Cast Premier Sticker
7BE207B3-5B25-4EB9-AB32-8706A0B3EC43.jpeg
Space Mountain Day at Disneyland for WED & MAPO Ticket, (May 22, 1977)
Space Mountain Day at Disneyland for WED & MAPO Ticket, (May 22, 1977)

On May 27, 1977, “space travelers” led by true-life Mercury astronauts (Alan Shepard Jr., Walter Schirra Jr., Virgil Grissom, Colonel L. Gordon Cooper, Donald Slayton, Commander M. Scott Carpenter, and William Douglas) were gathered after eighteen years, and welcomed to Futuristic Station - a massive spaceport! Some of these astronauts had been involved with other flights (Mercury 7, Mercury 8, Mercury, 9, Gemini 5, Gemini 6, Apollo 7, Apollo 14, and the Apollo-Soyuz Test Project). Their 18-year reunion was officiated by Disneyland Ambassador Susan Donald, and would span three days (May 27 - 29, 1977). These were joined by John Glenn Jr. (of Mercury 6) for a tour on the Saturday following the Grand Opening. For now (May 27th, 1977), these astronauts entered the attraction queue, and stepped aboard futuristic Speedramps (in service from 1977 to 1997), to help move comfortably from the ground floor to the upper level of Tomorrowland. Transmissions from Mission Control and Flight Dispatch echo through the Space Port, as the Mission Status Board charts current Space Flights. Guests make their way past windows where rockets streak by with flashes of light (as stars glitter in the distance). After passing below the hovering Intergalactic Probe (which “warms its engines for an explorative venture into the unknown”), guests boarded one (of twelve) sleek rockets bound for the “vast dark void of outer space”. Moving slowly along an ascent, the rockets prepare for “blast-off”. Their ascent takes them through meteor showers, “passing through the apparent infinity of a Solar Energizer, where chasms of light seem to stretch forever”. Circling a glowing geodesic satellite, the rockets approach a colorful gaseous nebula, shooting stars falling to each side. Suddenly the rockets reach the apogee of their ascent and quickly plunge into the realm of ‘Superspace’, where time is non-existent and distances are spanned at infinite speeds. Roaring past unexplored galaxies the rockets twist, turn and dip thier way home, finally bursting through a cosmic vapor curtain before slowing to landing speed at the Space Port”, according to the Disneyland Aeronautics and Space Administration’s “Space Mountain Rockets.”

Even after that event, a WED/MAPO Official Inaugural Flight event was held on June 2nd, 1977, with commemorative posters given to all those who participated.

 Disneyland’s spectacular new $20 million voyage thru outer space (or, journey along 3,450 feet of track, at maximum speeds of 30 to 32 miles per hour) -  Space Mountain  - was  “the most incredible attraction in 22 years,”  according to Vacationland

Disneyland’s spectacular new $20 million voyage thru outer space (or, journey along 3,450 feet of track, at maximum speeds of 30 to 32 miles per hour) - Space Mountain - was “the most incredible attraction in 22 years,” according to Vacationland magazine, Summer, 1977). Eight years after the live broadcast of the Apollo Moon Landing was viewed (on this very location) and during the summer of 1977, thousands of Disneyland Guests waited in lines to board Space Mountain. These impressive lines (“kept on queue” by Audience Control Crews) wound all the way through the Tomorrowland Mall, and clear to the entrance of Tomorrowland (a picture of this can be viewed in “Backstage,” Summer of 1977). Just two years later (by 1979 - 1980), it was still just as “incredible,” as admission for a flight through Space Mountain was one “E” coupon, the same as passage down the icy slopes of the Matterhorn, stepping aboard Big Thunder Mountain Railroad, or admission to the Country Bear Jamboree. This was with good reason - Space Mountain was a realization of one of Walt’s “dreams”! At this point, we must recall the words of John Hench who once said, “We didn’t just build this because we needed another thrill attraction…Walt always intended this to be here and we never abandoned the idea.”

 The Disneyland Planning Department prevented having too many attractions of the same ticket value down at the same time.  While five years of negotiations were underway for  Tokyo Disneyland , it was decided to bring the smaller incarnation of  Spac

The Disneyland Planning Department prevented having too many attractions of the same ticket value down at the same time.

While five years of negotiations were underway for Tokyo Disneyland, it was decided to bring the smaller incarnation of Space Mountain (Disneyland, Anaheim, California) to Japanese guests! Space Mountain opened at Tokyo Disneyland, on April 15, 1983!

A new Space Mountain ride control system was installed in 1988, which simplified the role that Hosts and Hostesses performed.

Family Fun Party at Disneyland flyer featuring Space Mountain.
Family Fun Party at Disneyland flyer featuring Space Mountain.
Family Fun Night at Disneyland flyer featuring Space Mountain.
Family Fun Night at Disneyland flyer featuring Space Mountain.

Space Mountain still offered to opportunity to race through outer space to the far reaches of the universe.

A 1992 Euro Disney souvenir map featured the “attraction future.”
A 1992 Euro Disney souvenir map featured the “attraction future.”
Euro Disney’s Space Mountain: Mission 2.
Euro Disney’s Space Mountain: Mission 2.

After Euro Disney’s Jules Verne-inspired version of Space Mountain opened (with its higher speed, first-ever loops in a Disney Park, and the first ever synced audio track to a roller coaster-type thrill ride), one of these elements would soon come to Disneyland (in Anaheim, California).

A pre-1997 Space Mountain Complex
A pre-1997 Space Mountain Complex

For now, this (prior Vintage View) was the sight of Space Mountain.

8E99CCB6-9FEB-411A-B63E-47F1F1958B0A.jpeg
A pre-1997 Space Mountain Complex Warning Sign.
A pre-1997 Space Mountain Complex Warning Sign.

“Safety”

Safety is a major concern of the Park Operations Crew. Each day, the M-43 Machinist would make a standard opening inspection of all speed ramps in the area. M-43 would then notify M-41 of any further work to be done or parts needed prior to opening. The M-43 would go to the Space Mountain workshop, read Mechanical log book, and notify M-41 of any further work to be done or parts needed prior to opening.

During each day M-43 would, at least once, circulate to all attractions in T/L and discuss with each attraction lead any problems, defects, or any other feedback regarding the attraction. M-43 would then notify the Mechanical Dept. of anything regarding this department, and notify the M-1 of anything regarding other crafts.

Safety is also a major concern of Engineering. Every year they would make a complete test and inspection of all structural parts of Disneyland. And since Guests would look to Disneyland for their safety the department team was continuously designing new guest and personnel safety devices.

Guests also play a role in safety. This aforementioned sign served as a form of Guest Control, courteously reminding Guests (the elderly, expectant mothers, and those with under age children) to be consider any physical limitations which might be aggravated by the nature of the ride. Guests with any type of back or neck brace and children under three were not permitted to ride. Though signs were posted, the courteous Cast Member also took the responsibility to monitor for under age children and expectant mothers, directing wheelchair guests to the front of the attraction, and determining if a physical limitation might be aggravated by the nature of the ride.

Height restrictions on signs safeguarded guests long before Ride Switch, the process that allowed Guests with children who do not meet age and/or height requirements to enjoy an attraction.

“Federal Express & Pan Galactic News Network Pre Show“

In 1995, Federal Express (FedEx) became a Disneyland Participant as sponsor of Space Mountain. New “magical opportunities” were Imagineered, including improved lighting and effects. A new show entertained the guests leaving the attraction before exiting into the new Tomorrowland Light & Power Co. arcade.

But the biggest change was a brand new 15-minute out-of-this world show created by Eddie Sotto, produced by Doug Miller and Tom Fitzgerald (WED Senior Vice President of Theme Park Productions), and co-written by Seven Spiegel, that featured parody broadcasts and commercials. You may recall humorous clips from PNN (the Pan Galactic News Network), “My Favorite Earthling” (on the UFO Network), and the “Blast Off Channel” (“24 hours of lift-offs, launches and laughs), as viewed through “channel surfed” screens. [See WED Eye Openers, August 15, 1995] Of course, some of the most memorable spoofs parodied concurrent commercials of Space Mountain sponsor Federal Express.

Walt Disney Imagineering Storyboard for a “Federal Express” commercial, c.1994
Walt Disney Imagineering Storyboard for a “Federal Express” commercial, c.1994

Walt Disney Imagineering Storyboard for a “Federal Express” commercial, c.1994
Walt Disney Imagineering Storyboard for a “Federal Express” commercial, c.1994

Here, an astronaut floats in deep space and desperately needs a package. The package is sent to the wrong address because the sender used “Ozone Express” instead of Federal Express.

Space Mountain Pan-Galactic News Network Reporters Dirk Tachyon & Pam Pulsar, (1994)
Space Mountain Pan-Galactic News Network Reporters Dirk Tachyon & Pam Pulsar, (1994)

A number of talented actors and actresses appeared contributed to the short films. Mario Lopez (of “Saved by the Bell”) was the channel-surfing host in Mission Control, comedian Charles Fleischer performed the role of used satellite salesman Crazy Larry, with Glenn Shadix as fashion designer Ray Cathode and Kelly Coffield (of “In Living Color”) was transformed into weather caster Wendy Beryllium. The preceding Vintage View preserves a Backstage moment for Michael Carrington and Elaine Hendrix (of “Get Smart”) who portray the SMTV News Broadcasters Pam Pulsar and Dirk Tachyon as News Anchors of PNN. They weren’t the only celebrities to make an appearance, as the futuristic broadcast also included a statement by President Garco (the robot featured alongside Walt Disney in the c.1954 Disneyland episode “Mars and Beyond”).

Space Mountain Pan-Galactic News Network Reporters Dirk Tachyon & Pam Pulsar, (1994)
Space Mountain Pan-Galactic News Network Reporters Dirk Tachyon & Pam Pulsar, (1994)
3A5D551C-A78D-4117-B23E-CC29D9D9E1AC.jpeg
Alexandra Wentworth as Wendy Beryllium (PNN Master Meteorologist)
Alexandra Wentworth as Wendy Beryllium (PNN Master Meteorologist)
Alexandra Wentworth as Wendy Beryllium (PNN Master Meteorologist)
Alexandra Wentworth as Wendy Beryllium (PNN Master Meteorologist)

Costume Designer Colleen Atwood designed all the costumes for the SMTV video. This Vintage View preserves a costume fitting for actress Alexandra Wentworth (who had roles on Seinfeld and In Living Color) as Space Mountain Pan-Galactic News Network Reporter, Wendy Berrylium.

Alexandra Wentworth as Wendy Beryllium (PNN Master Meteorologist)
Alexandra Wentworth as Wendy Beryllium (PNN Master Meteorologist)
FedEx Commercial Alien
FedEx Commercial Alien
FedEx Commercial Alien
FedEx Commercial Alien

70416D09-982D-4BDD-9E14-85522D0FBDFE.jpeg
Costume designer Colleen Atwood provided the costumes for the characters like the Federation Overlord.
Costume designer Colleen Atwood provided the costumes for the characters like the Federation Overlord.

The “Wd Eye Openers” column (published August 15, 1995) gave a wonderful, detailed summary of production.

F0E9E4F9-3C47-4005-B9B7-15FB9752A1B6.jpeg
Space Mountain Fastpass Sign, c.2000s; Signage that was looking pretty worn and stressed was replaced.
Space Mountain Fastpass Sign, c.2000s; Signage that was looking pretty worn and stressed was replaced.

Beyond these years, both 1996 and 1997 were momentous for Space Mountain at Disneyland! In 1996, Dick Dale’s surfer sound descended upon the warp-speed roller coaster ride.

The following year (1997), many aesthetic changes occurred, altering the Show Quality of the building. Notably, a third ring was added to the roof of the Space Mountain Complex, and the Speed Ramp was removed during a massive Tomorrowland overhaul.

The embroidered Tomorrowland logo once worn by Space Mountain Hosts and Hostesses.
The embroidered Tomorrowland logo once worn by Space Mountain Hosts and Hostesses.

Ten years after FedEx became a Disneyland Participant (and after some renovation), Space Mountain would re-open (on July 15, 2005), with a “refurbished” brand-new track, new pre-Show scenes, an updated score (by Michael Giacchino) and a special ceremony attended by former astronaut Neil Armstrong.

A c. 1977 Space Mountain Attraction Vehicle at D23, Courtesy of Van Eaton Galleries
A c. 1977 Space Mountain Attraction Vehicle at D23, Courtesy of Van Eaton Galleries

Another c. 1977 Space Mountain Attraction Vehicle, 2018
Another c. 1977 Space Mountain Attraction Vehicle, 2018

“Remove Vehicles” - In a historic (and frankly, never-to-be-repeated) auction, Van Eaton Galleries in conjunction with Richard Kraft offered the public a free show of rarely seen “Disneyana.” Among Richard Kraft’s former artifact collection at the “That’s From Disneyland” pre-auction museum show was one of the original twelve c.1977 Space Mountain Vehicles. Compared with those of the Walt Disney World Magic Kingdom, the new vehicles were streamlined and simplified, with a wider body, side-by-side seating for twelve passengers (as opposed to single-file seating for eight passengers). By 1984 a report revealed that a pair of Space Mountain tandem sleds weighed 2,300 lbs.

c. 1977 Space Mountain Attraction Vehicle, (2018)
c. 1977 Space Mountain Attraction Vehicle, (2018)
A 1970s Space Mountain Vehicle at Van Eaton Galleries, 2020.
A 1970s Space Mountain Vehicle at Van Eaton Galleries, 2020.

This is yet another original Space Mountain Vehicle that once shuttled guests through the reaches of the cosmos at “hyperspeed”. During 1996, Boston Acoustic speakers were installed that would only enhance the attraction’s Show Quality experience with a new onboard soundtrack. In 2020, one of these vehicles (with speakers) was auctioned off through Van Eaton Galleries, and became the property of a proud new owner.

c. 1977 Space Mountain Attraction Vehicle at Van Eaton Galleries
c. 1977 Space Mountain Attraction Vehicle at Van Eaton Galleries
John Hench Tribute, (The Present)
John Hench Tribute, (The Present)

Which brings us to our final “sidelight.” Inside Space Mountain (just above a Decompression Supplies Hatch, along the queue), is another hatch appropriately labelled, “Bay 12, Command Module, Captain John Hench.” This is appropriate, as John Hench (the longest-termed Disneyland employee, at 64 years with the company) first created concepts for Tomorrowland, and then assisted in re-designs of Tomorrowland (in 1967 and 1998). Two years after Space Mountain opened, John assumed the title of WED Enterprises Senior Vice President on September 17, 1979. John helped develop many shows and attractions for Disneyland, and was “instrumental in master-planning every Disney park world-wide, actively involving himself in show concepts, architecture, costumes, graphics and every other aspect of design.” But most important were his contributions toward the towering Space Mountain!

Marty remembered Hench as a “mentor”: “John Hench was the most articulate and well-read person that ive ever worked with and he encouraged me in so many ways.” It is of note to the credit of John’s humble character: “John Hench, an original Imagineer with WED, told Marty [Sklar], ‘When we get finished with a project, you or none of us can say, ‘I did that, I did this, because we all did it, so many hands touched it, changed it and made it better, that it's a we, it's never an I.’”

By 2003, the Space Mountain had a legacy in Tomorrowland at Honk Kong Disneyland. A prospectus describes: “A warp-speed adventure to the far reaches of the universe and back. Guests board 12-passenger ‘rockets’ that streak at white-knuckle speeds through a meteor shower. Each vehicle has an on-board sound system that synchronizes music and sound effects with the racing rocket.” The complex would also have a concourse, “a futuristic garden area between Space Mountain and Buzz Lightyear Astro Blasters that serves as a rest spot for weary intergalactic travelers in Tomorrowland. Shade trees, benches and unique water elements enhance the park-like environs.”

 Then there was  CyberSpace Mountain  at  DisneyQuest  in  Downtown Disney , allowing Guests to design their very own rollercoaster.

Then there was CyberSpace Mountain at DisneyQuest in Downtown Disney, allowing Guests to design their very own rollercoaster.

Hyperspace Mountain Marquee at twilight, 2016.
Hyperspace Mountain Marquee at twilight, 2016.

Since the beginning, the Four Keys of the DISNEYLAND Show (operating priorities in presenting the DISNEYLAND Show) have been present - Courtesy, Safety, Show, and Efficiency. Guided by these Four Keys, are Walt Disney Imagineers, who are always seeking out new magical opportunities to increase the efficiency, safety, and show quality of Disneyland adventures. This being the case, Walt Disney Imagineers are constantly seeking to improve upon the show of Tomorrowland and one of its most popular attractions - Space Mountain! During the 1990s, Tim Delaney (of Walt Disney Imagineering Creative Development) created concepts of a Star Wars inspired Death Star overlay for Space Mountain. In 2008, WDI master plans entertained the concept of an update to the Space Mountain Show Building, Forecourt and “HISTA” involving some sort of Global 3-D technology.

On July 15, 2005, Space Mountain was relaunched with a new generation of special effects, state-of-the-art show elements, new rocket vehicles, and an upgraded sound system, featuring an all-new audio track. The opening ceremony took place at 10AM and the attraction was open to guests at 11 AM.

Hyperspace Mountain Marquee at night, 2016.
Hyperspace Mountain Marquee at night, 2016.

There have been many “Overlays” to Space Mountain over the years, like borrowing “Ghost Galaxy” from Hong Kong. A few years later, the Space Mountain Show was temporarily changed for the spring of 2016, when a new Star Wars inspired adventure started a tradition of temporary seasonal ride refurbishments! After being launched into hyperspace, shuttles jump right out of hyperspace travel, and into battle with several tie fighters and a star destroyer in Hyperspace Mountain! In 2017, Hong Kong Disneyland carried the Hyperspace Mountain tradition, as Guests dodge blaster fire and dash through a raging dogfight between Rebel X-wing Starfighters and Imperial TIE fighters.

Some things seem to never change - some of our favorite climactic Show Effects are achieved through these reflective surfaces.
Some things seem to never change - some of our favorite climactic Show Effects are achieved through these reflective surfaces.
8779BFCA-3250-4B42-807A-77D374473140.jpeg
Space Mountain (of Walt’s imagination), Walt Disney Family Museum
Space Mountain (of Walt’s imagination), Walt Disney Family Museum

While new “Overlays” add new dimensions of adventure to Space Mountain, there’s at least one location where guests can enjoy the Space Mountain of John Hench’s imagination (at least, in miniature form) - The Walt Disney Family Museum in San Francisco, California!

Space Mountain at Hong Kong Disneyland
Space Mountain at Hong Kong Disneyland

THE SPACE PLACE

We're Headed Down the East Promenade, Toward The Space Place
We're Headed Down the East Promenade, Toward The Space Place
(1977 - 1996)
(1977 - 1996)


This efficient, elevated, 670-seat Space Place quick service location over Tomorrowland was the place to go for “far out foods”! The counter-service area (located on the lower level), offered a array of menu options (including pizza, hotdogs, salads, and ice creams). While many guests will recall that the Space Place was host to “Space Place Character Lunch” daily until 4p.m., Cast Members will often recall service from the Space Place Cast Member Window.

While Park guests dined, many attractions of Tomorrowland (like the PeopleMovers in an enclosed fiberglass tunnel), could be seen from the Space Place’s upper dining area. The lower level along the East Promenade offered a view of the entertainment on the Space Stage Bandstand and dancing on in the Space Stage Forecourt.

The Space Place’s private open-air patio could be rented for special group parties (like birthdays), when it wasn’t being used to host special Tomorrowland events. For example, The Space Place was the place to celebrate Mickey’s Birthday Party (during the winter of 1984) and Disneyland’s Official 30th Birthday Party daily (at 11am and 7pm) throughout 1985. Disney characters started the celebration at every table with cake, a beverage (like punch), a Mickey Mouse balloon, and a button - like an official 30th year or Birthday button - for each guest (at $2.50 per person). The Space Place was also used (the following year), as a Media Lounge for reporters, during the Captain EO opening ceremonies! With the adjacent Space Stage, there was aways a fresh supply of live sounds resonating though the terrace.

As happening as things were, the majority of the Space Place was ultimately replaced by the Toy Story Funhouse (a temporary Pixar feature film promotion), and eventually Redd Rocket’s Pizza Port. In the present, the Space Place ordering area has been re-purposed as a Fast Pass Distribution Center, while the upper dining area has been refurbished to act as Space Mountain’s queue. The Space Place has a legacy though - Tokyo Disneyland has a restaurant named Space Place FoodPort! For now, let’s take a look back at this unique nook nestled Tomorrowland’s most happening zone!

By 1981, the Space Place offered a number of menu options named after shuttles:

•Gemini - Chicken & Chips (chicken fried to a golden brown served with french fries and gelatin.)

•Mariner - Fish & Chips (fish fillets fried to a golden brown served with french fries and gelatin.)

•Apollo - Super Dog (quarter-pound hot dog served with french fries.)

•Mercury - Chicken Sandwich (breaded chicken breast fried to a golden brown served on a roll.)

The Tomorrowland fast food location also had one of the most extensive dessert menus offering Gelatin, Turnover, Layer Cake, Ice Cream Sundaes (chocolate and strawberry), Ice Cream Cones (soft swirl - chocolate, vanilla and chocolate/vanilla swirl), Ice Cream Sandwich, Ice Cream Bar, Frozen Banana, and the Thick Frosty Milk Shakes (in chocolate, strawberry, or vanilla).

By 1984, Space Place featured chicken, fish in a basket, chicken fillet sandwich, meatball sandwich, hot dogs, soft-service cones and sundaes.

The Space Place Menu, c. 1990 (Courtesy of Van Eaton Galleries)
The Space Place Menu, c. 1990 (Courtesy of Van Eaton Galleries)

The menu of the Space Place stayed mostly consistent thru the decades, as seen on this 1990’s menu! By 1990, healthier menu alternatives - Tuna Sandwich made with cholesterol-free oil, Chef’s Salad, Garden Salad, and Frozen Yogurt - were made available to guests!

  “I was hired as a float driver for    America on Parade   . When that ended we did odd jobs in entertainment, like go-fers for sound and lighting crews. I once delivered a cup of hot coffee to a rooftop spotlight guy by climbing up a ladder!    The

“I was hired as a float driver for America on Parade. When that ended we did odd jobs in entertainment, like go-fers for sound and lighting crews. I once delivered a cup of hot coffee to a rooftop spotlight guy by climbing up a ladder!

The parade job was over and our time in entertainment was limited hours. I needed something more, applied, and foods was all they offered. But it got me "in the park".

I . . . worked in
Space Place for 1 year. I began right when it opened 1977 as a transfer from entertainment. I remember a Lead named Karla who worked us hard, but taught us about work ethics. We were never idle. There was always something we could be doing: cleaning, stocking, prepping. That may be a Foods thing and not a Karla thing, but I attribute it to her.

Employees were treated well (lots of perks, softball leagues, canoe races, tickets for the park, etc) They worked around college schedules, trained us well, and pay was good. It wasn't always easy, especially dealing with unpleasant guests and sometimes weather, but it was a great 8 years for me.

I was at Space Place when Space Mountain opened in 1977. Employees had multiple opportunities to ride before it officially opened to the public. Listening to Papa Doo Run Run was one [other perk]. The bass player liked ice tea [and would order it from the Space Place]. We had an employee window, too, and got to see friends there... [Also], the chocolate cake was amazing. It was an excellent experience overall.”

Space Place Speedramp Construction
Space Place Speedramp Construction

We’ll make our way just under the newly installed Speedramp, and to the Space Place!

Space Place Speedramp Construction
Space Place Speedramp Construction
The Space Place Entrance, East Promenade
The Space Place Entrance, East Promenade
East Promenade with Space Stage Forecourt and Bandstand Beyond
East Promenade with Space Stage Forecourt and Bandstand Beyond

As the newly-laid Space Place floor is being hosed off, you’ll notice the adjacent Space Stage where big-name “out-of-this-world” bands would play!

The animated “Papa Doo Run Run - Disneyland’s ‘Celebrity House Band’” providing Atmosphere Entertainment on the Space Stage
The animated “Papa Doo Run Run - Disneyland’s ‘Celebrity House Band’” providing Atmosphere Entertainment on the Space Stage

Core members Don Zirilli (keyboard) and Jim Shippey (drums), were only recently joined by Mark Ward (guitar and vocals), and Jim Armstrong (guitar and vocals). In 1975, the “Cupertino cover band” began its successful and memorable 15-year engagement as Disneyland’s “celebrity cover band”.

The Space Place Sign (former Richar Kraft Collection)
The Space Place Sign (former Richar Kraft Collection)

This is the likely the Space Place sign seen in a previous photograph, the one that first directs guests to the Tomorrowland dining destination! The fiberglass letters were once capable of illumination.

The Space Place Sign (former Richar Kraft Collection)
The Space Place Sign (former Richar Kraft Collection)

825F0A5C-4D7D-48FE-8CBA-9DBF34D2E80E.jpeg
Space Stage Demolition from West Promenade
Space Stage Demolition from West Promenade

Adjacent to the Space Stage (where new tile ground is being laid), was the Space Place.

Space Stage Demolition and Magic Eye Theater Construction
Space Stage Demolition and Magic Eye Theater Construction

Just through the arches of the East Promenade (on the left), you notice the pathway leading to the Space Place!

Space Stage Bandstand from the East Promenade
Space Stage Bandstand from the East Promenade

Space Place and Space Stage refurbishment included a new color scheme. The lower area (to the right) would later become the Pre Show Area for the Magic Eye Theater.

Space Place Dining depicted on a Disneyland map.
Space Place Dining depicted on a Disneyland map.
Concourse Construction
Concourse Construction

The Space Place upper dining terrace would receive a major overhaul around Space Mountain.

Concourse Construction Over the Space Stage
Concourse Construction Over the Space Stage
Concourse Construction
Concourse Construction
Concourse Construction
Concourse Construction
Concourse Construction
Concourse Construction
InterPace Tiles on the Tomorrowland Concourse
InterPace Tiles on the Tomorrowland Concourse

Space Place upper dining terrace refurbishment (new InterPace tile floor, and metallic drain grating). The color was known as “John Hench Orange”.

InterPace Tiles on the Tomorrowland Concourse
InterPace Tiles on the Tomorrowland Concourse
InterPace Tiles on the Tomorrowland Concourse
InterPace Tiles on the Tomorrowland Concourse
InterPace Tiles on the Tomorrowland Concourse
InterPace Tiles on the Tomorrowland Concourse
InterPace Tiles on the Tomorrowland Concourse
InterPace Tiles on the Tomorrowland Concourse
InterPace Tiles on the Tomorrowland Concourse
InterPace Tiles on the Tomorrowland Concourse
InterPace Tiles on the Tomorrowland Concourse
InterPace Tiles on the Tomorrowland Concourse
 New planters on the upper dining terrace would hold shade trees, to shield diners from the sun’s rays.

New planters on the upper dining terrace would hold shade trees, to shield diners from the sun’s rays.

3566FDB4-E850-4137-B186-0B5B0D7F5E1C.jpeg
Magic Eye Theater Construction
Magic Eye Theater Construction
Magic Eye Theater Construction
Magic Eye Theater Construction
Magic Eye Theater and Space Place Construction
Magic Eye Theater and Space Place Construction

There was once, a more direct route to the upper level (currently leading to the Space Mountain entrance).

InterPace Tiles on the Tomorrowland Concourse
InterPace Tiles on the Tomorrowland Concourse

The second level of the Space Place and the Concourse also offered a view of the Tomorrowland Terrace.

SUBMARINE VOYAGE THROUGH LIQUID SPACE

General Dynamics Submarine Voyage thru Liquid Space poster by Sam McKim.
General Dynamics Submarine Voyage thru Liquid Space poster by Sam McKim.
(June 14, 1959* - Tuesday, September 8, 1998)
(June 14, 1959* - Tuesday, September 8, 1998)

*Some sources cite a soft opening - June 6, 1959; The Official Dedication by Walt Disney and U.S. Navy officials taking place in June 14, 1959.

One can easily slip into the jargon of “ride,” but at Disneyland there are adventures, each one a living experience for the guest. This is because adventures have stories. Disneyland ride-through attractions or adventures have officially been defined as an “individual show, ride, or exhibit designed to produce an entertaining Guest experience. Disney attractions stir the imagination, enliven the senses, and provide the participants with positive, innovative entertainment, which is the essence of the DISNEYLAND Show.”

There is also a “story behind the story" of every adventurous attraction. It is important to review the story of the attraction, tell the story, explain it, and create interest. This is the story of Submarine Voyage Thru Liquid Space.

“Blue Sky for Submarine Voyages”

At least one “Bird’s Eye View of Fantasyland” designed by WED Enterprises for Disneyland, Inc. included a “Nemo’s Sub” attraction next to the Pirate Ship in Fantasyland. Despite this concept, a “20,000 Leagues” exhibit would be displayed in Tomorrowland. “I had been the art director on 20,000 Leagues Under the Sea… We were originally talking about a submarine ride, but we decided to wait until we could build it out of income instead of advance cash. We realized that we would have to have absolutely clear water to see anything, so we would need a great filtration plant. That would have to come later,” according to Harper Goff (in a April 24, 1979 interview with Don Peri ; “Working With Walt - Interviews With Disney Artists”).

Disneyland opened for its first day of operation on July 18th, 1955. However, on the eve of Disneyland’s first day of operation, Walt Disney promised that “Disneyland will never be completed. It will continue to grow, to add new things, as long as there is imagination left in the world.”

“An Influential True-Life Adventure”

By the Fall of 1955, Veteran film reporters Lloyd Beebe and Elmo Jones accompanied Navy photographers to Antarctica, where they photographed all phases of Operation Deepfreeze for Walt Disney. Progress reports on Operation Deepfreeze, the United States’ most ambitious Antarctic expedition, were to be shown over Disney’s television outlets. Disney planned to produce a full-length motion picture on the subject in CinemaScope and Technicolor. A year after Disneyland opened for operation, “Antarctica - Past and Present” aired on Walt Disney’s Disneyland television show on ABC, August 15, 1956! The program starred Captain Charles W. Thomas, USCG and Rear Admiral George Dufek, USN (“commander of Navy Task Force 43, the United States Exploration Unit in the South Pole where a Disney photography team secured program material”). It is perhaps this United States Naval connection, that allowed for the use of the U.S.S. Redfish Naval submarine in filming a scene featured in 20,000 Leagues Under the Sea. Later, there was the Nautilus, which “had just made its historic voyage under the North Pole.” [“Walt Disney Disneyland,” page 49, printed by Officine Grafiche Arnoldo Mondadori - Verona; first published 1964] This story element would soon “find its way into the Disneyland adventure.”

“The Search for Participant Sponsorship”

Meanwhile, Disneyland Participant Corporate Sponsors were carefully selected. as high quality, long term corporate sponsors would provide the incremental income that enabled enhancement of the show and attractions, offset some operating expenses, and capitalize on marketing opportunities.

Employees C.V. Wood, Jr. and Van Arsdale France were both familiar with General Dynamics (an aerospace and defense company), having worked there years before coming to Disneyland, Inc. In fact, Van France was an educational consultant to General Dynamics and the U.S. Army in Europe.

The Submarine Voyage Through Liquid Space would be presented by General Dynamics.

(Pictured Above : The 18-foot-long sign that hung over the entrance of the queue, c. 1980 - 1990)

“Disneyland U.S.A.” Excerpt (Published 1958)
“Disneyland U.S.A.” Excerpt (Published 1958)

“Teasers and Early Announcements”

Soon, the TWA publication “Let’s Talk About My Visit To Disneyland Anaheim California: A Note From Mary Gordon TWA Travel Advisor” divulged new adventures heading to Disneyland. This publication was printed in 1957, several years ahead of the attractions’ grand openings. The publication stated: “Other coming attractions include: The Nautilus-Submarine Ride, Adventures in Science, Alice in Wonderland, Adventure Ride, Liberty Street (our American Heritage), a Full-Rigged, Three-Masted Sailing Ship, Thieves Market, New Orleans Square, and a Haunted House.” A contemporaneous “Walt Disney’s Guide to Disneyland” published its “Dreaming” section on page 26, teasing an “Undersea Voyage” with a sole image of a submarine encountering a sunken city. The same section added that “actual dates of their installation cannot be promised.”

"Submarine Voyage Ride" Vehicle Patent Figures Facsimile Autographed by Bob Gurr
"Submarine Voyage Ride" Vehicle Patent Figures Facsimile Autographed by Bob Gurr

“Secure ship for sea. Make all preparations for getting under way...All hands to stations.”

Originally conceived as a “glass-bottom boat ride,” Walt responded with ‘No…Let’s give them a real submarine ride. We’ll take them down in the water and let them look out of portholes. Give ‘em a real show,’” according to Disneyland LINE magazine. As development was underway, the United States Navy expressed interest in sponsoring Walt’s future underwater project. However, Walt Disney declined and commissioned the related General Dynamics Corporation (an old firm that designed and built the first nuclear powered submarine, the Nautilus) to both provide technical data and design a fleet of submarines in 1958. Todd Shipyards (of San Pedro, California) soon got to work building eight hulls, for what would become the world’s largest fleet of peacetime submarines in the world. Then, the technicians of the Disneyland Naval Shipyards (under the direction of Admiral Joe Fowler), completed work on the 47-ton, 52-foot-long (from nose to stern) vessels [though some sources state a length of 56 feet in length], meeting the artistic vision (in consultation with General Dynamics). Each air-conditioned submarine boat was capable traveling about 1.7-1.8 miles per hour (while holding 40 Guests and displacing 47 tons), all with the help of a silent four-cylinder Cummins diesel-electric engine (depicted in a photograph on Page 6 of the “Disneylander” of March, 1959). These guests view the “wonders of the deep” through 38 12-inch porthole windows.

Work also began (in Tomorrowland), to fashion a brand new American Bridge Steel and concrete lagoon (or, “inland sea”) to hold this fleet! A cascading waterfall was likely partially owing to civil and electrical engineer Jacob Samuel Hamel (who was previously referred by General Electric representatives to be a Disneyland consultant during the initial construction) and specified the type of electric pumps needed to keep Schweitzer Falls cascading.

“There were many puzzling aspects of construction. The answers were found only by building a special tank at the Disney Studio and experimenting with the use of black light underwater, paints that would retain their color under highly chlorinated conditions (which are necessary for clear viewing), and the mechanical equipment operating huge manta rays, lobsters, sharks, a giant sea serpent and dozens of other exotic sea creatures. And there were less obvious details to be worked out. Thousands and thousands of barnacles were fastened to decaying Venetian galleys and Viking ships in the Graveyard of Sunken Ships. Hundreds of pieces of ‘authentic’ coral were built of plaster when a shipment of the real thing failed to arrive on time. Typically, antique shops were searched for much of the treasure cache of urns, jewels and trinkets spilled at the bottom of the sea,” according to “Walt Disney Disneyland,” pages 49 & 50, printed by Officine Grafiche Arnoldo Mondadori - Verona; first published 1964.

According to Disneylander (March, 1959), the creatures first materialized on the drawing boards of Art Directors Bill Martin and Claude Coates. The Submarine Ride Plan Layout was completed by Sydney Louis Lev. by November 1958. Artists Claude Coats, Nick Rendich, and Bill Washo worked on the fabrication of some creatures like the giant squid.

Bob Sewell contributed to the creatures in these vignettes of the Submarine Voyage. The Decorating Department would populate the underwater stage with approximately 10,000 artificial plants, 539 static figures, and 126 animated figures (including 16 mermaids, 2 giant squid, and 2 sea serpents). The final destination was “the legendary Lost Continent of Atlantis, where sunken treasure and huge statues are covered with 24 carat gold sparkle, and are guarded by a huge octopus,” according to Dodge magazine (May of 1960). As a sidelight, the Treasure Chests in the lagoon were originally “cast from actual chests recovered from a sunken pirate ship,” and the aforementioned gold leaf “sparkle” of statues was far less expensive than “gold colors which must redone constantly,” according to Backstage Disneyland magazine (vol.4, No.4 ; December 1965). As to the latter, it was once written that “on a typical day at Disneyland, thousands of visitors pass within a few feet of 24 karat gold valued at more than $5,000. Yet the gold is in no danger of disappearing. It has its own built-in safeguard. It is under ten feet of water. The goal is on view of the Graveyard of Lost Ships and the Lost Continent of Atlantis - two features of the most expensive adventure ever constructed in the entire annals of outdoor entertainment.” [“Walt Disney Disneyland,” page 49, printed by Officine Grafiche Arnoldo Mondadori - Verona; first published 1964]

By 1969, the inventory list was maintained by the Disneyland Decorating Department and was perhaps the most unique manifest of items existing anywhere. It contained about 35,000 items of various sizes, shapes, and values like a treasure chest for the Submarine Adventure.

“Draw Concept” - A Giant Clam Concept Drawing, (c. 1959), Former Richard Kraft Collection
“Draw Concept” - A Giant Clam Concept Drawing, (c. 1959), Former Richard Kraft Collection

“Story Development”

Scenes were carefully programmed from the start through a series of storyboard sessions. Beginning with the basic theme of an attraction, WED imagineers first sketched individual ideas and then storyboards were created. These were boards on which illustrations, and sometimes written commentary outlining the story concept were pinned. The story was continuity developed, changing, shaping and reshaping the individual elements all the while. During this storyboard process, ideas were introduced, thrown out and then reintroduced again until everyone was satisfied that the story had been told in a way the audience would understand and enjoy.

Bob Sewell, researched deep sea life. Artists like Marc Davis and set designer Wilson “Bill” Martin (an art director who had left 20th Century Fox, to work on Walt Disney Productions’ Disneyland project) and Claude Coats made contributions to the design of the project. Soon, these giant clams (above) would emit air bubbles.

Submarine Voyage Octopus and “Sunken Treasure” Concept, (c. 1959), Former Richard Kraft Collection
Submarine Voyage Octopus and “Sunken Treasure” Concept, (c. 1959), Former Richard Kraft Collection

Once complete, the partially submerged Diesel-electric vehicles were propelled around a man-made “coral lagoon,” filled with 9,000,000 US gallons of (filtered and “softened”) water, that featured various underwater scenes, including Davy Jones’ Locker (a veritable “Graveyard of Lost Ships”). The Submarine Lagoon was once (c. 1961) one of two independent circulating filtered water systems at Disneyland (the Matterhorn mountain was the other one). The waters of the Submarine Lagoon needed to be kept crystal clear, so that guests may view undersea plants and other aquatic life. This was accomplished “with a giant six-tank sand filter…[and an additional] fully automatic vacuum diatomite filter designed by L*A Water Conditioning, Inc., and one of the first ever built and used in this country. The filter is controlled by Clayton Automatic Valves and Liqui-Dial Controllers, manufactured by Claval Co. of Newport Beach, California, and which have been used to help solve many other of Leo’s critical problems of hydraulic control”, according to one ServiSoft Exchange periodical.

All of these elements contributed to total Park investments reaching $30,900,000! To support this massive expansion, Disneyland, Inc. required a loan through Bank of America. By September of 1958, a Park-wide appraisal was conducted of all cash, accounts receivable, employee benefits, liabilities, deposits, advances, stockholder’s equity, Park assets (including land, adjoining properties, service areas, and utilities), and even those aforementioned jobs in progress.

The elements of this hand-painted and hand-inked drawing were produced (c. 1959), before perhaps being incorporated into several different show scenes.

•Getting Under Way

•Diving and Lagoon

•Graveyard of Lost Ships

•North Pole

•Bottom of the Sea

•Mermaid

•Lost Continent of Atlantis

•Volcano

•Sea Serpent

The Graveyard of Lost Ships would be realized as a final resting place for Venetian, Greek, and Viking sailing vessels in addition to their cargo, while the Lost Continent of Atlantis would be realized with rumbled, barnacle-covered columns and golden statues.

3CEB3AF0-7F8B-49BC-A3DC-89531E8D2DFF.jpeg
"Submarine Voyage" Animatronic Sea Serpent
"Submarine Voyage" Animatronic Sea Serpent

By September 28, 1958, Disneyland Inc. had opened jobs for the Submarine Ride (4063/4064), including design and testing (4063-092) at $108,508, mock-up (4064-528) at $108, and even a Sea Serpent (4064-52) at $111.

6ACCDB1A-004C-4D17-8B17-00826623FA7B.jpeg
"Submarine Voyage" Disneyland Float Design, (1959)
"Submarine Voyage" Disneyland Float Design, (1959)

The opening day featured a parade highlighting Tomorrowland’s newest attractions showcased in a procession of moving floats with costumed performers. According to Van Eaton Galleries Curators : “An original hand-colored concept brownline for a float design featuring the ‘Submarine Voyage’ attraction. This float design was created for the 1959 ‘Grand Re-Opening’ of Disneyland which debuted such attractions as the "Matterhorn", ‘Submarine Voyage’ and ‘Monorail’.”

Some of these viable project Concepts (as seen above), were supported by a well-developed business case and built expectation.
Some of these viable project Concepts (as seen above), were supported by a well-developed business case and built expectation.

Disneyland “queue lines” were designed as part of the attraction to make the Guests' time in line as comfortable as possible.

Attractions Host Wardrobe concept.
Attractions Host Wardrobe concept.

John Hench was wardrobe consultant for all of Disneyland's attractions.

Front Lagoon under construction.
Front Lagoon under construction.

The earth moving machines of the JAMES L. BARNES Construction Company had completed the digging, moving and shaping of the new lake bed.

Soon, 1,365 feet of track was laid which would provide about 8 minutes and 15 seconds of showtime (once the boats got underway at about 1.8 miles an hour).

The Dock and Front Lagoon under construction.
The Dock and Front Lagoon under construction.

Metallic frames were rust-proofed by individuals like Girdwood Averill.

Front Lagoon under construction.
Front Lagoon under construction.
Submarine Boat under construction.
Submarine Boat under construction.

Each of the submarines in Disneyland's Navy, world's eighth largest undersea fleet, was 56 feet long.

Submarine Boat under construction.
Submarine Boat under construction.
Front Lagoon under construction.
Front Lagoon under construction.
Front Lagoon under construction.
Front Lagoon under construction.
Front Lagoon under construction.
Front Lagoon under construction.

According to the Disneylander, set designer Emile Kuri “spent many hours of research and study to procure just the right kind of shells and coral for the ocean depths of the ride.”

Graveyard of Lost Ships under construction.
Graveyard of Lost Ships under construction.

“Deep Sea Cavern”

According to “Big Jobs Need… Big Machines and Men” published in “The Disneylander” (March 1959): The construction men were ready to build the cavern building for the Submarine ride. But they had already dug down deep in sandy soil, and had to build a firm foundation for the building, by installing some good sturdy footers. The building was to be flooded to a depth of 10 feet, and water pressure would bring about a great deal of stress on a structure. Caisson boring machines were brought in to dig the holes for the supports. Because of the sand strata, the workers had to go down to a depth of 32 feet in order to get solid ground into which concrete could be poured to form the supporting caissons. the machines proved inadequate. They just could not bore to that depth. A man was lowered with a shovel and bucket into this 3 foot wide opening and completed the operation by hand.

Steel workers, carpenters and laborers followed and the walls of the building began to take shape. Disneylanders watching this operation with avid interest are seeing something that will never be seen again. The guest who enjoys the Submarine Voyage will only see the interior sets, and passengers on the Monorail and the Autopias will ride over the building unsuspecting that the beautifully landscaped freeways, lakes and terrain, camouflage a ‘deep-sea’ by cavern.

Lost Continent of Atlantis under construction.
Lost Continent of Atlantis under construction.
Lost Continent of Atlantis under construction.
Lost Continent of Atlantis under construction.
Lost Continent of Atlantis under construction.
Lost Continent of Atlantis under construction.

Attractions required illumination, and George Feldcamp and Jim Eddy worked on the lighting for the subs and the Matterhorn.

  Matterhorn ,  Skyway ,  Monorail , and (most importantly)  Submarine Lagoon  construction is nearing its end in this Vintage View from 1959. Just take a look at those crowd-control barriers and red, white, and blue bunting around the  Tomorrowland

Matterhorn, Skyway, Monorail, and (most importantly) Submarine Lagoon construction is nearing its end in this Vintage View from 1959. Just take a look at those crowd-control barriers and red, white, and blue bunting around the Tomorrowland Monorail Station entrance and Submarine Voyage Thru Liquid Space perimeter and entrance! Even the adjacent nautical themed Yacht Bar and General Dynamics Stage falls within this barrier as construction wraps up.

F4019D33-4800-4DA4-B104-0532FAF8CC01.jpeg
Gala Day at Disneyland Poster, c. 1959
Gala Day at Disneyland Poster, c. 1959

At a cost of $7.5 million (nearly half the original construction cost for the Park), a massive expansion brought new adventures to Tomorrowland (to Walt’s satisfaction), and brought about “the second opening of Disneyland”! A theatrical release of the coverage announced the debut of “Six Spectacular New Adventures” to movie-goers in 1959. Among these adventures - the Submarine Voyage Thru Liquid Space! The $2,500,000 Submarine Voyage Through Liquid Space was one of six new attractions debuting in 1959. Unlike the previous attraction (Phantom Boats), the new attraction took passengers on an 8-minute journey through “the mysterious depths of the Seven Seas…cruise under the North Pole to the legendary Lost Continent of Atlantis.” This journey thru liquid space would attract large crowds (of approximately 1,300 to 1,400 Guests during peak summer months), and conveniently debut the same year as the Disneyland “E” ticket!

On June 14, 1959, the Monorail, Matterhorn Bobsleds, and Submarine Voyage were dedicated at Disneyland. First Submarine Foreman Broney Ciesluk recalled: “Oh, the Grand Opening of the Submarine Voyage. The christening was done on Disneyland's first submarine, the NAUTILUS, named after America's first nuclear powered sub-marine. She was all decked out with ceremonial flags and bunting. The Navy band was up from San Diego, along with an Admiral and a Chief Petty Officer. The Chief had sailed with the original NAUTILUS on her maiden voyage and his wife broke the champagne bottle on our sub's conning tower. Then away she sailed as the band played, ‘Anchors Away.’ I sure hoped that she would make it back!”

Broney also remembered: “Then there was the time that Jimmy Durante came up to take a Sub ride. As he boarded, he said, ‘Is the ride safe?… Can anything go wrong?’ I replied that it was perfectly safe and that everything would be fine. Well, the boat came off the rail, and when he was rescued some time later, he turned to me and said, ‘Cap, what the hell happened?’”

Van France recalled: “I didn't think it would be successful, thinking that everyone (like myself) had claustrophobia. I was wrong, of course.”

October, 1961 (left); January, 1962 (right).
October, 1961 (left); January, 1962 (right).

The mast near the Yacht Bar is a usually a great place to meet friends in Tomorrowland. Not far from other technological and “natural” marvels (like the Matterhorn Bobsleds attraction, Monorails, Peoplemovers, and Skyway Cabins) you’ll find General Dynamics’ Submarine Voyage Through Liquid Space! Please step toward the dock, as we will be boarding momentarily.

Submarine Voyage Guest Control queue area.
Submarine Voyage Guest Control queue area.

It looks like a busy day at Disneyland - the submarine Storage Dock is empty, but the attraction queues are full of guests!

Submarine Voyage Guest Control queue area and Intermediate Dock, July, 1963.
Submarine Voyage Guest Control queue area and Intermediate Dock, July, 1963.

There is plenty to look at while we wait our turn to board a Submarine.

View of the Front Dock from the Submarine Voyage Guest Control queue area.
View of the Front Dock from the Submarine Voyage Guest Control queue area.
FRONT DOCK
FRONT DOCK

We’re on the Front Dock, looking back toward the Intermediate Dock and the Rear Dock. Just beyond the passenger ramp, we also have a great view of the Storage Dock. The Storage Dock is where the extra submarines are kept when not in use. Here, the Submarines are refueled, by those who work after midnight.

The Storage Dock and Storage Rails, May, 1960.
The Storage Dock and Storage Rails, May, 1960.

We are overlooking a fantastic Vintage View of the Rear Dock, Intermediate Dock, and Forward Dock (pictured to the right). During peak periods, up to three submarines can be loaded at the same time (in procedure once referred to as “wolfpacking”). Extra submarines are docked in the rehabilitation Storage Dock center for Disneyland’s Submarine Fleet (to the left). If you look closely, you can see that one of the submarines is still decorated with the red, white, and blue opening-day bunting!

Also in 1960, outside Walt Disney’s Magic Kingdom, Walt Disney’s Mysteries of the Deep premiered, a Technicolor Featurette short subject that told the fabulous stories of The Undersea Kingdom, and presented “its many myths, legends, and wonders.”

The Storage Rails, 1966.
The Storage Rails, 1966.
Above: The Ethan Allen and Seawolf at the Storage Dock as the George Washington enters Sub Caverns' Entrance Falls, November, 1967.
Above: The Ethan Allen and Seawolf at the Storage Dock as the George Washington enters Sub Caverns' Entrance Falls, November, 1967.
The Skipjack and another Submarine Boat at the Storage Dock, November, 1965.
The Skipjack and another Submarine Boat at the Storage Dock, November, 1965.
64CEF5C7-F1A3-46B6-BB11-B1F21C04E6ED.jpeg
FRONT DOCK
FRONT DOCK

On the other side of the Front Dock (in the foreground), we can see the Storage Rails of the Storage Dock. This zone is used for submarine storage after hours, and during periods of non-operation. The bight (or, loop) on one end of the rope, is secured around the metal cleat on the “pier”. This is called “mooring”, and keeps the submarine tethered to the Front Dock while guests and crew board the vessel.

INTERMEDIATE DOCK
INTERMEDIATE DOCK

From the Intermediate Dock, we can see beyond the Storage Rails and into the Front Lagoon! Before exploring the natural wonders that lay below, we are granted a magnificent view of one of Disneyland’s tallest “natural wonders” - “the Mighty Matterhorn”!

3CFE86F2-E964-43EA-B17B-C011308BF6BC.jpeg
FRONT DOCK
FRONT DOCK

In stepping aboard Disneyland’s submarines, you’ll enter in a nontraditional place (as far as submarines are concerned) - a hatch located just forward of the Sail. Now, please watch your step across the ramp, and make use of the hand rails as you descend to the aft section of the boat.

INTERMEDIATE DOCK (1981)
INTERMEDIATE DOCK (1981)

in the distance, Submarines pass through the waters of the Front Lagoon.

(August, 1980)
(August, 1980)

“All ahead, one-third.” Our journey aboard “scale replicas of the nuclear-powered Nautilus” will take us on an exciting cruise through the depths of the Seven Seas, where we will explore the “liquid space” of tropical waters and even the uncharted depths of the ocean’s floor en route to the North Pole (all in about eight minutes and 15 seconds). It’s hard to believe that the entire journey is a length of 1,365 feet!

(August, 1971)
(August, 1971)

Departing Boats circumnavigate the waters of the Front Lagoon in the distance, and give us a “surface” idea of the Submarine Voyage that awaits us. It will be an entirely different view, from below.

INTERMEDIATE DOCK
INTERMEDIATE DOCK

Guests board submarines here - on the lower deck of the Disneyland Naval Yard in Anaheim, California! Eight ($80,000) hulls were constructed in Todd Shipyards of San Pedro, California - creating “one of the world’s largest peacetime submarine fleets”. The eight vessels had appropriate names which changed during the 1987 refurbishment. But originally, the submarines had names like Seawolf (D-302)…

 The names of the Navy gray boats were painted in white near the aft portion of the sail (that area where Disneyland’s submarine operator sits).  As mentioned on the chart (above), each of those eight original submarine names were derived from “true-

The names of the Navy gray boats were painted in white near the aft portion of the sail (that area where Disneyland’s submarine operator sits).

As mentioned on the chart (above), each of those eight original submarine names were derived from “true-life” United States Naval Boats.

Of particular note is the name of the Nautilus, which (though borrowed from a mollusk) was direct homage to the 3,000-ton atomic-powered and armed USS Nautilus, and not the Nautilus of featured in Walt Disney’s 20,000 League Under the Sea. The USS Nautilus made headlines when it had recently completed “Operation Sunshine” - a transit of the North Pole (in the name of scientific expedition) - completed on August 3, 1958. It’s name was taken from the very first (21-foot-long, iron) Nautilus, constructed by Robert Fulton in 1800.

The other boats have counterparts. The Seawolf was the second nuclear-powered undersea craft. The Triton circumnavigated the world under the water for the first time, while the Skate was the first undersea craft to cross the Atlantic twice without submerging. Finally, the Skipjack was the name of the United State’s first attack submarine.

On the attraction’s opening day (approximately 3:30 pm), a Submarine Dedication Ceremony took place. Rear Admiral Charles C. Kirkpatrick and Mrs. Mildred Stuart Nelson (former WAVE, and wife of the U.S.S. Nautilus’ Chief Machinist Stuart N.M. Nelson) christened Disneyland’s Nautilus (D-301)! As the USS Nautilus became a symbol of peaceful nuclear energy, so Disneyland’s submarine fleet gained the reputation of “the world’s largest fleet of peacetime submarines.”

By June 17th, 1961, the subs had seen their 5 millionth guest. Some of them were occasionally featured in promotional media. For instance, in September of 1962, Max Stewart, Larry Clemmons, and Art Crookshank (of the Walt Disney Studio) filmed and shot scenery in which they “cued the Nautilus, the Ethan Alan, with the Red and Blue Monorails” for Studio Production #3185.

Numerous Disneylanders supported the Submarine Voyage stage at the Disneyland show, like Earl Dandie (c.1962).

By the October of 1962, the Submarines were operating with 5 boats during weekdays and 8 boats on weekends. This was common during winter operating schedules.

Up to October 2, 1971, 35,213,561 guests had stepped aboard Disneyland’s Submarines for a trip en route to the North Pole.

Now, let’s see how many other submarines we can identify, from the walkway near the Front Lagoon!

 A couple of operators perform “shore duty” on the Loading Dock.

A couple of operators perform “shore duty” on the Loading Dock.

George Washington “All ahead one-third!”, 1967.
George Washington “All ahead one-third!”, 1967.

As the bridge is cleared and the hatches are secured, the Captain greets us : “This is the Captain speaking. Welcome aboard. We are now underway and proceeding on a course that will take us on a voyage of exploration through ‘liquid space’.”

Patrick Henry and Pilot, 1959.
Patrick Henry and Pilot, 1959.

Disneylander and “55er” Jack Taylor recalled: “One summer on the Submarine attraction there was a sudden summer storm, with thunder, lightning and rain. There came a big loud thunderclap and a little kid looked up at his mother and quivered, ‘Mommy, how did THEY DO THAT?’”

  Ethan Allen (D-308)…

Ethan Allen (D-308)…

  “All ahead one-third!”  A “dense curtain of small bubbles rush toward the surface of the water” and the hull, as the boats begin to “dive.” Submarines head into the  Front Lagoon , and yet the conning towers never submerge. Below the water, passeng

“All ahead one-third!” A “dense curtain of small bubbles rush toward the surface of the water” and the hull, as the boats begin to “dive.” Submarines head into the Front Lagoon, and yet the conning towers never submerge. Below the water, passengers catch their first glimpse of a Tropical Reef. Adjacent fences near the Yacht Bar afford the opportunity to watch passing submarines in the Front Lagoon.

FRONT LAGOON
FRONT LAGOON
FRONT LAGOON (1965)
FRONT LAGOON (1965)
1963.
1963.

“Cast off forward. Cast off aft. All ahead one-third.”

1960
1960

George Washington (D-306).

 The walkway between the Matterhorn and the Submarine Lagoon has always been a favorite “Photo Spot” for guests hunting for a picturesque backdrop.

The walkway between the Matterhorn and the Submarine Lagoon has always been a favorite “Photo Spot” for guests hunting for a picturesque backdrop.

FRONT LAGOON
FRONT LAGOON
FRONT LAGOON
FRONT LAGOON
FRONT LAGOON
FRONT LAGOON

There are no submarines at the Storage Dock today!

EBA392C1-BAC7-45FD-BA2D-4516AE39F80F.jpeg
FRONT LAGOON (1967)
FRONT LAGOON (1967)
Front Lagoon during a "peak period," (1967)
Front Lagoon during a "peak period," (1967)

By October of 1959, flowers were purchased at a total cost of $2,735.46

C976D142-C4B1-474F-A071-941AD154EEB7.jpeg
FRONT LAGOON
FRONT LAGOON

Our first submarine that comes along is a little hard to identify at this angle.

SKATE
SKATE

The Skate heads through the waters of the Front Lagoon.

SKIPJACK
SKIPJACK

The Skipjack makes its way through the waters of the Front Lagoon.

NAUTILUS
NAUTILUS

The Nautilus heads through the waters of the Front Lagoon.

NAUTILUS
NAUTILUS

“Anything one man can imagine, other men can make.”
-Jules Verne, Around the World in Eighty Days, first published 1873

No better words sum up the creation of this new attraction than those aforementioned words of Jules Verne! Disneyland’s Nautilus is named after the world’s first nuclear submarine, which was constructed more than a century after Jules Verne penned Twenty Thousand Leagues under the Sea.

TRITON (1961)
TRITON (1961)
SKIPJACK
SKIPJACK

The Skipjack circles the Front Lagoon, and some strange looking sea creatures atop the coral reef!

SEAWOLF (1960)
SEAWOLF (1960)
NAUTILUS (1962)
NAUTILUS (1962)
ETHAN ALLEN
ETHAN ALLEN
GEORGE WASHINGTON, (c. June, 1961)
GEORGE WASHINGTON, (c. June, 1961)

The George Washington, leaving the Dock, heads out into the Front Lagoon!

SKIPJACK (February, 1969)
SKIPJACK (February, 1969)
SKATE (June, 1961)
SKATE (June, 1961)

Skate heads through the rear portion of the Front Lagoon.

FRONT LAGOON (June, 1961)
FRONT LAGOON (June, 1961)

The walkways give us a close-up view of the top of the submerged coral reef in the Front Lagoon.

FRONT LAGOON, (July, 1966)
FRONT LAGOON, (July, 1966)

An unidentified boat heads through the coral reefs of the Front Lagoon.

FRONT LAGOON (1975)
FRONT LAGOON (1975)

The Front Lagoon.

FRONT LAGOON
FRONT LAGOON
FRONT LAGOON
FRONT LAGOON
INTERMEDIATE LAGOON (1975)
INTERMEDIATE LAGOON (1975)
FRONT LAGOON
FRONT LAGOON

As the Skipjack continues through the waters, it passes underneath towering Monorail pylons.

A small section of Monorail pylons carry trains over a portion of the Submarine FRONT/INTERMEDIATE LAGOON, 1962.
A small section of Monorail pylons carry trains over a portion of the Submarine FRONT/INTERMEDIATE LAGOON, 1962.

Those coral-covered Monorail pylons mark the division between what Submarine Pilots call the Front Lagoon and the Intermediate Lagoon. Crossing the boundary (of the Front Lagoon and the Intermediate Lagoon) means entering different seas.

FRONT LAGOON
FRONT LAGOON

A submarine passes the Monorail pylons and heads into the Intermediate Lagoon.

FRONT LAGOON
FRONT LAGOON
INTERMEDIATE LAGOON (1963)
INTERMEDIATE LAGOON (1963)

A submarine heads into the Intermediate Lagoon.

INTERMEDIATE DOCK, STORAGE RAILS, INTERMEDIATE LAGOON
INTERMEDIATE DOCK, STORAGE RAILS, INTERMEDIATE LAGOON
 From the upper deck of the loading area, guests received a clear (and very different) view of the submarines as well as the  Front Lagoon .

From the upper deck of the loading area, guests received a clear (and very different) view of the submarines as well as the Front Lagoon.

FRONT LAGOON / STORAGE RAILS (1967)
FRONT LAGOON / STORAGE RAILS (1967)

A submarine passes beneath the ocean’s floor in the Intermediate Lagoon.

INTERMEDIATE LAGOON
INTERMEDIATE LAGOON
INTERMEDIATE LAGOON
INTERMEDIATE LAGOON

The Ethan Allen heads through the waters of the Intermediate Lagoon.

FRONT LAGOON
FRONT LAGOON

In the distance, a submarine makes its way through the waters of the Intermediate Lagoon.

FRONT LAGOON (Coral Reef) ; INTERMEDIATE LAGOON
FRONT LAGOON (Coral Reef) ; INTERMEDIATE LAGOON
INTERMEDIATE LAGOON (1967)
INTERMEDIATE LAGOON (1967)
Front Lagoon, (September, 1962)
Front Lagoon, (September, 1962)
FRONT LAGOON (1978)
FRONT LAGOON (1978)
14CC8F4D-1368-4939-8C37-C8CDA12BD39A.jpeg
INTERMEDIATE LAGOON (1967)
INTERMEDIATE LAGOON (1967)
(1959 ; 1965-1967)
(1959 ; 1965-1967)

Founder and Professor Emeritus of the University of Disneyland, Van France once said: “In a theater, when there are more people in the audience than seats, there is ‘standing room only.’ At Disneyland, when the people outnumber the ride capacity, the ‘standing’ is done in long, frustrating lines. Since we didn't have the money to create expensive attractions, we had to find innovative, inexpensive ways to keep the guests entertained. Live shows and free attractions provided entertainment for the guests at a time when we didn't have adequate capacity or attractions to handle them.”

Disneyland “Audience Waiting Areas” are especially designed as part of the attraction to make the guest's time waiting in line as comfortable as possible. Since the beginning, Atmosphere Entertainment complimenting the theme of areas was staged to entertain Disneyland Guests on an immediate and personal level. With the Submarine Voyage Thru Liquid Space soon-to-open, Walt was searching for ways to alleviate the boredom of waiting in lines (especially during the summers). One way was to create atmosphere though shows. Queue areas would be equipped with live entertainment to set the mood for the forthcoming show.

According to Van France, “Tommy Walker came up with the idea of using real live mermaids.“ At that time (in 1959), Chuck Corson (a big fan of the Golden Horseshoe Revue) became Disneyland Entertainment Director, and soon helped create many new acts around Disneyland’s lands. Chuck would also come to have a hand in the creation of the Dapper Dans, The Yachtsmen, the Matterhorn Climbers, and another memorable act - Living Mermaids From Mythical Times! All this occurred some two decades before Daryl Hannah made a similar “splash” on the big screen.

  “Perhaps the most unique role in the Disneyland show made its debut in the summer of 1960. Specifying a preference for long hair and good swimming ability, mermaids were hired to adorn the coral reefs of the Submarine Lagoon. Tryouts were held in t

“Perhaps the most unique role in the Disneyland show made its debut in the summer of 1960. Specifying a preference for long hair and good swimming ability, mermaids were hired to adorn the coral reefs of the Submarine Lagoon. Tryouts were held in the Disneyland Hotel swimming pool, and while the job notice did ask young ladies to bring their own bathing suits, it assured them that ‘Disneyland will supply other portions of mermaid attire.’… The costume consisted of a custom-made, Fibre-glass and rubber ‘tail’, decorative shell top, and sparkling jewelry… Getting changed into costume those early years was also a challenge.”

In 1958, a new 8’x12’ Women’s Dressing Room was constructed at a cost of $1,248.06. It was located in the Service Area, attached to the Hills Bros. Storeroom, but there was a catch. “Some the first lockers consisted of canvas curtains set in a tent-like arrangement, but with no roof. Dick Nunis recalled that they provided an attraction not described in the guide book, as ‘planes used to dive down to see the women dress.” - Disneyland LINE (Vol 12, No. 29 ; July 17, 1980)

Anyhow, “Of the 75 applicants, five were chosen to work the summer season. Shifts were four hours, and the S.O.P. included strumming harps, combing hair, swimming and posing.” - Disneyland LINE (Vol 12, No. 29 ; July 17, 1980) Bob Sewell (WED Enterprises Staff Model Maker) recalled : “Live mermaids made special appearances…their flexible lower bodies and tails were individually fitted to these professional swimmers, all of whom were choreographed to music by Tommy Walker (who headed Disneyland’s Entertainment Division). The rehearsals were done at the Disneyland Hotel’s pool.” Van France recalled “Watching the auditions at Disneyland Hotel was definitely a fringe benefit. The mermaids provided a good show, almost too good, since our scuba diving maintenance men would often make extra trips out to make sure they were all right.”

 Soon, those  Living Mermaids from Mythical Times  appeared not only in the underwater  Mermaid Lagoon , but daily on the small Coral Reef island above the tide of the  South Seas Coral Lagoon  in the  Front Lagoon , (from 11:00a.m. to 5:45p.m.), dur

Soon, those Living Mermaids from Mythical Times appeared not only in the underwater Mermaid Lagoon, but daily on the small Coral Reef island above the tide of the South Seas Coral Lagoon in the Front Lagoon, (from 11:00a.m. to 5:45p.m.), during the summer of 1959! Both Submarine Pilots and Guests alike would begin to exclaim, “I don’t believe it. Something must be causing these hallucinations.” When it comes to the “Living Mermaids From Mythical Times”, the older folks would get as starry-eyed as their young, according to Art Linkletter (popular television emcee of the 1960s). “Each youngster likes a different ride or a different attraction, and each for a different reason. On my ‘House Party’ show, I frequently ask the kids if they’ve been to Disneyland, and if so, what they like best. One youngster said recently : ‘I like the scary rides like the Matterhorn Bobsled Run ; but daddy always takes me on the submarine - he likes the mermaids.’”

“The siren song sometimes proved too beguiling, as male guests occasionally dived into the lagoon to pursue the mermaid of their dreams,” according to the same aforementioned excerpt from Disneyland LINE (Vol 12, No. 29 ; July 17, 1980). For instance, “55er” Broney Ciesluk “was the first foreman on the new Submarine Attraction.” He recalled “we had mermaids in those days. One day when I was on the dock, I got a call from a Sub that a fellow was swimming to MERMAID ROCK!” According to Mike O’Brien of Backstage Disneyland (Vol.4, No.4 ; December 1965) : “Yvonne Hudson was a mermaid and, although it is well known that there is no such thing as a mermaid, Yvonne was a mermaid if there ever was one. On occasion, an amorous and adventurous youth would jump into the Submarine Lagoon and swim out to Mermaid Rock for a rendezvous. Yvonne thought that such an event was ‘just darling.’ The Security Officers did not share this opinion.”

Despite all this, the Mermaids made such a “splash” with guests, that they reappeared seasonally, from 1965 to 1966, from 11 AM to 7 PM. During early summer Customer Relations Staff Meetings, it was not uncommon to hear or read the following words among the minutes : “It was suggested that we start thinking of mermaids in the lagoon.” About the summer of 1965, Robin (who filled the role, just for the Tencennial season), Kat, Virginia Hall, and Yvette were among the girls chosen to represent these women in the water. In 1966, Jini (a skilled swimmer) was transferred to promoted to supervise the Mermaids (like Cynthia, Edie, Judy, Lynn, Marcia). Promotional publicity photos published 7/24/67, showcased what was “undoubtedly the coolest job in California” featuring Shannon Johnson. But alas, mermaid sightings above the tides ended for good during the summer of 1967.

“The Other Women in the Water”

There’s a “sidelight” (and little known fact) about the women in the water of the Submarine Lagoon. The Mermaids From Mythical Times weren’t the only females in the waters of Disneyland’s own “Seven Seas”. Though navies nationwide barred women from piloting submarines until 1985, Disneyland’s “silent service” became the first fleet in the world to put female submarine pilots at the helm, below the tide!

Living Mermaids From Mythical Times, (June, 1960)
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times, (June, 1960)
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times, (1967)
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times, (1967)
6B277710-DBDB-47E5-AF91-E6FC5F19CD73.jpeg
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times
BBF46BE7-BFFC-415E-857B-165C60DA9700.jpeg
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times, (August, 1965)
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times, (August, 1965)

“Or, can it REALLY be possible…”

Living Mermaids From Mythical Times, (1967)
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times, (1967)
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times, (July, 1966)
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times, (July, 1966)
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times, (1967)
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times, (1967)
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times, (March, 1967)
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times, (March, 1967)
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times in The Front Lagoon
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times in The Front Lagoon

From the Skyway Cabins, we can see the Front Lagoon and any “hallucinations” atop, clearly. We note that the Storage Dock is empty, meaning that “all hands are on deck” for this likely a peak period for Disneyland guests.

Living Mermaids From Mythical Times, (August, 1966)
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times, (August, 1966)
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times, (1965)
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times, (1965)
DE1AEE99-4B7B-4A3D-AD4E-A659CEA126CD.jpeg
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times, (August, 1965)
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times, (August, 1965)

The Submarine Lagoon once served as a “set” of sorts, home to a unique Character experience or “meet and greet.”

Living Mermaids From Mythical Times
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times
Living Mermaids from Mythical Times, (Summer, 1960)
Living Mermaids from Mythical Times, (Summer, 1960)
Living Mermaids from Mythical Times, (Summer, 1960)
Living Mermaids from Mythical Times, (Summer, 1960)
Living Mermaids from Mythical Times, (Summer, 1960)
Living Mermaids from Mythical Times, (Summer, 1960)
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times, (1967)
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times, (1967)
Living Mermaids from Mythical Times, (1967)
Living Mermaids from Mythical Times, (1967)
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times
An animated Living Mermaid from Mythical Times, (1967)
An animated Living Mermaid from Mythical Times, (1967)
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times, (December 22, 1960)
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times, (December 22, 1960)
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times, (December 22, 1960)
Living Mermaids From Mythical Times, (December 22, 1960)
Mermaid Souvenir Photo, (left, 1964 ; right, 1959)
Mermaid Souvenir Photo, (left, 1964 ; right, 1959)

As you can see, photographic proof of such hallucinations was captured by many a guest, who desired to take a “Living Mermaid from Mythical Times” home with them. If you missed your opportunity to spot Mermaids above the reef of the Front Lagoon (or in Its a Small World or Neverland), the neighboring Fun Photos (inside the South Tomorrowland Exhibit Hall) offered this fun alternative!

71040A04-0D50-4DE1-A989-EF350A54C242.jpeg
Front Lagoon, (November, 1965)
Front Lagoon, (November, 1965)
EA27E8BF-09A9-457A-BA19-C934B04964BB.jpeg
E743696D-AAA6-430C-B5AB-2ED6379365AA.jpeg
B2B5E485-472F-4EE4-99E1-4B37CE693707.jpeg
90CDF228-725C-4B61-8C4E-9D6CC1A71AE1.jpeg
(September, 1970)
(September, 1970)
1391241B-E696-4151-B15C-AD2B472B7E90.jpeg
(July, 1964)
(July, 1964)
 “Through his own individual porthole in the 38-passenger air-conditioned vessel, the guest ‘crewman’ viewed a South Seas coral Lagoon.”

“Through his own individual porthole in the 38-passenger air-conditioned vessel, the guest ‘crewman’ viewed a South Seas coral Lagoon.”

C8817995-2BE9-4649-A1CD-175631B87802.jpeg
1972
1972
CA386278-B6B7-482A-8260-70D4DC674E45.jpeg
(August, 1963)
(August, 1963)

A typical view through the one-foot porthole reveals that “among these coral reefs you’ll see various species of marine life feeding among the sea weed and unusual rock formations.”

B4B65D39-B258-4BD9-BC8F-753919051B08.jpeg
E33B9163-2E3F-4DD5-818C-07BB47907425.jpeg
1967
1967
8E8ABF74-4C40-408A-9F20-56286BD6E6B3.jpeg
(May, 1960)
(May, 1960)
90E72110-1FF9-4B2F-8CA1-1E5BD3CBFCA1.jpeg
(October, 1967)
(October, 1967)
CORAL REEF (c. September, 1976)
CORAL REEF (c. September, 1976)
(1967)
(1967)
1967
1967

These warm waters are home to colorful TROPICAL FISH.

4E620E3F-C412-47F6-B444-B78B8886128F.jpeg
ROCKING TURTLES
ROCKING TURTLES
2EB2C556-EEEB-4688-AE52-BED63144D1D6.jpeg
ROCKING TURTLES (1972)
ROCKING TURTLES (1972)
ROCKING TURTLES (1981)
ROCKING TURTLES (1981)
3B388C12-9C74-44A6-A119-C5ED0DE635D5.jpeg
ROCKING TURTLES (October, 1967)
ROCKING TURTLES (October, 1967)

There are lobsters, crabs, and “rocking” sea turtles in these tropical lagoon waters.

0318A94F-0D04-49FB-AD6F-D1056728052B.jpeg
813756F8-9753-45AB-BB21-9B5D89EC524F.jpeg
624CD654-DB2C-433C-9E47-402EDB76E459.jpeg
FRONT LAGOON, (October, 1961)
FRONT LAGOON, (October, 1961)
AECD399E-B559-44DA-9518-6A54E59035F1.jpeg
1960
1960

The fish world has always been considered a ‘silent habitat’, but now thanks to remarkable advances in marine technology we can use instruments such as our sonar hydrophone to actually hear the fish talk.

1960, August
1960, August
SEA TURTLES (starboard), (July, 1979)
SEA TURTLES (starboard), (July, 1979)
(October 30, 1971)
(October 30, 1971)
GIANT SEA BASS (May, 1960)
GIANT SEA BASS (May, 1960)

Roaming the coastal sea bottom in search of food are the Groupers or Giant Sea Bass.

GIANT SEA BASS
GIANT SEA BASS
5CA0EDA7-FFB2-4621-BE44-D5DC898A9695.jpeg
40C71C87-087D-472C-8900-CFC3A99621FD.jpeg
GIANT CLAMS and SEA BASS (starboard), (July, 1979)
GIANT CLAMS and SEA BASS (starboard), (July, 1979)

As we move forward through the “Intermediate Lagoon”, we make our way to the costal sea floor, where we encounter Giant Clams. Some of their East Indies coral reef-inhabiting counterparts have been known to weigh up to 500 pounds!

Giant Clams emitting air bubbles, (July, 1964)
Giant Clams emitting air bubbles, (July, 1964)
STURGEON (port)
STURGEON (port)
OCTOPUS AND SHARK (starboard), (July, 1979)
OCTOPUS AND SHARK (starboard), (July, 1979)

Before leaving the “Intermediate Lagoon” and heading through the “Entrance Falls”, we catch a glimpse of an unusual sight - an octopus struggling for survival with a shark! The shark looks to twist free from the octopus’ grips.

“Shark Vs. Octopus Fight”, c. July, 1964.
“Shark Vs. Octopus Fight”, c. July, 1964.
“Shark Vs. Octopus Fight”
“Shark Vs. Octopus Fight”
83CD9A54-6A51-4267-AC20-EC3F2527438B.jpeg
"SUB CAVERNS' ENTRANCE FALLS" - This was one of 12 waterfalls in Disneyland by 1974.
"SUB CAVERNS' ENTRANCE FALLS" - This was one of 12 waterfalls in Disneyland by 1974.

As for the roaring waterfalls of the Submarine Lagoon, they pour an impressive 9,500 gallons of water per minute, into the 6,500,000 gallon lagoon! The water level was regularly checked and maintained with the help of the Disneyland Security nighttime crew.

"SUB CAVERNS' ENTRANCE FALLS"
"SUB CAVERNS' ENTRANCE FALLS"

Beyond was the Entrance Falls was the flooded building known as Sub Caverns. Just ahead, we’ll enter the “Graveyard of Lost Ships.”

Submarine Falls, (1967)
Submarine Falls, (1967)

Above the Submarine Caverns is the “Roof Garden”. One Monorail Operation manual describes it this way : “all the trees and vegetation are growing in a thin layer of soil atop the concrete roof of the Submarine Caverns". Evergreen Ash, Monterey Pine and Silk-Oak are some of the trees that border the beamway on both sides.”

"SUB CAVERNS FALLS"
"SUB CAVERNS FALLS"
9690A704-69B2-4008-BE46-5F28696944F2.jpeg
34B2ED87-B0F9-4B37-AEE4-67CB69BE5BD8.jpeg
"Submarine Voyage" Sea Serpent Painting, (1967) - Former Richard Kraft Collection
"Submarine Voyage" Sea Serpent Painting, (1967) - Former Richard Kraft Collection

Artist’s renderings give us an idea of what hallucinations can be fathomed, when sailors spend too much time under the waves. This pair of original illustrations was used in a refurbishment project for Disneyland's "Submarine Voyage".

According to Van Eaton Galleries’ Curators : “A pair of original illustrations used in a refurbishment project for Disneyland's ‘Submarine Voyage’. These drawings depict the animatronic Sea Serpent from the iconic ending of the attraction, and show the head and a body section of the figure. In addition to the beautiful hand-drawn and colored artwork, these illustrations include notes on the paints and sealers used for the figure.”

"Submarine Voyage" Sea Serpent Painting, 1967; Former Richard Kraft Collection
"Submarine Voyage" Sea Serpent Painting, 1967; Former Richard Kraft Collection

According to Van Eaton Galleries’ Curators : “A pair of original illustrations used in a refurbishment project for Disneyland's ‘Submarine Voyage’. These drawings depict the animatronic Sea Serpent from the iconic ending of the attraction, and show the head and a body section of the figure. In addition to the beautiful hand-drawn and colored artwork, these illustrations include notes on the paints and sealers used for the figure.”

2912B0BE-9D1E-41E0-99B5-06A780540DA1.jpeg
Submarine Falls, (November, 1965)
Submarine Falls, (November, 1965)

From the Monorail Station Platform, we spy one of Disneyland’s Submarines emerging from the Submarine Falls - the shrouded exit of the dark mysterious cavern. Who knows what untold encounters the crew has just had.

Now, ladies and gentlemen, we will head for our home port.

1026CF6E-33F4-4456-8312-2F569C427EA2.jpeg
4A6F7BCC-8141-4DE4-B8A7-231E016AD1FC.jpeg
 Are you wondering just where to park those strollers while riding the  Submarine Voyage Through Liquid Space ?

Are you wondering just where to park those strollers while riding the Submarine Voyage Through Liquid Space?

(Early 1970s)
(Early 1970s)

By this time the popular attraction had undergone several refurbishments (the memorable sign changed to the one pictured here).

c.2006
c.2006
 Disney•PIXAR The Finding Nemo Submarine Voyage at Disneyland Resort.

Disney•PIXAR The Finding Nemo Submarine Voyage at Disneyland Resort.

 During the mid-1990s, a crew of 21 was kept on deck during peak periods to assist the approximately 1,300-1,400 guests, and operate the submarine boats. By this time the boats were propelled by a Cummins Diesel engine. Most notably, some of the name

During the mid-1990s, a crew of 21 was kept on deck during peak periods to assist the approximately 1,300-1,400 guests, and operate the submarine boats. By this time the boats were propelled by a Cummins Diesel engine. Most notably, some of the names among the fleet had changed:

•Nautilus

•Neptune

•Sea Star

•Explorer

•Seeker

•Argonaut

•Triton

•Seawolf

By 1998, the Submarine Voyage was closing to make way for a new, water-themed attraction in development at Walt Disney Imagineering. The new attraction was scheduled to premiere in 2003. The Submarine Voyage celebrated its final day of service at Disneyland Park on September 8, 1998. The attraction opened to Disneyland Guests for Magic Morning at 7:30 a.m. and remained open throughout the day. Cast Members were invited to celebrate the occasion at two Cast events:

•From 6:45 to 7:15 a.m., the eight submarines of the Disneyland fleet were "decommissioned" in a Cast-exclusive ceremony on the Submarine Voyage dock.

•Cast Members can take a final ride on the attraction after Park closing (approximately from 9 to 11 p.m.) that night. So that as many Guests as possible could take the final opportunity to enjoy the attraction during the day, Cast Members were encouraged to bid their farewell at either or both of these events.

 Guests were first welcomed aboard the  Finding Nemo Submarine Voyage  during 2007.

Guests were first welcomed aboard the Finding Nemo Submarine Voyage during 2007.

STROLLER PARKING SIGN (Disneyland, c.2000s) A rare sign from Disneyland's "Finding Nemo Submarine Voyage"
STROLLER PARKING SIGN (Disneyland, c.2000s) A rare sign from Disneyland's "Finding Nemo Submarine Voyage"
0FA21035-8E91-480F-B49B-448B0FDE0BCE.jpeg
SUBMARINE VOYAGE CAST AND CREW PATCH
SUBMARINE VOYAGE CAST AND CREW PATCH
(Pictured Above : Submarine Voyage rehab construction Sign, 1972; The Former Richard Kraft Collection)
(Pictured Above : Submarine Voyage rehab construction Sign, 1972; The Former Richard Kraft Collection)

“Operation Undersea - The Maintenance of Magic”

After construction, installation, testing and adjusting, there has always come the milestone event of “TurnOver” when the Disneyland Operating team finally accepts the project and becomes responsible for the daily maintenance and operating needs. Maintenance has always been an important facet of upholding the quality of the show and has always been a trademark of Disneyland Park! It was Walt who once admitted that, “those sharp pencil guys tell you, ‘Walt, if we cut down on maintenance, we’d save a lot of money.’ But I don’t believe in that - it’s like any other show on the road; it must be kept clean and fresh.”

This maintenance is the sole responsibility of Disneyland Shops - the Maintenance Division at Disneyland.

“Submarine Maintenance”

Set off to the right of the Santa Fe & Disneyland Railroad tracks is the Disneyland Naval Yard (an attraction viewable from the Santa Fe and Disneyland Railroad), and both the home port and rehabilitation center for the Disneyland Submarine Fleet. In this dry dock area, all rehab and repair work is done on the Disneyland Submarine Fleet, the eighth largest submarine fleet in the world.

Park Operations Crew M-43 Machinists would make a standard opening inspection of of the Submarine Voyage, check it’s overall appearance, check for any discrepancies and notify M-1 Machinists and the proper department supervisor. M-43 Machinists would respond to all Downs and delayed openings in the Tomorrowland area whether or not it was mechanical. Upon arriving at a down attraction, they would determine what the failure was, determine which crafts were needed, determine an estimated time needed to repair, notify M-1 Machinists of all available information, and assist other crafts to repair attraction as needed.

Nightly tasks were performed by Maintenance Services, like refueling the submarines. Nightly the pools and fountains of this attraction were cleaned. Magic making MAINTENANCE MACHINISTS were challenged by unique new problems each day. Since it costs a fortune to drain the ride, Machinists (or highly skilled craftsmen) would learn scuba diving, and dive down to where the action is to check the equipment and the rails. A typical maintenance request representing part of a day's work may sound like: “Guest lost her camera by boarding dock, Sub Ride. Please retrieve it.”

Oren Gallegly worked as a diver and animation mechanic and did most of the work with the building of the Submarine attraction. Oren remembered about Walt: “He used to show me and other animation mechanics animated figures that he'd bring back from Europe. Some of the figures had been given to Walt by dignitaries in foreign countries.” It was written about Gallegly: “There are 700 pumps in the Park, with one to be found on nearly every attraction and ‘Pepper’ is THE PUMPMAN. He repairs and maintains them all and he's the ONLY millwright in Disneyland that works with the machinists on projects. Ken Grinstead likes to tell about the exploits of the former ‘wetsuit wonder’. He recalls that the daring Disneyland diver could not swim! He would surface, sputtering and calling out, ‘Somebody throw me a rope!!!’”

“New Show Quality Enhancing Additions for 1961!”

The attraction was down for its first major rehabilitation from Apr. 22-May 10, 1963. The WED Enterprises, Inc. Submarine Plan Ride Plan Layout design (approved by Art Directors Bill Martin and Claude Coats on November 4, 1958; released December 16, 1958) was extensively updated with new bubble distribution, restaged tableau, and new animation.

The RockWork along the porthole view of the Submarine Loading Platform area was dressed four feet below the water surface with algae, barnacles, shells, starfish, and mussels. The distribution of bubbles was improved to hide the spur track. The Mermaid Platform was extended to the bottom of the lagoon.

In the Front Lagoon, 3 mechanical lobsters were added on each side, 2 mechanical sea turtles were added to each side, 3 mechanical crabs on each side, new sea bass were added on each side, the shark versus octopus was added, 3 moray eels were added, a small ray (with flapping wings) was added, new circling sharks were added,

Fish were improved with a rigid laminac body for a more durable paint job, glass eyes, new and improved leader line attachments, flexible, translucent fins and tails, and a realistic iridescent paint job.

During the 1960s, Disneyland used about 50,000 pounds of chlorine in their waterways each year, to help in clarifying process. The water needed to be treated to kill any types of bacteria which could be harmful to the Maintenance personnel who had a rather large sized underwater maintenance job. This treatment required that Disneyland keep careful and constant records.

By 1989, Disneyland Plumbers used chemicals and processing to create the filtered water necessary for the Submarine Voyage.

The impossible 50-foot serpent was once animated by water hammer action and an overhead mechanism. He would work under water, and his eyes would need to wiggle on cue. Since it would cost a fortune to drain the ride, the machinists would have to dive down to where the action is.

During the 1970s, October and June of each year, was a period of major maintenance and rehabilitation which touched virtually every attraction, contributing to improved operations and show elements for the public. The original artist Joe Denton signed this contemporaneous piece of artwork (pictured above; dated September 5, 1972). The artwork would be used for signs announcing the attraction’s refurbishment. This sign would sit atop a barrier when the 6,300,000-gallon Submarine Lagoon (and its caverns) was drained for maintenance. This was completed in “three stages with a six to twelve hour intermission between. This allowed sufficient time for the storm drains to clear without flooding. The whole process lasted about 80 hours,” according to Disneyland LINE magazine [Vol. 12, No. 5 ; January 31, 1980]. According to the same publication : “Immediately the water level line of the attraction was scrubbed to prevent a permanent ‘bathtub ring’ of oil and mineral deposits. Once the water is completely removed, heaters and pumps were hooked up to complete the drying process.

Now, the attraction is in the process of a complete refurbishment : all surfaces sandblasted of paint and mineral deposits, animation and fish removed, mortar ‘muddies’ (which hold the foliage) hammered out, rock strictures rebuilt or patched where necessary, specific areas prepared for improved animation, motors overhauled, wiring replaced, the anode system which sends electric current through the track to retard rust).”

Normally major rehabilitations like this, would occur every three years (with the exception of 1977, due to water conservation).

The popular Submarine Voyage Thru Liquid Space received regular early morning maintenance by divers. There were Electrical Divers (who maintained the underwater “electrical lighting, track switch systems, and cathodic safety systems,” according to Disneyland LINE), Mechanical and Welding Divers (who maintained the underwater track), Decorating Divers (who maintained the underwater foliage), and Maintenance Division Divers (who inspected the underwater “animations”). In addition to this, the Submarine Voyage Thru Liquid Space received several refurbishments over the decades. The lagoon was first updated with “new animations” during a major rehabilitation in 1961. During 1961, Eleanor Heldt (Magic Kingdom Club Administrator) commented that “During a major rehabilitation, it is sometimes necessary to close an attraction for several weeks. This, of course, is when the smallest details were checked, replaced or repaired as required for the maximum safety, convenience, and comfort for our guests.” Even after that, regular maintenance (by Cycle Shop staff) would still keep the attraction and “animations” looking fresh, and of the best show quality for filming that often took place (as for the Eastman Kodak commercial filming during February of 1966).

While the Cycle Shop staff performed the welding, painting, plastering, sheet metalwork, sign & pictorial production, and other labor, there was one WED Inc. Department that was established (at Disneyland in 1979), to be involved in the Park’s regular rehabilitations. The following year (by January of 1980), the Submarine Lagoon was subjected to its first dry rehabilitation in seven years. The entire process would take two months. Within 80 hours, the 6,300,000 gallons of water were drained, after which the “bathtub ring” (or “water line,” of oils and minerals) was immediately scrubbed. Then heaters and pumps were set up to speed the drying process. Next, the surfaces were sandblasted of paint and minerals, fish and plants were removed, “mortar ‘mudpies’ (which held the foliage) were hammered out,” rocks were patched or entirely rebuilt, “specific areas were prepared for rebuilt animation, motors overhauled, wiring replaced, the anode system (which sends electric current through the track to retard rust) replaced with a similar but more efficient system and ship-to-shore sound systems completely revamped.” [Disneyland Line, January 31, 1980] After all, the Area Supervisor would conduct an end of rehab walkthrough with the Area Show Supervisor.

They soon developed into WDI Show Quality Standards (in 1984), and continued the same work (of twice-yearly “walk-throughs,” developing suggestions for improvements (as during the 1986 Submarine Voyage rehabilitation). According to Disneyland LINE magazine (published for December 4, 1986), “‘WDI basically oversees the aesthetics of the attraction,’ says Wayne. ‘During the rehab we can make enhancements by changing colors, types of foliage, etc.’ ‘Ralph Nielson, from WDI, is currently directing the paint and foliage restoration,’ notes Terry, ‘bringing them back up to the original show intent. Katherine Klatt is leading the figure finishing, while Production Coordinator Darlene Todd is coordinating the recasting of new silicone fish. Tom Morris, Paula Dinkel, Katie Polk and Tracy Trinast have created a new look for the queue area. Tim Delaney, Katie and Tracy have revamped the color schemes of the submarines themselves to bring them closer to the look of a research vessel. We’re presently working toward bringing a diving bell that’s being provided by the U.S. Navy as part of an exhibit in front of the attraction.’”

The attraction got another major refurbishment, and reopened as The Finding Nemo Submarine Voyage on June 11, 2007. Draining the Submarine Lagoon was a huge undertaking, considering that the entire “lagoon "holds nine million gallons of water” according to one operation manual.

A Skyway Bucket gives a glimpse beyond the perimeter and of the drained Submarine Lagoon.
A Skyway Bucket gives a glimpse beyond the perimeter and of the drained Submarine Lagoon.
Submarine Voyage Through Liquid Space Front Lagoon Rehabilitation, (1964)
Submarine Voyage Through Liquid Space Front Lagoon Rehabilitation, (1964)
Intermediate Dock and Storage Rails drained, (1980)
Intermediate Dock and Storage Rails drained, (1980)
Intermediate Dock and Storage Rails drained
Intermediate Dock and Storage Rails drained
Front Lagoon, (Winter/Spring, 1969)
Front Lagoon, (Winter/Spring, 1969)

Here at Disneyland, our coral reefs are repainted to match their original, brilliant underwater color. Below, we get a rare glimpse of just a section of the (1,365 feet of) Guide Rails that carry Disneyland’s boats along their coarse. The look of the Submarine Lagoon remind me of a funny anecdote published in Disneyland LINE (Summer, 1964) :

“Frank McNell, foreman in Tomorrowland, overheard a couple of guests asking one of the employees why the Sub Lake was drained. The employee said : ‘One of our guests lost his car keys, and we’re trying to find them.’ The guests went away commenting, ‘They certainly do a lot for us, don’t they?’”

In actuality, in this dry state it is easy to retrieve “buried treasure” (or lost articles) as glasses, cameras, and watches.

Front Lagoon drained
Front Lagoon drained

Initially, the plastic seaweed would absorb water and not respond to the water current. Now, corals and Seaweed await installation, from atop the man-made reefs of the Front Lagoon. This area will soon resemble a tropical coral reef. By the mid-1990s the lagoon would hold close to 10,000 artificial plants.

Submarine Front Lagoon Rehabilitation, c. 1971-1972
Submarine Front Lagoon Rehabilitation, c. 1971-1972
Submarine Voyage Front Lagoon, (March, 1961)
Submarine Voyage Front Lagoon, (March, 1961)
Submarine Voyage Intermediate Dock ans Storage Rails, (April, 1980)
Submarine Voyage Intermediate Dock ans Storage Rails, (April, 1980)

Monorail trains and PeopleMovers were always the best forms of Tomorrowland transportation to allow for sneak peaks of the Submarine Lagoon refurbishments!

INTERMEDIATE LAGOON (drained), c. 1972
INTERMEDIATE LAGOON (drained), c. 1972

The Sea Turtle scene is drained, before touch-up begins on these underwater Animatronic figures.

INTERMEDIATE LAGOON (drained), c. 1972
INTERMEDIATE LAGOON (drained), c. 1972

Here, we can see what a portion of the Intermediate Lagoon looks like (from above), after having been drained for maintenance during a “dry” rehabilitation. Notice the Giant Clams and all those plants which inhabit this segment of the Ocean’s Floor. According to Bob Sewell, in the early years, the “plastic kelp was made by the same company that supplied all the flexible vinyl material used for sharks, mermaids, etc.,” but by 1980, new foliage was made “to Disney specifications in Hong Kong.” [Disneyland LINE magazine, Vol. 12, No. 5 ; January 31, 1980]. By that same “silver anniversary” year, ‘mortar muddies’ were done away with, and the plants were serviced with ease owning to stainless steel hooks on the Submarine Lagoon floor.

69C48892-0D05-47A1-BE40-648EE4DAA4D4.jpeg
(c.1964)
(c.1964)
An “Attraction Closed” rehab sign manufactured in the Sign Shop, c.1964.
An “Attraction Closed” rehab sign manufactured in the Sign Shop, c.1964.
6546B81E-464D-47CE-BCD5-9718B6311D20.jpeg
CRAB (FRONT LAGOON), c. 1972
CRAB (FRONT LAGOON), c. 1972

Crabs inhabit the tropical reefs in the waters of the Front Lagoon. Generally, approximately fifteen certified Animation Department Divers of the Maintenance Division perform a check of the submerged crab’s animation. Much of the work is done at 15 or more feet-in-depth, on a “touch and feel” basis, since it is usually impossible to see in the dark. Now (with the entire lagoon drained) one of those crabs is brought into the light, where it is documented, before receiving a necessary care. The Disneyland Welding Department would occasionally perform surgical work on the crabs. Since 1971, the Disneyland Cycling Shop would care for these animatronics, giving them a fresh look.

GIANT SEA BASS (Coastal Sea Grouper), Van Eaton Galleries
GIANT SEA BASS (Coastal Sea Grouper), Van Eaton Galleries

We briefly caught this fish before it got away. This Coastal Sea Grouper once passed through Van Eaton Galleries in Sherman Oaks, California! By the mid-1990s, there were 126 animated creatures and 539 static figures in the waters of the Submarine Lagoon!

GIANT SEA BASS (Coastal Sea Grouper), The Collection of Garner Holt
GIANT SEA BASS (Coastal Sea Grouper), The Collection of Garner Holt

Audio Animatronics wizard Garner Holt has an impressive collection of Disneyland attraction figures in his “Trophy Room”, which includes this Coastal Sea Grouper.

792A389B-7447-4127-A493-A0F9B7E0B8EB.jpeg
 These were used in the Art Direction of Maintenance Work, and supported Show Quality.

These were used in the Art Direction of Maintenance Work, and supported Show Quality.

7367AB5D-3686-45DD-8807-CA1795EB56A3.jpeg
34F56EFF-05BB-4D3F-9698-F017E005EB50.jpeg
c. 1960s Animatronic Sea Turtle Figure
c. 1960s Animatronic Sea Turtle Figure

This Animatronic Sea Turtle (manufactured by the Disneyland Staff Shop) featured pneumatic components and a support arm to simulate swimming motion, as well as fiberglass insulation under rubber. These were maintained by those same craftspeople of the Disneyland Staff Shop (once housed in a huge “corrugated iron studio” in the Backstage) and Cycling Shop staff.

MORAY EEL Animatronic Figure, Van Eaton Galleries
MORAY EEL Animatronic Figure, Van Eaton Galleries

In 1961, new sea life was spotted darting 15” out of the rock faces. These strange denizens of the deep - Moray eels - have been spotted hiding among the seaweed and lurking inside mysterious caves of the Disneyland’s Tropical Lagoon reefs. Here, we see a rarely-seen view which is typically only seen by diving Machinists or Cycling Shop craftspeople.

MORAY EEL, Van Eaton Galleries
MORAY EEL, Van Eaton Galleries

Okay, he’s still a little frightening.

BF2A9AA2-15CB-4E1D-BC70-B06C72C74E38.jpeg
NORTH POLE segment (drained), c. 1972
NORTH POLE segment (drained), c. 1972

“Men Against the Arctic” (a People and Places feature film, released December 21, 1955) perhaps stirred interest in these chilling and vastly unexplored regions.

Through a stormy sea, subs pass under the “Polar Ice Cab” to an exotic world where light has never penetrated and enter the “North Pole” segment of the journey recreating the historic journey made by the U.S.S. Nautilus under the polar ice cap in 1958. While simulating the depths of the ocean, this stretch of our journey was actually through a watery depth of ten feet. Typically, guests would not see this sight before hearing the sound of motors accompanied by a multitude of bubbles. The hatches would be sealed because of the submarine’s passage under the waterfalls into and out of the building.

NORTH POLE (drained), c. 1972
NORTH POLE (drained), c. 1972

Did you ever call the North Pole? Previously, Disneyland Cast Members could dial extension “000”, and a Disneyland PBX Operator would patch them through to a telephone located at the “North Pole” (tucked within the Submarine Caverns).

NORTH POLE (drained), c. 1972
NORTH POLE (drained), c. 1972
The GIANT SQUID and Squid Scene as viewed by Maintenance Services, c. 1972
The GIANT SQUID and Squid Scene as viewed by Maintenance Services, c. 1972

“Is that… a sea serpent?”

As long ago as “the year 1868 the shipping world was alarmed by rumors of an avenging monster on the loose. A series of strange events befell certain vessels cruising the great South Seas and travel along this nightmare sea lane dwindled to a few bold ships.”

It’s was discovered that an unusually large Archit Euthis Princeps (Which usually lives 600 feet below the depths of the sea) was to blame. They have been known to grow to a staggering 50-feet in length. According to some submarine captains, “Giant Squid are a reminder to all mariners that tales of ocean monsters have no basis in fact and therefore should be classified as fiction (along with myths about mermaids).”

Now (with the seas drained, and not far from the Dry Dock), we catch a rare glimpse of the magnificent and terrifying beast that was the source of these “alarming rumors”! In fact there were a total of two giant squids among the submarine lagoon’s animated creatures! Each tentacle was realistically activated by water jet.

“SUBMARINE VOYAGE” ANIMATRONIC SEA SERPENT
“SUBMARINE VOYAGE” ANIMATRONIC SEA SERPENT

There were also two sea serpents among the submarine lagoon’s 126 animated sea creatures. Richard Kraft’s former Sea Serpent trophy “resurfaced” at the Van Eaton Galleries kiosk during D23 - 2017 event, allowing us to “size him up” in person.

c. 1959 Submarine Voyage Animatronic Giant Sea Serpent
c. 1959 Submarine Voyage Animatronic Giant Sea Serpent
c. 1959 Submarine Voyage Animatronic Giant Sea Serpent.
c. 1959 Submarine Voyage Animatronic Giant Sea Serpent.

You may recall the world's longest and whackiest sea serpent that threatened undersea travelers.

c. 1959 Submarine Voyage Animatronic Giant Sea Serpent.
c. 1959 Submarine Voyage Animatronic Giant Sea Serpent.

Those animated rolling eyes…

c. 1959 Submarine Voyage Animatronic Giant Sea Serpent
c. 1959 Submarine Voyage Animatronic Giant Sea Serpent
c. 1959 Submarine Voyage Animatronic Giant Sea Serpent
c. 1959 Submarine Voyage Animatronic Giant Sea Serpent
c. 1959 Submarine Voyage Animatronic Giant Sea Serpent
c. 1959 Submarine Voyage Animatronic Giant Sea Serpent

According to Van Eaton Galleries’ Curators : “Possibly the most iconic portion of the original ‘Submarine Voyage’ attraction was its grand finale encounter with the giant [80-foot-long] Sea Serpent. This large animatronic prop from the Disneyland attraction entertained countless park guests over the years with its long body and comical googly-eyed expression. This Sea Serpent was a Disneyland icon for nearly 30 years before the attraction closed in 1998. This large animatronic prop was removed prior to the ‘Finding Nemo Submarine Voyage’ refurbishment in 2007. The Sea Serpent is composed of five separate sections, which were disguised by rock formations in the attraction. Each section is made of hand-painted fiberglass which has been lightly touched up. The Sea Serpent was originally operated by pneumatic tubing, which has now been switched to electric so the figure can operate by a control switch. The head turns left to right and the eyes rotate in their familiar, comical way. Both moving aspects can be activated together or independently from one another. Currently (without the obscuring rock of the ocean’s floor), this incredible Disneyland artifact measures an impressive combined 48ft long, 6ft tall, and 3ft wide.”

c. 1959 Submarine Voyage Animatronic Giant Sea Serpent
c. 1959 Submarine Voyage Animatronic Giant Sea Serpent
 It looks as if we’ve reached the veritable “tail-end” of our tour today! You’re not hallucinating. According to submarine captains,  “Chinese records dating back to 488 A.D., for example, mention a black, scaleless, 300-foot long marine monster that

It looks as if we’ve reached the veritable “tail-end” of our tour today! You’re not hallucinating. According to submarine captains, “Chinese records dating back to 488 A.D., for example, mention a black, scaleless, 300-foot long marine monster that swam in the Chien Tany River. Early Norse literature and folklore center around this gargantuan, sea-faring creature, a popular subject for even modern-day authors.”

MERMAID AUDIO-ANIMATRONIC
MERMAID AUDIO-ANIMATRONIC

There were 16 such mermaids found under the waters of the Submarine Lagoon. These mythical (half-woman, half-fish) residents of the sea have their origins in the folklore of Europe. Can you believe that mermaids have been known to allure “amorous men to destruction by enticing them into the depths of the sea.” “The mermaids (modeled by Blaine Gibson) were painted in our Model Shop and elaborate wigs were designed. Much of this work was done by Harriet Burns until others learned of her methods. The mermaids were sensational. It was Walt himself that decided that they did not need seashell bras.”

-Bob Sewell

MERMAID AUDIO-ANIMATRONIC
MERMAID AUDIO-ANIMATRONIC

This particular Mermaid Animatronic looks great considering she has likely skipped a few of her mandated annual overhauls. During such rehabilitations, the Mermaids were stripped of their show elements, and even their “skin” and “hair” was reapplied anew by the craftspeople of the Disneyland Cycling Shop! The synthetic nylon hair was susceptible to color loss from the chlorinated water and required a special dye that would retain its color.

MERMAID AUDIO-ANIMATRONIC
MERMAID AUDIO-ANIMATRONIC
MERMAID AUDIO-ANIMATRONIC
MERMAID AUDIO-ANIMATRONIC
MERMAID AUDIO-ANIMATRONIC
MERMAID AUDIO-ANIMATRONIC

It looks as if Mermaids are inhabiting the vicinity of the lost (and sunken) city of Atlantis, and have claimed its treasures made by the hands of surface dwellers hundreds of years ago.

TOMORROWLAND STAGE (SPACE STAGE & MAGIC EYE THEATER)

(1967-1977)
(1967-1977)


It is true that Disneyland itself has been reckoned a large stage, where a grand show takes place! Within that grand show are many smaller “stages” - attractions, exhibits, restaurants, shows and entertainment! Tomorrowland too, has also been referred to as one of Disneyland’s many stages. All these facts considered, through the decades, Tomorrowland has had more stages than the Carousel of Progress. Some of these stages were very small for spotlighting small acts (like the General Dynamics Stage used by the Yachtsmen), while some of these stages (like the Space Stage, or Tomorrowland Bandstand) had the ability to accommodate large casts of stage stars and personalities (like the New Mouseketeers or the All-American College Singers) and their “back-up bands”! Please step this way as we explore the progression of the Tomorrowland Stage!

“The Tomorrowland Stage Lands”
After both the Flying Saucers and Tomorrowland Art Corner disappeared from a large terrestrial area of Tomorrowland, stars would descend upon the former Disneyland Space Station location during the massive Tomorrowland refurbishment due to be unveiled during the summer of 1967! Revealed were two different stages that would showcase live entertainment.

Tomorrowland Terrace (would rise both out of the ground, and in popularity) for its “happening bands” and “now sounds” of today! However, so many talented acts could not be contained on just one stage. So a second stage - the Tomorrowland Stage (also called the Tomorrowland Bandstand) - would bring more “out of this world” (often in two-week engagements), to this corner of Disneyland! According to “INFORMATION ON DISNEYLAND'S NEW TOMORROWLAND - A WORLD ON THE MOVE” (©️ 1967 Wed Enterprises, Inc): “Special events - musical attractions and dances -are presented at the Tomorrowland Bandstand, located on the concourse between Flight to the Moon and The Character Shop.”

The “Stage” on a c.1966 Disneyland Plot Plan.
The “Stage” on a c.1966 Disneyland Plot Plan.

This new stage and 1,500 maximum guest capacity theatre was installed on the concourse between Flight to the Moon and The Character Shop, intended for special events like musical attractions and dances. The chairs were set up by DISNEYLAND MAINTENANCE SERVICES DEPARTMENT. Now, for some reason, the Tomorrowland Stage was unavailable for rehearsals when it first opened, during the spring and summer of 1967. Owning to this, the Grad Nite Humdingers (which were planned to be held in the new venue) were temporarily performed in other areas of Disneyland, like the Fantasyland Theater. But soon, the Tomorrowland Stage (with its boldly-colored rainbow rising in air) was one of 10 Disneyland Stages utilized for showcasing “big name” talent - from recording favorites to personalities from motion picture and television, during exciting summer nights!

The Temporary Band Stand on the Twenty-Scale Disneyland Plot Plan Section Three; Weldon-Paige, 1968.
The Temporary Band Stand on the Twenty-Scale Disneyland Plot Plan Section Three; Weldon-Paige, 1968.

In addition, the Tomorrowland Stage was the setting for employees-only shows (like the “Lead Foreman Summer ‘72 Kickoff Dinner”, at 5:30 p.m., May 15th, 1972) featuring fellow Disneyland Cast Members parodying and satirizing “Disneylander” life, while fellow Cast Members dined on “super steaks.” Here (after hours of operation), the Disneyland Drama Workshop club would perform skits for Disneyland employees (and their family members) from theTomorrowland Stage. Tom Pletts recalls : “Our Drama Workshop performed [Foreman’s Banquet Show - a one-time production] there for the company’s summer banquet. Like Spring Tonics, we did some funny skits. I played a Security Officer, and at one point Bonnie went past me on a unicycle, and pushed a cream pie in my face. Anything for a laugh! Gee, we sure had it tough, huh?”

 Not far from  Tomorrowland Terrace , you’ll notice the  Tomorrowland “Rainbow” Stage  (to the left). The bold colors of its rainbow stood out, while not clashing with the well-established primary color schemes of other  Tomorrowland  attractions as

Not far from Tomorrowland Terrace, you’ll notice the Tomorrowland “Rainbow” Stage (to the left). The bold colors of its rainbow stood out, while not clashing with the well-established primary color schemes of other Tomorrowland attractions as the PeopleMover trains and Autopia Mark VIIs. Please step this way, as we take a closer look!

The Audience looks on as an animated Goofy, Pluto, King Louie, Baloo & The All American College Band on the Tomorrowland Stage
The Audience looks on as an animated Goofy, Pluto, King Louie, Baloo & The All American College Band on the Tomorrowland Stage

During daytimes, the Disneyland Characters generally entertained guests of all ages, with support from the Disneyland Band, the Pearly Band, or the All-American College Band (pictured)!

Audiences look on as Pluto, Baloo, King Louie, Goofy & The All American College Band on the Tomorrowland Stage
Audiences look on as Pluto, Baloo, King Louie, Goofy & The All American College Band on the Tomorrowland Stage
Audiences look on The Three Pigs & The All American College Band on the Tomorrowland Stage
Audiences look on The Three Pigs & The All American College Band on the Tomorrowland Stage
Audiences look on as Chip 'n Dale & The All American College Band on the Tomorrowland Stage
Audiences look on as Chip 'n Dale & The All American College Band on the Tomorrowland Stage
Audiences look on as Br'er Bear, Br'er Fox & The All American College Band on the Tomorrowland Stage
Audiences look on as Br'er Bear, Br'er Fox & The All American College Band on the Tomorrowland Stage
Audiences look on as Disney Characters & The All American College Band on the Tomorrowland Stage
Audiences look on as Disney Characters & The All American College Band on the Tomorrowland Stage
 Many popular musicians performed from the  Tomorrowland Stage ! Now, let’s take a look at just some of that big-name talent - the  “stars”  of the  Tomorrowland Stage !  In the following section we’ll attempt to chronicle the  Tomorrowland Stage ’s

Many popular musicians performed from the Tomorrowland Stage! Now, let’s take a look at just some of that big-name talent - the “stars” of the Tomorrowland Stage!

In the following section we’ll attempt to chronicle the Tomorrowland Stage’s performers by the year of their occurrence!

1967 : During the winter season of 1967, you may recall the exciting sounds of Randy Sparks and “Back Porch Majority” emanating from Tomorrowland Stage for five shows daily (12:00N-6:00pm) and The Mustangs performing “the top songs of the hit parade” (for four shows daily), from December 26th, 1967 thru January 1st, 1968. During the time, the exciting vocal group “The New Establishment” performed popular songs during seven shows daily (from 12:00N - 7:00pm). [“Disneyland Holiday Talent Master Schedule,” prepared for the period of December 16, 1967 through January 1, 1968]

1968 : The summer of ‘68, Tomorrowland Stage was host to four variety shows daily. There was an “18 member group comprised of talent drawn from colleges and universities” and a Special Vaudeville Show featuring headline talent and variety acts, Monday thru Friday. Disneyland “Spring Fling” (occurring April 6th, 1968) brought The Mustangs (with Special Guest Bobby Vee) to the Tomorrowland Stage! The Country Music Jubilee of 1968 (starring Noel Boggs and His Band, Harry Newman, Brad Melton and Cathie Taylor, with guest MCs) had three shows daily, performed at 3, 5, and 7. On August 12, 1969, the true-life Apollo Moon Landing was watched live with the help of a giant screen on the Tomorrowland Stage.

During 1968, “On Stage USA” may have been presented from the Tomorrowland Stage. Acts included Jack Carter and Jaye P. Morgan (July 29-August 2), Phyllis Diller (August 12-16), Bill Dana & Theresa Brewer (August 19-23). During 1968, the “Country Music Jubilee” may also have been performed from the Tomorrowaland Stage with acts including Minnie Pearl (August 4), Roy Clark (August 11), Judy Lynn Show (August 18), and Horner & Jethro (August 25).

1969 : The Tomorrowland Stage also hosted dancing and live bands during Spring Fling 1969! Sunday June 29th brought the Country Music Jubilee (starring Homer & Jethro, Charlie Louvin & The Gang, and Cathie Taylor, with guest MCs). Shows were performed at 3, 5, and 7. Henson Cargill performed one night - Sunday, June 6th.

Without a doubt, the most momentous event to ever occur on the Tomorrowland stage was the viewing of an event which was occurring some 238,900 miles away - that of the Apollo Moon Landing, on July 20, 1969. This was the very same Apollo mission on which Astronaut Gene Cernan wore his Mickey Mouse watch. The entire event was broadcast live on the Tomorrowland Stage (the future site of Space Mountain and Captain EO).

During the following days (July 21 - 25), On Stage U.S.A. ran, including Tony Martin, Shari Lewis, the Fuller Brothers, Patti Page, the Doodletown Pipers, and special guest musical director John Scott Trotter. Saturday, July 26th saw The Mar Cells perform live on stage. Later (during the summer), Shani Wallace, The Osmond Brothers, Bobbie Gentry, Roger Williams, Peggy Lee and The Vogues performed live on stage.

Picture Above :  Disneyland Today, (summer, 1970)
Picture Above : Disneyland Today, (summer, 1970)

1970 : Even before Disneyland’s “Super Summer” was here - a veritable “Year of 100 Million Smiles,” plenty of top talent was scheduled! January of 1970 brought Doc Severinsen to the Tomorrowland Stage. While rock entertainers appeared Monday thru Friday, country and western entertainers appeared on Sundays! Kurt Russell introduced E.J. Peaker in a stage show (starring the Kids of the Kingdom and Sound Castle, Ltd.) featuring the Osmond Brothers, which was recorded (perhaps during February 27th, 1970) and incorporated into “Disneyland Showtime” (a Wonderful World of Disney episode, first aired March 22nd, 1970).

The Kids of the Kingdom (“15 of the most talented kids in the nation” who usually performed Monday thru Saturday, at 1, 2:30, 4, 5:30, and 7 p.m. during the summer of 1970), performed a special show in honor of Disneyland’s 15th Anniversary Birthday on June 22nd. Sound Castle Ltd. - “11 of the most talented entertainers” - also performed the world’s newest “mod music” for guests, on June 22nd.

“Holiday Time at Disneyland is Entertainment!!” (12/70-90M), published for December of 1970.
“Holiday Time at Disneyland is Entertainment!!” (12/70-90M), published for December of 1970.
The Disney Company, (c. 1970)
The Disney Company, (c. 1970)
Disneyland “Super Summer” Handbill, (1970)
Disneyland “Super Summer” Handbill, (1970)

1970 (Continued) : “Show Me America” - “a sparkling, fast-paced musical tour of the world’s greatest tourist attraction”, Monday thru Friday on the Tomorrowland Stage, with two 45-minute shows occurring at 8 p.m. and 10 p.m., or 9 p.m. and 11 p.m. “Nearly 500 years after Columbus America has finally been fully discovered through the music and musings of the talented cast in this original, all-new production. Hang on for the wildest, funniest zip-trip ever experienced by the world’s top tourist treat, the U.S.A. The journey will take you to Old Broadway, Ellis Island, Boston, Chicago, The Great Divide, the Everglades, Biloxi, New Orleans, Nashville, Pattawahtamie, Center, Grand Canyon, Cowboy & Indian, Cucamonga, Freewayss, Niagra Falls, with a grand finale entitled ‘See America First’!” Show Me America stars John Wheeler (Phil), Karen Anders (Harriet), Sherry Alberoni (Diane), Terry Garr (the Statue of Liberty), and Jim Begg (Tour Guide), alongside a cast of seven “Guys” and six “Gals”, with music provided by the Show Me America orchestra under the Direction of Mr. John Scott Trotter! A total of 120 lavish costumes in addition to “spectacular stage settings” were provided for this production, by the Disneyland Entertainment Costuming Department! According to the Disneyland Diary, “60 members of the press led a standing ovation,” and by 124 performances, “the show was acclaimed by audiences and critics alike.”

A special show - Country Jubilee - starring Conway Twitty and Donna Fargo occurred Sunday, August 2nd, at 5, 7, and 9 p.m. Other talent signed on for 1970 included Roy Acuff, Buck Owens, Jerry Naylor, Susan Raye, Eddie Fukano, David Frizzelle, Tex Ritter, Dottie West, and the Stonemans. “Minority of Six” appeared one Saturday during the Summer of 1970, and the following Sunday on the neighboring Tomorrowland Terrace Stage.

The Scat Cats debuted at Disneyland during December of 1970. Disneyland's newest Characters, the Scat Cats from Walt Disney Productions’ latest animated feature, The Aristocats, starred in a special stage show with Scatman Crothers, Fulton Burley, and The Swinging Ambassadors. Shows were staged daily on the Tomorrowland Stage through the winter season (at 3:30, 4:30, 5:30, 6:30, and 7:30).

1971 : PREVIEW '71 (held Saturday, January 2nd) brought Rick Nelson, Dawn, and El Chicano.

During September 6-11, Bob Crosby and the greatest Dixieland band in the land, featuring the Bobcats plus an extra Added Attraction Dizzy Gillespie appeared on the Tomorrowland Stage at 9 p.m. and 11 p.m. and The New Dixie Rebellion appeared on the Tomorrowland Stage at 8 p.m., 10 p.m., and 12 midnight.

Later in 1971, Patti Page returned.

  1972 :   “It’s New, It’s Now… ”  it’s  “a whole new day after dark”  on the  Tomorrowland Stage !  June 3, 1972 Tomorrowland Stage Show was the site for  Robert John  and  Helen Reddy .  The Tomorrowland Rock Group  and  The Kids Next Door  played

1972 : “It’s New, It’s Now… ” it’s “a whole new day after dark” on the Tomorrowland Stage!

June 3, 1972 Tomorrowland Stage Show was the site for Robert John and Helen Reddy. The Tomorrowland Rock Group and The Kids Next Door played daily during the daytime (as during June-July). Stevie Wonder, Helen Reddy, and Robert John performed during June. Tommy Roe performed nighttime (July 2-7). During the evenings of the summer of 1972, Climax featuring Sonny Geraci (June 18-23), The Raiders featuring Paul Revere and Mark Lindsay (June 25-30), Tommy Roe (again from July 9-14), Bill Medley (July 9-14), Dawn featuring Tony Orlando (July 16-21), Gary Puckett & The Union Gap of “Woman, Woman” fame was introduced by The Great American Music Machine Starring Freda Payne (nightly at 10:00 p.m., July 23-28), and Honey Cone (July 30-August 4) performed on the Tomorrowland Stage, with more guest stars to follow in August! El Chicano also performed live from Tomorrowland Stage.

A Guest Vaudeville Act performed at 12:30 PM, 1:00 PM, 1:30 PM, and 5:00 PM during Senior Citizens Days, October 12 and 13, 1972.

Plaza Gardens closed for three weeks for a rehab beginning Monday, November 27, 1972. During that time, Disneyland Band concerts were held on Tomorrowland Stage.

1973 : During Star Spangled Holidays (held February 17, 18, 19, 1973), Young Americans, Doc Severinsen and The Now Generation Brass featuring Today's Children, and The Sunshine Balloon w/special guest star performed from Tomorrowland Stage. Disneyland’s “New Sights and Bright Lights” included guests rock groups during the summer of 1973! The New Mickey Mouse Club Jamboree starring the New Mouseketeers performed four shows daily (1:30, 3:00, 4:30, and 6:00 p.m.), Monday thru Saturday. The Great American Music Machine starring Flash Cadillac & the Continental Kids also performed two shows during the evenings of the summer of 1973. Buddy Rich and Maynard Ferguson performed from Tomorrowland Stage during October of 1973.

1974 : “The Great Rock Circus” brought many “now-sound” entertainers to the Tomorrowland Stage throughout the summer. The Spinners (June 15-21), The Main Ingredient (June 23-28), Peter Noone (June 30-July 5), Rufus and Carla Thomas (July 7-12), Bo Donaldson and the Heywoods (July 14-19), Ann Peebles with Little Archie (July 21-26), Wilon Pickett (July 28-August 2), The Miracles (August 4-9), the Hues Corporation (August 11-16), The Association (August 18-23), and The Four Tops (September 1-7). The Carpenters and Skiles & Henderson performed on the Tomorrowland Stage during a Trojan Rally event on December 19, 1974. Flash Cadillac & The Continental Kids performed New Year’s Eve of 1974.

1975 : The Kids of the Kingdom and the All-American College Singers combined for a stage show during Disneyland’s Bicentennial Celebration! Bo Donaldson & the Heywoods during the America on Parade event, during the week of August 17-23, 1975.

1976 : June 27 through July 2, 1976, the popular soul performers Blue Magic appeared on the Tomorrowland Stage! During Disneyland’s “Celebration Summer” (and the week of June 22-28, 1976, Cuba Gooding and the Main Ingredient performed at 9:05 p.m. & 11:30 p.m.

F5449E8D-7EDD-41A4-932A-B6F9067EFAA6.jpeg
The Audience watches The New Mouseketeers on the Tomorrowland Stage, c. 1977-1978
The Audience watches The New Mouseketeers on the Tomorrowland Stage, c. 1977-1978

The New Mouseketeers Show entertained audiences on June 29, 30, July 1, 1978.

Tomorrowland Stage, (January, 1976)
Tomorrowland Stage, (January, 1976)

The Tomorrowland Stage was just too good of a dream come come true. A form of the stage would materialize as the Theater of the Stars at Disney-MGM Studios in 1993. Even before that time, when Space Mountain was being master planned and realized, an exciting new stage would be built practically on the foundations of the original Tomorrowland Stage at Disneyland! The new stage would appropriately be named…

 The 1,100-seat  Space Stage  opened (along with  Space Mountain , the adjacent  Space Place  restaurant, and the  Starcade ) during 1977!   1977 : The Space Stage  opened with acts popular like the  New Mouseketeers  ( Lisa Whelchel ,  Curtis Wong ,

The 1,100-seat Space Stage opened (along with Space Mountain, the adjacent Space Place restaurant, and the Starcade) during 1977!

1977 : The Space Stage opened with acts popular like the New Mouseketeers (Lisa Whelchel, Curtis Wong, Kelly Parsons, Allison Fonte, Nita Dee, Mindy Feldman, Angel Florez, Shawnte Northcutte, Scott Craig, Todd Turquand, Julie Piekarski, Pop Attmore). These appeared (with Space Mountain) during the summer off 1977.

1978 : It was “showtime” and “get-up-and-go-time” as the members of the New Mickey Mouse Club often made promotional live performances during the era contemporaneous with its late 1970s televised run (appearing during both the summer of 1977 and the summer of 1978 inside Disneyland). The New Mouseketeers Show again entertained throngs of cheering Disneyland guests on June 29, 30, and July 1, July 30 - August 5, 1978. The Kids of the Kingdom starred in a separate daytime show during this period. September 3-9, 1978, The Magnificent Music ‘N’ Motion Machine Starring Papa Doo Run Run and Lite Fantastic delighted guests daily Monday thru Saturday, at 8:15 p.m. and 12:30 a.m. The All American College Singers and the Kids of the Kingdom performed during four shows (during afternoons during July 30 - August 5, 1978), while The Magnificent Music ‘N’ Motion Machine starring Papa Doo Run Run and Lite Fantastic performed three shows (11:00 a.m., 12:30 & 1:30 p.m.) in the morning and early afternoon. The Peter Marshall Show with Chapter 5 performed December 17-23, 1978. The Mouseketeers also performed daytimes during the holiday season of December 19-23. The Jo Ann Castle Show with special guest Fats Johnson took to the Space Stage from December 26 thru 30, 1978.

Other performers (during 1978) included Rick Nelson and The Stone Canyon Band, The Heywoods, Cornelius Bros. & Sister Rose, and Sunshine Balloon.

1979 : MECO (of Star Wars Disco fame) rang in the new year, performing from 8 p.m. to midnight January 1, 1979. March 24-30, the Mike Curb Congregation performed during the days leading right up to Easter Sunday. The Miracles and Blue Swede also performed twice nightly from March 24-29. The Kids of the Kingdom presented “The Best of Disney” on Mother’s Day, May 13th.

1980 : Mickey Mouse Club 25th Anniversary Revue - “a singing and dancing celebration” of the Mickey Mouse Club’s 25th anniversary with original Mouseketeers Tommy, Cubby, Sharon, Lonnie, Bonnie, and Sherry! Other entertainment during Disneyland’s “silver summer” included disco dancing on Friday and Saturday nights. The Kids of the Kingdom entertained with a special production of “Disneyland Is Your Land” on Sunday nights ; “The Disneyland Story” performed for five shows Sunday only, from 11:30am to 4:30pm ; The Skiles Band (Mondays & Tuesdays) ; Pizzazz (Sundays, Wednesdays, and Thursdays) ; Matthew Wilder ; Dazz Band ; Jan and Dean (backed by Papa Doo Run Run) brought the sounds of Surf City to the Space Stage from 8 p.m. to 10 p.m. during August. At some unknown time, Asleep at the Wheel with special guest star Lacy J. Dalton performed.

1981 : Show Biz Is - Festival of Japan (March 28 & 29) brought Tanekayuma (Snake Dancers), Tokuyae Classical Dance Group (one of the few groups to perform during the 1950s at Disneyland), Wakabakai Dance Academy, Wakao Dance Academy & Fujike Kirihara Music School, Tandawaha Dance Company, and Mityusa Bando dancers.

“A big bright musical revue from Broadway to Hollywood and a few surprises in between” - ran three times daily, during afternoons of 1981. The (c. June, 1981) show was described as a “new singing, dancing, salute to the worlds of Hollywood, Broadway, Big Brass Bands, and the Big Top.” Sing!Dance!Disney! was “a medley of popular Disney tunes presented live by a group of energetic Disneyland performers”! Michael Iceberg & the Iceberg Machine, Krash, and Papa Doo Run Run performed during daytimes and evenings.

Truly, the highlight of all shows came when Halyx debuted their “unearthly sights and outrageous new rock sounds” from the Tomorrowland Stage (from June 20th-September 11th) during the summer of 1981. This act (of humans, extra-terrestrials and artificial intelligence) is something that needs to be seen to be believed!

1982 : Disneyland Easter Party brought Peaches and Herb to the Space Stage (April 3-10, twice nightly, at 8:30pm and 10:30pm.

1983 : February 12 & 13, 1983 the L.A. Lazers - a professional indoor soccer team - demonstrated their skills on the Space Stage in Tomorrowland during afternoons at 1:30 and 3:00 p.m. “Show Biz Is” - a “singing dancing salute to the world’s of Hollywood, Broadway, Big Brass Bands and the Big Top” - ran three to four times nightly, typically Sundays thru Thursdays. February 19 & 20, 1983, Sonny Charles, and Maxine Nightingale performed. Papa Doo Run Run (March 26, 27, 28), Scott Baio with Jay Johnson & Bob (March 29, 30, 31) ; Jack Mack & the Heart Attack (April 1 & 2) performed multiple shows nightly.

1984 : “Come along and sing a song and be a Mouseketeer again” with The Mickey Mouse Club starring the Original Mouseketeers. Some of your favorite original TV Mouseketeers are getting together top sing, dance, and “remember when” with Mickey in this happy stage revue. In addition, Jose Feliciano, the DeFranco Family, and the Mike Curb Congregation performed during late December (the latter made five appearances daily, for nine days)!

1985 : Miami Sound Machine and Gloria Esteban

Year Unknown (c. 1990s?) : Disneyland Country Weekend (February 12, 13, and 14 brought Kay Austin Show and the Moonshine Cloggers to the Space Stage in Tomorrowland for three shows each during the daytime! During the nighttime, Porter Wagoner, Mel Tillis, Charly McClain, and Boxcar Willie each performed three shows!

HALYX Poster
HALYX Poster

There is a fantastic in-depth documentary entitled “LIVE FROM THE SPACE STAGE : THE HALYX STORY” (A Matthew Serrano Film, Presented by Defunctland), which was released in 2020. The hour-and-a-half film tells the story of the band’s creation and performances with special appearances by the producer Mike Post and the surviving band members.

Sonny Anderson recommended notable Music Composer Mike Post (Hill Street Blues, Magnum P.I., The Greatest American Hero, The Rockford Files). The company that built the floats for the Main Street Electrical Parade created the vehicle for the keyboardist, by mounting keyboards and lights to a Cushman Minute Miser maintenance cart.

All American College Singers & All American College Band on the Tomorrowland Stage
All American College Singers & All American College Band on the Tomorrowland Stage
The All-New Mouseketeers on the Tomorrowland Stage, (August, 1978)
The All-New Mouseketeers on the Tomorrowland Stage, (August, 1978)
The New Mouseketeers Show (June 29, 30, and July 1, 1978)
The New Mouseketeers Show (June 29, 30, and July 1, 1978)

The members of the New Mickey Mouse Club often made promotional live performances during the era contemporaneous with its late 1970s televised run (appearing during the summer of 1977 and the summer of 1978 inside Disneyland). Here, a multicultural lineup - Curtis Wong, Allison Fonte, Billy “Pop” Attmore, and Kelly Parsons - perform “Disco Mouse” during “showtime”!

The New Mouseketeers Show (June 29, 30, and July 1, 1978)
The New Mouseketeers Show (June 29, 30, and July 1, 1978)

Scott Craig, Kelly Parsons, Allison Fonte, and Julie Piekarski are “dancing’ to the beat” and “movin’ their feet”.

The New Mouseketeers Show (June 29, 30, and July 1, 1978)
The New Mouseketeers Show (June 29, 30, and July 1, 1978)

All-New Mouseketeers Billy “Pop” Attmore (of Treasure of Matecumbe fame) and Shawnte Northcutte (Miss Pre-Teen America 1975-1976).

The New Mouseketeers Show (June 29, 30, and July 1, 1978)
The New Mouseketeers Show (June 29, 30, and July 1, 1978)

Lisa Whelchel

The New Mouseketeers Show (June 29, 30, and July 1, 1978)
The New Mouseketeers Show (June 29, 30, and July 1, 1978)

Allison Fonte

The New Mouseketeers Show (June 29, 30, and July 1, 1978)
The New Mouseketeers Show (June 29, 30, and July 1, 1978)

Kelly Parsons and Todd Turquond doin’ a Mouseke-Dance for the audience!

The New Mouseketeers Show (June 29, 30, and July 1, 1978)
The New Mouseketeers Show (June 29, 30, and July 1, 1978)

The members of the New Mickey Mouse Club often made promotional live performances during the era contemporaneous with its late 1970s televised run. From Left to Right : Billy “Pop” Attmore, Nita Dee (in the background), Mickey Mouse (in the background), Shawnte Northcutte, Allison Fonte, and Kelly Parsons (in the background).

The All-New Mouseketeers on the Tomorrowland Stage, (August, 1978)
The All-New Mouseketeers on the Tomorrowland Stage, (August, 1978)
The All-New Mouseketeers on the Tomorrowland Stage, (August, 1978)
The All-New Mouseketeers on the Tomorrowland Stage, (August, 1978)
The New Mouseketeers Show (June 29, 30, and July 1, 1978)
The New Mouseketeers Show (June 29, 30, and July 1, 1978)

All-New Mickey Mouseketeer Julie Piekarski remembers performing at Disneyland. In interview with Disney History 101 Corespondent, she recalled :

“We performed at Disneyland. We did three shows a day, six days a week for thirteen weeks, and also two parades a day. And I have to tell you, it was amazing! It was not like work.

I was like thirteen or fourteen years old at the time, and who wouldn’t love going to Disneyland everyday? It was awesome! …We were on the ‘Space Mountain Stage’. That’s the one I remember most. We did do one performance during Easter Time and we were by the Small World Stage. But my favorite was when we did the Space Mountain Shows and we were there for almost a whole summer. Whenever there was a break, we got to go and ride Space Mountain (like several times in a row). Then we would go and eat lunch and go back and do a show. That was a really great memory to have, for sure!…

I loved doing the singing and the dancing! We did some Broadway revue shows. And then we did the 60s, the 70s, and the 80s theme show. But a number that I really enjoyed doing was a number called ‘Friends’ which was originally written for our show - the Mickey Mouse Club. We would… sing it, and then we would get to go out into the audience and bring up someone from the audience… That was really cool! We’d get out there. We were always excited, scoping out the audience… who we thought we’d bring up. And what was really amazing and sweet is that we were there for so many weeks in a row that we had a fan base that would keep coming back to every show, every day, throughout the whole summer. We kinda got to know our fans, which I loved and I treasured. That was one of the most memorable experiences - that I would get to go down into the audience, bring up these fans. They looked up to us (and we’re just regular people), but it was so cool to have them up on the stage with us, and we would sing our song ‘Friends’ to them. I really enjoyed doing that.”

Julie also recalled when they filmed the All-New Mickey Mouse Club television show at Disneyland. “Friday was Showtime Day, and it was done at Disneyland. We would have our Honorary Mouseketeers come on at that time. We went to Disneyland for two weeks out, to film all those shows. We got to actually be in the Park when it was closed. We would get there really early in the morning and we’d also film during the day. They would block off our area in Carnation Plaza and then we’d also stay at night when the Park was closed. It was too cool just to be in the Park and nobody else was around. It was so quiet.”

There are several memories that Julie carries with her from this experience. “I got to be in charge of Mickey. Mickey would be in our shows at the end… and I would get to go ‘Off Stage’ and hold his hand and walk him ‘On.’ That was just a really amazing experience to think that I had that honor and that responsibility. The was really neat.”

The New Mouseketeers Show (June 29, 30, and July 1, 1978)
The New Mouseketeers Show (June 29, 30, and July 1, 1978)

After “The New Mouseketeers Show” (held June 29, 30, and July 1, 1978), Allison Fonte leaves the Park from the Harbor Gate after completing another performance with her co-stars!

Guests Near Tomorrowland Stage
Guests Near Tomorrowland Stage
The Kids Next Door perform from the Tomorrowland Stage.
The Kids Next Door perform from the Tomorrowland Stage.
The Kids Next Door perform from the Tomorrowland Stage.
The Kids Next Door perform from the Tomorrowland Stage.
The Disneyland Band on the Tomorrowland Stage
The Disneyland Band on the Tomorrowland Stage
The Kids of the Kingdom on the Space Stage
The Kids of the Kingdom on the Space Stage

The look of the Space Stage was familiar - blending elements similar to those of the nearby Tomorrowland Terrace! By 1970, “Disneyland Dimensions” reported that ”each year the Maintenance Division places approximately 325,000 chairs in various Park locations for special events, (Chairs are counted as they are placed, then removed for cleaning.)” Many of those concert chairs were placed near the Space Stage.

Kids of the Kingdom
Kids of the Kingdom

The Kids of the Kingdom were singers, dancers, and college talent which made numerous daytime performances from the Space Stage during the early 1970s. Back on November 24, 1970, the Kids of the Kingdom performed at an international Bank of America convention in San Francisco. They previewed their new routine that they would perform on New Year’s Day atop Bank of America’s entry into the Tournament of Roses Parade in Pasadena. Among the group was ”Linda Piesik, Rich Briggs, Tom Ranier, Amy Sheridan, Connie Bubar, Jim Eskew, Lady Lee, Gerald Lee, Candy Herzer, Paul Hough, Jim Schick, Sherman Segraves, Kathy McFadden, Vince Pirillo, and Joe Croyle. Also along for the trip were Barnette Ricci, Ron Swartz, and Sonny Anderson, all of Entertainment.” [“Inside Disneyland,” Vol.5, No.1]

They even performed here alongside the Osmonds for a television special! They were part of the 1975 daytime entertainment in Disneyland during the celebration of the American Bicentennial. During the 1980s, the Kids of the Kingdom headed east, and performed in The Magic Kingdom, and they even performed at Tokyo Disneyland after the Park opened on April 15, 1983.

“Brochures were sent to junior colleges and universities across America detailing the unique workshop offered on the Disneyland and Disney World ‘campus,’” according to Disneyland LINE (published August 6, 1975).

According to the same Disneyland LINE article, that same year (of 1975), there were “700 inquiries for additional information, some 400 video-tape auditions…received for consideration, This method of selection resulted in 93 musicians who will perform on both Disney stages for 10 weeks, yielding the above unorthodox equation.

The taped auditions were viewed and judged by Larry Billman, Barnette Ricci and Gerry Schroeder who selected Disneyland’s Kids of the Kingdom. Besides the Kids - 6 males & 6 females - an additional 8 musicians were selected for the stage band ; trombone, electric bass, 2 trumpets, guitar, piano, traps and a saxophone player who doubles on the flutes and clarinet. This composition is duplicated at Walt Disney World, resulting in a similar company.

Choreographed by Barnette, the show emphasizes our Bicentennial Sumer of ‘75 and begins when Tony Moore runs on-stage and proclaims ‘…And for the next 20 minutes we’re going to show you why we love America!’

The Kids for 1975 arrived June 15 for orientation. In the morning they were introduced to Ron Swartz, Director of Operations in Entertainment, and were briefed on the summer’s expectations for Disneyland’s Kids of the Kingdom. Beginning 10 days of intensive rehearsals, they worked under the able direction of Gerry Schroeder from Golden West College, Larry Boye from Ball State, Indiana who leads the vocal group in Florida.”

Kids of the Kingdom
Kids of the Kingdom
Kids of the Kingdom
Kids of the Kingdom
Kids of the Kingdom
Kids of the Kingdom
Kids of the Kingdom
Kids of the Kingdom
Kids of the Kingdom Easter Sunday Performance, (April 15th, 1979)
Kids of the Kingdom Easter Sunday Performance, (April 15th, 1979)

The Kids of the Kingdom performed from the Space Stage on April 15th, 1979, Easter Sunday. Steve (who was a guest that day) recollects : “I was a senior in high school and my parents decided we needed to take one last trip together before I went off to college. We flew from Maine to LA, to visit Southern California for three nights. We did Disneyland [on] the 15th which was Easter Sunday. We made sure to cover the attractions that didn’t exist in the Magic Kingdom…[This] was a country music segment, although I don’t remember if there was any Country Bear Jamboree music. For some reason, I remember hearing ‘Comin’ Around the Mountain’.”

Kids of the Kingdom Easter Sunday Performance, (April 15th, 1979)
Kids of the Kingdom Easter Sunday Performance, (April 15th, 1979)
Kids of the Kingdom Easter Sunday Performance, (April 15th, 1979)
Kids of the Kingdom Easter Sunday Performance, (April 15th, 1979)
Kids of the Kingdom Easter Sunday Performance, (April 15th, 1979)
Kids of the Kingdom Easter Sunday Performance, (April 15th, 1979)
Kids of the Kingdom Easter Sunday Performance, (April 15th, 1979)
Kids of the Kingdom Easter Sunday Performance, (April 15th, 1979)
Kids of the Kingdom Easter Sunday Performance, (April 15th, 1979)
Kids of the Kingdom Easter Sunday Performance, (April 15th, 1979)
Kids of the Kingdom Easter Sunday Performance, (April 15th, 1979)
Kids of the Kingdom Easter Sunday Performance, (April 15th, 1979)
Kids of the Kingdom Easter Sunday Performance, (April 15th, 1979)
Kids of the Kingdom Easter Sunday Performance, (April 15th, 1979)
Kids of the Kingdom Easter Sunday Performance, (April 15th, 1979)
Kids of the Kingdom Easter Sunday Performance, (April 15th, 1979)
Kids of the Kingdom Easter Sunday Performance, (April 15th, 1979)
Kids of the Kingdom Easter Sunday Performance, (April 15th, 1979)
CC0B102E-EC85-47E0-9F68-2BADA07DA25E.jpeg
Papa Doo Run Run on the Space Stage
Papa Doo Run Run on the Space Stage

Papa Doo Run Run was also known as Disneyland’s “celebrity house band” (like so many others) for its regular performances from the Space Stage in Tomorrowland!

According to the recollections of others, many others appeared from the Space Stage and the Tomorrowland Stage. Among these talented entertainers may have been the Raspberries, Jan and Dean (and Brian Wilson for two songs, early 70s), Kids of the Kingdom, Tony Orlando, Paul Revere and the Raiders, the Spinners, Maynard Ferguson, Peaches and Herb, Sparks, the King’s Sisters, the Lennon Sisters, the Smothers Brothers, the King Family, Jackson Brown, Pat Boone, Kenny Rogers, Linda Ronstadt, Stone Ponies, Barrage, the Osmonds, Ricky Nelson, the Stone Canyon Band, Tommy Tutone (1982), Pointer Sisters, Manhattan Transfer, KC and the Sunshine Band, Don Ellis, Baja Marimba Band, Association, Hermans Hermits, the Grassroots, the Cowsills, the Jackson Five, Peggy Lee, New Edition, Pete Fountain, the Association, Frankie Avalon, Kurt Russell, Annette Funicello, Ricky Nelson and the Stone Canyon Band, Tina and the Mustangs, Temptations, Carpenters, The Safaris, The supremes , Leslie uggums , Super Tramp, Olivia Newton John, The Monkees, Roy Acuff, The New Mickey Mouse Club, Gary Lewis and the Playboys were there for months, Wild Cherry, Martha and the Vandellas, 3 Dog Night, First Edition, Bo Donaldson and the Heywoods, Bobby Sherman, Sister Sledge, 4 Tops, Al Greene, Gary Puckett, Defranco Family, Main Ingredient, Doc Severinson and the now generation brass, Commodores, George Straight, Debbie Reynolds, Union Gap, Banana Splits, Righteous Sisters, and many, many more!

Stay tuned for more, as we continue to verify the visiting performances and revise the previous chronicling of popular names.

Space Stage detail in a Disneyland Fun Map.
Space Stage detail in a Disneyland Fun Map.
Space Stage Demolition
Space Stage Demolition

In 1985, the demolition of the Space Stage made way for another futuristic theatrical attraction! These rarely-seen Vintage Views offer a glance of the subterranean hall below the stage.

Space Stage Demolition
Space Stage Demolition
Space Stage Demolition
Space Stage Demolition
Space Stage Demolition
Space Stage Demolition
Space Stage Demolition
Space Stage Demolition
Space Stage Demolition
Space Stage Demolition
Space Stage Demolition
Space Stage Demolition
Space Stage Demolition
Space Stage Demolition
Space Stage Demolition
Space Stage Demolition
Space Stage Demolition
Space Stage Demolition
Magic Eye Theater Construction
Magic Eye Theater Construction
Magic Eye Theater Construction
Magic Eye Theater Construction
Magic Eye Theater Construction
Magic Eye Theater Construction
Magic Eye Theater Construction
Magic Eye Theater Construction
Magic Eye Theater Construction
Magic Eye Theater Construction
IMG_8548.jpeg
Magic Eye Theater Construction
Magic Eye Theater Construction
Magic Eye Theater Construction
Magic Eye Theater Construction
Magic Eye Theater Holding Area Construction
Magic Eye Theater Holding Area Construction
Magic Eye Theater Holding Area Construction
Magic Eye Theater Holding Area Construction
Magic Eye Theater Marquee & Construction
Magic Eye Theater Marquee & Construction

“It looks like we started something”, but guests would wait a few months until Tomorrowland’s newest space adventure would be revealed on the marquee above the entrance!

(1986 - present)
(1986 - present)

The concept of theaters in Disneyland isn’t new, dating back to the Fantasyland Theater and Tomorrowland’s CirCARama Theater of 1955. These particular theaters were unlike anything in the world - the Fantasyland Theater (dedicated to animated shorts for most of its tenure) and the CirCARama Theater (designed to show films that were shot in 360 degrees). A little more than three decades later (during the era of Michael Eisner’s & Frank Wells’ leadership), a brand new concept of theater design would push the limits of the form of Disney Parks entertainment with Magic Eye Theater!

Guests entered the Magic Eye Theater’s “Pre-Show Area” to the East (along the East Promenade), before the seven entry doors opened.

The show building held a lengthy “Projection Room” (at the rear of the theater), and a “Glasses Storage” Room (behind the Projection Room). Air-conditioning controls dust, and a practical mechanical application of the technology was essential in the attraction where projection equipment and film was used.

A console for the attraction operator was located at the front right corner of the theater (to the South-West). Finally, guests left the theater though one of the Magic Eye Theater’s four automated exit doors (to the West Promenade) at the close of the film.

(June 16, 1984 - July, 1986)
(June 16, 1984 - July, 1986)

“Production - Where the Universe Begins”

The 16-minute, child-like and imaginative 3-D film (with its mesmerizing, and hauntingly beautiful theme), was directed by the then-experimental film director and producer Murray Lerner (Academy Award, 1980 ; Best Documentary Feature “From Mao to Mozart”). Rick Carter (who would, decades later, go on to serve as Art Director and Production Designer for James Cameron’s Avatar) was integral to the animation design of the film. The final film’s surreal usage of distinct and profound imagery - of clouds, dandelions, kites, a pegasus, the circus, and a magician - certainly helped viewers of all ages “make memories”. According to the Disney News (Summer, 1984), “Beginning with a handful of children racing against a meadow and gazing at clouds, it also brings a frothy pink-and-white cluster of spring blossoms right to the tip of your nose. The sense of proximity is so realistic that more than one visitor reaches out to touch them. Dandelion spores float through the air , turn into stars, and are then transformed into a sun whose rays become water right before your eyes. In another scene, a child’s kite changes from a bird to fish to a whole school of fish, to a flock of birds, bird wings, the flying horse Pegasus, a real horse, and then a spirited steed on a merry-go-round. The brass harness ring of the carousel horse floats out at the audience, tempting all to try to catch it. Then the ring itself turns into a moon, then bats, then frightening witches and their masks and finally the sphinx.”

Many-a-guest (temporarily transported inside a child’s imagination) would be left wondering, “Do they mirror what we think, or sense, or feel?” These unusual (and animated) visuals were created by Colossal Pictures, at a time when CGI was experimental and new. In fact, long before Pixar’s animated feature-length theatrical smash-hit Toy Story, the 3-D 70mm “Magic Journeys” was a contender in the Pixar Short Film Festival. “Magic Journeys” holds a record as the first 3-D motion picture to feature computer generated 3-D animation. Last, (but no less-essential to the film’s success), is the film’s theme song (or, score). “Magic Journeys” (for which the film was named) was both written and composed by the “Legendary” Richard Sherman and Robert Sherman, and sung by the Disney Studio Chorus. It is (in our opinion) the most beautiful piece that the duo has ever conceived! Richard and Robert would also write and compose the memorable “Makin’ Memories” for the pre-show area of the attraction.

Guest near Magic Journeys at the Magic Eye Theater.
Guest near Magic Journeys at the Magic Eye Theater.

“From Disneyland to Walt Disney World - All At Once, You’re On Your Way”

“Magic Journeys” had its appropriate debut at Walt Disney World EPCOT Center’s Imagination Pavilion, on October 1st, 1982). From EPCOT Center’s opening day, guests would “soar on the wings of imagination” in a way like never before, at a Disney Park. Two years later (and hot on the heals of its Epcot Center success), the exciting new 3-D film would also open at Disneyland. The venue where it would debut would be called the “Magic Eye Theater” (sponsored by Kodak Film). Though under construction, its soon-to-open its doors excited Tomorrowland guests. “Magic Journeys” would officially open at the brand new air-conditioned Tomorrowland “Magic Eye Theater” on June 16th, 1984. “Magic Journeys” was such a popular attraction, that a third film was sent to Tokyo Disneyland, and opened January 17, 1985 (replacing the film “Eternal Seas”). By this time a total of three separate Disney Parks screens were showing the one-time experimental film - “Magic Journeys”!

“In A Flash They Disappear”

A year later (in 1986), “on the wings of unexpected sounds and sights”, “Magic Journeys” finally departed from both EPCOT Center (during February 9th, 1986) and Disneyland (during July of 1986). Tokyo Disneyland was the last venue to close “Magic Journeys”, doing so during 1987. Within just two short years (by about May of 1986) of showing at Disneyland, the popular short film not only proved the potential success of 3-D animation, but the popularity of Disneyland’s own 3-D Magic Eye Theater, and this would open the door for other new adventures for decades to come! In fact, few months later, a new adventure unlike any other would debut at both the Magic Eye Theater at Disneyland and the Journey Into Imagination Pavilion at EPCOT Center!

“No Beginning, And No Ending”

During 1987, our collective “Magic Journeys” seemingly came to an end. However, this enchanting attraction (featuring some of the most cinematically ground-breaking imagery) was just too good to dispose of. As “fortuosity” would have it, another venue would soon become available, when a popular attraction would also make its move to Tokyo Disneyland. Yes, on December 15th, 1987, Magic Journeys would again debut (for its 3rd time running), this time in Walt Disney World Magic Kingdom’s own Fantasyland Theater, replacing the Mickey Mouse Revue. At this location, the “Magic Journeys” would continue for a six-year run (this time, until December 1st, 1993)!

By the end, the show bears the distinction of running on a total of four major Disney Parks screens (i.e. Disneyland Magic Eye Theater, Magic Kingdom Fantasyland Theater, EPCOT Center’s Journey Into Imagination Pavilion, and Tokyo Disneyland).

   “Far From ‘An Un-Remembered Dream’”    Decades after the films debut, the imagery and the sounds of “Magic Journeys” prove it to be far from “an unremembered dream”. Still, many for audience members look back on our “ Magic Journeys ”, perhaps won

“Far From ‘An Un-Remembered Dream’”

Decades after the films debut, the imagery and the sounds of “Magic Journeys” prove it to be far from “an unremembered dream”. Still, many for audience members look back on our “Magic Journeys”, perhaps wondering “Were they real?”. For those that recollect the attraction, we search for touchstones to help us relive this attraction once again. Will the film see some form of a limited release at some time in the future? This remains to be seen. Though we currently don’t have any “Magic Journeys” Vintage Views in our gallery at Disney History 101, we hope to have caught just a few “little pieces of time, making them yours, and making them mine”, with our retrospective on the attraction!

Disneyland "Teaser" Sheet, 1986
Disneyland "Teaser" Sheet, 1986

“It Looks Like We Started Something!” However, guests had to wait until the winter of 1986 for this “ultimate thrill experience” to be revealed!

F3BADCCF-93EB-4C79-A188-BD5239804650.jpeg
Captain EO © Disney/Lucasfilm, Ltd.
Captain EO © Disney/Lucasfilm, Ltd.

FIRST RUN (September 18, 1986 - April 6, 1997)

SECOND RUN (February 23, 2010 - 2014)

"Disneyland Enters a Whole New Dimension"

Captain EO was 3-D motion picture space adventure in Tomorrowland at DISNEYLAND, TOKYO DISNEYLAND, and in Discoveryland at DISNEYLAND PARIS.

Just how does an attraction like this come to reality? Disneyland LINE (published September 11, 1986) explains : ”’It was said that Michael Jackson was a Disney aficionado’, recalls Michael Eisner. ‘So we called him and asked if he would like to do something with the Parks. He said definitely, but only of we could get George Lucas involved. Meanwhile, George had been saying he’d do something but would have to have someone as talented as Michael Jackson be in it. So then we got Michael and George, and they both said we needed a director that was without equal. And we went right to Francis Coppola.”

Francis Coppola was truly without equal during the era, having directing award winning films as Caddyshack and Yentl. Another talent included the renowned Italian cinematographer Vitorio Storaro, who acted as a visual consultant during the two week shoot. John Napier acted as theater and costume consultant to Captain EO.

A version of the script entitled “Captain Eo and the Space Knights” had been prepared by April 29, 1985. That draft of the script was almost recognizable with characters Captain EO, Major Domo, Minor Domo, Ody & Idy, Flutter, and “an odd-looking three foot high pink elephant-like creature called Hooter.” The villain - the “High Leader” - is also referred to as the “High Witch” I the script.

Joe Rohde was a designer and scenic painter for the Captain EO 3-D film. Joe believed: “We design places. My philosophy about research is that in order to make places, you have to know places, and in order to know places, you have to go to them.”

An early c.1985 script of Captain EO.
An early c.1985 script of Captain EO.

The planets were certainly “lining up…and bringing brighter days” as the new show headed to the Magic Eye Theater during the Fall of 1986! Yes, the Walt Disney Company, Executive Producer George Lucas, invited audiences to experience a “once-in-a-lifetime motion picture experience” - a 3-D musical space adventure starring Michael Jackson singing original songs, in a Francis Ford Coppola film written by George Lucas! Only two theaters in the world would exclusively run this film - and one of them was at Disneyland! Soon, Space ships and lasers shot over the audiences’ heads, and Michael Jackson seemed to dance right off the screen and toward guests in crystal clear 70mm 3-D stereo film images. In addition, pyrotechnics enhanced the show experience. By Sunday, May 15th, the televised audiences were treated to a behind-the-scenes look of the production in “Captain EO - Backstage,” hosted by Whoopi Goldberg.

On July 24th 1986, at 9:00 pm, a Private Screening of the 17-minute film Captain EO was held in Tomorrowland’s Kodak Magic Eye Theater. A few months later (and in the great tradition of Disneyland attraction opening events), the Captain EO Grand Opening Parade and Grand Opening NBC Television Special was recorded live (by Marty Pasetta Productions) from Disneyland on Saturday, September 13, 1986. The Galactic Premier of Captain EO (for Cast Members) occurred five days later, on Thursday, September 18th, 1986 (from 8:00 PM to Midnight), including a complimentary meal at The Space Place or Tomorrowland Terrace. The public unveiling took place the following day (on September 19th), a day before the television special (hosted by Patrick Duffy and Justine Bateman) aired on Saturday, September 20, on NBC. Horseless Carriage Club of Southern California members (wearing turn-of-the-century wardrobe) shuttled approximately 75 notable celebrities (like Margot Kidder, Jane Fonda, O.J. Simpson, Patrick Duffy, Dorothy Hamill, Charles Bronson, Alan Thicke, and Nell Carter) down Main Street U.S.A. and toward a reception at the Plaza Inn. (As a “sidelight”, Marty Pasetta Productions made a donation to the Horseless Carriage Club of Southern California in a special agreement).

There, the invited guests awaited the grand ribbon cutting ceremony presided over by Francis Coppola, Anjelica Huston, and George Lucas. Then the invited guests were off to the big “Premiere” showing under the fiber optic star field! As guests exited the Magic Eye Theater, an instrumental track of Michael Jackson’s “Another Part of Me” (originally recorded during 1985 and 1986) could be heard. Even more - guests who were “there to change the world” during the Premier Weekend, could exchange their ticket vouchers for a “Captain EO Starfighter T-Shirt.” The premier party continued for a total of 60 hours, until 10 p.m., on September 21st.

By August 21, 1986, "Captain EO“ Attractions Hosts and Hostesses administered the following Theater Load Live Spiel: “Please move all the way across your row, filling in every available seat. The 3-D glasses are designed to fit comfortably over your prescription glasses. At the conclusion of Captain EO, we ask that you return the glasses to the bins after you exit the theater. The glasses were not intended for use outside of this theater and will impair your normal vision.”

Celebrations were in order for Walt Disney Company employees at “Walt Disney Imagineeringland” on November 15 & 16, 1997. A Captain EO Video Insert Stage was shown every half hour beginning at 9:30.

Captain EO returned for another run (as a posthumous tribute to the “King of Pop”), starting February 23, 2010. The attraction was then billed as Captain EO Tribute! It ran until sometime before Marvel Studios’ Guardians of the Galaxy sneak peek (in on July 4th, 2014).

   CAPTAIN EO PRE-SHOW SPIEL     “Good (morning, afternoon, evening), ladies and gentlemen. Captain EO is a 3-D Science Fiction adventure film. Some scenes may be frightening for young children; Parts off the sound track are played at a very high vol

CAPTAIN EO PRE-SHOW SPIEL

“Good (morning, afternoon, evening), ladies and gentlemen. Captain EO is a 3-D Science Fiction adventure film. Some scenes may be frightening for young children; Parts off the sound track are played at a very high volume. If you are accompanying children under the age of seven or if you have sensitive hearing, please exercise discretion. I'd like to ask those of you nearest our theater entrance to please stand back until the automatic doors have opened completely.

As you enter the theater, please keep your party together and move all the way down your row, filing in every available seat. There will be roomfor everyone. For your safety, please do not put on the 3-D glasses until you are seated inside the theater. Please watch your step as you enter, and we hope you enjoy Captain-EO. Thank you.”

This Captain EO maquette sculpted by Jason Bahret was on display in the Disneyland Preview Center
This Captain EO maquette sculpted by Jason Bahret was on display in the Disneyland Preview Center
Fuzzball Radio Controlled Animatronic Figure, c. 1986
Fuzzball Radio Controlled Animatronic Figure, c. 1986
Fuzzball Radio Controlled Animatronic Figure, c. 1986
Fuzzball Radio Controlled Animatronic Figure, c. 1986
Fuzzball Radio Controlled Animatronic Figure, c. 1986
Fuzzball Radio Controlled Animatronic Figure, c. 1986
Fuzzball Radio Controlled Animatronic Figure, c. 1986
Fuzzball Radio Controlled Animatronic Figure, c. 1986
Fuzzball Radio Controlled Animatronic Figure, c. 1986
Fuzzball Radio Controlled Animatronic Figure, c. 1986
Fuzzball Radio Controlled Animatronic Figure, c. 1986
Fuzzball Radio Controlled Animatronic Figure, c. 1986
Fuzzball Radio Controlled Animatronic Figure, c. 1986
Fuzzball Radio Controlled Animatronic Figure, c. 1986
Fuzzball Radio Controlled Animatronic Figure, c. 1986
Fuzzball Radio Controlled Animatronic Figure, c. 1986
 Captain EO's security officer used his head, to "change the world". Now it's on display in the Archives!

Captain EO's security officer used his head, to "change the world". Now it's on display in the Archives!

45CCD263-08F8-4A61-B547-1AFA4C61F685.jpeg
 The following “Disney History 101 ‘Art-i-Fact’” was created for a particular 1980s science fiction film written by George Lucas, exclusively for Disneyland...but its not what you may think!  This life-like “Captain EO Supreme Leader Makeup Test Head

The following “Disney History 101 ‘Art-i-Fact’” was created for a particular 1980s science fiction film written by George Lucas, exclusively for Disneyland...but its not what you may think!

This life-like “Captain EO Supreme Leader Makeup Test Head” was used to test the prosthetics and makeup that would be used to bring to life ✨“another part”✨ of the Supreme Leader (portrayed by Anjelica Huston) in the 1986 musical Magic Eye Theater film 🌈 Captain EO!

53267D56-0F17-4B64-88CD-0E3612630A2D.jpeg
 Captain EO costar Hooter makes himself comfortable in his new Disneyland Entertainment Costuming Department office, c. 1986!

Captain EO costar Hooter makes himself comfortable in his new Disneyland Entertainment Costuming Department office, c. 1986!

 A Disneyland attractions needs characters, provided by  Disneyland Entertainment Costuming Department .  In this rare “Vintage View”,  Shinko  (pictured right) and another employee model the inner lining of the two-headed  Idey and Ody  costume!

A Disneyland attractions needs characters, provided by Disneyland Entertainment Costuming Department. In this rare “Vintage View”, Shinko (pictured right) and another employee model the inner lining of the two-headed Idey and Ody costume!

 In another rare “Vintage View”, we get a glimpse of an early version of the  Hooter  character created by  Disneyland Entertainment Costuming Department .

In another rare “Vintage View”, we get a glimpse of an early version of the Hooter character created by Disneyland Entertainment Costuming Department.

0A6145D9-3FFA-4DD3-9D19-F682C55AB07C.jpeg
A 3-D cover of a Captain EO Walt Disney Imagineering program, c.1986.
A 3-D cover of a Captain EO Walt Disney Imagineering program, c.1986.

And now, please put on the 3-D glasses, as Kodak and the Walt Disney Company proudly present Captain EO!

391890CD-6DC4-45C7-B440-8CD65001ACA1.jpeg
2E064AA5-7596-446C-AB93-AC900ADD3CFB.jpeg
B7495BB0-C518-4EFA-9837-E15F5958F2AB.jpeg
 During May 20-22, 1998,  Honey, I Shrunk the Audience  introduced guests to the Imagination Institute, where they attended an awards show honoring Wayne Szalinski as Inventor of the Year in a humorous, special effect-filled 3-D misadventure. The sho

During May 20-22, 1998, Honey, I Shrunk the Audience introduced guests to the Imagination Institute, where they attended an awards show honoring Wayne Szalinski as Inventor of the Year in a humorous, special effect-filled 3-D misadventure. The show (with a run time of 18:21) was presented by Kodak and could accommodate approximately 500 guests.

2EB20D40-1084-4529-B627-B576884F87B8.jpeg
FDD0A215-2FEE-4CB5-864B-77AFE0A36CE9.jpeg
C727C62E-8E1F-4B6E-BE37-5E909EFDF8B5.jpeg
197F9309-51FA-4695-94FE-85DBAA365B0D.jpeg
38A193A2-3CC1-47B9-893D-2355C85592C9.jpeg
A0FCE819-C67D-4E4B-BB4D-8527DF67375A.jpeg

UPJOHN PHARMACY (Upjohn Apothecary) and NEW CENTURY WATCHES & CLOCKS

(July 17th, 1955 - September, 1970)
(July 17th, 1955 - September, 1970)

Regarding most any project pursued, Walt Disney once said: “We have always tried to be guided by the basic idea that, in the discovery of knowledge, there is great entertainment as, conversely, in all good entertainment there is always some grain of wisdom, humanity, or enlightenment to be gained.” While fewer current Disneyland attractions embody the spirit of those words, the story was far different in the beginning. Back then, “Disneyland is a place to have fun… and with the fun it is a place where you can learn,” according to “Disneyland, U.S.A.” (published 1958, for potential Participants).

According to The Disneyland Story (September 3, 1954) : “You find yourself in a Civic Center or Town Square at the turn of the century, any time from 1890 to 1910. Here you will see…the Drug Store.” As we make our way by the barbershop quartet, and ice cream parlor, we arrive at another turn-of-the-century small town “staple” - Upjohn Pharmacy! This was Main Street U.S.A.’s original corner drug store, and an opening day Disneyland attraction at that. As guests entered the 1,480 square foot exhibit, they could experience real licensed pharmacists (in period specific clothing), performing turn-of-the-century tasks amidst medical and surgical Antiques of a Victorian-era apothecary shop.

All of this, was sponsored by the Upjohn Company - one of the United States’ turn-of-the-century business pioneers, “old reliable firms, which have been in business fifty years or more. Here they can show how they started and reproduce their first place of business.” [Disneyland Prospectus, 1954]

By July 1, 1954, George Whitney of Disneyland, Inc. directed Amusements, with Ron Miller overseeing analysis, philosophy, capacities, planning, operator training, and amusement procurement. By July 1, 1954, Russel Tippett of Disneyland Inc. Advertising oversaw Exhibitor’s Space Sales and Lease Agreements. Disneyland Participant Corporate Sponsors were carefully selected. High quality, long term corporate sponsors would provide incremental income that enabled Disneyland to enhance its show and attractions, offset some operating expenses, and capitalize on marketing opportunities.

It was intended that Disneyland feature “the turn-of-the-century shops and stores - the photographer's shop, ice-cream parlor, penny arcade, bakery, drug store, music shop, butcher, grocer, many of which are sponsored by outstanding American companies whose names are familiar ‘household words.’” As Walt described to Bob Thomas (of Associated Press), “some industries will have exhibits, but all of them must be in keeping with the era.”

“Disneyland is unique in that some of the world's foremost creative artists and architects control all design at Disneyland.“ While the facade was designed by architect Earle G. Kaltenbach and Hollywood art director Gabe Scognamillio, the interior of the shop was first designed by artists of WED Enterprises, Inc., but re-designed (by architect Will Burton) to resemble a typical apothecary shop circa 1886. Upjohn had two main publicly accessible rooms - the Victorian era drugstore apothecary shop (filled with more than 1,000 medical antiques), and a contemporary-style Modern Room (which showcased Upjohn Company’s drug manufacturing processes). Here, Disneyland guests could look back to the roots of the Upjohn Pill and Granule Company, as well as the future of the Upjohn Company of Kalamazoo, Michigan!

“Architectural Designs by Lessees”

Disneyland, Inc. printed materials for Lessees detailing specifications for architectural designs of exhibit spaces. These were revised by March 16, 1955 and issued to Lessees.

All of the interior architectural drawings were done by competent registered architects or an approved display house of the lessee's choice. All of the designs submitted by the lessee's architect, whether for buildings or construction of interiors in DISNEYLAND, were approved as to the theme and general plan of DISNEYLAND as established by WED Enterprises, Inc.

Three sets of preliminary drawings were furnished DISNEYLAND, Inc. as soon as possible after signing of the lease. Two sets were retained by DISNEYLAND and one set was returned to the lessee’s architect with any revisions noted thereon and stamped “APPROVAL TO PROCEED TO FINAL DESIGN.” This stamp when properly signed and dated constituted the lessee’s authority to proceed with the final drawings.

The Lessees revised their final drawings to incorporate any revisions noted on the approved preliminary drawings, and submitted three sets of the revised drawings to DISNEYLAND. One set was returned to the lessee’s architect and any revisions noted thereon are to be incorporated on the original drawings. When the lessee had incorporated the final revisions on the drawings, two sets of transparent ozalids were forwarded to DISNEYLAND for approval. DISNEYLAND would stamp both sets “FINAL DESIGN APPROVED” and “LESSEE’S CONTRACT DRAWINGS”, and return one set to the lessee who could then release drawings for bid and/or construction.

“Construction”

“When the giant earth-moving undertaking was completed, the building crews took over. Soon, the rat-tat-tat of riveters was shattering the air, and sparks were flying from welders’ torches as the steel frameworks, capable of withstanding the ravages of time and the elements rose above the newly formed ground. While carpenters hammered and masons laid row upon row of brick and stone and mortar, the permanent buildings began to take shape and form,” according to “The Disneyland Story” published 1955. One of the first buildings to be constructed was the Main Street Opera House, which was used as the Mill. Here, the woodwork of Disneyland was generated - from the functional to the aesthetic! Approximately three and one-half million board feet of lumber went into the Park’s construction. Much of the wood was processed here by McNeil Construction (which formerly constructed Walt Disney Studio sound stages in 1947 and 1953), and under the direction of George Mills Sr. (the Prime General Contractor and Mill Foreman). Then, under the direction of Joe Fowler (Construction Supervisor), as well as Charles Alexander and Ray Conway (Construction Field Supervisors), the lumber was soon fashioned into the framing belonging to the very first buildings constructed at Disneyland - primarily the Main Street Complexes (on each side of the street).

All fixtures were placed in their correct motif and many light fixtures of Disneyland were authentic antiques.

F.M. Franz, manager of operations for MeNeil Construction expressed: "We feel sure there has never been anything built like this in Southern California, or elsewhere in the United States. Many of the items were constructed from artist’s sketches.” Work began on the 11,860 square-foot Main Street Building #300 and its 1,480 square-foot Upjohn Drug Company Building. In constructing the building, a concrete foundation and slab floors were prepared, followed by wood frame construction (while store units would have a combination wood and rigid steel frame). ”The first fabricated steel for the Main Street buildings arrived November 8 and was erected,” according to the narrator of “Disneyland - The Park,” a Disneyland anthology television series excerpt, first aired 1957 and Disneyland LINE (November 22, 1979).

According to inserts published in area newspapers during July of 1955, Disney buildings were roofed by Pioneer Roof & Shingle Company (then located at 608 Mateo Street, Los Angeles, California; 7522 Westminster Avenue, Westminster, California). The roof covering was a variable, dependent on the architectural design.

Newbery Electric Corporation gave electricity to Disneyland. “The electrical installations were supervised by Roy J. Gruendler, manager of Newbery's Orange County district office located at 1335 Santiago Ave, Santa Ana.”

As of June 2, 1955, C.V. Wood Jr. sent an Inter-Office Memorandum to Walt Disney regarding the best estimates that could be obtained at the time regarding the status of individual sections of the Park and Opening Day. C.V. wrote: “Building #307 - Upjohn: The construction of the walls and fixtures will be complete. A lot of the props are here now. We do not know if this is all there is to come and if not, if it will all be here for opening… Electric Signs: All are in work - with the exception of the shoe store and the Bank of America, all will be completed.”

The building (as each on Main Street U.S.A.) possessed complete fire sprinkling systems. By June 30, 1955, related Disneyland Site Work Fire Protection Utilities Plot Plans were prepared for Disneyland Inc., by J.E. Thomasson of WED Enterprises Inc.

Upjohn Elevation
Upjohn Elevation
Upjohn Elevation
Upjohn Elevation
IMG_3901.jpeg
Upjohn Pharmacy, (August 4th, 1955)
Upjohn Pharmacy, (August 4th, 1955)

According to The Disneyland Story (September 3, 1954) : “You find yourself in a Civic Center or Town Square at the turn of the century, any time from 1890 to 1910. Here you will see…the Drug Store.” As we make our way by the barbershop quartet, and ice cream parlor, we arrive at another turn-of-the-century small town “staple” - Upjohn Pharmacy! This was Main Street U.S.A.’s original corner drug store, and an opening day Disneyland attraction at that. As guests entered, they could experience real licensed pharmacists (in period specific clothing), performing turn-of-the-century tasks in a Victorian-era apothecary shop. Pictured above, you’ll note an early “Vintage View” of Upjohn Pharmacy taken within a month of Disneyland’s opening day. The construction was unfinished, and the iconic mortar and pestle lamp was still not attached above the corner entrance.

Upjohn Pharmacy, (September, 1955)
Upjohn Pharmacy, (September, 1955)

By September of 1955, the mortar and pestle lamp was fixed in place over the corner store’s entrance!

6C0BBDCE-9F38-4DB0-AD70-B86EAB383117.jpeg
Upjohn Pharmacy, 1955
Upjohn Pharmacy, 1955
Upjohn Pharmacy, 1955
Upjohn Pharmacy, 1955
Upjohn Pharmacy, 1955
Upjohn Pharmacy, 1955
Upjohn Pharmacy, 1955
Upjohn Pharmacy, 1955
Upjohn Pharmacy, 1955
Upjohn Pharmacy, 1955
Upjohn Company Postcard Production Slide Image, 1955
Upjohn Company Postcard Production Slide Image, 1955

This image was used to produce Disneyland Upjohn Company souvenir postcards that were sold inside the corner store. The caption on the back read, “On the corer of Main Street and Center Streets in Disneyland, the Upjohn Pharmacy comprises one of the most complete museums of pharmaceutical wares, equipment and furnishings.”

Disneyland Upjohn Company Postcard (front), 1955
Disneyland Upjohn Company Postcard (front), 1955

Here, we can see one of the actual postcards sold inside the Upjohn Company during Disneyland’s first fabulous decade.

The corporate synergy was good for a time. Institutional lessee The Up john Company yielded some revenue for Disneyland Inc. - $29,087 for the fiscal year ending September 29, 1957 and $29,600 for the fiscal year ending September 28, 1958.

Upjohn Pharmacy, 1955
Upjohn Pharmacy, 1955
Upjohn Pharmacy, 1955
Upjohn Pharmacy, 1955
Upjohn Pharmacy, (August, 1966)
Upjohn Pharmacy, (August, 1966)
Upjohn Pharmacy, (August, 1962)
Upjohn Pharmacy, (August, 1962)

This rare Vintage View gives us a look at just how far the Upjohn Pharmacy’s storefront window displays stretched - clear down to the north side of the Crystal Arcade’s entrance! Notice those stained glass panels above the Crystal Arcade’s entrance, bearing the familiar mortar and pestle logo which hung over the Center Street entrance. The mortar and pestle was ironic, since the Upjohn pills had the reputation of being friable (meaning that they could be crushed “under the thumb”.

43F08B67-D0D0-401B-8560-71ACD0C6594D.jpeg
 Looking over the Illuminated mortar and pestle lamp, we are reminded of Walt’s own words (in 1962),  “I like to be around when the lights come on.  It seems like a new kind of magic takes over in Disneyland after dark.”

Looking over the Illuminated mortar and pestle lamp, we are reminded of Walt’s own words (in 1962), “I like to be around when the lights come on. It seems like a new kind of magic takes over in Disneyland after dark.”

428CB4C7-BBF9-4070-91E3-7707012D5D8D.jpeg
Upjohn Pharmacy, 1955
Upjohn Pharmacy, 1955
 Window displays have always played an important role -communicating to guests the essence of a shop and were designed to invite guests into the store. These may be animated or still and would also include props used for display purposes.

Window displays have always played an important role -communicating to guests the essence of a shop and were designed to invite guests into the store. These may be animated or still and would also include props used for display purposes.

Antique Show Globe
Antique Show Globe
Antique Show Globe
Antique Show Globe
Antique Show Globe
Antique Show Globe

Upjohn Pharmacy housed several show globes. Much like the barber’s pole, show globes were once associated with Apothecaries. There remains a mystery as to the meaning of the globe’s color or the etymology of the name. Some believe that the color may have advertised the health of the local community to travelers passing through town, but there are no sources to confirm or deny that this was the case.

Antique Show Globe
Antique Show Globe
384947F4-78EE-42DA-930D-8DE9869D3B52.jpeg
Upjohn Pharmacy Counter; May, 1965.
Upjohn Pharmacy Counter; May, 1965.

In the center of the counter, you can see the jar holding genuine leeches on display such as were used in medical practice before modern-times.

Upjohn Pharmacy Counter.
Upjohn Pharmacy Counter.

Guests like Disneylander Ron Dominguez (who thought about leaving after his first summer in 1955 and originally wanted to be a pharmacist) may have been inspired by the exhibit.

3197608F-CF01-4112-993F-F90F279016B3.jpeg
E8EB7CCD-653F-4AB7-9A14-153D2BE45003.jpeg
6DB2F6A4-8CC5-4850-8E47-A34C4576F6CC.jpeg
715E33AC-FE86-44C1-A30A-183CE16D6EC3.jpeg
10E4E3BC-D555-4CCB-887B-DC9DE4D3C4AA.jpeg
F544B812-A6A4-4D99-B8E4-6C6DE1C4236E.jpeg
BC337644-5349-4A06-9EAB-662BE7E63EBF.jpeg
0EAD63CD-7AB1-49A4-AAE1-81A787CE4478.jpeg
"Medicine . . . Designed for Health. . . Produced With Care"
"Medicine . . . Designed for Health. . . Produced With Care"
 The $15,000 addition of the Modern Room was added in 1958.

The $15,000 addition of the Modern Room was added in 1958.

BBCCD770-1B6A-424F-BDBC-5673ECA0F943.jpeg
  "As you have seen, the fixtures and equipment in the typical drugstore of the late 1800's bear little resemblance to the ultra-modern pharmacy that serves your community today. The basic philosophy of the pharmaceutical profession has, however, rem

"As you have seen, the fixtures and equipment in the typical drugstore of the late 1800's bear little resemblance to the ultra-modern pharmacy that serves your community today. The basic philosophy of the pharmaceutical profession has, however, remained constant : integrity of service '; quality and purity of product.”

Twenty-Scale Plot Plan by Weldon Paige; 1968.
Twenty-Scale Plot Plan by Weldon Paige; 1968.
 The new Upjohn facility in Kalamazoo, Michigan was a “23-acre facility under one roof”.

The new Upjohn facility in Kalamazoo, Michigan was a “23-acre facility under one roof”.

Upjohn Postcard (front), 1960.
Upjohn Postcard (front), 1960.

The Modern Room also featured additional displays over the years, like a display illustrating 20,000 years of medicine history added July of 1966. Another memorable display was this dynamic model of a human cell designed (by Upjohn Company resident graphic designer, and “Scope” Magazine Art Director - Will Burton) as an educational tool for physicians, cytologists, and students. Will had previously manufactured many displays and exhibits for Upjohn - models of proteins, models of vitamin pills, X-ray refraction patterns - usually on exhibition at the Kalamazoo Art Center. Now, Upjohn commissioned a total of three models of the human cell. By September 28, 1958, Disneyland Inc. job number 4012-515 for the Upjohn Company “Micro-world exhibit” was in progress at a cost of $13,056.

The original (and much larger) Upjohn-sponsored model (which was a precursor to the one appearing at Disneyland), first required a year for “its research, its collation of fact and surmise, and for its construction. Representative of no particular part of the human body, it is an abstraction of the cell - but a controlled abstraction, as technically accurate as the knowledge and conjecture…could make it.

Magnified more than 1,000,000 times the size of a human red blood cell, the model is [more than 20] feet in diameter and 11 1/2 feet high [though Disneyland’s was much smaller in dimension]. It sits on a metal mirror, so that as a viewer walks through and around, he has an impression of being inside the organism, at the center of it. The model is constructed of acrylic plastic tubing for the cytoplasm, or the outer material. There are some 2200 pieces in the cytoplasmic structure, measuring 3700 linear feet, their 7500 joints connected by hand. This…structure is built on a five-piece irregular module regularly repeated with the pieces…[fitted] together at an angle of 78 degrees. Along the…’wall’ are displayed scale models of all the elements of the cell. Because nothing of its kind has ever been attempted before, new problems of conception required novel solutions in construction, for example the chromosomes {the long curly forms in the nucleus} are made of vacuum cleaner [hoses]”, according to Industrial Design magazine (published August, 1958).

Still, the smaller version that exhibited at Disneyland, featured many of the same parts of the “organic whole” display - from the transparent and rigid mitochondria (where food is transformed into energy), to the flat sack-like endoplasmic reticula (believed to once be responsible for the formation of the cel’s proteins)! This display was so popular that it was moved around and displayed in several places (after its Disneyland exhibition), and it was even featured on a Disneyland postcard during 1960!

Upjohn Postcard (back), 1960
Upjohn Postcard (back), 1960

The back of the Upjohn Postcard featuring the human cell carries an interesting fact about the size of the model. The model is a staggering 250,000 times larger than the average human blood cell!

Unicap Complimentary Capsule Box
Unicap Complimentary Capsule Box

You may recollect receiving this “souvenir of Disneyland”, that was a complimentary item given to guests of Main Street U.S.A.’s little corner drug store.

Unicap Complimentary Capsule Box
Unicap Complimentary Capsule Box

Through the years, the boxes (which contained the sample bottle of 9 to 12 “Unicap” capsule pills) generally had an expiration date stamped on them. These were sample portions of actual medicine pills (minimum daily requirements of A, D, and C, Nicotinamide, twice the daily requirement of B-1, B-2, and possibly the daily minimum requirement of B-6, B-12, and Calcium Pantothenate). “Unicap… [was] just one of the hundreds of fine pharmaceutical products produced by the Upjohn Company” and was once available at your local pharmacy. These samples were not to be confused with the bottles of “Pixie Dust” from Doctor Tinker Bell, recommended in doses measuring “a pinch”, to “relieve the blues, blahs, and frowns of an occasionally bad day.”

Unicap Complimentary Capsule Bottle (Front Label)
Unicap Complimentary Capsule Bottle (Front Label)

During 1962, Disneyland Guides reminded guests, “If you are just a bit worn out at the end of the tour, remember to stop by the Upjohn Pharmacy for your free vitamin pills.” Perhaps you still have your souvenir bottle somewhere?

Unicap Complimentary Capsule Bottle (Rear Label)
Unicap Complimentary Capsule Bottle (Rear Label)

According to an accompanying label :

“Each UNICAP multivitamin capsule contains ten essential vitamins and provides these vitamins in greater amounts than the minimum daily requirement (where established) to insure adequate vitamin intake. UNICAP multivitamins are just one of the many contributions of the Upjohn Company since 1886.” These samples (according to literature contained inside the box) were proof that “the basic philosophy of the pharmaceutical profession has, however, remained constant : integrity of service, quality and purity of product.”

3F5A4346-E87D-4E1C-9EF7-E88CE5100E25.jpeg
(1967)
(1967)
(August, 1970)
(August, 1970)

Ultimately, Disneyland Participant Affairs and Disneyland Participant Upjohn Co. could not negotiate a new cooperative agreement to maintain their ongoing relationship, so the two “reliable old firms parted ways.” Here we are in the month of August (pictured above), and the end of an era for the Disneyland of Walt’s era. The folks who took this photo may not have known that this was one of the last times the Upjohn name (one of the original sponsors) would be seen on Disneyland’s Main Street U.S.A.!

Upjohn Pharmacy at The University of Arizona
Upjohn Pharmacy at The University of Arizona


Considering all of these displays, it is easy to see why by the year 1958, the Upjohn Pharmacy was considered one of 15 free educational shows and exhibits at Disneyland. Ultimately Upjohn corporate sponsorship ended, and the Upjohn Pharmacy closed. However, much of Upjohn’s collection of antiques is currently being preserved at the University of Arizona.

PLEASE, STEP THIS WAY, as Disney History 101 prescribes the following tour of Upjohn Pharmacy with your Filed Guide Beth! Along our tour today, we will explore how residents of Walt’s favorite vacation destination (Smoke Tree Ranch) played a crucial part in this opening day attraction. We will also visit Disneyland’s “working” pharmacy through a rarely-seen, collection of preserved Upjohn artifacts at Arizona State University!

Please step this way, as YOUR Disney History 101 - Upjohn Pharmacy Tour departs HERE!

Under the current agreement, four eleven-minute films will be produced within a period of two and a half years, their cost to be underwritten by the Upjohn Company, one of the world's best-known pharmaceutical manufacturers. Distribution will be made by our company through its 16mm Division.

The new merchandise location on “Walt Disney’s Guide to Disneyland” Map, c. 1968 - 1972.
The new merchandise location on “Walt Disney’s Guide to Disneyland” Map, c. 1968 - 1972.

Soon, the Elgin Company (a then, reliable 100-year-old firm and a Disneyland Participant since 1971) moved (from the other side of Main Street) next door to Carnation.

1E6F25DB-25F2-4BA3-8A64-C297515AB41D.jpeg
  “Here, guests will find (or can order) calendar watches, automatic watches, chronographs, electric watches, electronic watches, casual and dress watches, pocket and pendant watches, and special watches such as Walt Disney character watches, divers’

“Here, guests will find (or can order) calendar watches, automatic watches, chronographs, electric watches, electronic watches, casual and dress watches, pocket and pendant watches, and special watches such as Walt Disney character watches, divers’ watches, engineers’ watches, nurses’ watches, and sportsmen’s timers.

In the clock line, the shops features hand-wound, battery-powered, and electric clocks, wall clocks, kitchen clocks, alarm clocks, digital clocks, clock-radios, table clocks, and Elgin’s decorator clocks, including “Traditional Heirloom Strike and Chime Timepieces,” “Handcrafted Hall Clocks,” “Baroque Decorator Timepieces,” “Mediterranean and Early American Classics,” and “Galaxy” and “Contemporary” timepieces.”

The New Century Clock Shop would feature an exhibition of early antique Elgin timepieces, as well as 50 styles of Mickey Mouse watches including limited editions (just in time for Mickey’s 50th Birthday in 1978)! The shop was very popular and the shop’s team of employees were successful. High sales records were achieved during the following two years - on August 7, 1979 ($10,662), and on August 15, 1980 ($12,062).

New Century Clock and Watch Shop hosted by Elgin-Timepieces by Elgin, featured a complete selection of Mickey Mouse and Disney Character watches and clocks. Unique themed watches (like the Swiss-made “The Black Hole” Wrist Watch by Bradley, released 1980) were made available at Disneyland and fine stores everywhere. An unnumbered limited edition Haunted Mansion exclusive watch featuring the Bride was released on the 26th and 27th of an unknown year.

Imagineer Eddie Soto’s proposed “watch program” ran from 1994-2013, and when it ended, “a large batch of original artwork for the watches was… acquired by the Walt Disney Archives,” according to Dave Smith (Chief Archivist Emeritus of the Walt Disney Archives). [Disney Facts Revealed by Dave Smith, 2016] In 2008, WDI master plans entertained the concept of a merchandise update for the Clock Shop.

“Upstairs,” one second story window above the New Century Jewelry Shop features the name of “Dr. Benjamin Silverstein M.D. - General Practitioner - Have a Fever? Have the Flu? Come on in and we’ll cure you!” As “fortuosity” would have it, Dr. Benjamin Silverstein M.D. “inhabits” the address above the former site of the Upjohn Apothecary Shop. While Benjamin does not seem to be based on a true-life individual, it is one of the few locations at Disneyland where both a mezuzah (and, “shema” on the doorpost) as well as a menorah can be found on Main Street U.S.A. (the latter placed in the window during the winter season).

The Upjohn Company was a Disneyland Participant and thus “part of the Disneyland story according to this “Disneyland ‘67” Excerpt.
The Upjohn Company was a Disneyland Participant and thus “part of the Disneyland story according to this “Disneyland ‘67” Excerpt.
33C1C9F4-472E-4774-BD9A-B320CFEAD4C1.jpeg
A Happy Birthday Donald Duck watch by Bradley, 1984.
A Happy Birthday Donald Duck watch by Bradley, 1984.
7C8EED04-6C16-4D5F-96F3-0A40E0B271EB.jpeg

VIEWLINER TRAIN OF TOMORROW

(June 26*, 1957 - September 15, 1958)
(June 26*, 1957 - September 15, 1958)

*Some sources cite a soft opening date of June 21st, 1957.

At Disneyland there is a "story behind the story" of every attraction, every attraction is a living experience for the guest. Disneyland ride-through attractions or adventures have officially been defined as an “individual show, ride, or exhibit designed to produce an entertaining Guest experience. Disney attractions stir the imagination, enliven the senses, and provide the participants with positive, innovative entertainment, which is the essence of the DISNEYLAND Show.” It is important to review the story of the attraction, tell the story, explain it, and create interest. This is the story of the Viewliner.

“Concept”

You may recall hearing how Walt Disney, on the eve of Disneyland’s first day of operation, promised that “Disneyland will never be completed. It will continue to grow, to add new things, as long as there is imagination left in the world.” One such “new thing” was the shortest-lived attraction - the Viewliner! The Viewliner “high speed train of the future” was designed and built by WED Enterprises, Inc., debuting during Disneyland’s second year, in 1957. One Associated Press article “Plan Trip Into Drop of Water, Liberty Square for Disneyland” (by Bob Thomas, published April 20, 1957) briefly divulged the big project. Upon being invited to Walt Disney Studio, Bob Thomas mentioned, “Walt gave me a preview of his ambitious plans at his Burbank studios. He showed models and sketches…plans call for… the train of tomorrow, a half scale, high speed streamliner.”

“Draw Concept” - Viewliner c.1956 concept by Sam McKim, later offered as a print through The Disney Gallery; ©️The Walt Disney Company.
“Draw Concept” - Viewliner c.1956 concept by Sam McKim, later offered as a print through The Disney Gallery; ©️The Walt Disney Company.

Some of these viable project Concepts (as seen above), were supported by a well-developed business case and built expectation.

Does the body of the Viewliner look familiar? It should, for two reasons. First, artist Sam McKim created some of the earliest concept art of the attraction, inspired by the experimental GM Aerotrain! Did you know that the General Motors Aerotrain was christened (in August of 1955) a month after Disneyland opened? The streamlined electric train was thereafter tested on the rails of the Pennsylvania Railroad and New York Central.

The second reason why the Viewliner may look familiar, is that the cab was comprised of quite a few Oldsmobile parts. The trains were prepared at the Walt Disney Studios Machine Shop.

“Elevated Viewliner” by Herb Ryman, c.1958
“Elevated Viewliner” by Herb Ryman, c.1958

This concept is rarely-seen, published twice to our knowledge. It may have also helped inspire its successor - the ALWEG-Disneyland Monorail! You may notice the influence of the aforementioned Aerotrain on the look of the engine and its stock, and the Viewliner Train of Tomorrow’s elevated tracks over the Motor Boat Lagoon and nautical themed area!

A Streamlined Proposed Coach design by Bob Gurr.
A Streamlined Proposed Coach design by Bob Gurr.

Soon after, Bob Gurr had elaborated upon Herb’s concept, with proposals for “streamlined train” engines and coach exteriors created by February 1, 1957. These were working (construction) drawings and were the final plans from which the attraction was built.

Viewliner Train of Tomorrow Site Preparation and Grading
Viewliner Train of Tomorrow Site Preparation and Grading

In order to lay the rails, the land was “graded” (or, leveled), and then construction began on the rails. According to Michael Broggie : “Rails were spiked atop plates into five-foot-long wooden ties, themselves treated with creosote and seated in rock ballast. As a safety feature, the track’s block-signal system could apply the brakes electronically if a train ran through a red signal.” Joe Fowler (Disneyland Operations Committee) oversaw the Construction & Maintenance division including Engineering, New Construction, Maintenance, and Janitorial related to the installation of the attraction.

This narrow-gauge railroad layout would be of the most expensive Disneyland attractions to date! The authorized construction costs of the attraction were divulged in expense reports :

•$53,264.88 (for two engines)
•$81,202.40 (for all 10 coaches)
•$33,521.48 (for track, ties, and bed)
•$20,748.40 (for the trestles)
•$13,411.32 (for the block signal system)
•$1,981.70 (for the P.A. systems for the stations)

Yes, at $204,130.18, the Viewliner was truly one of the most expensive Disneyland attractions by 1957! Once complete, each 5,000-pound locomotive was unloaded onto the rails with the help of a crane.

A Press Release Photo of Walt Disney in the Viewliner Train of Tomorrow; ©️Walt Disney Productions
A Press Release Photo of Walt Disney in the Viewliner Train of Tomorrow; ©️Walt Disney Productions
A press release photo of Walt Disney aboard the Viewliner Train of Tomorrow; ©️Walt Disney Productions
A press release photo of Walt Disney aboard the Viewliner Train of Tomorrow; ©️Walt Disney Productions

“55er” Joyce Belanger recalled: “On opening day for the view liner, Walt was at the controls. There were some beautiful new flower beds at the station and as everybody crowded closer and closer to see Walt, they got into the flowers. This kinda bothered Walt a bit and he asked the people to ‘Please keep off the flowers!’”

Bob Gurr also attended the opening and dedication, dressed in an Engineer ride operator costume.

Jayne Mansfield & daughter Jayne Marie take a ride aboard a Viewliner during September of 1957.
Jayne Mansfield & daughter Jayne Marie take a ride aboard a Viewliner during September of 1957.
Viewliner Train of Tomorrow Press Photo
Viewliner Train of Tomorrow Press Photo

“Railfans” (and automotive fans) would appreciate that each of the 18’4” Viewliner engines were a 0-4-4-0 (8-wheel drive) type engine, weighing 5,000 pounds, and powered by a modified 1954 Oldsmobile 88 gasoline-powered engine! The Viewliner engines had an automatic transmission, drive shafts, and differentials. Where the full-scale Aerotrain would move at speeds of 120 miles per hour, the Viewliner (capable of speeds of 60 miles per hour) operated at comparative speeds of 30 miles per hour in Disneyland. As a “sidelight,” “at an actual ground speed of 30 mph, the Viewliner speedometers registered 120,” according to Michael Broggie (in Walt Disney’s Railroad Story”). According to “Walt Disney’s Railroad Story” by Michael Broggie (page 297), this may have been owning to the fact that “each car featured two speedometers… calibrated to register four times the train's actual speed.” Regardless, this was all very impressive considering the attraction’s narrow 30-inch gauge rails, rails that ran around and over Tomorrowland Lake!

Viewliner Train of Tomorrow Observation Car, (1957)
Viewliner Train of Tomorrow Observation Car, (1957)

During its “peak” attendance periods of its short heyday, the Viewliner was often operated by a maximum of 2 engineers, 2 ticket takers, 4 platform men, and 2 relief men.

The attraction had two 32-seat trains with an average total guest capacity of 12 (for the passenger cars), and 16 (for the observation car). Guests sat inside the comfortable and modern 2,000 pound aluminum and steel-frame passenger coaches or observation coach of each train. Pictured above, one of the Tomorrowland Viewliner’s younger passengers enjoys the view from one of the best seats!

Communication speakers allowed the engineer to make announcements. Automatic electric doors (also controlled by the engineer), and vacuum operated brakes (on every wheel) kept the guests safe inside the coaches for the duration of the ride. The 16’10”-long Coaches (like the engines) featured standard automotive parts (particularly, General Motors components within their suspension assembly), a gimbel bearing connection, and two speedometers.

The names of the two train engines (and their rolling stock) were :

•Tomorrowland Viewliner - and passenger cars Jupiter, Venus, Mercury, Mars, and observation car Saturn.

•Fantasyland Viewliner - and passenger cars Pinocchio, Cinderella, Bambi, Alice, and observation car Tinkerbell.

Viewliner Bridge (in Foreground) & Fantasyland River.
Viewliner Bridge (in Foreground) & Fantasyland River.
Viewliner Trestle Bridge.
Viewliner Trestle Bridge.
Viewliner Trestle Bridge.
Viewliner Trestle Bridge.
Viewliner Train of Tomorrow and bridge.
Viewliner Train of Tomorrow and bridge.
Viewliner Train of Tomorrow, Fantasyland Station, and Viewliner Trestle Bridge
Viewliner Train of Tomorrow, Fantasyland Station, and Viewliner Trestle Bridge
Viewliner Train of Tomorrow in Fantasyland
Viewliner Train of Tomorrow in Fantasyland
Covers of Disneylander often bid “Vaya Con Dios” to Disneylanders (and welcome the short-lived Viewliner attraction) on this cover of Vol.1, No.8; photo by Amador Acosta; published September 1957.
Covers of Disneylander often bid “Vaya Con Dios” to Disneylanders (and welcome the short-lived Viewliner attraction) on this cover of Vol.1, No.8; photo by Amador Acosta; published September 1957.

A fond farewell is issued to a couple of Disneylanders aboard the Viewliner on this cover of Disneylander. Little did anyone know that they would be bidding “Vaya con Dios” to the Viewliner a year later.

Disneyland Junior Admission “B” Coupon (25¢ Value)
Disneyland Junior Admission “B” Coupon (25¢ Value)

Admission for the 3-minute trip aboard the Fantasyland Viewliner or Tomorrowland Viewliner was one “B” Admission Coupon (or, 25 cents, for one adult), the same as a round of ammunition in the Main Street Shooting Gallery, entry into the Mickey Mouse Club Theater, or a ride aboard the Conestoga Wagons in Frontierland! This translated into the Santa Fe & Disneyland Viewliners yielding total revenue (in management fees for Disneyland Inc.) of $19,594 for the fiscal year (52 weeks) ending September 29, 1957 and a total of $35,524 for the fiscal year (52 weeks) ending September 28, 1958.

Disneyland Adult Admission Jumbo “B” Coupon (25¢ Value)
Disneyland Adult Admission Jumbo “B” Coupon (25¢ Value)

Soon after its grand opening, the Viewliner Train of Tomorrow (with Walt at the controls) was amazingly preserved on film in the “An Adventure in the Magic Kingdom” episode of Walt Disney’s “Disneyland” television series (filmed during “Walt Disney Studio Day at Disneyland ” in 1957, and airing on television in 1958)!

Viewliner Train of Tomorrow & Tomorrowland Station, (1958)
Viewliner Train of Tomorrow & Tomorrowland Station, (1958)

All together, each 96’8” Viewliner train could easily pull in alongside one of two stations (each, with a 109-foot loading platform) - one in Fantasyland and the other in Tomorrowland (pictured above)!

Viewliner Train of Tomorrow & Tomorrowland Station, (1958)
Viewliner Train of Tomorrow & Tomorrowland Station, (1958)
Viewliner Train of Tomorrow (and Fantasyland Station)
Viewliner Train of Tomorrow (and Fantasyland Station)
Viewliner Train of Tomorrow
Viewliner Train of Tomorrow
“Santa Fe & Disneyland Ry. Viewliner” Attraction Sign
“Santa Fe & Disneyland Ry. Viewliner” Attraction Sign
Viewliner Train of Tomorrow (and Tomorrowland Station)
Viewliner Train of Tomorrow (and Tomorrowland Station)
Viewliner Train of Tomorrow
Viewliner Train of Tomorrow
Viewliner Train of Tomorrow (from Tomorrowland Station)
Viewliner Train of Tomorrow (from Tomorrowland Station)
Disneyland Map by Sam McKim, 1958.
Disneyland Map by Sam McKim, 1958.

By the details of 1 (of 3 of) Sam Mc Kim’s c. 1958 Disneyland Wall Map (“1958 A”), it appeared that the Viewliner’s tracks and trestles were to run over the tides of Tomorrowland Lake and the “Submarine Ride” (with its “Coral Forest,” “Port Royal,” “Graveyard of Lost Ships,” “Mystery Lights,” “Mermaids,” “Creatures of the Deep,” and “Atlantis” Show Scenes.

The Viewliner Train of Tomorrow on the "Welcome to Disneyland" Map, 1958.
The Viewliner Train of Tomorrow on the "Welcome to Disneyland" Map, 1958.

During the Viewliner’s operation, the Fred Gurley became the seventh train in the Park. There were four types of trains - and a total of seven additional trains are in use at Disneyland. Two Western mining trains carry visitors over Rainbow Desert and through the colorful Rainbow Caverns in Frontierland. In Tomorrowland and Fantasyland, two sleek, futuristic Viewliners speed passengers between the two lands. And in Fantasyland, the unique Casey Jr. trains huff and puff up hill and down adjacent to Storybook Land.

Viewliner Train
Viewliner Train
“Disneyland U.S.A.” Excerpt (Published 1958)
“Disneyland U.S.A.” Excerpt (Published 1958)

While the Viewliners were still in operation, this promotional “Disneyland U.S.A.” booklet distributed to potential National sponsors (or, “Participants”) in Disneyland. This map of “Coming Attractions” labels a coming “Nautilus submarine ride” to be installed in the area of the Tomorrowland Lake. By the time this publication was distributed, the final touches were likely being added to the ALWEG-Disneyland Monorail Trains - successor of the Viewliner Train of Tomorrow.

Viewliner Train of Tomorrow, August, 1958.
Viewliner Train of Tomorrow, August, 1958.

The Viewliner Train of Tomorrow was one of the fastest of Walt’s Disneyland trains, and sadly one of the shortest-lived Disneyland attractions! Here, we catch a glimpse of the Tomorrowland Viewliner Train of Tomorrow, during one of its final runs in August of 1958. When the Viewliner Trains of Tomorrow had ceased operation (on September 30, 1958) after 15 months of operation, a grand total of 1,452,870* guests had stepped “all aboard” for a grand figure eight tour (According to one Disneyland Attractions & Media Reports, prepared for 1971)!

*As a sidelight, Walt Disney’s Railroad Story (by Michael Broggie) gives a slightly different figure, stating : “During its operational life, the Viewliner attraction carried 1,430,683 ‘B’-ticketed passengers.”

By September 28, 1958, an appraisal of Disneyland “land improvement” assets valued the Viewliner Turnstile at $523. That same day, WED Enterprises, Inc. began to remove the Viewliner tracks and ties (job #4010-516) at a cost of $2,376 and remove Viewliner electrical equipment (job #4010-517) at a cost of $805. The entire removal cost $3,181.

Viewliner Signal Lamp
Viewliner Signal Lamp

Aside from the occasional railroad spike, there are few extant remnants from this once popular (but short-lived) Disneyland attraction. This particular signal lamp was used near one of the Viewliner stations. There were also smaller ‘running lights’ utilized near the Viewliner junction points. The Viewliner’s railroad block signal system kept guests and engineers safe for the duration of their journey.

Viewliner Operator Hat Badge.
Viewliner Operator Hat Badge.

Viewliner Operator Lapel Pin
Viewliner Operator Lapel Pin
Viewliner Operator Patch.
Viewliner Operator Patch.
"Viewliner Train Assembly" by WED Enterprises Artist Chuck Schrader, (October 21, 1958)
"Viewliner Train Assembly" by WED Enterprises Artist Chuck Schrader, (October 21, 1958)

Sadly, no remnants from either train are known to exist. However, this 16.5” x 61” drawing was created after the Viewliner was closed, but it gives us an idea of the proportions of various parts of the engine and cars in relation to each other (at least from a profile). It was believed (by the previous owner), that these drawings were created for the removal of the attraction from the Park.

"Viewliner Train Assembly" by WED Enterprises Artist Chuck Schrader, (October 21, 1958)
"Viewliner Train Assembly" by WED Enterprises Artist Chuck Schrader, (October 21, 1958)
"Viewliner Train Assembly" by WED Enterprises Artist Chuck Schrader, (October 21, 1958)
"Viewliner Train Assembly" by WED Enterprises Artist Chuck Schrader, (October 21, 1958)

WALT DISNEY’S ENCHANTED TIKI ROOM

(June 15, 1963* - present)
(June 15, 1963* - present)

*Sources: “The Disneyland Story” (1963) and the “Disneyland Admission Media Rides and Attractions Report” (1971).

Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room was the first, musical Audio-Animatronics show at Disneyland. Here, animated birds, flowers, and tiki gods perform in a musical island celebration.

“Prologue - From Cams and Levers, to Confucius, to United States Presidents”

Cams and Levers - Early developments in the history of Audio-Animatronics date to twelve years before the debut of Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room. Back in 1951, four years before Disneyland premiered to audiences, Roger Broggie (a humble Walt Disney Studio Camera Repair Department machinist who had assisted with the fabrication of Walt’s Carolwood Pacific Lilly Belle engine) and Wathel Rogers (an animator with technical skill) fashioned the first ever “cam and lever” Audio-Animatronics figure. This Imagineering milestone led to the development of two human figures.

Automatons - “Walt was on vacation in New Orleans when he found an antique birdcage that featured a mechanical bird that would sing and move its beak. Upon returning, bird cage in hand (in truth he bought two, one he would keep for his miniature collection), Walt brought one bird to WED. He immediately had Imagineer Wathel Rogers take apart the bird and figure out the way they moved-Walt reasoned that he and his staff had done animation on film for years, but it would be fun to try to do three-dimensional animation.”

Masterplanning an Audio-Animatronics Chinese Restaurant - Roger Broggie remembered “the first primitive attempt at creating a life-size Audio-Animatronics figure, long before the days of computers and electronics. ‘Our idea,’ said Broggie, ‘was to have a Confucius-type character in a restaurant, who could answer questions from the audience, mixed with his own sayings, all orchestrated by a live emcee.’ Broggie and Wathel Rogers taxed their remarkable mechanical abilities to the limit, finding ways to stuff the head with enough controls to provide mouth movements and eye movements and blinks. At one point they installed gag false teeth that could be wound up to clack. The ‘brains’ consisted of a solenoid, a cylindrical coil of wire that created a magnetic field to activate the controls. Finally, the head was covered with a flexible latex rubber for its skin.” Crude as it was, the Chinese head created a sensation, according to Ken Anderson. He had been invited to an office wing where the head was dis-played, where he found a creature that might have come from a classic horror movie. “‘I couldn't see any wire,’ said Anderson. ‘Here was this head with its eyes closed, propped up on the table. A button was pushed and it came to life and started to talk to you. It was spooky… as spooky as anything I'd ever seen before.’”

By September 28, 1958, the related Disneyland, Inc. job 4062-500 (Chinese Arcade Area) was in development at a cost of $812. Wally Boag recalled (in “Homecoming Destination Disneyland” by Carlene Thie): “At one time Walt was thinking of putting a Chinese restaurant on Main Street with a Confucius theme. We were working on some wonderful bits of business for the animated dragon we were going to have there. It didn't work out for a number of reasons.” Meanwhile (in 1958), Walt had also commissioned a Mr. Lincoln Audio-Animatronic figure prototype. However, that project was not completed, and Lincoln was shelved for five more years, while other Disneyland projects were attended to.

By 1958, Disneyland had plenty of animated animals (owning to Roger Broggie’s “cam-lever” technology) - in Nature’s Wonderland and the Jungle Rivers of the World regions of Disneyland! As crude as the technology was in these “static” and “simple” figures, “The term ‘Audio-Animatronics’ was first used to describe the bears and beavers in Nature's Wonderland.” There were also figures inside The Timex Shop on Main Street, U.S.A. which featured a “Bird Watch”, made in 1770 by Jacob Friscard. The watch contained a tiny bird nestled in a mound of multicolored gold that sang as it moved its bill, wings, tail, and body. By 1960, WED Imagineering had moved to 800 Sonora and work proceeded on another show starring an Audio-Animatronics cast.

     “The Birth of Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room”    Audio-Animatronics® technology was developed by Walt Disney Imagineering. Inspired by early 1900s technology, the highly sophisticated WED patented technology (electronically synchronizing voic

“The Birth of Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room”

Audio-Animatronics® technology was developed by Walt Disney Imagineering. Inspired by early 1900s technology, the highly sophisticated WED patented technology (electronically synchronizing voice, sound effects and music with Animatronic movement) was a brand new force of life - the first of its kind in 1960. Walt would introduce this brand new technology within his Magic Kingdom in Anaheim, amidst a $7 million Park expansion, which began in 1962.

According to Dave Smith (Chief Archivist Emeritus of The Walt Disney Archives), “From checking the materials in the Walt Disney Archives, it appears that the name of the attraction came first - memos in the file use it at least as early as the Fall of 1962.” [Disney Facts Revealed by Dave Smith, 2016] By 1962, the concept of “Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room” was intended to be “a third new Stouffer Restaurant… the Park’s only ‘by reservation only’ restaurant” featuring “shows put on by tikis and tropical flowers that actually ‘come to life!’” [Vacationland, Fall of 1962] “Walt envisioned a restaurant where animatronic birds would perform for Guests as they dined, but it was soon decided that a show would allow more Guests to see these true wonders of their time.”

If you would like to read more about this “chapter” of Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room, I highly recommend adding Marcy Smothers’ “Eat Like Walt - The Wonderful World of Disney Food” to your personal Disney Home Library! Therein, Marcy has extensively researched and finely crafted a small section of a chapter dedicated to “Walt Disney’s Disneyland - Adventureland” If you would like to bring the magic of Disneyland restaurants and concessions to your dining room table, “please step this way” toward www.eatlikewalt.com where Marcy has shared a few recipes for memorable Disneyland menu options, so you too can “Eat Like Walt.”

Polynesian Study by Rolly Crump, 1962.
Polynesian Study by Rolly Crump, 1962.

“WED Imagineering Design and Blue Sky for Tikis”

By 1962, John Hench was attached to the project, his hands giving life to some of the earliest concept artwork. By 1962, Roland Crump also created some of his first Polynesian cultural studies (pictured above) which would develop into the designs of the tikis, masks and shields of Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room and Lanai. Artists like Bob Sewell and Marc Davis would also contribute much to the project. Marc created many concept sketches of tiki poles and birds (pictured below). Collin Campbell had been reassigned to WED (now Walt Disney Imagineering), to work full time on designing for Disneyland. Collin’s first assignment was to work with the WED team on “Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room,” helping it evolve from a restaurant with floorshow to a theatrical extravaganza. In “One Little Spark! Mickey’s Ten Commandments and The Road to Imagineering,” Marty Sklar who was involved in the development recalled: “Yes, there were great philosophers on our early Imagineering teams - just as there are today. Yet no understanding of the Imagineers and their successes around the world is possible without recognizing that the achievements of the Imagineers are not those of brilliant individuals acting alone - it’s all about the blending of talents. In a word, its teamwork.”

A concept for crooning flowers by Marc Davis.
A concept for crooning flowers by Marc Davis.

A concept for Enchanted Tikis by Marc Davis.
A concept for Enchanted Tikis by Marc Davis.

Tiki Design - After being assigned to WED and this project by Walt Disney himself, Roland decided to research Polynesian culture and art. One of his first paintings was a Polynesian face which was recreated on one of the attraction’s exterior decorations. Roland Crump also designed the South Seas tikis of Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room and Lanai. “‘Walt wanted everyone working in three dimensions,’ Rolly says, explaining how the model shop came to be the core of WED Enterprises. ‘He didn't trust flat illustrations and thought they could lie.’ As Walt's plans for Disneyland Park grew, so did his first group of ‘dimensional designers.” 

Tiki Room Dialogue and Lyrics.
Tiki Room Dialogue and Lyrics.

“‘Tiki Birds’ Begin to Vocalize”

Wally Boag once recalled (in Homecoming: Destination Disneyland): “Fulton Burley and I developed a script for those crazy birds and then we voiced them.” According to Dave Smith (previous Chief Archivist Emeritus of the Walt Disney Archives), “Wally Boag, the comedian at the Golden Horseshoe, wrote the script for the Enchanted Tiki Room and he happened to be bald. One of the funniest parts of the show was when Wally removed his toupee.” [Disney Facts Revealed by Dave Smith, 2016] This may be the reason why it is said, that “Herr Schmidt… has no hair.”

“You Stay Off of My Bach - Music of Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room”

According to “THE DISNEY THEME SHOW - an introduction to the art of Disney outdoor entertainment”: “Important are the sounds which permeate the scene, for without them, the theme show is a silent movie . . . but with them it is a symphony of music, effects, and natural sounds that the finest stereo system in the world can't duplicate. These sights and sounds are provided not only by imagineered attractions and shows, but also through the multi-talented efforts of live entertainers . . . in special musical groups . . . in parades and pageants . . . providing an everchanging backdrop to virtually every area in the theme show.”

The songwriting duo of Richard M. and Robert B. Sherman were tasked with creating the score and lyrics for the entire South Seas revue. As a sidelight, it is worth noting as with many attractions during Walt’s era (and slightly beyond), the attraction featured an original show song. According to Dave Smith (Chief Archivist Emeritus of The Walt Disney Archives), “The name of the song is actually ‘The Tiki Tiki Tiki Room,’ copyrighted in 1963. The attraction opened in June 1963.” [Disney Facts Revealed by Dave Smith, 2016]

Acetate recordings of “scratch tracks” (rough sound recordings, usually of dialogue), were produced.
Acetate recordings of “scratch tracks” (rough sound recordings, usually of dialogue), were produced.

“In May of 1962, Bruns conducted a 24-piece orchestra and 15 vocalists through the twelve musical cues he'd devised for the loosely structured presentation. After a brief opening arpeggio, the birds were to twitter and tweet their way through Jacques Offenbach's ‘Barcarolle,’ famed for its later use in his 1881 Les Contes d'Hoffmann (The Tales of Hoffmann) but actually introduced by a chorus of elves in 1864's unsuccessful (and until 2002, ‘lost’) Die Rheinnixen (The Nymphs of the Rhine). Next, harp glissades to accompany a magical fountain as it coaxed the show's lovely chorines to descend from the ceiling in a cage. The ladies would lead the digesting guests in a sing-along of ‘Let's All Sing Like the Birdies Sing,’ a 1932 hit with words by Robert Hargreaves and Stanley Damerell and music by Tolchard Evans and Henry Tilsley-the same quartet behind that favorite of accordionists, ‘Lady of Spain.’ As a finale: an English-language version of ‘The Hawaiian War Chant,’ Johnny Noble’s 1936 tune based upon an 1860 melody by Hawaiï's Prince Leleiohaku (popularized in the 1940s as a lightning-paced rhythm number by Spike Jones and his comedic City Slickers), and a choral rendition of Princess Liliuokalani's 1878 ‘Aloha Oe.’” [50th ANNIVERSARY: Sounds of Disneyland®]

A crooning Bird of Paradise.
A crooning Bird of Paradise.

“WED and MAPO - From Concept to Production”

WED Enterprises, Inc. and MAPO would work together to produce the Disneyland Show. WED Enterprises, Inc. would master-plan, design, and engineer the concepts. MAPO, Inc. would take those plans and fabricate, assemble, and test the show’s prototype systems and components (including those of the Audio-Animatronics figures).

“From My Limbs, Let New Life Fall - Building Birds and Tikis”

“Developing Enchanted Tikis” - Blaine Gibson had been with the Disney organization since 1939, and had since joined WED (in 1954) as a Sculpture Designer, only to sculpt many human figures and other full-size figures of all kinds. He would be instrumental in developing character sculpts. Rolland Crump also recalled, “I sculpted about 80% of all the Tiki. I had never sculpted before in my life, but Walt believed in all of us and we did things that had never been done before by anyone.”

Bob Sewell, former WED Employee remembered, “Many of us in the Model Shop carved the Tiki Gods roughly in styrofoam. Then we covered them with clay and textured them to look like wood carving. The Disneyland Staff Shop made molds and cast them in fiberglass and sent them back to us for final painting.” Bob also recalled how “Jack Ferges did a great deal of of work on the Tiki Room, especially the dramatic descending fountain, and the giant singing Tiki Gods."

An Audio-Animatronics Enchanted Tiki Bird
An Audio-Animatronics Enchanted Tiki Bird

“Developing Enchanted Tiki Birds” - Apprentice artist Maggie Elliot began her career with the Model Shop when they were working on Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room. Harriet Burns (who had previously designed and built the Mickey Mouse Club “Mouse Clubhouse” for the television series and been assigned to every Disneyland project that debuted in 1955) crafted the colorful plumage of the birds for Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room. After noticing the movement of a cashmere sweater that Walt was wearing, Harriet Burns had the idea to add cashmere to the chest, increasing the Show Quality of the bird’s breathing.

“Programming the Show”

Wathel Rogers (an animator with technical skill) developed the Audio-Animatronics system for the birds (alongside Roger Broggie). An Animator’s Console was used for programming the movements of the Audio-Animatronics® figures. Bill Justice recalled that the early birds in the Enchanted Tiki Room, the first Audio-Animatronics show at Disneyland, “were programmed with a simple handle which resembled a shortened control stick from a fighter plane. Movements were transferred to the birds by moving the stick… the figures were so simple - head turns, beak open and close, body up and down - this system could only be used for the Tiki Room.” [“Justice for Disney”, page 75]

Magnetic tape was the storage and replay medium. According to “E” Ticket Magazine (Winter 1996), the “complex control systems devised for the… shows began as notched platters and light-sensitive photo cells, then magnetic tape.” The show electronically combined and synchronized voices, music, and sound effects with movements of animated performers in the Enchanted Tiki Room operated by one-inch magnetic tape with 14 channels controls 438 separate actions. Now, there existed a Disney-patented technique of electronically synchronizing voices, music and sound effects to animated figures and objects.

A few years later this system became know as DACS, an acronym for the Disney Animation Control System. “Developed by WED and MAPO around 1968, the system was developed to program the movements of Audio-Animatronics using computer disks as opposed to the more mechanical-based system of programming and then saving the information on magnetic tape.” The animation testing area located in the MAPO building was nicknamed “Pelican Alley” due to the testing of the various birds used in the development of the Enchanted Tiki Room. Soon, Walt Disney Imagineers employed Audio-Animatronics® - the Disney-designed system that combines sound, mechanics and electronics for three-dimensional animation to animate birds of the show including “Side Macaw #17” (the most versatile bird in the show), the “Boys in the Back,” the Cockatoo Chorus Girls, and the Barker Bird.

A mysterious new adventure - Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room - is coming together at the Gateway to Adventureland..
A mysterious new adventure - Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room - is coming together at the Gateway to Adventureland..

“Installation”

Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room was constructed near the entrance of Adventureland during 1963. Once the major construction activities were completed, a project team installed props, chairs, light bulbs, and more. The installation of Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room was headed by recent Walt Disney Imagineering hire Orlando Ferrante (who had played football with both Dick Nunis and Ron Miller at USC). He would work with Disneyland Sound Shop Technician Jerry White and others for the installation.

Rolly remembered adding one final touch to the drummers.“When the drummers were beating the drums, it was kind of dull when you looked up there. I took little reflective disks—like you see on Sparkletts trucks—and I screwed them into their eyes so that when the drummers beat, their eyes would sparkle. That was something I did after the show was running, after it was in Disneyland.”

“Control Room”

The control room for the sequences of Audio-Animatronics figures, audio effects, and visual effects was located beneath the attraction. There, the entire timed sequences of the show “including music, lighting, dialogue, sound effects and the animation of all performers” were actuated by signals from a master tape recording. This “elaborate system of signals, amplifiers, switches, cams and solenoid air valves… feed specific orders through electrical wiring and thin plastic tubes to every element of the show. The result is a remote control, push-button production, on-cue from start to finish.” [“Walt Disney Disneyland,” pages 51 & 52, printed by Officine Grafiche Arnoldo Mondadori - Verona; first published 1964]

All art work, posters, etc. created by the Walt Disney Studios.
All art work, posters, etc. created by the Walt Disney Studios.

“Participant Sponsors”

The “musical luau” was presented by sponsor United Airlines (now “the official airline of Disneyland”), which offered high flying jets to the most U.S. vacation areas (from Hawaii to Los Angeles) by the time of Disneyland’s Tencennial Celebration in 1965! According to the Tencennial Newsletter: “United Air Lines -- The Official Air Lines of Disneyland will be carrying Julie Reihm to many points of the Nation throughout 1965, including an eight-city trip tied in with promotion of the January 3 ‘Wonderful World of Color’ show.”

A contemporaneous brochure touts Disneyland Partner United Airlines.
A contemporaneous brochure touts Disneyland Partner United Airlines.
United Airlines was a Disneyland Participant and thus “part of the Disneyland story according to this “Disneyland ‘67” Excerpt.
United Airlines was a Disneyland Participant and thus “part of the Disneyland story according to this “Disneyland ‘67” Excerpt.

Beginning in During January of 1976, Castle & Cooke Inc. (or, “Dole Pineapple”) became a Disneyland Corporate Participant, sponsoring Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room.

4AB3A24E-3827-4B29-BDDD-F0255871A2E9.jpeg
9511C00B-CDC5-4BEA-B03A-703A2B7BB00C.jpeg
A2116015-F1B5-45DE-A137-E5E248F41B9F.jpeg
     “Press Preview Day”    A Press Preview event was held in June, and then (on June 23rd, 1960), Disneyland guests were beckoned toward the lanai of  Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room  by a barker bird perched over the “A-frame” attraction entrance

“Press Preview Day”

A Press Preview event was held in June, and then (on June 23rd, 1960), Disneyland guests were beckoned toward the lanai of Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room by a barker bird perched over the “A-frame” attraction entrance, and just left of the Gateway to Adventureland. Tickets were purchased there. WED Imagineer Harriet Burns (who had single-handedly designed and feathered dozens of the birds) recalled inviting a group of friends down to Disneyland to see her handy-work, and she was forced to buy a 75¢ ticket for each of them.

“The Pre-Show Tiki Garden”

While waiting to enter, guests could enjoy a Pre-Show in the Tiki Garden. Before entering the thatched grass hut setting, “tiki gods and goddesses tell exciting legends of the South Seas,” according to the “Disneyland Dictionary” (compiled by WED Enterprises, Inc. and WED Public Relations Department, c. 1968). Guests were introduced to Hina Kuluua (goddess of rain), Koro (Midnight Dancer), Maui (god of time), Ngendei (Earth balancer), Pele (goddess of fire and volcanoes), Rongo (god of agriculture), Tangaroa, (father of all gods and goddesses), and Tangarora-ru (goddess of East Wind).

“The Main Show”

Once inside this Polynesian paradise, a total of 225 characters (*200 according to the “Disneyland News,” 1963, Vol.1, No. 2) - 75 birds (in addition to the four MacAudios), orchids and other flowers in four hanging canoes, and tropical tikis, drummer statues, and tiki poles was prepared to entertain audiences. Once inside the theater, guests are directed to their seats : “Welcome to The Enchanted Tiki Room. Better seating will be found toward the rear of the theater ; However, since the performance takes place entirely above you, it makes no difference where you sit. Please move down to the end of each aisle, and do not leave vacant seats between yourself and the person next to you. Thank you.”

The Hostess gives one last announcement to the Kanes and Wahines before the show begins : “One small reminder before our show begins : the performers are very temperamental, so please refrain from eating, drinking, smoking, or the use of flash photography during their performance. Thank you.”

“The Four MacAudios” - Jose (the macaw M.C.; voiced by Wally Boag), and macaw Hosts Fritz (Thurl Ravenscroft), Pierre (voiced by Ernie Newton), and Michael (voiced by Fulton Burley) - begin to lead the show with impersonations and Calypso “barmony” in their respective Spanish, German, French, and Irish accents. They are soon joined by toucans and 77 crooning “birds of paradise and other ‘tropical imports’” in welcoming guests to Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room! Some of these backup birds were vocalized by noted avian voice actors Clarence “Ducky” Nash, and the understated and underrated Purv “Dr. Horatio Q. Birdbath” Pullen who vocalized birdsong for Walt Disney’s Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs, Cinderella, and Sleeping Beauty in addition to numerous early Mickey Mouse short films. The spectacular Birdmobile lowers from the ceiling, as a breath-taking Cockatoo chorus line “decked out in dazzling jewels, vocalize Let’s All Sing Like the Birdies Sing, in French accents.” The South Seas tikis chant and play the drums, harmonizing with a medley of flowers in “flower boats” that supply the base notes for a chorus of the Hawaiian War Chant. Before the end of the performance, “there is an ‘enchanted fountain’ sparkling under multi-colored lights, and a tropical storm that culminates in thunder, lightning and pouring rain.” [“Walt Disney Disneyland,” pages 56, printed by Officine Grafiche Arnoldo Mondadori - Verona; first published 1964]

Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room Hostess Costume Swatch.
Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room Hostess Costume Swatch.

“Attractions Hosts, Hostesses and Operators”

Many Attractions Hostesses supported the earliest shows, like Diani Lao and Terri Kakuda (both depicted with Walt in a June 1963 newspaper photo). Many other Disneylanders operated the Tiki Room, like Hank Block.

Juan the Barker Bird (no hat or cane) above the "A" Frame Entrance to Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room.
Juan the Barker Bird (no hat or cane) above the "A" Frame Entrance to Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room.
Juan the Barker Bird above the "A" Frame Entrance to Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room; 1963.
Juan the Barker Bird above the "A" Frame Entrance to Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room; 1963.
Juan the Barker Bird above the "A" Frame Entrance to Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room; July, 1966.
Juan the Barker Bird above the "A" Frame Entrance to Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room; July, 1966.

“Juan the Barker Bird”

Many guests might remember seeing Juan the Barker Bird (with blue, green and yellow feathers) sitting perched beneath Uti (goddess of fishing) lighting the path during the first decade of the attraction. Juan was no “tawdry ‘carney’ barker,” but a complex Audio-Animatronic Cast Member, with magnificent plumage originally applied by Harriet Burns.

In 1990, one “Disneyland - A Treasure Chest of Trivia” document prepared by Walt Disney Productions identified this macaw as “Jose the Macaw, star of the Enchanted Tiki Room,” stating that he “used to sit on a perch above the entrance to Adventureland greeting guests.” The publication continues: “But he was soon removed because he proved too popular and created congestion at the entrance.” According to A Walk in Walt's Footsteps, “June 23, 1963, Jose the Macaw stood atop a perch near the Adventureland entrance beckoning Guests to see birds and flowers and, of course, tiki-gods sing.”

We all know what happened to Rosita. But whatever happened to Juan?

Juan the Barker Bird above the "A" Frame Entrance to Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room
Juan the Barker Bird above the "A" Frame Entrance to Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room
Juan the Barker Bird above the "A" Frame Entrance to Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room
Juan the Barker Bird above the "A" Frame Entrance to Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room
Juan the Barker Bird above the "A" Frame Entrance to Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room
Juan the Barker Bird above the "A" Frame Entrance to Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room
Juan the Barker Bird above the "A" Frame Entrance to Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room near the Entrance to Adventureland; August, 1967.
Juan the Barker Bird above the "A" Frame Entrance to Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room near the Entrance to Adventureland; August, 1967.

If you look closely, you may notice that the barker bird in this photograph is different from the bird in the previous photograph. This is because the role of Barker Bird was portrayed by a number of feathered “Disneylanders”. This particular Barker Bird has red feathers.

Juan the Barker Bird above the "A" Frame Entrance to Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room, 1967.
Juan the Barker Bird above the "A" Frame Entrance to Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room, 1967.
Juan the Barker Bird above the "A" Frame Entrance to Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room
Juan the Barker Bird above the "A" Frame Entrance to Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room
Juan the Barker Bird above the "A" Frame Entrance to Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room, 1967.
Juan the Barker Bird above the "A" Frame Entrance to Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room, 1967.

Uti holding her torch over the "A" frame entrance of Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room.
Uti holding her torch over the "A" frame entrance of Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room.
Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room "A" Frame Entrance, Thursday, September 17, 1970.
Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room "A" Frame Entrance, Thursday, September 17, 1970.

It looks as if the Tiki Room birds aren’t here every day!  The Barker Bird has flown the coup.

Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room "A" Frame Entrance; July, 1974.
Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room "A" Frame Entrance; July, 1974.
Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room "A" Frame Entrance.
Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room "A" Frame Entrance.
Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room near the Entrance to Adventureland; 1968.
Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room near the Entrance to Adventureland; 1968.
Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room "A" Frame Entrance Backside.
Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room "A" Frame Entrance Backside.
The Entrance to Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Lanai.
The Entrance to Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Lanai.

This is what is called a Holding Area - “A seating area or lobby where guests gather prior to admittance to a show.” Disneyland “Audience Waiting Areas” are especially designed as part of the attraction to make the guest's time waiting in line as comfortable as possible. This tropical setting features a concession location and (owning to its restaurant origins) is one of the few Disneyland attractions that outstandingly holds restrooms.

Pele (left) and Tangaroa-Ru (right) in Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Garden Lanai; 2010s.
Pele (left) and Tangaroa-Ru (right) in Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Garden Lanai; 2010s.

“The Enchanted Tiki Gods and Goddesses”

Since 1963, the pre-show of Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room began (not through the Adventureland Entryway) but in the Enchanted Tiki Room Lanai garden. This “holding area” is also home to a show performed by tiki gods and goddesses: Maui (who roped the playful sun and brought his people time), Koro (the Midnight Dancer), Tangaroa-Ru (Goddess of the East Wind), Hina Kuluna (Goddess of Rain), Pele (Goddess of Fire and Volcano), Negendei (the Earth Balancer), Rongo (God of Agriculture), and Tongoroa (Father of all Gods and Goddesses).

Maui and Guest in the Enchanted Tiki Garden Lanai.
Maui and Guest in the Enchanted Tiki Garden Lanai.

Here, Maui takes the form of a traditional “shishi-odoshi” (deer-scare) is part of the show in the Enchanted Tiki Lanai.

Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Lanai
Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Lanai
Pele in Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Lanai; Summer, 1966.
Pele in Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Lanai; Summer, 1966.

Enchanted Tiki Room - Lanai
Enchanted Tiki Room - Lanai
The mighty Tangaroa's flowers in Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Lanai; July, 1966.
The mighty Tangaroa's flowers in Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Lanai; July, 1966.

Some of Rolly Crump’s original shields can be seen above the Tangaroa tree-figure in the Lanai.

Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Lanai & Tangaroa; 1966.
Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Lanai & Tangaroa; 1966.

Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Lanai & Tangaroa
Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Lanai & Tangaroa
Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Lanai & Tangaroa
Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Lanai & Tangaroa

Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Lanai
Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Lanai
Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Gods; July, 1966.
Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Gods; July, 1966.
Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Interior
Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Interior

The Enchanted Fountain in Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room; July, 1966.
The Enchanted Fountain in Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room; July, 1966.
The Enchanted Fountain in Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room; July, 1966.
The Enchanted Fountain in Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room; July, 1966.

The scarlet-colored waters of the Enchanted Fountain raise and lower with a bird mobile balanced on the top of the water spout.

The Enchanted Fountain in Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room, July, 1966.
The Enchanted Fountain in Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room, July, 1966.

As our eyes are drawn to the rising waters of the magical fiery-colored fountain in the center of the room, our attention is diverted toward the next act lowering from the ceiling.

Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Bird Mobile
Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Bird Mobile
The Breathtaking Birdmobile inside Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room
The Breathtaking Birdmobile inside Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room

Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Bird Mobile
Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Bird Mobile
Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Bird Mobile; July, 1966.
Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Bird Mobile; July, 1966.

Six white cockatoos (named Collette, Fifi, Gigi, Josephine, Mimi, and Susette) “dressed” in their snow-white “gowns”, descend into the audiences view, while perched upon the twirling Bird Mobile.

Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Bird Mobile
Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Bird Mobile
Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Bird Mobile
Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Bird Mobile
Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room
Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room
The "Backside" of Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room.
The "Backside" of Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room.
The "Backside" of Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room.
The "Backside" of Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room.
The "Backside" of Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room.
The "Backside" of Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room.
Removable Guest Control Stanchions
Removable Guest Control Stanchions

“Disneyland Attractions Time Studies”

The original cycle time per show was twenty minutes, allowing for three shows per hour. With a 245-Guest capacity per show, theoretically 735 Guests could attend the show per hour. Clearly, Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room was quite popular, and the long queue would require removable and portable guest control stanchions, poles, and chains that would sometimes stretch through Adventureland Entryway and wrap around the corner (in front of the Plaza Pavillion).

The following four statistics are based on the results of Disneyland Attractions Time Studies gathered in 1968:

Theoretical Hourly Capacity (What the attraction should yield under ideal conditions) : 735

Capacity of Theater : 245

Capacity of Pre-Show : 245

Instantaneous Capacity of Attraction : 490

Audience Control Capacity : 387

Cycle Time (From the time a unit passes a given point and returns to the same point): 20:00

Load-Unload Time (From the time the guest enters the unit, to being seated safely for dispatch, overlapping with the time it takes for the guest to be clear of the unit until it is safe to dispatch) : 3:00

Show Time : 17:00

Shows Per Hour : 3

Dispatch Interval Time : 20:00

“Audience Response”

   “Admission Tickets”    In 1965, the cost of admission for visiting a Polynesian paradise where 225 birds, flowers, and tropical tikis entertain was exactly one “E” coupon, or 75¢ for adults and 65¢ for children. By the spring of 1971, admission wa

“Admission Tickets”

In 1965, the cost of admission for visiting a Polynesian paradise where 225 birds, flowers, and tropical tikis entertain was exactly one “E” coupon, or 75¢ for adults and 65¢ for children. By the spring of 1971, admission was one “E” Coupon. By 1979 - 1980, admission to this “tropical hideaway” was still one “E” coupon, the same as a flight through Space Mountain, passage through the Seven Seas of the Submarine Voyage, or passage aboard the Monorail (to Disneyland Hotel & return). By Disneyland’s 25th anniversary in 1980, admission to Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room presented by Dole Pineapple was still one “E” coupon!

By 1981, Ticket Sellers and Takers contributed $91,641,000 (Main Gate) and $1,873,000 (In Park) in revenue (of $94,576,000 area sales) for Center Stage at Disneyland.

A Disneyland "E" Attraction Adult Admission featuring Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room.
A Disneyland "E" Attraction Adult Admission featuring Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room.

A Disneyland "E" Attraction Adult Admission featuring Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room.
A Disneyland "E" Attraction Adult Admission featuring Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room.

Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room Rehabilitation Sign; 2017.
Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room Rehabilitation Sign; 2017.

“Maintaining the Show”

Nightly the Enchanted Fountain was cleaned. By 1989, Disneyland Plumbers used chemicals and processing to create the purified water necessary to prevent hard water stains in the fountains of Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room.

Behind the scenes the Disneyland Sound Shop Technicians (like Jerry White, hired 1957) assured that the flowers and tikis were operating properly, monitoring the tape systems and T.V. monitors. Jerry (who worked on the installation) even developed an circuit panels and an indicator light panel to assist in monitoring the shows.

Disneyland Machinists - show people in the truest use of the word - would make sure the actors sang - an aviary of 198 birds and 122 singing flowers. When maintenance was performed on this figure or a group of other figures, they were carefully repositioned as closely as possible to their “night mode” positions so that when a trial run was started, the movements of the functions were not violent.

By 1991, a team of six Disneyland Cast Members (comprised of the Audio and Costume Divisions) would check the Audio-Animatronics figures to assure the current standards of Show Quality were met. The walk-through of this attraction and 14 other attractions (in addition to a few other locations like the Br’er Bar, which had figures), would occur some four-to-five hours before the Park opened. Oil stains were cleaned away, and rips and tears were repaired on the one-of-a-kind pieces of wardrobe belonging to some 700 figures. Meanwhile one costume (of three spares kept in cabinets of the attraction’s Backstage Areas) was used to re-dress the figure. Some of these figure’s locations pose a challenge for the Costume Division Cast Members.

“Show Quality Enhancements”

Around 1965, there was a change in the Barker Bird’s spiel.

By 1981, there was a Tiki Juice Bar serving pineapple juice and fresh pineapple spears.

Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room: Under New Management - Still, another (and second) expansion was to be partially unveiled to Walt Disney Company employees at “Walt Disney Imagineeringland” on November 15 & 16, 1997. A The Enchanted Tiki Room “Under New Management” exhibit was on display in “Tujungaland” at 6904 Tujunga. Walt Disney Imagineer Senior Writer and Director Kevin Rafferty contributed show writing for Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room: Under New Management.

During that refurbishment (which took place during the 1990s), the 17-minute show was shortened. Several minutes were cut off the program including (a Barker Bird favorite) “Barcarolle”, of Offenbach’s Tales of Hoffmann. A barcarolle is an Italian word for a song sung by Venetian gondoliers, so don’t be surprised if you ever hear a Jungle Cruise Skipper whistling the melody. Today, a few notes of “Barcarolle” can be heard while the Enchanted Tiki Room Birds banter about Offenbach after the big opening number!

A Tiki Drummer above Adventureland.
A Tiki Drummer above Adventureland.

Through the years, the magical world of Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room has been extended beyond the original “tropical hideaway”, and into other areas of Adventureland.

The Tropical Hideaway Construction Barrier.
The Tropical Hideaway Construction Barrier.

The Tropical Hideaway
The Tropical Hideaway
Rosita in the Tropical Hideaway.
Rosita in the Tropical Hideaway.

“I Wonder What Happened To Rosita?”

The animated PEPE DEL PRESIDIO by Garner Holt, (Walt Disney Family Museum, 2014)
The animated PEPE DEL PRESIDIO by Garner Holt, (Walt Disney Family Museum, 2014)

“Audio-Animatronics Legacy”

Considering when the milestones in the development of Audio-Animatronics occurred, it is clear that “The Tiki Room would have been an impossibility in 1955, when Disneyland opened. It took the precision techniques and electronic systems of the space age to produce the revue. Or, as on technician puts it, ‘We’ve got almost enough gadgets and equipment for this show to put all of Disneyland into orbit!” [“Walt Disney Disneyland,” pages 51 & 52, printed by Officine Grafiche Arnoldo Mondadori - Verona; first published 1964] According to Walt Disney (in a c. 1963 interview with Fletcher Markle), “Now, we’re making these… dimensional human figures move, we make animals move, we make anything move, through the use of electronics. It’s a tape mechanism. The tape, its like programming and sequencing when… they’re sending some missile to the moon. At different stages, at different times, things must happen. That’s all programmed - pre-determined. So our show’s put on that tape, programmed from this tape. And we run it off a little 1-inch tape that has 14 tracks. On each track, we can get up to 16 signals. Now, those little signals go and impulse this figure and make the figure move make the figure talk, and everything.” “Well it’s another door that’s opened for us. You see our whole forty some odd years here have been in the world of making things move. Inanimate things move, from a drawing through all kinds of little props and things. Now we’re making these human figures move through the use of electronics… it’s juts another dimension in the animation we have been doing all our life. It’s a new door… and we hope we can really do some exciting things in the future.” [September 25, 1963]

The New York World’s Fair of 1964 - 1965 would soon formally unveil “600-plus” of WED Imagineering’s sophisticated Audio-Animatronics figures (including some of the avian variety), amidst four shows, to some 47 million visitors. “A whole new medium of entertainment was brought into focus with Audio-Animatronics. The Tiki Room was on the drawing room table ten years ago and now is up in the air. This show is programmed on tape which actuate relays and they in turn supply movement to the characters in the show,” according to Lee David of Disneyland backstage magazine (published for the Summer of 1965).

“Legacy”

Feature Films - Audio-Animatronics meant big things for Walt Disney Productions. Bill Justice recalled a “famous bit of magic in this Mary Poppins scene… the robin which sat on Mary's finger as she sang. This was an Audio-Animatronics bird, like those in the theme park attraction ‘The Enchanted Tiki Room.’ The control lines were up Julie Andrews’ sleeve.”

Theme Parks - Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room has had several legacies of sorts when Tokyo Disneyland opened on April 15, 1983, with an Enchanted Tiki Room featuring “the friendly feathered warblers of the Enchanted Tiki Room” and the “impressive Polynesian-style structure from the Magic Kingdom.”

Museums and Exhibits - In 2014, Audio-Animatronics® wizard Garner Holt gifted a very special interactive replica to The Walt Disney Family Museum located within San Francisco’s Presidio. Though he may look similar to Juan, he is (appropriately) named Pepe Del Presidio, after The Walt Disney Family Museum’s current resting place in San Francisco. Pepe walks museum guests through a “crash course” in Audio-Animatronics, before turning the “Animator’s Console” controls over, and allowing guests to test them. This is quite similar to the set-up of “Jose” that Walt showed to Fletcher Markle in one c.1963 televised interview (and much like one seen in The Walt Disney Story film).

Tangaroa-Ru sold at the Disneyland Resort: Celebrating 50 Years of Magical Memories Auction.
Tangaroa-Ru sold at the Disneyland Resort: Celebrating 50 Years of Magical Memories Auction.

Occassionally, Audio-Animatronics and props were sold through Disney Auctions and other auction companies.

Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Shield Prop
Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Shield Prop

This shield was previously part of The Richard Kraft Collection; depicted on display Van Eaton Galleries: That’s From Disneyland Exhibition and Auction extravaganza!

Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Shield Prop
Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room Shield Prop

When it isn’t hanging two stories in the air, it’s easier to appreciate Rolly Crump’s Polynesian inspired design. Rolly’s designs were also present in the neighboring Tahitian Terrace.

New Life from Tongaroa.
New Life from Tongaroa.
New Life from Tongaroa.
New Life from Tongaroa.
Fountain Shield
Fountain Shield
Fountain Shield Detail.
Fountain Shield Detail.
The Playful Sun.
The Playful Sun.
A Tiki Bird at a Van Eaton Galleries auction sale.
A Tiki Bird at a Van Eaton Galleries auction sale.

Above, you’re looking at one of the four “MacAudios” - Jose!

Juan the Barker Bird Disney Big Figure.
Juan the Barker Bird Disney Big Figure.
The Art of Disney Theme Parks Jose Big Figure by Randy Noble.
The Art of Disney Theme Parks Jose Big Figure by Randy Noble.
Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room Set designed by Kevin Kidney and Jody Daily.
Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room Set designed by Kevin Kidney and Jody Daily.
Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room Set designed by Kevin Kidney and Jody Daily.
Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room Set designed by Kevin Kidney and Jody Daily.
Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room Set designed by Kevin Kidney and Jody Daily.
Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room Set designed by Kevin Kidney and Jody Daily.
Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room Set designed by Kevin Kidney and Jody Daily.
Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room Set designed by Kevin Kidney and Jody Daily.
prev / next
Back to DISNEYLAND (J - Z)
D4140D30-CD0A-4B8B-BA8D-117C62CA9606.jpeg
90
KING ARTHUR CARROUSEL
A0E968CF-9732-40F4-A641-C57E07D6D327.jpeg
58
LOS ANGELES AIRWAYS to DISNEYLAND
6685EFCC-C132-40B4-B270-F70B47E7A384.jpeg
190
MAIN STREET OPERA HOUSE (Featuring Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln)
3789CA95-A894-4074-AA33-687291805742.jpeg
258
MARK TWAIN
9BFB9690-30B4-4005-835E-D33734F25D89.jpeg
55
MAXWELL COFFEE HOUSE (HILLS BROS. COFFEE HOUSE (& COFFEE GARDEN & AMERICAN EGG HOUSE)
87502F9C-4F8B-4AC7-90FF-7489527721B0.jpeg
257
MINE TRAIN THRU NATURE'S WONDERLAND (RAINBOW CAVERNS MINE TRAIN)
IMG_4171~photo.jpeg
77
MULE PACK (RAINBOW RIDGE PACK MULES)
05B654A7-5283-4EFC-85DB-CF5F65169B10.jpeg
62
OMNIBUS
8E08BBF7-FBC5-47BC-B5A1-5005939D4FA2.jpeg
145
PLAZA (CENTRAL PLAZA) HUB
33EF1E98-712D-46FB-B0A9-0D22E4D39FBD.jpeg
38
POP CORN (& CRETORS)
IMG_4170~photo.jpeg
82
RAINBOW MOUNTAIN STAGECOACH RIDE (and CONESTOGA WAGONS)
B5534DF6-6F91-4177-B3FB-2AE7AF37EDB3.jpeg
35
ROYAL STREET BACHELORS
A14DBD3E-C979-44B4-B32F-CEBC9F46A441.jpeg
29
SPACE BAR
IMG_4145~photo.jpeg
82
SPACE MOUNTAIN
D08850C5-9823-4F04-9A66-022D41C31CA4.jpeg
34
THE SPACE PLACE
27D2874C-2A32-4236-9FC6-E691F1528E4D.jpeg
257
SUBMARINE VOYAGE THROUGH LIQUID SPACE
8DD961DF-79BE-4A6B-BDEC-798A4D75EC12.jpeg
115
TOMORROWLAND STAGE (SPACE STAGE & MAGIC EYE THEATER)
E0BFCE12-44ED-45DA-97CB-DD79D0419CBA.jpeg
61
UPJOHN PHARMACY (Upjohn Apothecary) and NEW CENTURY WATCHES & CLOCKS
306A2B7E-6BBB-48AD-B652-39198AD437E9.jpeg
39
VIEWLINER TRAIN OF TOMORROW
IMG_3960~photo.jpeg
85
WALT DISNEY’S ENCHANTED TIKI ROOM

Powered by Squarespace